Civic Platform Configuration Guide 9.3.0
User Manual:
Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 1154
Download | |
Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
Version 9.3.0 Accela Civic Platform® Configuration Guide Accela Civic Platform Configuration Guide © 2018 Accela, Inc. All rights reserved. Accela, the Accela logo, the Accela logo with “Government Software” notation, Accela Automation, Accela Asset Management, Accela Citizen Access, Accela Mobile Citizen Access, Accela ERS, Accela GIS, Accela IVR, Accela Land Management, Accela Licensing, Accela Mobile Office, Accela Public Health and Safety, Accela Service Request, Accela Wireless, Kiva DMS, Kiva Development Management System, 'PERMITS' Plus, SiteSynch, Tidemark Advantage, Civic Platform, Civic Cloud, Civic Hero, E-Boardroom, EnvisionConnect, Envista, GEOTMS, IQM2, Mediatraq, Minutetraq, PublicStuff, Trusted To Do More, VelocityHall, Vantage360, and other Accela logos, devices, product names, and service names are trademarks or service marks of Accela, Inc. Brava! Viewer is a trademark of Informative Graphics Corporation. Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation. Acrobat is a trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated. Portions copyright 2009 Ching-Lan 'digdog' Huang and digdog software. All other company names, product names, and designs mentioned herein are held by their respective owners. Version 9.3.0 February 2018 Corporate Headquarters 2633 Camino Ramon Suite 500 Bishop Ranch 3 San Ramon, CA 94583 Tel: (888) 722-2352 Fax: (925) 659-3201 www.accela.com | Contents | 3 Contents Introduction................................................................................................. 32 Understanding Function Identifications............................................................................................. 33 Understanding Standard Choices..................................................................................................... 34 Working With FIDs and Standard Choices................................................ 35 Working with Standard Choices........................................................................................................36 Working with FIDs............................................................................................................................. 43 FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference........................................... 45 Administration...................................................................................................................................46 Civic Platform Setup Portlets................................................................................................. 46 Classic Admin Tools............................................................................................................... 53 Organizations and Users...................................................................................................................59 Organization Administration....................................................................................................59 User Group and User Administration..................................................................................... 59 Password Security.................................................................................................................. 59 Multiple Agency Administration.............................................................................................. 59 Search.............................................................................................................................................. 61 Configuring Global Search..................................................................................................... 61 Configuring ‘PERMITS’ Plus Search...................................................................................... 62 Configuring Nearby Query......................................................................................................62 User View.........................................................................................................................................63 Configuring the Civic Platform Console................................................................................. 63 Configuring the Form Layout Editor....................................................................................... 64 Accessing QuickQueries.........................................................................................................65 Configuring a Logo or Grade Card........................................................................................ 65 Configuring Shared Drop-Down Lists.....................................................................................65 Configuring Customized Display............................................................................................ 65 Accessing SmartCharts.......................................................................................................... 66 Configuring Reports................................................................................................................ 66 System Automation.......................................................................................................................... 67 Configuring Security Policies..................................................................................................67 Configuring Autonumbers....................................................................................................... 68 Configuring Integration with Social Media..............................................................................68 Configuring Import/Export....................................................................................................... 68 Configuring Event Manager....................................................................................................69 Spell Checker......................................................................................................................... 69 | Contents | 4 People.............................................................................................................................................. 70 Configuring People Template Fields...................................................................................... 70 Configuring Reference Contacts............................................................................................ 71 Configuring Licensed Professional Types.............................................................................. 72 APO (Address, Parcel, Owner) and XAPO (External APO)............................................................. 73 Configuring Addresses............................................................................................................73 Configuring Parcels................................................................................................................ 74 Configuring and Enabling APO and XAPO Features.............................................................75 Electronic Document Review............................................................................................................ 78 Configuring the Check-In Revisions Button........................................................................... 78 Configuring EDR Access........................................................................................................ 78 Configuring Action Type Choices on the Document Audit Log.............................................. 78 Configuring EMSE Events to Streamline Workflow................................................................79 Workflow...........................................................................................................................................80 Workflow Administration......................................................................................................... 80 Configuring Daily Workflow Management Tab....................................................................... 81 Record Management........................................................................................................................83 Record Type Administration................................................................................................... 83 Configuring ASI and ASI Tables............................................................................................ 83 Synchronizing Reference Data with Records.........................................................................85 Configuring Record Access.................................................................................................... 85 Creating Records.................................................................................................................... 85 Deleting Records.................................................................................................................... 86 0370-Record Type Filter.........................................................................................................86 Configuring Associations with Records.................................................................................. 87 Accessing the Record Detail Audit Log................................................................................. 88 Calendars...........................................................................................................................................89 Calendar Administration..........................................................................................................89 Configuring Calendars............................................................................................................ 90 Communication Manager...................................................................................................................91 General Settings..................................................................................................................... 91 Account Settings.....................................................................................................................91 Message Settings................................................................................................................... 91 Accounting......................................................................................................................................... 93 Fee Item Administration..........................................................................................................93 Managing Fees in Records.................................................................................................... 93 Configuring Payments............................................................................................................ 94 Configuring Invoice Options................................................................................................... 97 Configuring Trust Accounts.................................................................................................... 97 | Contents | 5 Configuring Cashier Workstation............................................................................................98 Configuring Valuation Calculation.......................................................................................... 99 Configuring Void and Refund Reason Options...................................................................... 99 Time Accounting Tracker............................................................................................................... 100 Time Accounting Administration........................................................................................... 100 Configuring a List of Agency Vehicles................................................................................. 100 Configuring the Time Accounting Portlet..............................................................................100 Adding Time Accounting Entries in Inspections and Workflow............................................ 101 Streamlining Data Processing........................................................................................................102 Accessing Expression Builder.............................................................................................. 102 Configuring Conditions..........................................................................................................102 Configuring Sets................................................................................................................... 105 Configuring Audit Log........................................................................................................... 106 Configuring the Batch Engine.............................................................................................. 106 Land Management...........................................................................................................................107 Configuring Structures and Establishments......................................................................... 107 Configuring Enforcement and Case Management............................................................... 108 Configuring Plan Review...................................................................................................... 109 Configuring Inspections........................................................................................................ 109 Configuring Right of Way Management............................................................................... 112 Asset Management..........................................................................................................................113 Configuring Assets................................................................................................................113 Configuring Part Inventory....................................................................................................114 Configuring Work Orders......................................................................................................115 Configuring Asset Condition Assessments...........................................................................117 Configuring PM Schedules................................................................................................... 118 License and Case Management..................................................................................................... 119 Configuring License Renewal...............................................................................................119 Configuring Expired Licenses and Insurance Coverage Verification....................................119 Configuring Licensed Professional Providers.......................................................................120 Configuring Education...........................................................................................................120 Accessing Continuing Education Records........................................................................... 120 Accessing Examination Records.......................................................................................... 121 Configuring Reasons of Rescheduling or Cancelling Examination...................................... 121 Citizen Access Administration........................................................................................................122 Internationalization and Localization.............................................................................................. 124 Enabling Internationalization and Localization..................................................................... 124 Supporting I18N Addresses Fields.......................................................................................124 Configuring Phone Number Country Codes.........................................................................124 | Contents | 6 Setting ASI Fields to Right Justification............................................................................... 125 Setting Report Language Preferences................................................................................. 125 Standard Choices Reference.................................................................... 126 AA_EDMS_DISALLOWED_FILE_TYPES....................................................................................... 127 ACA_AGENCY_EMAIL_REGISTRATION_TO................................................................................128 ACA_AUTO_ASSIGN_INSPECTOR............................................................................................... 129 ACA_CACHE_CONFIG................................................................................................................... 130 ACA_CONDITION_AGENCY_USER.............................................................................................. 131 ACA_CONFIGS............................................................................................................................... 132 ACA_CONFIGS_LINKS................................................................................................................... 137 ACA_CONFIGS_TABS.................................................................................................................... 141 ACA_CONNECT_LICENSE_AUTO_APPROVED...........................................................................143 ACA_EMAIL_TO_AND_FROM_SETTING...................................................................................... 144 ACA_EMAIL_REGISTRATION_TO................................................................................................. 145 ACA_EMAIL_REGISTRATION_FROM........................................................................................... 146 ACA_FILTER_CAP_BY_LICENSE..................................................................................................147 ACA_PAGE_PICKER...................................................................................................................... 148 ACA_SECURITY_SETTING............................................................................................................ 149 ACA_SPELL_CHECKER_ENABLED.............................................................................................. 150 ADHOC_REPORT_DB_VIEW......................................................................................................... 151 ADDRESS_TYPE............................................................................................................................ 154 ADDRESSSET_SCRIPT_LIST........................................................................................................ 155 AGENCY_EMAIL_REGISTRATION_TO......................................................................................... 156 ALLOW_NEGATIVE_FEE_TRANSFER_AS_CREDIT....................................................................157 ALLOW_PAYMENT_OF_FUTURE_FEES...................................................................................... 158 ALLOW_SHARED_DROPDOWN_LIST.......................................................................................... 159 ALLOW_STANDARD_DUPLICATE_FILENAME.............................................................................160 APO_ATTACHMENT_SELECTION.................................................................................................161 APO_CHECK_DUPLICATE.............................................................................................................162 APO_SUBDIVISIONS...................................................................................................................... 163 APO_SUBDIVISIONS_LOTS_[subdivision name].......................................................................... 164 APOSE_SYNCHRONIZE................................................................................................................ 165 APPLICATION SPEC INFO UNIT...................................................................................................166 APPLICATION_STATUS_REASON................................................................................................ 167 APPLICATION_TYPE_SECURITY_FID.......................................................................................... 168 APPLY_ SYSTEM_ DEFAULT_ FORMAT..................................................................................... 170 ASI_ALIGNMENT_OPTIONS.......................................................................................................... 171 ASI_CONFIGS................................................................................................................................. 172 ASI_EDIT_CONTROL_SYSTEM_LEVEL........................................................................................173 | Contents | 7 ASSET_CALENDAR_BUILD_INDEX_DURATION......................................................................... 174 ASSET_GROUP.............................................................................................................................. 175 ASSET_TREE_NODE_CONFIG..................................................................................................... 176 ASSET_SIZE_UNIT......................................................................................................................... 178 ASSET_USAGE_UNIT_TYPE......................................................................................................... 179 AUDITSET_INSPECTION_SCRIPT_LIST.......................................................................................180 AUDITSET_SCRIPT_LIST.............................................................................................................. 181 AUTHORIZED_SERVICE................................................................................................................ 182 AUTO_GENERATE_RECEIPT........................................................................................................183 AUTO_INVOICE_MODULE............................................................................................................. 184 AUTO_OPEN_CASH_DRAWER..................................................................................................... 185 AUTO_PAY_TRUST_ACCOUNTS..................................................................................................186 AUTO_SYNC_PEOPLE...................................................................................................................187 BATCH_INVOICE_REPORT........................................................................................................... 188 BATCH_JOB_PM_ADVANCE_PERIOD......................................................................................... 189 BATCH_JOB_RESULT....................................................................................................................190 BATCH_JOB_SCHEDULE_FREQUENCY......................................................................................191 BATCH_JOB_SCHEDULE_TYPE................................................................................................... 192 BATCH_JOB_SERVER................................................................................................................... 193 BATCH_JOB_SERVICE_CATEGORY............................................................................................ 194 BATCH_JOB_STATUS....................................................................................................................195 BATCH_JOB_TYPE........................................................................................................................ 196 BUDGET_ACCOUNT...................................................................................................................... 197 CALENDAR_BLOCK_SIZE............................................................................................................. 198 CALENDAR_BLOCK_UNIT............................................................................................................. 199 CALENDAR_SETTING.................................................................................................................... 200 CAP_CHILD_DOCUMENT.............................................................................................................. 201 CAP_CREATE_SETTINGS............................................................................................................. 202 CAP_DETAIL_ICON_FILE_FORMATS........................................................................................... 203 CAP_RETAIN_FEESCHEDULE...................................................................................................... 204 CAPSET_SCRIPT_LIST.................................................................................................................. 205 CASH_DRAWER_STARTING_ENDING_BALANCE...................................................................... 206 CASHIER_STATION....................................................................................................................... 207 CENSUS_BUREAU_CONSTRUCTION_TYPE_CODE.................................................................. 208 CLONE_REFERENCE_CONDITION.............................................................................................. 209 COMMUNICATION_SMS_PROVIDERS......................................................................................... 210 COMPLAINT REFERRED SOURCE.............................................................................................. 211 COMPLAINT REFERRED TYPE.................................................................................................... 212 CONDITION_PRIORITIES...............................................................................................................213 | Contents | 8 CONDITION TYPE.......................................................................................................................... 214 CONDITIONS_OF_APPROVALS....................................................................................................215 CONTACT_ACROSS_AGENCIES.................................................................................................. 216 CONTACT_ADDRESS_TYPE......................................................................................................... 217 CONTACT_PREFERRED_CHANNEL............................................................................................ 219 CONTACT RELATIONSHIP............................................................................................................ 220 CONTACT TYPE............................................................................................................................. 221 CONTACT_TYPE_ENABLE............................................................................................................ 223 CONTENT_TEMPLATE_LIST......................................................................................................... 224 CONTINUING_EDUCATION_REQUIRED_HOURS....................................................................... 225 CONTINUING_EDUCATION_WORKFLOW_TASK_STATUS........................................................ 226 COST_FACTOR.............................................................................................................................. 227 COUNTRY....................................................................................................................................... 228 CREATE_NEW_INSPECTION_WHEN_RESCHEDULE.................................................................229 CREATE_NEW_ITEM_DEFAULT_SIZE......................................................................................... 230 CREATE_NEW_ITEMS................................................................................................................... 231 CUSTOMIZED_TRACKING_NBR................................................................................................... 232 DATA_MANAGER_MAX_RECORD_NUMBER.............................................................................. 233 DEBUG............................................................................................................................................ 234 DEFAULT_LIST_ROWS.................................................................................................................. 235 DEFAULT_HOUSING_UNITS......................................................................................................... 236 DEFAULT_NUMBER_BUILDINGS..................................................................................................237 DEFAULT_JOB_VALUE.................................................................................................................. 238 DEFAULT_TEMPLATE....................................................................................................................239 DEPARTMENT_PICKER_TYPE......................................................................................................240 DEPOSIT_FOR................................................................................................................................241 DISABLE_APO_TEMPLATE_DATA_VALIDATION........................................................................ 242 DISABLE_CITY_STATE_DEFAULT................................................................................................243 DISABLE_EXPAND_RECORDSET.................................................................................................244 DISABLE_FEE_CALC_FACTOR_DROPDOWN_FOR_MODULES............................................... 245 DISABLE_GIS_NEARBY_QUERY.................................................................................................. 246 DISABLE_GIS_NEARBY_QUERY.................................................................................................. 247 DISABLE_RECORDLIST_DEFAULT_MODULE............................................................................. 248 DISABLE_SHOW_SCHEDULED_INSPECTION_DATE................................................................. 249 DISABLED_AEDR_CHECK.............................................................................................................250 DISPLAY_INSPECTION_COMMENT_IN_ACA.............................................................................. 251 DISPLAY_RECORD_DOCUMENTS (INSPECTION)......................................................................252 DISPLAY_RECORD_DOCUMENTS_BY_TYPE............................................................................. 253 DISPOSITION.................................................................................................................................. 254 | Contents | 9 DOCUMENT_AUDIT_ACTION_TYPES.......................................................................................... 255 DOCUMENT_CONDITION_TYPE_FILTER.................................................................................... 256 DOCUMENT_REVIEW_STATUS (User-defined Name)................................................................. 257 DOCUMENT_STATUS (User-defined Name)................................................................................. 258 E_CODES........................................................................................................................................ 259 EDMS...............................................................................................................................................260 EDMS_FUNCTION (User-defined Name)....................................................................................... 262 EDUCATION_DEGREE...................................................................................................................263 E-MAIL_PAYMENT_NOTICE_DISABLE......................................................................................... 264 EMSE_Settings................................................................................................................................ 265 ENABLE_ADD_MULTIPLE_CONDITIONS..................................................................................... 266 ENABLE_80_UI............................................................................................................................... 267 ENABLE_AMO_ONLINE_REPORT................................................................................................ 269 ENABLE_ANONYMOUS_REPORT................................................................................................ 270 ENABLE_AUTO_POPULATE_PARCEL_OWNER..........................................................................271 ENABLE_CAP_TYPE_ALIAS.......................................................................................................... 272 ENABLE_CONDITION_RESOLVED_DATE....................................................................................273 ENABLE_CONTACT_ADDRESS.................................................................................................... 274 ENABLE_CONTACT_ADDRESS_VALIDATION.............................................................................275 ENABLE_CONTACT_TYPE_FILTERING_BY_MODULE............................................................... 276 ENABLE_CONTACT_TYPE_SECURITY........................................................................................ 278 ENABLE_DISPLAY_ISLAMIC_CALENDAR....................................................................................279 ENABLE_EMSE...............................................................................................................................280 ENABLE_EMAIL_NOTIFICATION_PROMPT................................................................................. 281 ENABLE_EXPIRED_LICENSE........................................................................................................282 ENABLE_EXPRESSION_AND_SCRIPT_CACHE.......................................................................... 283 ENABLE_MERCHANT_ACCOUNT_BY_MODULE.........................................................................284 ENABLE_MULTIPLE_CONDITION_GROUP_FOR_TYPE............................................................. 285 ENABLE_ORIGINAL_VALUATION_CALCULATOR....................................................................... 286 ENABLE_PARCEL_ENDORSEMENT.............................................................................................287 ENABLE_PAYMENT_ENDORSEMENT..........................................................................................288 ENABLE_PERMITS_PLUS_SEARCH.............................................................................................289 ENABLE_SELECT_ADDRESS_OWNER_AFTER_PARCEL..........................................................290 ENABLE_SELECT_PARCEL_OWNER_AFTER_ADDRESS..........................................................291 ENABLE_THE_DISPLAY_OF_SECURITY_ANSWER....................................................................292 ENFORCEMENT DEFENDANT EYE COLOR................................................................................293 ENFORCEMENT DEFENDANT HAIR COLOR.............................................................................. 294 EPaymentAdapter............................................................................................................................ 295 EVENT_ACTION............................................................................................................................. 296 | Contents | 10 EVIDENCE_DISPOSITION............................................................................................................. 297 EVIDENCE_LOCATION.................................................................................................................. 298 EVIDENCE_TYPE........................................................................................................................... 299 EVIDENCE_UNITS_MEASURE...................................................................................................... 300 EXAM_CSV_FORMAT.................................................................................................................... 301 EXAMINATION_WORKFLOW_TASK_STATUS............................................................................. 303 EXPIRATION_INTERVAL_UNITS................................................................................................... 304 EXPIRATIONDATE_DISPLAY_FLAG............................................................................................. 305 EXPORT_MAX_RECORDS.............................................................................................................306 EXTERNAL_ADDRESS_SOURCE................................................................................................. 307 EXTERNAL_CONTACT_ADDRESS_SOURCE_[SOURCE NAME]............................................... 309 EXTERNAL_DOC_REVIEW............................................................................................................ 310 EXTERNAL_OWNER_SOURCE..................................................................................................... 311 EXTERNAL_PARCEL_SOURCE.................................................................................................... 312 EXTERNAL_PROVIDER_ADAPTER.............................................................................................. 314 EXTERNAL_REVIEWERS.............................................................................................................. 315 FEE_QUANTITY_ACCURACY........................................................................................................316 FILE_UPLOAD_BEHAVIOR............................................................................................................ 317 FIND APP DATE RANGE............................................................................................................... 319 FIND_TIME_ACCOUNTING_LOGGED_DATE_RANGE................................................................ 320 FISCAL_YEAR_START................................................................................................................... 321 FOOD_FACILITY_INSPECTION..................................................................................................... 322 FULL_PAY_ALLOCATION_OPTIONS............................................................................................ 323 GENDER..........................................................................................................................................324 GIS_ATTACHMENT_SELECTION.................................................................................................. 325 GIS_BUFFER_DISTANCE.............................................................................................................. 326 GIS_NEARBY_QUERY_LIMITATION............................................................................................. 327 GIS_PROX_ALERT_TRIGGERS.................................................................................................... 328 GLOBAL_SEARCH_BUILD_INDEX_ENTITIES.............................................................................. 329 GLOBAL_SEARCH_MAX_COUNT................................................................................................. 330 GLOBAL_TRUST_ACCOUNT......................................................................................................... 331 GRACE_PERIOD_INTERVAL_UNITS............................................................................................ 332 HEARING BODY............................................................................................................................. 333 HEARING LOCATION..................................................................................................................... 334 HEARING MAX TIME..................................................................................................................... 335 I18N_ADDRESS_FORMAT............................................................................................................. 336 I18N_SETTINGS............................................................................................................................. 340 INDIVIDUAL_CONTACT_MATCH_CRITERIA................................................................................ 343 INSPECTION_CATEGORY............................................................................................................. 345 | Contents | 11 INSPECTION_DISTRICT_ON_PARCEL.........................................................................................346 INSPECTION_RESULT_CSV_FORMAT........................................................................................ 347 INSPECTION_ROUTE_TYPE......................................................................................................... 349 INSPECTION_SETTING................................................................................................................. 350 INSPECTION_UNIT_NUMBER_VALUES....................................................................................... 352 INSPECTIONS_BY_UNIT............................................................................................................... 353 INSPECTOR_AUTO_ASSIGN_CRITERIA......................................................................................354 INSPECTOR_WORKLOAD_CALENDAR_TIME............................................................................. 355 KEEP_COMPLETED_INSPECTION_ACTIVE................................................................................ 356 LICENSE_TYPE.............................................................................................................................. 357 LICENSED_PROF_ACTIVE_STATUS............................................................................................ 358 LICENSED_PROF_EXPIRE_STATUS............................................................................................359 LICENSED PROFESSIONAL TYPE............................................................................................... 360 LIMIT_WORKSTATION_ACCEPT_PAYMENT............................................................................... 361 LOCATION_TYPE........................................................................................................................... 362 LOAD_TO_RECORD_PORTLET.................................................................................................... 363 LOGO_TYPE_CATEGORY............................................................................................................. 364 LONG_TERM_TIME_TRACKING....................................................................................................365 LOOKUP_TABLE_PAGE_SIZE.......................................................................................................366 MASKS............................................................................................................................................ 367 MASTER_SCRIPT_DEFAULT_VERSION...................................................................................... 369 MAX_ATTACHMENT_SELECTION_NUMBER...............................................................................370 MEETING BODY............................................................................................................................. 371 MEETING LOCATION..................................................................................................................... 372 MEETING MAX TIME..................................................................................................................... 373 MEETING_NOTIFICATION_OUTLOOK_REMINDER.....................................................................374 MEETING_REASON_COMMENT................................................................................................... 375 MEETING_TYPE_STATUS_GROUP.............................................................................................. 376 MEETING_TYPE_STATUS_{Group Name}....................................................................................377 MODULE_AUDIT_FREQUENCY.................................................................................................... 378 MULTIPLE_APO_GIS_SELECTION............................................................................................... 379 MULTIPLE_LICENSE_PROFESSIONAL........................................................................................ 380 MULTI_SERVICE_SETTINGS.........................................................................................................381 NEW_SPEAR_FORM_ENABLE......................................................................................................382 ONE_INVOICE_FOR_ALL_CAPS...................................................................................................383 ONLINE_PAYMENT_MAX_AMOUNT............................................................................................. 384 ONLINEPAYMENT_WEBSERVICE_URL....................................................................................... 385 ORGANIZATION_CONTACT_MATCH_CRITERIA.........................................................................386 PARCELSET_SCRIPT_LIST........................................................................................................... 388 | Contents | 12 PART_CALCULATE_TYPE............................................................................................................. 389 PARTIAL_CAP_CONDITION_ENABLE.......................................................................................... 390 PARTIALLY_COMPLETED_CAP_PURGE_DAYS......................................................................... 391 PARTS_ALLOW_NEGATIVE_QUANTITY...................................................................................... 392 PASSWORD_CALCULATION_SCORE.......................................................................................... 393 PASSWORD_POLICY_SETTINGS................................................................................................. 394 PAYMENT_CREDITCARD_TYPE...................................................................................................395 PAYMENT_CHECK_ACCOUNT_TYPE.......................................................................................... 396 PAYMENT_CHECK_TYPE..............................................................................................................397 PAYMENT_GROUP........................................................................................................................ 398 PAYMENT_PROCESSING_DEFAULT_METHOD..........................................................................399 PAYMENT_PROCESSING_METHOD............................................................................................ 400 PAYMENT_PROCESSING_RECORD_RECEIPT...........................................................................401 PAYMENT_RECEIVED_TYPE........................................................................................................ 402 PAYMENT_REMITTER_CONTACT_TYPE.....................................................................................403 PENALTY_FEE_FUNC....................................................................................................................404 PENALTY_INTERVAL_UNITS........................................................................................................ 405 PHONE_NUMBER_IDD...................................................................................................................406 PHONE_NUMBER_IDD_ENABLE.................................................................................................. 412 POINT_OF_SALE_FEE_SCHEDULE............................................................................................. 413 POINT_OF_SALE_TYPE................................................................................................................ 415 POPULATE_CURRENT_USER_TO_APPLICANT......................................................................... 416 PRIORITY........................................................................................................................................ 417 PRODUCTION_UNIT_TYPE........................................................................................................... 418 PROFESSIONALSET_SCRIPT_LIST............................................................................................. 419 PROX_ALERT_ACTION..................................................................................................................420 PROXIMITY ALERT DISPLAY GIS map viewer.............................................................................421 RACE............................................................................................................................................... 422 RANDOM_AUDIT............................................................................................................................ 423 REASON_FOR_RESCHEDULING_CANCELLING_EXAMINATION.............................................. 424 RECENTLY_HISTORY_SIZE.......................................................................................................... 425 REF_ADDRESS_TYPE................................................................................................................... 426 REFERENCE_CONTACT_RELATIONSHIP................................................................................... 427 REFUND_PAYMENT_REASON......................................................................................................428 REGIONAL MODIFIER....................................................................................................................429 RELATED_CAP_SUMMARY...........................................................................................................430 RELATED_RECORDS_DEFAULT_VIEW....................................................................................... 431 RELATED_CAP_CONFIG............................................................................................................... 432 REMOVE_PAY_FEE....................................................................................................................... 433 | Contents | 13 REMOVE_REQUIRED_IN_ADMIN_CONDITIONS.........................................................................434 REMOVE_REQUIRED_IN_DAILY_CONDITIONS.......................................................................... 436 REPORT_CRITERIA_LANGUAGE................................................................................................. 437 REPORTS FROM GIS OBJECTS.................................................................................................. 438 REPRINT_REASONS......................................................................................................................439 ROUTE_OPTIMIZER_PROVIDER.................................................................................................. 440 ROWM_CONDITIONS.....................................................................................................................441 ROWM_INTEGRATION...................................................................................................................442 SALUTATION.................................................................................................................................. 443 SESSION_TIMEOUT....................................................................................................................... 444 SG-PERCENTAGE_ EXCLUDE_ INVOICED_ FEE.......................................................................445 SINGLE_INVOICE_REPORT.......................................................................................................... 446 SOCIAL_MEDIA_SETTINGS.......................................................................................................... 447 SPELL_CHECKER_ENABLED....................................................................................................... 448 SSO_ADAPTER.............................................................................................................................. 449 STANDARD_WEB_FONTS............................................................................................................. 450 State/Province (User-defined Name).............................................................................................. 451 STATES........................................................................................................................................... 453 STATUS_OF_CONDITIONS_OF_APPROVAL............................................................................... 454 STREET DIRECTIONS................................................................................................................... 455 STREET SUFFIXES........................................................................................................................ 456 STRUCTURETYPE......................................................................................................................... 457 STRUCTURE_APO_ASSOCIATION...............................................................................................458 STRUCTURE_CAP_ASSOCIATION............................................................................................... 459 STRUCTURE_ESTABLISHMENT_APO_ASSOCIATION...............................................................460 STRUCTURE_ESTABLISHMENT_LAND_USE.............................................................................. 461 STRUCTURE_ESTABLISHMENT_STATUS...................................................................................462 TEMPLATE_EMSE_DROPDOWN.................................................................................................. 463 TEMPLATE_TEXT_PARAMS..........................................................................................................464 TIME_ACCOUNTING_SETTINGS.................................................................................................. 465 TIME_MODULES.............................................................................................................................466 TRUST_ACCOUNT_ADMINISTRATOR..........................................................................................467 TRUST_ACCOUNT_ONLY..............................................................................................................468 UNIT DESC..................................................................................................................................... 469 UNIT TYPES................................................................................................................................... 470 UPDATE_REFERENCE_CONDITION............................................................................................ 471 USE_GIS_REST_API...................................................................................................................... 472 USER_DISCIPLINES.......................................................................................................................473 USER_DISTRICTS.......................................................................................................................... 474 | Contents | 14 VAL_CALC_BY_RECORD_TYPE................................................................................................... 475 VALUATION_CALCULATOR_VERSION........................................................................................ 476 VEHICLE..........................................................................................................................................477 VIRTUAL FOLDERS (User-defined Name).................................................................................... 478 VOID_INVOICE_REASON.............................................................................................................. 479 VOID_PAYMENT_REASON............................................................................................................480 WITHOUT_INSPECTION_TIME......................................................................................................481 WO_TASK_DURATION_UNIT........................................................................................................ 482 WO_TASK_DURATION_SAME_AS_DEFAULT............................................................................. 483 WO_CLOSE_CHECK_TASK...........................................................................................................484 WORKFLOW_FIDS......................................................................................................................... 485 WORKFLOW_CONFIGS................................................................................................................. 486 Function IDs Reference.............................................................................487 0004-Admin Users........................................................................................................................... 488 0005-Reference Property Parcels................................................................................................... 489 0006-Reference Property Addresses.............................................................................................. 490 0008-Reference Licensed Professionals.........................................................................................491 0025-Admin Workflow Email Settings............................................................................................. 492 0026-Admin Workflow Email Messages..........................................................................................493 0027-Workflow Email Override........................................................................................................494 0036-Admin Workflow Processes................................................................................................... 495 0043-Tickler..................................................................................................................................... 496 0044-User Preferences................................................................................................................... 497 0045-Admin Organizational Hierarchy............................................................................................ 498 0047-Admin Fee Payment Periods................................................................................................. 499 0048-Reference Hearing Locations.................................................................................................500 0049-Reference Hearing Bodies..................................................................................................... 501 0050-Reference Hearing Calendar (old)......................................................................................... 502 0054-Admin Condition Types.......................................................................................................... 503 0055-Admin Condition Status..........................................................................................................504 0056-Admin Condition Reference................................................................................................... 505 0057-Reference Condition Parcels................................................................................................. 506 0058-Admin Workflow Condition Validation.................................................................................... 507 0059-Admin Fees Valuation Calculation......................................................................................... 508 0060-Admin Fees Regional Modifier...............................................................................................509 0061-Admin SmartChoice Code......................................................................................................510 0063-Admin Workflow Task Status................................................................................................. 511 0065-Admin Application Types........................................................................................................512 0068-Admin Fee Item Sets............................................................................................................. 513 | Contents | 15 0069-Reference Condition Addresses............................................................................................ 514 0070-Reference Condition Licensed Professionals........................................................................ 515 0071-Admin Workflow Final Inspection...........................................................................................516 0072-Admin App Spec Info............................................................................................................. 517 0073-Admin Application Renewal Info............................................................................................ 518 0074-Admin License Fee Payment Period..................................................................................... 519 0075-Admin License Types.............................................................................................................520 0076-Accela Events.........................................................................................................................521 0077-Admin Event Setup................................................................................................................ 522 0078-Admin Event Script Setup......................................................................................................523 0079-Admin Event Script Test........................................................................................................ 524 0080-Admin Rbizdomain Maintenance........................................................................................... 525 0081-Admin Calendar Events......................................................................................................... 526 0082-Reference Structure............................................................................................................... 527 0083-Reference Structure Template............................................................................................... 528 0084-Reference People Contact..................................................................................................... 529 0085-Admin APO Template............................................................................................................ 530 0086-Admin Agency Online Help.................................................................................................... 531 0087-Accela Online Help.................................................................................................................532 0088-Admin People User Defined Attributes.................................................................................. 533 0089-Reference Property Owners...................................................................................................534 0092-Accela Functions.................................................................................................................... 535 0093-Accela Release Versions....................................................................................................... 536 0094-Accela Agency........................................................................................................................537 0095-Accela Agency Functions.......................................................................................................538 0096-Admin User Groups................................................................................................................539 0097-Admin Workflow Review Activity............................................................................................540 0098-Reference Standard Comments.............................................................................................541 0099-Admin Oracle Reports............................................................................................................542 0106-Admin Batch job..................................................................................................................... 543 0107-Admin GIS Service.................................................................................................................544 0108-Admin Document Type...........................................................................................................545 0109-Reference Genealogy Split/Merge......................................................................................... 546 0110-Reference Owner Condition...................................................................................................547 0111-Admin GIS Dynamic Themes.................................................................................................548 0112-Admin Workflow..................................................................................................................... 549 0115-Reference Calendar Structure............................................................................................... 550 0116-Admin Calendar Structure Blockout.......................................................................................551 0117-Admin Calendar Inspection Blockout..................................................................................... 552 | Contents | 16 0118-Admin GIS Search Tools....................................................................................................... 553 0119-Admin Citation Number Generator.........................................................................................554 0120-Accela Login Page Navigation Link Maintenance..................................................................555 0121-Admin Agency Announcements............................................................................................. 556 0122-Accela System Announcements............................................................................................ 557 0123-Admin Inspection Result Group............................................................................................. 558 0124-Admin Inspection Guide Sheet.............................................................................................. 559 0125-Admin Inspection Guide Sheet Group................................................................................... 560 0127-Admin Application Status Group............................................................................................ 561 0128-Accela User Profile Replace Password................................................................................. 562 0129-Admin GIS Feature................................................................................................................ 563 0130-Admin GIS Establish Genealogy............................................................................................564 0131-Admin Find App (Custom)..................................................................................................... 565 0133-Admin Inspection Type Sets.................................................................................................. 566 0134-Admin-Message-General........................................................................................................ 567 0135-Admin-Message-Supervisor....................................................................................................568 0136-Admin Application General Profile......................................................................................... 569 0137-Admin Filter View................................................................................................................... 570 0139-Admin-DataFilter/QuickQuery................................................................................................. 571 0142-Admin Agency Security Policies............................................................................................ 572 0143-Admin Workflow Task Spec Info............................................................................................573 0144-Admin Agency Dynamic Menu...............................................................................................574 0145-Admin Report Management................................................................................................... 575 0146-Admin Folder Admin...............................................................................................................576 0147-Accela DB Admin................................................................................................................... 577 0148-Admin Report Admin.............................................................................................................. 578 0149-Admin Universe Admin...........................................................................................................579 0150-Admin Workload and Skillset................................................................................................. 580 0151-Admin Alert and Rules........................................................................................................... 581 0152-Admin IntelliScript...................................................................................................................582 0153-Reference GIS Proximity Alerts............................................................................................. 583 0154-Reference Workflow Proximity Alerts.....................................................................................584 0155-Admin Label Configuration.....................................................................................................585 0156-Admin SmartChart Configuration........................................................................................... 586 0157-Admin SmartChart Query Configuration................................................................................ 587 0158-Admin Attribute Definition.......................................................................................................588 0159-Admin Attribute Template Definition...................................................................................... 589 0160-Admin AMS Asset Definition.................................................................................................. 590 0161-Admin Work Order Costing Item Definition............................................................................591 | Contents | 17 0162-Admin Work Order Parts Definition........................................................................................592 0163-Admin Work Order Tools Definition....................................................................................... 593 0164-Admin Links Portlets.............................................................................................................. 594 0169-Admin-Work Order Template................................................................................................. 595 0170-Admin-WO Template Costing................................................................................................ 596 0173-WO Template Part................................................................................................................. 597 0175-Admin App Spec Info Groups................................................................................................ 598 0179-Admin App Spec Info Subgroups.......................................................................................... 599 0180-Admin Workflow Task Spec Info Subgroups......................................................................... 600 0181-Admin Fees Manage Schedule..............................................................................................601 0182-Admin GIS Attribute Mapping................................................................................................ 602 0183-Reference Hearing Calendar................................................................................................. 603 0184-Admin Content Customization................................................................................................604 0185-Admin V360 Export................................................................................................................ 605 0186-Admin V360 Import................................................................................................................ 606 0187-Admin Upload Logo Image.................................................................................................... 607 0188-Admin Flow Diagram..............................................................................................................608 0190-Manage Trust Account........................................................................................................... 609 0191-Update license expiration task............................................................................................... 610 0192-Workflow Report Setting........................................................................................................ 611 0193-Report Management Auto Report.......................................................................................... 612 0194-Access Structure Conditions.................................................................................................. 613 0195-Admin-PM Schedule...............................................................................................................614 0196-Admin-PM Schedule Linked Quick Query............................................................................. 615 0197-Admin-PM Schedule Linked Asset.........................................................................................616 0198-Admin-PM Schedule Skipped Asset...................................................................................... 617 0199-Admin-PM Schedule Hold Event............................................................................................618 0200-Admin-PM Schedule Maintenance Record........................................................................... 619 0201-Admin-Generating Work Orders By PM Schedule.................................................................620 0202-Application Type Image..........................................................................................................621 0204-Properties Rename Parcel ID................................................................................................ 622 0205-Admin App Spec Info Table...................................................................................................623 0206-Admin Fee Decisions............................................................................................................. 624 0207-Admin Inspector Districts....................................................................................................... 625 0208-Reference Address Condition History....................................................................................626 0209-Reference Parcel Condition History.......................................................................................627 0210-Reference Owner Condition History...................................................................................... 628 0211-Reference Licensed Professional Cond. History................................................................... 629 0212-Reference Structure Condition History.................................................................................. 630 | Contents | 18 0213-Admin AMS Parts Item Location............................................................................................631 0214-Admin AMS Parts Vendors and Manufacturers..................................................................... 632 0218-Admin Auto-Assign Inspection............................................................................................... 633 0219-Admin AMS PM Schedule Location.......................................................................................634 0220-Admin AMS Address PM Schedule....................................................................................... 635 0221-Admin Console Management.................................................................................................636 0222-Address Asset........................................................................................................................ 637 0223-Address Work Order.............................................................................................................. 638 0224-Active Directory...................................................................................................................... 639 0226-Reports Manager Admin........................................................................................................ 640 0227-Condition Assessment............................................................................................................641 0229-Admin display Department..................................................................................................... 642 0230-Menu Navigation Admin......................................................................................................... 643 0231-Admin Inspection Type/Guide Sheet for ODS....................................................................... 644 0232-Admin display Option/Required column................................................................................. 645 0234-Workflow Calendar................................................................................................................. 646 0235-Inspection Default Value Policy............................................................................................. 647 0236-Inspection Type and Status Security..................................................................................... 648 0237-Attach GIS Object.................................................................................................................. 649 0239-Activities For People and Property........................................................................................ 650 0240-Reports Manager Admin........................................................................................................ 651 0241-Parcel Subdivision and Lot Search........................................................................................652 0242-Required for Fee Calculation................................................................................................. 653 0243-GIS Service............................................................................................................................ 654 0244-Fee Estimation....................................................................................................................... 655 0245-Long Term Time Tracking......................................................................................................656 0246-Activities Specific Information................................................................................................ 657 0247-Agency Workday Calendar.................................................................................................... 658 0248-Admin-Security Policy-EDMS Access Security...................................................................... 659 0249-Workflow Edit......................................................................................................................... 660 0250-People Info Table................................................................................................................... 661 0251-Hearing Reason..................................................................................................................... 662 0252-Asset Type Available CAP Type............................................................................................663 0253-Asset GIS Synchronize.......................................................................................................... 664 0254-WO Task Definition................................................................................................................ 665 0255-Manage Asset Type Security................................................................................................. 666 0256-Carrying over Failed Guide Sheet Items............................................................................... 667 0257-Admin Inspection Calendar.................................................................................................... 668 0258-Supervisor Inspection Calendaring........................................................................................ 669 | Contents | 19 0259-ASI Lookup Table...................................................................................................................670 0260-Expression Builder..................................................................................................................671 0261-ASI Form Layout Editor......................................................................................................... 672 0263- Admin Event Calendar (obsolete, replaced by 8483)........................................................... 673 0264-Admin Time Accounting Type................................................................................................ 674 0265-Admin Time Accounting User Profile..................................................................................... 675 0266-Admin Time Accounting Group.............................................................................................. 676 0267-TSI Form Layout Editor..........................................................................................................677 0268-APO Form Layout Editor........................................................................................................678 0269-Admin Attribute Form Layout Editor.......................................................................................679 0270-Sequence Generator.............................................................................................................. 680 0272-Control Shared Drop Down List in Admin..............................................................................681 0273-ASI Table Drill Down..............................................................................................................682 0274-Rating Type............................................................................................................................ 683 0275-Condition by Group................................................................................................................ 684 0276-Address Type Group.............................................................................................................. 685 0277-Address Type for the reference address............................................................................... 686 0278-Associate People....................................................................................................................687 0279-Associate Address..................................................................................................................688 0280-Associate Parcel.....................................................................................................................689 0281-Supervisor Master Calendaring..............................................................................................690 0282-Expression Migration.............................................................................................................. 691 0283-Associated CAP List...............................................................................................................692 0284-Batch Job Maintenance..........................................................................................................693 0285-Batch Job Schedule............................................................................................................... 694 0286-Delegate User Management.................................................................................................. 695 0288-Enable Inspection Flow.......................................................................................................... 697 0289-Enable Inspection Milestone.................................................................................................. 698 0290-Admin - Standard Comments.................................................................................................699 0291-Guide Sheet Template Data.................................................................................................. 700 0292-Service Management..............................................................................................................701 0294-Structure and Establishment.................................................................................................. 702 0295-Reference Structure and Establishment................................................................................ 703 0296-Structure and Establishment Condition..................................................................................704 0297-Structure and Establishment History......................................................................................705 0299-Super License Management.................................................................................................. 706 0300-License Management............................................................................................................. 707 0305-Admin Attribute Table Definition............................................................................................ 708 0306-Work Order Type....................................................................................................................709 | Contents | 20 0307-Audit Logger Definition...........................................................................................................710 0308-Data Manager Export............................................................................................................. 711 0309-Data Manager Import............................................................................................................. 712 0310-Admin Education Info............................................................................................................. 713 0311-Admin Continuing Education Info...........................................................................................714 0312-Admin Examination Info......................................................................................................... 715 0314-Admin Meeting Calendar........................................................................................................716 0315-Admin Create New Objects................................................................................................... 717 0316-Reference Contact Condition................................................................................................. 718 0317-Reference Contact Condition History.....................................................................................719 0318-Administration......................................................................................................................... 720 0319-Delete ASI and ASIT on existing CAPs.................................................................................721 0320-Admin License Verification.....................................................................................................722 0321-Reference Address Copy....................................................................................................... 723 0322-Reference Merge Contacts.................................................................................................... 724 0323-Disable Licensed Professionals Search.................................................................................725 0324-Admin Receipt Print Audit...................................................................................................... 726 0326-Define Asset Usage Unit Type.............................................................................................. 727 0327-Edit My QuickQuery By Administration..................................................................................728 0328-Accessibility Mode.................................................................................................................. 729 0330-Admin Work Order Costing Group Definition.........................................................................730 0331-Trust Account Associated Record..........................................................................................731 0332-Daily Cost Rate Definition...................................................................................................... 732 0333-Condition List Audit Log.........................................................................................................733 0334-Condition Detail Audit Log..................................................................................................... 734 0335-Copy or Move Parcel Associated Records............................................................................ 735 0336-User Calendar........................................................................................................................ 736 0337-Agency Holiday Calendar.......................................................................................................737 0338-Licensed Professional Document List....................................................................................738 0339-Inspection Grade Group.........................................................................................................739 0340-Reference Contact Type Security.......................................................................................... 740 0341-Daily Contact Type Security...................................................................................................741 0342-Parcels GIS Attributes Mapping.............................................................................................742 0343-Contact Relationship.............................................................................................................. 743 0344-Show Address on the Contact............................................................................................... 744 0345-Look Up Address on the Contact Address............................................................................ 745 0346-Workflow Designer................................................................................................................. 746 0347-Social Media........................................................................................................................... 747 0348-AA-AGIS Integration Diagnosis Tool......................................................................................748 | Contents | 21 0349-Contact Management............................................................................................................. 749 0350-Regional Settings................................................................................................................... 750 0351-Admin Set Type..................................................................................................................... 751 0352-Professional List..................................................................................................................... 752 0353-Contact Identity Fields............................................................................................................753 0354-Custom Dictionary.................................................................................................................. 754 0355-Reference Contact Relationship............................................................................................ 755 0357-Reference Contact Log.......................................................................................................... 756 0360-Account Settings.................................................................................................................... 757 0361-General Settings.....................................................................................................................758 0362-Duplicate Contact Address Check......................................................................................... 759 0365-License Certification Info........................................................................................................760 0366-License Certification Supervisor.............................................................................................761 0367-Default Clone Options............................................................................................................ 762 0368-Reference Contact Document List......................................................................................... 763 0370-Record Type Filter..................................................................................................................764 0371-Professional List..................................................................................................................... 765 0374-Data Manager Delete............................................................................................................. 766 0375-New UI Admin Access Restricted.......................................................................................... 767 0376-Admin Conditions Access Restricted..................................................................................... 768 7800-Report Menu...........................................................................................................................769 7801-Ad Hoc Reports......................................................................................................................770 8006-Application Print Permit..........................................................................................................771 8014-Standard Comments and Task List....................................................................................... 772 8020-Condition Full Privileges.........................................................................................................773 8027-Smart Notice...........................................................................................................................774 8028-Addresses............................................................................................................................... 775 8029-Parcels.................................................................................................................................... 776 8030-Owners................................................................................................................................... 777 8031-Contacts..................................................................................................................................778 8032-Licensed Professionals...........................................................................................................779 8033-Additional Information.............................................................................................................780 8034-New Application......................................................................................................................781 8035-Find App................................................................................................................................. 782 8036-Workflow - 2.5........................................................................................................................ 783 8038-Valuation Calculation..............................................................................................................784 8039-PermitsPlus Historical Data....................................................................................................785 8047-Hearings (obsolete, replaced by 8483)..................................................................................786 8049-Batch Job (old)....................................................................................................................... 787 | Contents | 22 8068-Find App (simple search).......................................................................................................788 8073-App Spec Info........................................................................................................................ 789 8074-Set Header Maintenance....................................................................................................... 790 8075-Set Detail Maintenance.......................................................................................................... 791 8078-New Business License Application........................................................................................ 792 8079-Business Licenses Expiration Info......................................................................................... 793 8081-Project Maintenance/Navigation.............................................................................................794 8085-Inspection Email Notification.................................................................................................. 795 8090-Workflow Supervisor...............................................................................................................796 8093-Staff Search............................................................................................................................797 8097-Manual Application Number Option....................................................................................... 798 8098-Agency Switch........................................................................................................................ 799 8099-Inspection Calendar Override Authority................................................................................. 800 8102-People User Defined Attributes..............................................................................................801 8103-Structure Tracking.................................................................................................................. 802 8104-Assess Fees........................................................................................................................... 803 8105-User Defined Parcel Attribute................................................................................................ 804 8106-Void Application......................................................................................................................805 8107-Cashier-Supervisor................................................................................................................. 806 8108-Cashier Payment.................................................................................................................... 807 8110-Application Comment............................................................................................................. 808 8112-Application Cloning.................................................................................................................809 8113-Standard Comments...............................................................................................................810 8114-ADS New Non-Electronic Documents (old)........................................................................... 811 8115-ADS Document List (old)....................................................................................................... 812 8116-V360 Reports......................................................................................................................... 813 8119-GIS Service............................................................................................................................ 814 8120-ADS Non-Electronic Documents (old)....................................................................................815 8121-Set Payment........................................................................................................................... 816 8122-Batch Job............................................................................................................................... 817 8130-Parcel Genealogy................................................................................................................... 818 8132-Workflow................................................................................................................................. 819 8133-Workflow Task Assignments.................................................................................................. 820 8134-Set Workflow Status Change................................................................................................. 821 8135-Include Insp. History in Workflow History.............................................................................. 822 8137-Calendar Structure................................................................................................................. 823 8138-Condition Limit Access by Dept.............................................................................................824 8140-Limit Assignments by Dept.................................................................................................... 825 8141-Application Status...................................................................................................................826 | Contents | 23 8142-Application Status History...................................................................................................... 827 8143-Inspection Scheduling............................................................................................................ 828 8144-Inspection Results Supervisor................................................................................................829 8145-Inspection Results.................................................................................................................. 830 8146-Inspection Route Sheet..........................................................................................................831 8147-Inspection Assignments..........................................................................................................832 8148-Create From GIS....................................................................................................................833 8149-Inspection Guide Sheet..........................................................................................................834 8150-Find App (Custom)................................................................................................................. 835 8151-Messages............................................................................................................................... 836 8152-WO/SR Group Update........................................................................................................... 837 8153-ADS Document Upload (old)..................................................................................................838 8154-Application Hierarchy..............................................................................................................839 8155-Department Manager..............................................................................................................840 8157-Application Custom Header................................................................................................... 841 8161-Properties Section Township Range......................................................................................842 8162-Application Limit Access by App Type...................................................................................843 8163-Real Estate Work Request.................................................................................................... 844 8164-Real Estate Certification Package......................................................................................... 845 8165-Real Estate Relocation Displace............................................................................................846 8166-Real Estate Tract-Component Relationship...........................................................................847 8167-ADS Document Delete (old)...................................................................................................848 8168-Agency Dynamic Menu.......................................................................................................... 849 8169-Real Estate Service Request................................................................................................. 850 8170-Real Estate Vendor Work Order............................................................................................ 851 8171-Real Estate Tract-NFI Relationship....................................................................................... 852 8172-Real Estate Department Financials....................................................................................... 853 8173-Real Estate Project Financials............................................................................................... 854 8174-Real Estate Component Financials........................................................................................855 8175-GIS Objects............................................................................................................................ 856 8176-GIS Area Usage..................................................................................................................... 857 8177-Report Management...............................................................................................................858 8178-Report Runner........................................................................................................................ 859 8179-Report Scheduler................................................................................................................... 860 8180-Report Writer.......................................................................................................................... 861 8181-Report Object Writer.............................................................................................................. 862 8182-GIS Proximity Alerts............................................................................................................... 863 8183-Application App Spec Info Groups.........................................................................................864 8184-Set App Spec Info..................................................................................................................865 | Contents | 24 8185-Set Task Spec Info................................................................................................................ 866 8186-Workflow Task Activation....................................................................................................... 867 8187-Inspection GIS Route Optimization........................................................................................868 8188-SmartChart Display................................................................................................................ 869 8189-Asset Data Management........................................................................................................870 8190-Work Order Management.......................................................................................................872 8191-Work Order Costing............................................................................................................... 873 8192-Work Order Parts................................................................................................................... 874 8193-Work Order Tools...................................................................................................................875 8194-Work Order Scheduled Work Orders.....................................................................................876 8195-SmartChart Viewer................................................................................................................. 877 8196-SmartChart GIS...................................................................................................................... 878 8197-Real Estate FDA Exceptions..................................................................................................879 8198-Tract Financials Summary..................................................................................................... 880 8201-Daily Asset Location...............................................................................................................881 8202-Daily Asset Relationship........................................................................................................ 882 8203-Daily Record Asset.................................................................................................................883 8206-Daily-Work Order Close......................................................................................................... 884 8207-Workflow Ad Hoc Tasks - 5.2................................................................................................ 885 8208-Autopopulate APO Data from GIS......................................................................................... 886 8209-Single Portlet Data Summary.................................................................................................887 8210-Workflow My Task List...........................................................................................................888 8211-List Driven SmartChart...........................................................................................................889 8212-Upload EDMS Attachment..................................................................................................... 890 8213-Download EDMS Attachment.................................................................................................891 8214-View EDMS Attachment List.................................................................................................. 892 8215-GIS Genealogy....................................................................................................................... 893 8216-Citizen Fee Update................................................................................................................ 894 8217-Fees Credit Card Payment.................................................................................................... 895 8218-Citizen User Profile Join Organization................................................................................... 896 8219-Citizen User Profile................................................................................................................ 897 8220-Citizen User Profile Agency Spec Info...................................................................................898 8221-Citizen User Profile Organization...........................................................................................899 8222-Citizen User Profile Organization Supervisor.........................................................................900 8223-Citizen Admin......................................................................................................................... 901 8224-Citizen Admin Supervisor.......................................................................................................902 8227-PermitsPlus Search Address................................................................................................. 903 8228-Reports Link........................................................................................................................... 904 8229-Hearings (obsolete, replaced by 8483)..................................................................................905 | Contents | 25 8230-Search Applicant.................................................................................................................... 906 8231-Set Current User.................................................................................................................... 907 8232-Get Parcel And Owner...........................................................................................................908 8233-Search Parcel......................................................................................................................... 909 8234-Get Address And Owner........................................................................................................910 8235-Search Owner........................................................................................................................ 911 8236-Related CAPs-Search............................................................................................................ 912 8238-Payment History..................................................................................................................... 913 8240-Delete EDMS Attachment...................................................................................................... 914 8241-Inspection New Inspection..................................................................................................... 915 8242-Workflow Calculate Percent Complete.................................................................................. 916 8243-Daily Flow Diagram................................................................................................................ 917 8244-Daily-Print Single CAP Detail.................................................................................................918 8249-Turn Off the Inspection Tab in CAP List............................................................................... 919 8250-Search My Tasks................................................................................................................... 920 8251-Cashier Session..................................................................................................................... 921 8253-Showing GIS X/Y Locator...................................................................................................... 922 8255-Update Inspection Required/Optional Property......................................................................923 8259-Cashier Session Supervisor...................................................................................................924 8260-Change Due........................................................................................................................... 925 8261-Open Cash Drawer................................................................................................................ 926 8262-Daily-Asset PM Schedule List................................................................................................927 8264-Create from Model................................................................................................................. 928 8265-Model Maintenance................................................................................................................ 929 8266-Check reference object condition...........................................................................................930 8267-Enable Payment by Trust Account........................................................................................ 931 8268-Display Option/Required of the Inspection............................................................................ 932 8269-Customize Content................................................................................................................. 933 8270-App Spec Info Table.............................................................................................................. 934 8271-Fees Recalculate Fees.......................................................................................................... 935 8272-Application Condition History................................................................................................. 936 8273-Parts Inventory....................................................................................................................... 937 8274-Part Transaction-Issue........................................................................................................... 938 8275-Parts Supply........................................................................................................................... 939 8276-Parts Contact..........................................................................................................................940 8277-Asset Usage Tracking............................................................................................................ 941 8278-PM Schedule Log...................................................................................................................942 8279-New Mechanism to Create Work Order.................................................................................943 8280-Linking Work Order to PM Schedule..................................................................................... 944 | Contents | 26 8281-Inspector Districting................................................................................................................ 945 8282-Asset Condition...................................................................................................................... 946 8285-Show Cashier ID on Payment............................................................................................... 947 8286-Fees Print Receipt Summary................................................................................................. 948 8287-Auto-Assign Inspection...........................................................................................................949 8288-Fees Point Of Sale.................................................................................................................950 8289-Fees Point Of Sale Refunds.................................................................................................. 951 8290-Calculate Asset Depreciation................................................................................................. 952 8291-Jetspeed Console Customization...........................................................................................953 8292-Create Multiple Related CAPs............................................................................................... 954 8293-Open New Related CAP in SPEAR.......................................................................................955 8294-Asset Document Look up.......................................................................................................956 8295-Real Estate Land Acquisition Summary................................................................................ 957 8296-Cash Drawer.......................................................................................................................... 958 8298-LocationQuery........................................................................................................................ 959 8299-Daily-ODS Inspection Gaps................................................................................................... 960 8300-Inspections by Unit Number...................................................................................................961 8301-Using Credit Card For Payment............................................................................................ 962 8302-Using Check For Payment..................................................................................................... 963 8303-Synchronize Function in APO................................................................................................ 964 8304-Search Credit Card/Check Transaction................................................................................. 965 8305-Reports Portlet....................................................................................................................... 966 8307-Reports Menu......................................................................................................................... 967 8308-Asset Condition Assessment Management........................................................................... 968 8309-Asset Condition Assessment Observation............................................................................. 969 8310-Asset Condition Assessment Linked Work Order..................................................................970 8312-Asset Clone............................................................................................................................ 971 8313-Fee Item Note........................................................................................................................ 972 8314-Adjusted column..................................................................................................................... 973 8315-Copy Inspection and Guide Sheet......................................................................................... 974 8317-Workflow Calendar................................................................................................................. 975 8318-Adhoc and Workflow Together...............................................................................................976 8322-Attach GIS Object.................................................................................................................. 977 8323-Update Related Caps.............................................................................................................978 8324-Create CAP-Validate.............................................................................................................. 979 8325-Save Work in Progress of CAP............................................................................................. 980 8326-Fee Estimate.......................................................................................................................... 981 8327-Search Select Parcel Function...............................................................................................982 8329-App Spec Info Supervisor...................................................................................................... 983 | Contents | 27 8330-People Info Table................................................................................................................... 984 8331-Create WO From Asset List...................................................................................................985 8332-Evidence................................................................................................................................. 986 8333-Void Invoiced But Unpaid Fee............................................................................................... 987 8334-Evidence Supervisor...............................................................................................................988 8335-Application Status Security.................................................................................................... 989 8336-Recalculate Production Units................................................................................................. 990 8337-Production History.................................................................................................................. 991 8338-WO Task tab on Work Order.................................................................................................992 8339-Maintenance WO Task on Work Order................................................................................. 993 8340-Application Comments Edit.................................................................................................... 994 8341-Auto Pay.................................................................................................................................995 8342-Auto Create Trust Account.................................................................................................... 996 8343-Copy Guide Sheet..................................................................................................................997 8344-Carrying Over Failed Guide Sheet Items...............................................................................998 8345-User Inspection Calendar.......................................................................................................999 8346-Parent Asset Dependency Flag........................................................................................... 1000 8347- User Event Calendar.......................................................................................................... 1001 8348-Void Paid Fee...................................................................................................................... 1002 8349-Parcel Set Detail.................................................................................................................. 1003 8350-Edit Parcel Set Members..................................................................................................... 1004 8351-Parcel Set Create CAPs...................................................................................................... 1005 8352-Parcel Set Create Conditions...............................................................................................1006 8353-Parcel Set Create Owners................................................................................................... 1007 8355-Parcel Set Execute Script.................................................................................................... 1008 8356-Set Cloning........................................................................................................................... 1009 8357-Set Conditions...................................................................................................................... 1010 8358-Set Comments......................................................................................................................1011 8359-Set Scripts............................................................................................................................ 1012 8361-Set Licensed Professionals..................................................................................................1013 8362-Set Owners...........................................................................................................................1014 8363-Set Contacts......................................................................................................................... 1015 8364-Set Status Change............................................................................................................... 1016 8365- Inheritable editable..............................................................................................................1017 8366-Void Payment....................................................................................................................... 1018 8367-Manage Batch Invoice..........................................................................................................1019 8369-User Time Accounting Daily.................................................................................................1020 8370-Set of Sets Detail................................................................................................................. 1021 8371-Set of Sets Members........................................................................................................... 1022 | Contents | 28 8372-Set Analysis..........................................................................................................................1023 8373-Fee Analysis......................................................................................................................... 1024 8374-Set of Sets Payment............................................................................................................ 1025 8375-Time Accounting Administrator............................................................................................ 1026 8376-Time Accounting Supervisor................................................................................................ 1027 8377-Select From Multiple Inspection Groups.............................................................................. 1028 8378-Address Set Detail............................................................................................................... 1029 8379-Address Set Members..........................................................................................................1030 8380-Address Set Comments....................................................................................................... 1031 8381-Address Set Condition......................................................................................................... 1032 8382-Address Set Execute Script................................................................................................. 1033 8383-Licensed Professional Set Detail......................................................................................... 1034 8384-Licensed Professional Set Members................................................................................... 1035 8385-Licensed Professional Set Comments................................................................................. 1036 8386-Licensed Professional Set Condition................................................................................... 1037 8387-Licensed Professional Set Execute Script........................................................................... 1038 8388-Reference Address Comments............................................................................................ 1039 8389-Reference Licensed Professional Comments...................................................................... 1040 8390-CAP Type picker with Tree..................................................................................................1041 8391-Create Multiple CAPs for Parcels........................................................................................ 1042 8393-Payment Processing.............................................................................................................1043 8394-Payment History................................................................................................................... 1044 8395-CAP Summary......................................................................................................................1045 8397-ASI Table Delete.................................................................................................................. 1046 8398-Cap Renewal........................................................................................................................ 1047 8399-Asset Rating......................................................................................................................... 1048 8400-Manage Inspection............................................................................................................... 1049 8401-GIS Address Locator............................................................................................................1050 8402-Asset Associated Part.......................................................................................................... 1051 8403-Multi Agency Switch............................................................................................................. 1052 8404-Void Payment....................................................................................................................... 1054 8405-Structure and Establishment................................................................................................ 1055 8406-Edit Valuation Calculator Unit Cost......................................................................................1056 8408-Edit Application Status History.............................................................................................1057 8409-Workflow Delete and Assign................................................................................................ 1058 8410-Delete CAPs......................................................................................................................... 1059 8411-Cap Summary...................................................................................................................... 1061 8412-Asset Group Update.............................................................................................................1062 8413-MyTask - Inspections........................................................................................................... 1063 | Contents | 29 8414-Void Payment....................................................................................................................... 1064 8415-Refund Payment...................................................................................................................1065 8416-Invoices Management.......................................................................................................... 1066 8417-Enable POS..........................................................................................................................1067 8418-Work Order Cost Distribution............................................................................................... 1068 8419-Delete Workflow History.......................................................................................................1069 8420-Daily Education Info............................................................................................................. 1070 8421-Daily Delete Required Education......................................................................................... 1071 8422-Random Audit History.......................................................................................................... 1072 8423-Random audit set................................................................................................................. 1073 8424-Re-generate/Delete Random Audit Set............................................................................... 1074 8425-Execute Script...................................................................................................................... 1075 8426-Random Audit Supervisor.................................................................................................... 1076 8427-Claim or Release Task Assignment.....................................................................................1077 8428-Daily Continuing Education Info...........................................................................................1078 8429-Daily Delete Required Continuing Education.......................................................................1079 8430-Daily Examination Info......................................................................................................... 1080 8431-Daily Delete Required Examination..................................................................................... 1081 8432-User Meeting Calendar........................................................................................................ 1082 8433-Document Permission Settings............................................................................................ 1083 8434-Global Search.......................................................................................................................1084 8435-Daily - Cashier - Pay More.................................................................................................. 1085 8436-Daily - Cashier - Apply.........................................................................................................1086 8437-Daily - Cashier - Refund...................................................................................................... 1087 8438-Daily - Cashier - Void.......................................................................................................... 1088 8439-Daily - Cashier - Generate Receipt..................................................................................... 1089 8440-Daily - Cashier - Fund Transfer........................................................................................... 1090 8441-Initiated Product Info............................................................................................................ 1091 8442-Inspection History Audit Log................................................................................................ 1092 8443-Application Audit Log........................................................................................................... 1093 8444-Application Status History Log............................................................................................. 1094 8445-Daily - Cashier - Pay More.................................................................................................. 1095 8446-Disable Licensed Professionals Delete................................................................................1096 8447-Part Transaction-Receive..................................................................................................... 1097 8448-Part Transaction-Transfer.....................................................................................................1098 8449-Part Transaction-Adjust........................................................................................................ 1099 8450-Part Transaction-Reserve.....................................................................................................1100 8451-Part Transaction-Void...........................................................................................................1101 8456-Fee Schedule Drop Down List.............................................................................................1102 | Contents | 30 8457-Create Free Form Condition................................................................................................ 1103 8458-Complete Record and ASI Audit..........................................................................................1104 8459-Specific Record and ASI Audit Log..................................................................................... 1105 8460-Delete Related Records....................................................................................................... 1106 8461-Show Work Order Cost Information.....................................................................................1107 8462-Time Accounting on inspections.......................................................................................... 1108 8463-Payment Auto Allocation...................................................................................................... 1109 8464-SSN and FEIN Mask............................................................................................................1110 8465-Deposit Trust Account During the payment......................................................................... 1111 8466-Daily Work Order Costing Group Definition......................................................................... 1112 8467-Schedule Related Inspections..............................................................................................1113 8468-Inspections List Guide Sheet Audit Log...............................................................................1114 8469-Inspections Detail Guide Sheet Audit Log........................................................................... 1115 8470-Time Accounting on Workflow............................................................................................. 1116 8471-Document Audit Log.............................................................................................................1117 8472-Disable ADS Document View Button...................................................................................1118 8473-EDMS Document URL Link................................................................................................. 1119 8474-Check-in Permission.............................................................................................................1120 8475-Asset Audit Log.................................................................................................................... 1121 8476-Examination Audit Log......................................................................................................... 1122 8477-Document Review Permission............................................................................................. 1123 8478-Document Assign Permission.............................................................................................. 1124 8479-Deactivate Contacts in Set Contacts................................................................................... 1125 8480-Conditions of Approval......................................................................................................... 1126 8481-Delete Conditions of Approval............................................................................................. 1127 8482-Create a Set in Record List................................................................................................. 1128 8483 Meetings............................................................................................................................... 1129 8484-Cost Item Permission........................................................................................................... 1130 8485-Daily Record Set List........................................................................................................... 1131 8486-Compare Documents............................................................................................................1132 8490-Record Contact Log............................................................................................................. 1133 8491-Workflow History Log........................................................................................................... 1134 8492-Communication List.............................................................................................................. 1135 8493-Consolidated Record Activities............................................................................................ 1136 8494-Record Communication List................................................................................................. 1137 8495-Show Inspection Submitted Location...................................................................................1138 8496-Optimize Inspection Route................................................................................................... 1139 8497-Result Inspections by CSV.................................................................................................. 1140 8499-New Document from Scan................................................................................................... 1141 | Contents | 31 8500-Asset Condition Assessment Costing.................................................................................. 1142 8501-Display Desired Date Field.................................................................................................. 1143 8502-Pending Inspection............................................................................................................... 1144 8503-Attach Record Document to People.................................................................................... 1145 8504-Document Checklist..............................................................................................................1146 8505-Document Review Comments..............................................................................................1147 8506-Internal User......................................................................................................................... 1148 8508-Print Multiple Documents..................................................................................................... 1149 8509 - View Workflow Design Link............................................................................................... 1150 8600 - PM Schedule Group Update............................................................................................. 1152 8601 - Condition Assessments Group Update............................................................................. 1153 9999-Log Out.................................................................................................................................1154 | Introduction | 32 Introduction Related Links Understanding Function Identifications Understanding Standard Choices | Introduction | 33 Understanding Function Identifications Civic Platform uses Function Identifications (FIDs) settings to determine access to Civic Platform functions. You can set FIDs at the agency, modules, and user group levels. FID settings for a module apply to all users with access to the module. FID settings for a user group further refine the module FID settings by applying to all user group members within the module. A single user can belong to only one user group for each module. Civic Platform exposes more than 500 FIDs to solution modules and to user groups, and 34 FIDs (11 of which are unique) to SuperAgency module user groups. Civic Platform provides a single UI page for configuring the FIDs (Figure 1: Setting FIDs). Figure 1: Setting FIDs Civic Platform organizes the FIDs in a hierarchy as follows: Function Group The main level of FID categorization that consists of four headings: • Agency. Comprised of a single FID for configuring Accela events. • Admin. Addresses functionality associated with the Admin tab in the Civic Platform ‘Classic’ interfaces. Consists of features typically associated with administrators. • Daily. Addresses functionality associated with the Daily tab in the Civic Platform ‘Classic’ interfaces. Consists of features typically associated with users. • Reference. Primarily addresses Address, Parcel, Owner (APO) functionality. Function Type A FID type categorization within each of the three main function groups (Admin, Daily, Reference) Function Subtype A FID subtype categorization within each function type Function Category A FID category within each function subtype Function Name The name of the FID You configure each FID by setting it for no access, full access, or read access as follows: No Access Deactivates the feature entirely for the selected user group. The user group cannot see this feature. Full Access Grants the selected user group permission to perform all actions associated with the feature. Read Only Allows the selected user group to view and to search information associated with the feature. Function IDs Reference provides reference information about all FIDs in numeric ascending order. | Introduction | 34 Understanding Standard Choices Civic Platform uses Standard Choices to configure system switches, define values in a shared drop-down list, or configure EMSE Master Scripts. Standard Choices comprise a Standard Choice name, such as CONTACT_TYPE, along with Standard Choice Values and Value Descriptions. You specify Standard Choice Values and Value Descriptions to configure the operations associated with the named Standard Choice. Civic Platform provides many different Standard Choices that you can invoke and configure to produce the desired effect. Standard Choices Reference documents the most common Standard Choices. You can define your own Standard Choices for shared drop-down lists and EMSE scripts. | Working With FIDs and Standard Choices | 35 Working With FIDs and Standard Choices Related Links Working with FIDs Working with Standard Choices | Working With FIDs and Standard Choices | 36 Working with Standard Choices Civic Platform Vantage360 is gradually taking over the Standard Choice management which is previously solely available in the legacy Classic administration portlet. You can maintain a few contact Standard Choices in the Vantage360 setup administration portlet, and maintain all the other Standard Choices in the Classic administration portlet. This section includes instructions on how to maintain the Standard Choices. Standard Choices Reference includes some of the common Standard Choices required for certain functions to work properly. Topics • Editing Standard Choices in the Setup Admin • Managing Standard Choices in the Classic Admin Editing Standard Choices in the Setup Admin Make sure to always edit the following contact Standard Choices in the Standard Choices portlet in the Setup Admin instead of the Classic Admin. Although you can access these Standard Choices from the Classic Admin portlet, Civic Platform does not update the configuration functions available in the Classic Admin to the latest as provided in the Setup Admin. • CONTACT TYPE • AUTO_SYNC_PEOPLE • REFERENCE_CONTACT_RELATIONSHIP • INDIVIDUAL_CONTACT_MATCH_CRITERIA • ORGANIZATION_CONTACT_MATCH_CRITERIA For the other Standard Choices, please still go to the Classic Admin (see Managing Standard Choices in the Classic Admin). To edit Standard Choices in the Setup Admin 1. Log in to Civic Platform. Civic Platform displays your personalized Home page. 2. Click the main link configured for Civic Platform administration. Civic Platform displays the Setup administration portlet. 3. Click Agency Profile > Standard Choices. Civic Platform displays the Standard Choices portlet with the list of Standard Choices. | Working With FIDs and Standard Choices | 37 4. Click a Standard Choice in the navigation tree to edit the Standard Choice. For example, the CONTACT TYPE Standard Choice. The Standard Choice edit page displays on the right side. 5. Update the Standard Choice fields as necessary. For the description of the common fields, see Standard Choices Fields. For the fields specific to the Standard Choice, check the detailed description of the Standard Choice in Standard Choices Reference. 6. If desired, click New to add a Standard Choice Value. 7. If desired, mark the check box besides a Standard Choice Value, and click Delete to delete the Standard Choice Value. 8. Click Submit to save the change. Managing Standard Choices in the Classic Admin Topics • Searching for an Existing Standard Choice • Creating a Standard Choice • Editing Standard Choices • Deleting Standard Choices | Working With FIDs and Standard Choices | 38 Searching for an Existing Standard Choice To add another item or to remove an item from a list of choices in Civic Platform, you need to locate the existing Standard Choice that controls the list. To find a Standard Choice, you must know the name or part of the name of the Standard Choice item. To search for an existing Standard Choice 1. Select Admin Tools > Agency Profile > Standard Choices. Civic Platform displays the Standard Choices Search page. 2. In theStandard Choices Item Name field, enter the Standard Choice name or part of the name. 3. Click Submit. Civic Platform displays a list of Standard Choices that match your search criteria on the Standard Choices Browse page. 4. Click the red dot beside the Standard Choice item that you want. Creating a Standard Choice You can create a new Standard Choice. The initial installation of Civic Platform includes the Standard Choices that Civic Platform requires to function properly. You can add a new list of choices or a new system setting to a Standard Choice item. For example, if your agency purchases GIS, you can set up GIS object set reports as Standard Choices. For an illustration of this example, see Organizations and Users. To create a Standard Choice 1. Select Admin Tools > Agency Profile > Standard Choices. | Working With FIDs and Standard Choices | 39 Civic Platform displays the Standard Choices—Search page. 2. Click Add. Civic Platform displays the Standard Choices—Add page. 3. Update these fields as described in Standard Choices Fields. 4. Click Submit. Civic Platform displays the Standard Choices Item—Edit page. 5. Click Add. Civic Platform displays the Add Standard Choices Value page. 6. Specify the fields as described in Standard Choices Fields. | Working With FIDs and Standard Choices | 40 7. Click Submit. Civic Platform returns to the Standard Choices Item—Edit page, which displays the new Standard Choice value. 8. Add other Standard Choice values as necessary. 9. When you have added all of the choices in your Standard Choices item, click Update. Editing Standard Choices You can update or change Standard Choices. For example, if your local government enacts a new law or a new ordinance regarding professional licenses, you can add a new status to the list of license statuses. For some special Standard Choice, such as LICENSED PROFESSIONAL TYPE, you can associate an application-specific information (ASI) groups to each Value item. This is useful when, for example, some special professional fields require extra information. The extra fields can be pre-defined in the ASI group, which you associated with the licensed professional type. When agency users create a license record of that licensed professional type, the extra fields from the associated ASI group display during the license creation process. To learn how to create an ASI group, see the “Working with Application Specific Information” chapter in the Civic Platform Administrator Guide. To edit Standard Choices 1. Find the Standard Choice that you want to work with. For instructions, see Searching for an Existing Standard Choice. Civic Platform displays the Standard Choices Item—Edit page. 2. Update the necessary fields as described in Standard Choices Fields. • If required, click Delete to remove a Standard Choice value line item. • For some special Standard Choices, such as LICENSED PROFESSIONAL TYPE, you can associate an ASI group to each of its Value items. See Step 3 for detailed information. To learn how to create an ASI group, see the “Working with Application Specific Information” chapter in the Civic Platform Administrator Guide. 3. For some special Standard Choices, such as LICENSED PROFESSIONAL TYPE, there is an Associated Template link in each of its Value lines. You can click it to associate an ASI group with the Value item or disassociate an ASI group from the Value item. To do this, follow the sub step below: | Working With FIDs and Standard Choices | 41 a. Click the Associated Template link in each value line item. Civic Platform displays the Associated Template window. b. Click the Application Specific Info Group Code drop-down list, and do one of the following: • Select a desired ASI group if you want to associate the ASI group with the value item. • Select the “---Select---” if you want to disassociate the associated ASI group from the value item. c. Click Save. 4. Click Update. Civic Platform saves your changes. Table 1: Standard Choices Fields Active Mark the check box to include this item on the list of Standard Choices. Clear the check box to remove this item from the Standard Choices. Description Enter a description that explains this Standard Choice item. Standard Choices Item Name The name of the Standard Choice. For many Standard Choices, you must enter a name exactly as instructed. For others, you can enter an intuitive descriptive name. Standard Choices Value Enter the value that users see as an option in the drop-down list. Status Select the Enable option to make this list of Standard Choices available. Select the Disable option to make this list of Standard Choices unavailable. Type The Type selection indicates how the Standard Choice functions within Civic Platform. If you add a Standard Choice that sets specific functionality with Yes or No values, | Working With FIDs and Standard Choices | 42 select the System Switchtype. System Switch is the default value for newly added Standard Choices. If you add a Standard Choice that functions as a shared dropdown list, then select the Shared Drop-down Type. If you add a Standard Choice that functions as an EMSE script, then select the EMSE Type. Value Desc Enter a description of the value. In some cases, you can enter specific information, such as a report string or a URL. Deleting Standard Choices You can delete an item from a list of Standard Choices when you no longer want users to select the item. For example, you might remove an out-of-date report from a list of reports. You can also choose to disable an item in a list of Standard Choices if you want to use that item again in the list of choices. For example, you might have seasonal items in a list of Standard Choices that are not always valid options, such as snow removal in a list of service requests in the winter, that you disable in the summer. Note: You cannot delete a list of Standard Choices; you can only disable it. To delete a Standard Choices value 1. Find the Standard Choice that you want to delete. For instructions, see Searching for an Existing Standard Choice. Civic Platform displays the Standard Choices Item—Edit page. 2. Click Delete by the Standard Choice value that you want to delete. Civic Platform displays a confirmation pop-up window. 3. Click OK to confirm the deletion. Civic Platform deletes the Standard Choice item. | Working With FIDs and Standard Choices | 43 Working with FIDs Note: Setup the agency organization and the user groups before you configure function identifications. Function Identifications (FIDs) control many Civic Platform features. An activated FID can alter the display or functionality of the Civic Platform software. You activate FIDs for user groups. See Function IDs Reference for a complete reference of FIDs. To activate a Function Identification for a user group 1. Log in to Civic Platform as an administrator. 2. ChooseAdmin Tools > User Profile > User Group. Civic Platform displays the User Group—Search window. 3. Locate the user group for which you want to activate FIDs. • Enter the group name and click Submit. • Select the module and click Submit. Note: The User Group - Edit window contains several hundred line items and can take a couple minutes to display. Civic Platform displays the User Group - Edit window. 4. In the Function Name column, mark the check box beside each FID that you want to activate for this user group. Civic Platform changes the access level to Full. | Working With FIDs and Standard Choices | 44 5. For each activated FID, mark the option that corresponds with the level of access that you want to grant to the user group. No Access Deactivates the feature entirely for the selected user group. The user group cannot view this feature. Full Access Grants the selected user group permission to perform all actions associated with the feature. Read Only Allows the selected user group to view and to search information associated with the feature. 6. Click Save. To set a FID at the agency level and module level 1. Log in to Civic Platform as a super agency administrator. 2. Navigate to Admin Tools > Agency Profile > Agency Functions. Civic Platform displays the Agency-Functions-Search page. 3. Specify the search criteria for the module of interest. • Click Submit to display a list of all modules for all agencies. • Enter an agency code and click Submit to display a list of all modules within the specified agency. • Enter an agency code, select a module, and click Submit. Civic Platform displays the list of modules that match the specified criteria. 4. Select the specific module for which you want to set one or more FIDs. Civic Platform displays the Agency-Functions-Edit page. 5. Click Save. | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 45 FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference Related Links Administration Organizations and Users Search User View System Automation People APO (Address, Parcel, Owner) and XAPO (External APO) Electronic Document Review Workflow Record Management Calendars Communication Manager Accounting Time Accounting Tracker Streamlining Data Processing Land Management Asset Management License and Case Management Citizen Access Administration Internationalization and Localization | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 46 Administration Related Links Civic Platform Setup Portlets Classic Admin Tools Civic Platform Setup Portlets You use the Civic Platform Setup portlet (Figure 2: Civic Platform Setup Portlet) to perform major administrative tasks. The portlet provides a menu with expanded options and drop-down selections that link to specific setup portlets. Figure 2: Civic Platform Setup Portlet Civic Platform uses Function Identifications (FIDs) or Standard Choice settings to determine the availability of the setup portlets. This section lists the required FID(s) and Standard Choice(s) for each setup portlet. Topics • Administration • Agency Profile • Application • Assets • Parcels • Calendars • Communication Manager • Conditions | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 47 • Contact • License Certifications • Data Filter & Query • Drill Down • Inspection • Part • Report • Structures & Establishments • System Tools • Finance • Workflow & Activity • Work Orders • Time Accounting Administration Set the FIDs to enable the administration setup portlets. Table 2: FIDs for Administration Setup Portlets Setup Portlet Required FIDs Civic Platform Administration 0318-Administration, 0075-Admin License Types, 0308-Data Manager Export, 0309-Data Manager Import Citizen Access Administration 0142-Admin Agency Security Policies Workflow Designer 0346-Workflow Designer Administration links on Civic Platform 0375-New UI Admin Access Restricted 8.0.0.0.0 and later Agency Profile Set the FIDs to enable the agency profile setup portlets. Table 3: FIDs for Agency Profile Setup Portlets Setup Portlet Required FIDs APO Form Layout Editor 0268-APO Form Layout Editor ASI Form Layout Editor 0261-ASI Form Layout Editor Address Type Group 0276-Address Type Group Console Configuration 0221-Admin Console Management Content Customize 0184-Admin Content Customization Create New Objects 0315-Admin Create New Objects Dictionary 0354-Custom Dictionary | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 48 Setup Portlet Required FIDs Form Portlet Designer 0137-Admin Filter View Link Portlets 0164-Admin Links Portlets Logo 0187-Admin Upload Logo Image Menu Navigation 0230-Menu Navigation Admin My Navigation 0188-Admin Flow Diagram Portlet 0164-Admin Links Portlets Regional Settings 0350-Regional Settings Service 0292-Service Management Standard Choices 0349-Contact Management Standard Comments 0290-Admin - Standard Comments Text Settings 0155-Admin Label Configuration Application Set the FIDs to enable the application setup portlets. Table 4: FIDs for Application Setup Portlets Setup Portlet Required FIDs ASI Form Layout Editor 0261-ASI Form Layout Editor ASI Lookup Tables 0259-ASI Lookup Table ASI Security 0142-Admin Agency Security Policies Expression Builder 0260-Expression Builder License Verification 0320-Admin License Verification Record Type Security 0065-Admin Application Types Set Type 0351-Admin Set Type Shared Drop-Down List 0272-Control Shared Drop Down List in Admin Assets Set the FIDs to enable the assets setup portlets. Table 5: FIDs for Assets Setup Portlets Setup Portlet Required FIDs Attribute 0158-Admin Attribute Definition Attribute Table 0305-Admin Attribute Table Definition Attribute Template 0158-Admin Attribute Definition, 0159-Admin Attribute Template Definition, 0305-Admin Attribute Table Definition Condition Assessment 0227-Condition Assessment, 0274-Rating Type Form Layout Editor 0269-Admin Attribute Form Layout Editor Rating Type 0274-Rating Type Security 0255-Manage Asset Type Security | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 49 Setup Portlet Required FIDs Type 0160-Admin AMS Asset Definition, 0182-Admin GIS Attribute Mapping, 0253Asset GIS Synchronize, 0252-Asset Type Available CAP Type, 0326-Define Asset Usage Unit Type, 0274-Rating Type Parcels Set the FIDs to enable the parcels setup portlets. Table 6: FIDs for Parcels Setup Portlets Setup Portlet Required FIDs GIS Attribute Mapping 0342-Parcels GIS Attributes Mapping Calendars Set the FIDs to enable the calendar setup portlets. Table 7: FIDs for Calendars Setup Portlets Setup Portlet Required FIDs Calendar 0336-User Calendar, 0314-Admin Meeting Calendar, 0337-Agency Holiday Calendar, 0257-Admin Inspection Calendar, 0258-Supervisor Inspection Calendaring, 0281-Supervisor Master Calendaring Communication Manager Set the FIDs to enable the communication manager setup portlets. Table 8: FIDs for Communication Manager Setup Portlets Setup Portlet Required FIDs Account Settings 0360-Account Settings Alert 0151-Admin Alert and Rules Alert Rule 0151-Admin Alert and Rules Announcement 0134-Admin-Message-General, 0135-Admin-Message-Supervisor General Settings 0361-General Settings Notification Templates 0184-Admin Content Customization Conditions Set the FIDs to enable or restrict the Conditions setup portlets. Table 9: FIDs for Conditions Setup Portlets Setup Portlet Required FIDs Conditions 0275-Condition by Group 0376-Admin Conditions Access Restricted Contact Set the FIDs to enable the contact setup portlets. | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 50 Table 10: FIDs for Contact Setup Portlets Setup Portlet Required FIDs Contact Type Setting 0340-Reference Contact Type Security Identifier Fields 0353-Contact Identity Fields License Certifications Set the FIDs to enable the license certifications setup portlets. Table 11: FIDs for License Certifications Setup Portlets Setup Portlet Required FIDs Continuing Education 0311-Admin Continuing Education Info Education 0310-Admin Education Info Examination 0312-Admin Examination Info Data Filter & Query Set the FIDs to enable the data filter & query setup portlets. Table 12: FIDs for Data Filter & Query Setup Portlets Setup Portlet Required FIDs Data Filter 0139-Admin-DataFilter/QuickQuery Global QuickQueries 0139-Admin-DataFilter/QuickQuery My QuickQueries 0139-Admin-DataFilter/QuickQuery, 0327-Edit My QuickQuery By Administration Drill Down Set the FIDs to enable the drill-down setup portlets. Table 13: FIDs for Drill Down Setup Portlets Setup Portlet Required FIDs ASI Drill-Down 0273-ASI Table Drill Down Inspection Set the FIDs to enable the inspection setup portlets. Table 14: FIDs for Inspection Setup Portlets Setup Portlet Required FIDs Inspection Type Security 0142-Admin Agency Security Policies Part Set the FIDs to enable the part setup portlets. Table 15: FIDs for Part Setup Portlets Setup Portlet Required FIDs Part Contact 0214-Admin AMS Parts Vendors and Manufacturers | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 51 Setup Portlet Required FIDs Part Location 0213-Admin AMS Parts Item Location Report Set the FIDs to enable the report setup portlets. Table 16: FIDs for Report Setup Portlets Setup Portlet Required FIDs Report Manager 0226-Reports Manager Admin, 0240-Reports Manager Admin SmartChart Queries 0157-Admin SmartChart Query Configuration SmartCharts 0156-Admin SmartChart Configuration Structures & Establishments Set the FIDs to enable the structures & establishments setup portlets. Table 17: FIDs for Structures & Establishments Setup Portlets Setup Portlet Required FIDs Attribute 0294-Structure and Establishment, 0158-Admin Attribute Definition Attribute Template 0294-Structure and Establishment, 0159-Admin Attribute Template Definition, 0158-Admin Attribute Definition, 0305-Admin Attribute Table Definition Form Layout Editor 0294-Structure and Establishment, 0269-Admin Attribute Form Layout Editor Type 0294-Structure and Establishment System Tools Set the FIDs to enable the system tools setup portlets. Table 18: FIDs for System Tools Setup Portlets Setup Portlet Required FIDs Audit Log 0307-Audit Logger Definition Batch Engine 0285-Batch Job Schedule, 0284-Batch Job Maintenance Delegate User 0286-Delegate User Management Export 0185-Admin V360 Export GIS Integration Diagnostics 0348-AA-AGIS Integration Diagnosis Tool Import 0186-Admin V360 Import Product License 0300-License Management PublicUser 8224-Citizen Admin Supervisor Sequence Generator 0270-Sequence Generator Social Media 0347-Social Media Finance Set the Standard Choice to enable the finance setup portlets. | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 52 Table 19: FID or Standard Choice for Finance Calculator Setup Portlets Setup Portlet Required FID or Standard Choice Occupancy VALUATION_CALCULATOR_VERSION Receipt Print Audit 0324-Admin Receipt Print Audit Workflow & Activity Set the FIDs to enable the workflow & activity setup portlets. Table 20: FIDs for Workflow & Activity Setup Portlets Setup Portlet Required FIDs Activity Specific Info 0246-Activities Specific Information Activity Type 0246-Activities Specific Information Assign Task 8133-Workflow Task Assignments Skillset 0150-Admin Workload and Skillset TSI Form Layout Editor 0267-TSI Form Layout Editor Workflow Security 8140-Limit Assignments by Dept Workload 0150-Admin Workload and Skillset Work Orders Set the FIDs to enable the work orders setup portlets. Table 21: FIDs for Work Orders Setup Portlets Setup Portlet Required FIDs Cost Group 0330-Admin Work Order Costing Group Definition Cost Item 0161-Admin Work Order Costing Item Definition, 0332-Daily Cost Rate Definition Work Order Task 0254-WO Task Definition, 0306-Work Order Type Work Order Template 0169-Admin-Work Order Template, 0170-Admin-WO Template Costing, 0173-WO Template Part, 0254-WO Task Definition Time Accounting Set the FIDs to enable the time accounting setup portlets. Table 22: FIDs for Time Accounting Setup Portlets Setup Portlet Required FIDs Group 0266-Admin Time Accounting Group Type Maintenance 0264-Admin Time Accounting Type User Profiles 0265-Admin Time Accounting User Profile, 0332-Daily Cost Rate Definition | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 53 Classic Admin Tools With Civic Platform you can conduct most of the administration tasks. However, a few tasks are still solely available in the legacy Classic administration portlet (Figure 3: Classic Admin Tools). The Classic Admin Tools are organized into function groups, such as Fees, Workflow, or Applications. Within each group is a set of tools that support the function. For example, the User Profile group includes the Organizations, Groups and Users tools. Civic Platform uses Function Identifications (FIDs) settings to determine the availability of each tool. Figure 3: Classic Admin Tools This section lists the required FIDs for all the features in Classic Admin Tools. Topics • Agency Profile • User Profile • Attachments • Application • People • Property • Fees • Inspection • Condition • Workflow • Calendar • Events • Help • GIS • Report Management Agency Profile Set the FIDs to enable the agency profile admin tools. | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 54 Table 23: FIDs for Agency Profile Admin Tools Classic Admin Tool Required FIDs Standard Choices 0080-Admin Rbizdomain Maintenance Std Comment 0098-Reference Standard Comments Note: If you enable both 0098 and 0290-Admin - Standard Comments, clicking the Std Comment link opens the Standard Comments portlet in Civic Platform. APO 0085-Admin APO Template Oracle Report 0099-Admin Oracle Reports Security Policy 8162-Application Limit Access by App Type 8140-Limit Assignments by Dept 0142-Admin Agency Security Policies 0235-Inspection Default Value Policy, 0236-Inspection Type and Status Security, 8138-Condition Limit Access by Dept, 0248-Admin-Security Policy-EDMS Access Security, 0224-Active Directory Setup Text 0155-Admin Label Configuration Content Customize 0184-Admin Content Customization Product License 0320-Admin License Verification Events (Super agency only) 0076-Accela Events Login Page Links (Super agency only) 0120-Accela Login Page Navigation Link Maintenance Announcements (Super agency only) 0122-Accela System Announcements Replace Password (Super agency only) 0128-Accela User Profile Replace Password OnlineHelp (Super agency only) 0087-Accela Online Help Functions (Super agency only) 0092-Accela Functions Version (Super agency only) 0093-Accela Release Versions Agency (Super agency only) 0094-Accela Agency Agency Functions (Super agency only) 0095-Accela Agency Functions User Profile Set the FIDs to enable the user profile admin tools. Table 24: FIDs for User Profile Admin Tools Classic Admin Tool Required FIDs Organization 0045-Admin Organizational Hierarchy User Group 0096-Admin User Groups User 0004-Admin Users, 0207-Admin Inspector Districts, 0224-Active Directory Attachments Set the FIDs to enable the attachments admin tools. | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 55 Table 25: FIDs for Attachment Admin Tools Classic Admin Tool Required FIDs Document 0108-Admin Document Type Application Set the FIDs to enable the application admin tools. Table 26: FIDs for Application Admin Tools Classic Admin Tool Required FIDs Application Type 0065-Admin Application Types, 0071-Admin Workflow Final Inspection, 0202-Application Type Image, 0244-Fee Estimation, 0245-Long Term Time Tracking Application Spec Info 0179-Admin App Spec Info Subgroups, 0242-Required for Fee Calculation Application Spec Info Table 0205-Admin App Spec Info Table, 0242-Required for Fee Calculation SmartChoice Group 0061-Admin SmartChoice Code Renewal Info 0073-Admin Application Renewal Info Application Status Group 0127-Admin Application Status Group Find Application Profile 0131-Admin Find App (Custom) General Profile 0136-Admin Application General Profile People Set the FIDs to enable the people admin tools. Table 27: FIDs for People Admin Tools Classic Admin Tool Required FIDs Licensed Professional 0191-Update license expiration task Contact 0084-Reference People Contact People Template 0088-Admin People User Defined Attributes People Info Table 0250-People Info Table Property Set the FIDs to enable the property admin tools. Table 28: FIDs for Property Admin Tools Classic Admin Tool Required FIDs Address 0006-Reference Property Addresses, 0207-Admin Inspector Districts Parcel 0005-Reference Property Parcels, 0204-Properties Rename Parcel ID, 0207Admin Inspector Districts, 0241-Parcel Subdivision and Lot Search Owner 0089-Reference Property Owners APO Template 0085-Admin APO Template Structure 0082-Reference Structure, 0194-Access Structure Conditions, 0212Reference Structure Condition History Structure Template 0083-Reference Structure Template | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 56 Classic Admin Tool Required FIDs Address Type Group 0276-Address Type Group Fees Set the FIDs to enable the fees admin tools. Table 29: FIDs for Fees Admin Tools Classic Admin Tool Required FIDs Fee Schedules 0068-Admin Fee Item Sets Fee Items 0068-Admin Fee Item Sets Payment Period 0047-Admin Fee Payment Periods Valuation Calc 0059-Admin Fees Valuation Calculation Note: If you enable both the FID and the Standard Choice VALUATION_CALCULATOR_VERSION, clicking the Valuation Calc link opens the valuation calculator - occupancy portlet in Civic Platform. Regional Modifier 0060-Admin Fees Regional Modifier Copy Schedule 0068-Admin Fee Item Sets Trust Account 0191-Update license expiration task Manage Schedule 0181-Admin Fees Manage Schedule Fee Calc 0206-Admin Fee Decisions Fee Calc Criteria 0206-Admin Fee Decisions Inspection Set the FIDs to enable the inspection admin tools. Table 30: FIDs for Inspection Admin Tools Classic Admin Tool Required FIDs Inspection 0133-Admin Inspection Type Sets, 0218-Admin Auto-Assign Inspection, 0229-Admin display Department, 0232-Admin display Option/Required column, 0288-Enable Inspection Flow Inspection Result Group 0123-Admin Inspection Result Group Guide Sheet 0124-Admin Inspection Guide Sheet, 0256-Carrying over Failed Guide Sheet Items, 0291-Guide Sheet Template Data Guide Sheet Group 0125-Admin Inspection Guide Sheet Group Inspection Grade Group 0339-Inspection Grade Group Condition Set the FIDs to enable the condition admin tools. Table 31: FIDs for Condition Admin Tools Classic Admin Tool Required FIDs Condition Type 0054-Admin Condition Types | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 57 Classic Admin Tool Required FIDs Std Condition 0056-Admin Condition Reference Condition Status 0055-Admin Condition Status Process Validation 0058-Admin Workflow Condition Validation Workflow Set the FIDs to enable the workflow admin tools. Table 32: FIDs for Workflow Admin Tools Classic Admin Tool Required FIDs Workflow 0112-Admin Workflow, 0249-Workflow Edit Process 0036-Admin Workflow Processes, 0245-Long Term Time Tracking Task Status 0063-Admin Workflow Task Status, 0245-Long Term Time Tracking Task Specific Info 0143-Admin Workflow Task Spec Info, 0180-Admin Workflow Task Spec Info Subgroups Activity 0097-Admin Workflow Review Activity eMail Setting 0025-Admin Workflow Email Settings eMail Message 0026-Admin Workflow Email Messages Proximity Alerts 0154-Reference Workflow Proximity Alerts Report Setting 0192-Workflow Report Setting Calendar Set the FIDs to enable the calendar admin tools. Table 33: FIDs for Calendar Admin Tools Classic Admin Tool Required FIDs Hearing Body 0049-Reference Hearing Bodies Location 0048-Reference Hearing Locations Hearing Calendar 0050-Reference Hearing Calendar (old), 0183-Reference Hearing Calendar Calendar 0115-Reference Calendar Structure, 0116-Admin Calendar Structure Blockout, 0117-Admin Calendar Inspection Blockout, 0234-Workflow Calendar, 0247-Agency Workday Calendar Hearing Reason 0251-Hearing Reason Calendar Administration See Calendars Events Set the FIDs to enable the event admin tools. Table 34: FIDs for Event Admin Tools Classic Admin Tool Required FIDs Events 0077-Admin Event Setup Scripts 0078-Admin Event Script Setup Script Test 0079-Admin Event Script Test | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 58 Classic Admin Tool Required FIDs Batch Job 0106-Admin Batch job Master Scripts 0077-Admin Event Setup Custom Script 0077-Admin Event Setup Help Set the FIDs to enable the help admin tools. Table 35: FIDs for Help Admin Tools Classic Admin Tool Required FIDs OnlineHelp 0086-Admin Agency Online Help Announcements 0121-Admin Agency Announcements GIS Set the FIDs to enable the GIS admin tools. Table 36: FIDs for GIS Admin Tools Classic Admin Tool Required FIDs Dynamic Theme 0111-Admin GIS Dynamic Themes Reference User Parameter 0111-Admin GIS Dynamic Themes GIS Search Fields 0118-Admin GIS Search Tools GIS Service 0107-Admin GIS Service, 0243-GIS Service GIS Feature 0129-Admin GIS Feature Establish Genealogy 0130-Admin GIS Establish Genealogy Proximity Alerts 0153-Reference GIS Proximity Alerts GIS Map Object Attribute Mapping 0182-Admin GIS Attribute Mapping Report Management Set the FIDs to enable the report management admin tools. Table 37: FIDs for Report Management Admin Tools Classic Admin Tool Required FIDs Report Management 0145-Admin Report Management Auto Report 0193-Report Management Auto Report Report Manager Admin 0226-Reports Manager Admin | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 59 Organizations and Users Related Links Organization Administration User Group and User Administration Password Security Multiple Agency Administration Organization Administration Set the following FID for administrators to create and manage organization hierarchy in Civic Platform: • 0045-Admin Organizational Hierarchy User Group and User Administration Set the following FID for administrators to create and manage user groups in Civic Platform: • 0096-Admin User Groups • 0004-Admin Users Password Security Multi‑agency administrators set requirements for agency‑level password security. This includes setting minimum password length, character requirements such as a minimum number of numeric characters, and restrictions such as not allowing a user ID to be part of a password. Multi-agency administrators can use the PASSWORD_ POLICY _SETTINGS and PASSWORD_CALCULTION _SCORE Standard Choices to modify or add password requirements. To configure password security, set the following Standard Choices: • PASSWORD_POLICY_SETTINGS • PASSWORD_CALCULATION_SCORE Multiple Agency Administration The multiple-agency administration feature requires Standard Choice configuration. You must specify one agency to act as the main agency and the rest as sub-agencies in Civic Platform Classic. | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 60 Topics • Administering Multiple Agencies • Sharing Information across Agencies • Configuring Delegate Users • Configuring Multiple Agency Services Administering Multiple Agencies Set the following Standard Choice to enable the multiple-agency administration with one agency as the main agency, and the others as the sub-agencies. • MULTI_SERVICE_SETTINGS Sharing Information across Agencies Set the following Standard Choice to check for duplicate address, parcel, and owner information in multiple agencies: • APO_CHECK_DUPLICATE Set the following Standard Choice to share contacts across multiple agencies: • CONTACT_ACROSS_AGENCIES Configuring Delegate Users You can configure Civic Platform to expose the delegate user portlets and enable the ability of delegate users to switch between the main agency and sub-agencies. You must set configurations for each agency and the delegate user configuration can differ from agency to agency. Set the following FIDs: • 0286-Delegate User Management • 8098-Agency Switch • 8403-Multi Agency Switch Note: Civic Platform can enable the ability to toggle between agencies by two different FIDs. The Multi-Agency switch controlled by FID 8403 offers more functionality and overrides FID 8098 Agency Switch when you set both to Full-Access. Configuring Multiple Agency Services Set the following FID and Standard Choice: • 0292-Service Management • MULTI_SERVICE_SETTINGS Set agency priority definitions in the Agency Priority EMSE script. This script determines which agency has priority over other agencies should multiple agencies offer the same service. | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 61 Search Related Links Configuring Global Search Configuring ‘PERMITS’ Plus Search Configuring Nearby Query Configuring Global Search Civic Platform provides a search engine to find information globally throughout the software. Users enter search criteria and Civic Platform displays results in a global search portlet grouped by information type. You can configure search to define how many max records return in a global search and how many result rows to display in a group results list page. For example, record result information is grouped together in pages and licensed professional result information is grouped together in pages. Within each group, a user can filter, page through, or sort through the result information. The global search function works against indexed content in the Civic Platform database. To ensure the most accurate and up-to-date search results, configure a batch job to regularly index the Civic Platform database. To configure global search, set the following FID(s) and Standard Choices: • 8434-Global Search • GLOBAL_SEARCH_MAX_COUNT | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 62 • BATCH_JOB_SERVICE_CATEGORY • GLOBAL_SEARCH_BUILD_INDEX_ENTITIES Configuring ‘PERMITS’ Plus Search To configure search in Permits Plus, set the following FID and Standard Choices: • 8039-PermitsPlus Historical Data • ENABLE_PERMITS_PLUS_SEARCH Configuring Nearby Query GIS has the Nearby Query functionality. It enables users to search for records, inspections, and asset condition assessments within the map extent, within one or more selected GIS features, or near one or more selected GIS features. To enable the Nearby Query functionality, one of the tasks is to create and run a geotagging batch job. Before you create the batch job, set the following Standard Choice: • BATCH_JOB_SERVICE_CATEGORY When your agency uses GIS as an external APO data source, you can also enable the Nearby Query functionality in the external APO environment, which requires geometry information about addresses and parcels. To enable Civic Platform to retrieve geometry information from the XAPO data source, set the following additional Standard Choices: • EXTERNAL_ADDRESS_SOURCE Enter a map service ID as the value description for the SOURCE_MAP_SERVICE_ID value. • EXTERNAL_PARCEL_SOURCE Enter a map service ID as the value description for the SOURCE_MAP_SERVICE_ID value. And enter a map layer ID as the value description for the SOURCE_MAP_LAYER_ID value. To set limits on the Nearby Query functionality, for example, the maximum number of GIS features that users can select to perform a nearby query, set the following Standard Choice: • GIS_NEARBY_QUERY_LIMITATION To disable the Nearby Query functionality including the geotagging feature, set the following Standard Choice: • DISABLE_GIS_NEARBY_QUERY | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 63 User View Related Links Configuring the Civic Platform Console Configuring the Form Layout Editor Accessing QuickQueries Configuring a Logo or Grade Card Configuring Shared Drop-Down Lists Configuring Customized Display Accessing SmartCharts Configuring Reports Configuring the Civic Platform Console Topics • Configuring the Civic Platform 8.x User Interface • Configuring the Create New Menu • Configuring the Navigation Menu • Configuring the Go To Menu • Configuring Flow Diagram • Configuring Portlets Configuring the Civic Platform 8.x User Interface You can enable and disable the Civic Platform 8.x user interface. If enabled, the Civic Platform application shows a Switch New UI link at the top right corner to allow users to toggle between the legacy V360 and Civic Platform 8.x user interface: • ENABLE_80_UI Configuring the Create New Menu You can configure the Create New menu item to display for specific user groups and you can configure the number of create new options that display in the menu. Set the following FID and Standard Choices: • 0315-Admin Create New Objects • CREATE_NEW_ITEM_DEFAULT_SIZE • CREATE_NEW_ITEMS | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 64 Configuring the Navigation Menu You can configure the number of items that display in the Navigation > Recently Viewed menu. Set the following Standard Choice: • RECENTLY_HISTORY_SIZE Configuring the Go To Menu You can configure a custom drop-down menu for record detail portlets by customizing the Go To menu tab. Set the following FID: • 0230-Menu Navigation Admin Confirm that you set the value of the Menu_Navigation_Enabled server constant Yes. System administrators can receive technical assistance from either the Accela Customer Resource Center or an Accela Services implementation staff to work with server constants. Configuring Flow Diagram Set the following FID to enable administrators to set up and manage flow diagrams, each flow diagram providing list of nodes that help users perform their daily tasks: • 0188-Admin Flow Diagram Configuring Portlets Set the following FID to enable administrators to create their own portlets and embed in Civic Platform website: • 0164-Admin Links Portlets Configuring the Form Layout Editor You can configure the Form Layout Editor for each of the following form layout tool types: To enable the Form Layout Editor tools, set the following FIDs: • 0137-Admin Filter View • 0268-APO Form Layout Editor • 0261-ASI Form Layout Editor • 0269-Admin Attribute Form Layout Editor • 0267-TSI Form Layout Editor To configure ASI Drill-Downs to display, set the following FIDs: • 0272-Control Shared Drop Down List in Admin • 0273-ASI Table Drill Down | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 65 Set the following Standard Choice to enable custom fonts to populate in the font drop-down list on the properties window in the form layout editor. Each field on a form has properties you can further define, including the font type. • STANDARD_WEB_FONTS Accessing QuickQueries Set the following FID: • 0139-Admin-DataFilter/QuickQuery • 0327-Edit My QuickQuery By Administration Configuring a Logo or Grade Card To configure the logo or the grade card, set the following FID and Standard Choice: • 0187-Admin Upload Logo Image • LOGO_TYPE_CATEGORY To associate a logo with an ASI Subgroup, set the following Standard Choice: • MULTI_SERVICE_SETTINGS Configuring Shared Drop-Down Lists You can enable shared drop-down lists so you can use them for different group codes and templates. Set the following FID and Standard Choice: • 0272-Control Shared Drop Down List in Admin • ALLOW_SHARED_DROPDOWN_LIST Configuring Customized Display Administrators can customize labels, receipt summaries and check endorsements. Set the following FIDs: • 0155-Admin Label Configuration • 0184-Admin Content Customization | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 66 Set the following Standard Choices to define the templates that administrators can create: • CONTENT_TEMPLATE_LIST Accessing SmartCharts Set the following FIDs for administrators to configure SmartCharts: • 0156-Admin SmartChart Configuration • 0157-Admin SmartChart Query Configuration Set the following FIDs for users to access SmartCharts: • 8188-SmartChart Display • 8195-SmartChart Viewer • 8211-List Driven SmartChart Configuring Reports Set the following FIDs for administrators to configure reports: • 0226-Reports Manager Admin • 0240-Reports Manager Admin | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 67 System Automation Related Links Configuring Security Policies Configuring Autonumbers Configuring Integration with Social Media Configuring Import/Export Configuring Event Manager Spell Checker Configuring Security Policies You can configure Civic Platform security policies through one Standard Choice and several FIDs. To configure security 1. Set the following FIDs and Standard Choices: APPLICATION_TYPE_SECURITY_FID The Standard Choice value must match the FID number you want to expose for setting in the Record Type Security portlet. 2. Set the following FIDs: • 0142-Admin Agency Security Policies • 0235-Inspection Default Value Policy • 0236-Inspection Type and Status Security • 0248-Admin-Security Policy-EDMS Access Security • 8138-Condition Limit Access by Dept • 8140-Limit Assignments by Dept | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 68 • 8162-Application Limit Access by App Type Configuring Autonumbers When a user creates a permit Civic Platform automatically generates and assigns a number to it. You cannot modify this number. Set the following FID: • 0270-Sequence Generator You can configure Civic Platform to allow users to override the generated record ID numbering. Set the following FID: • 8097-Manual Application Number Option To use fiscal year instead of calendar year, set the following Standard Choice: • FISCAL_YEAR_START Configuring Integration with Social Media Civic Platform now offers integration with Twitter. The integration enables your agency users to post tweets from the Civic Platform website. Set the following FID to enable the Social Media configuration portlet: • 0347-Social Media To customize the application name displayed under the tweets to something different than Civic Platform, set the following Standard Choice: • SOCIAL_MEDIA_SETTINGS Configuring Import/Export Set the following FIDs and Standard Choice for the Data Manager migration tool, so that administrators can transfer data between Civic Platform agencies. • 0318-Administration • 0308-Data Manager Export • 0309-Data Manager Import • DATA_MANAGER_MAX_RECORD_NUMBER Set the following FIDs for the import/export system tool, so that administrators can transfer system settings such as rule settings and QuickQuery settings into an XML file for importing to other agencies. | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 69 • 0185-Admin V360 Export • 0186-Admin V360 Import Configuring Event Manager Set the following FIDs to enable administrators add event scripts in Civic Platform. • 0077-Admin Event Setup • 0078-Admin Event Script Setup • 0079-Admin Event Script Test Set the following Standard Choice to define the length of period during which the EMSE Message List window has the focus after it appears. • EMSE_Settings Spell Checker You can configure the spell checker by enabling or disabling it in Civic Platform and Citizen Access. Set the following Standard Choices: • SPELL_CHECKER_ENABLED • ACA_SPELL_CHECKER_ENABLED (see the Citizen Access Administrator Guide). | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 70 People Related Links Configuring People Template Fields Configuring Reference Contacts Configuring Licensed Professional Types Configuring People Template Fields Set the following FIDs for administrators to configure people template fields: • 0088-Admin People User Defined Attributes • 0250-People Info Table Set the following FIDs to display people template fields in the contacts portlet and the licensed professionals portlet: • 8102-People User Defined Attributes • 8330-People Info Table You can configure EMSE as the data source for people template fields, as a drop-down list type, and you can edit the attribute name. Note: If your agency implements multi-agency functionality, duplicate behavior at the super agency can result. For example, when selecting services for multiple agencies, Civic Platform can route the same questions at the State, County, or City level. This result occurs if you share template data at the super agency level For example, if Jon has a licensed professional record that two agencies share and each agency has their own template, Civic Platform duplicates the information display during multi-services selection. To use EMSE to auto-populate people template fields 1. Modify the GetPeopleTemplateDropdownListFieldScript sample script for your agency (see Civic Platform Scripting Guide). 2. Set the following Standard Choice: • ENABLE_EMAIL_NOTIFICATION_PROMPT 3. Find the people template field. The data type of the field must be DropDownList. See the “People” chapter in the Civic Platform Administrator Guide. | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 71 Click the Edit button for the people template field. 4. Mark the EMSE Script Drop Down Lists: check box and assign the data source script for the attribute field. For example, the newly modified GetPeopleTemplateDropdownListFieldScript. 5. Click the Update button. Configuring Reference Contacts To configure contacts and contact addresses, set the following Standard Choices in Civic Platform Classic: • ENABLE_CONTACT_ADDRESS • ENABLE_CONTACT_ADDRESS_VALIDATION • EXTERNAL_CONTACT_ADDRESS_SOURCE_[SOURCE NAME] • CONTACT_ADDRESS_TYPE • CONTACT RELATIONSHIP • CONTACT_TYPE_ENABLE • RACE Set the following Standard Choices in the Standard Choices portlet in the Setup Admin: • CONTACT TYPE • AUTO_SYNC_PEOPLE • INDIVIDUAL_CONTACT_MATCH_CRITERIA • ORGANIZATION_CONTACT_MATCH_CRITERIA • REFERENCE_CONTACT_RELATIONSHIP | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 72 Set the following FIDs for the reference contacts portlet: • 0084-Reference People Contact • 0316-Reference Contact Condition • 0317-Reference Contact Condition History • 0322-Reference Merge Contacts • 0355-Reference Contact Relationship Configuring Licensed Professional Types To configure license professional types, set the following Standard Choice in Civic Platform Classic: • LICENSED PROFESSIONAL TYPE Set the following FIDs for the reference licensed professional portlet: • 0008-Reference Licensed Professionals • 0070-Reference Condition Licensed Professionals • 0211-Reference Licensed Professional Cond. History • 0283-Associated CAP List • 0323-Disable Licensed Professionals Search • 0338-Licensed Professional Document List • 8389-Reference Licensed Professional Comments | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 73 APO (Address, Parcel, Owner) and XAPO (External APO) Related Links Configuring Addresses Configuring Parcels Configuring Common APO and External APO Features Configuring Addresses Topics • Address Administration • Managing Reference Addresses • Managing Associations with Addresses Address Administration Set the following FIDs and Standard Choices for administrators to configure address types and groups: • 0276-Address Type Group • 0277-Address Type for the reference address • REF_ADDRESS_TYPE Managing Reference Addresses Set the following FIDs for users to manage reference addresses: • 0006-Reference Property Addresses • 0321-Reference Address Copy Agencies can provide an exact numeric street number for search criteria and can return exact address matches in Civic Platform by enabling the field Street # in the Find Application Profile. To display this field, you must configure the R1 Server Constant SPECIAL ADDRESS MODEL. Set the constant value to Yes to display the Street # field in the Application Search Form Profile page. | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 74 Managing Associations with Addresses Civic Platform includes associations between addresses with different records, and different objects (such as documents, addresses, conditions, and so forth). Set the FIDs for users to manage the association between addresses and different record types: Table 38: FIDs for Association with Addresses Record Type Required FIDs for Association with Addresses Comments 8388-Reference Address Comments Conditions 0208-Reference Address Condition History, 0069-Reference Condition Addresses Assets 0222-Address Asset Inspections 8281-Inspector Districting PM Schedules 0220-Admin AMS Address PM Schedule Sets 8378-Address Set Detail Work Orders 0223-Address Work Order Configuring Parcels Topics • Managing Reference Parcels • Managing Associations with Parcels Managing Reference Parcels Set the following FIDs for users to manage reference parcels: • 0005-Reference Property Parcels • 0109-Reference Genealogy Split/Merge | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 75 Parcel number mask restricts users to enter the proper values for a parcel number. Set the following Standard Choice by entering values for PARCEL_ID and PARCEL_ID_MASKED_IN_DB. • MASKS Managing Associations with Parcels Civic Platform includes associations between parcels with different records, and different objects (such as documents, addresses, conditions, and so forth). Set the FIDs for users to manage the association between parcels and different record types: Table 39: FIDs for Association with Parcels Record Type Required FIDs for Association with Parcels Activities 0239-Activities For People and Property Addresses 0006-Reference Property Addresses Conditions 0057-Reference Condition Parcels Documents 8214-View EDMS Attachment List, 8212-Upload EDMS Attachment, 8240Delete EDMS Attachment Inspections 8281-Inspector Districting Owners 0089-Reference Property Owners Records 0335-Copy or Move Parcel Associated Records Structures and Establishments 0295-Reference Structure and Establishment Trust Accounts 0280-Associate Parcel Configuring and Enabling APO and XAPO Features You can leverage APO and XAPO data on your agency’s Civic Platform application forms to streamline the process of managing Accela records. This section explains the setup tasks for enabling users to use APO and XAPO data. Topics • Prerequisites – Enabling APO and XAPO Functionality • Auto-Populating Parcels and Owners into Records • Selecting Multiple APO Data on Application Intake Form • Populating APO Information from GIS Objects • Populating GIS Objects from APO Information • Synchronizing Associated Reference Data • Configuring XAPO Sources Prerequisites – Enabling APO and XAPO Functionality Before you configure the specific APO and XAPO features described in this section, you must first enable the basic functionality by configuring these prerequisite items. | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 76 • Enable JavaScript GIS XAPO support in Civic Platform by configuring the following standard choice: USE_GIS_REST_API • Make the application intake form available by configuring the following standard choice: NEW_SPEAR_FORM_ENABLE • Edit the SmartChoice group of the application type to display the Associated GIS Features section on the application intake form (see the Civic Platform Administrator Guide for full details). Auto-Populating Parcels and Owners into Records To support populating the parcel information and the owner information associated to that record into the application automatically after users search for and add an address record, you must configure the following Standard Choice: • ENABLE_AUTO_POPULATE_PARCEL_OWNER Selecting Multiple APO Data on Application Intake Form To provide users the ability to select multiple APO or GIS data and attach it to a record, you must configure the following Standard Choice. • MULTIPLE_APO_GIS_SELECTION Populating APO Information from GIS Objects To enable users to select GIS objects from the map and populate the APO information into a record, and to enable users to view the list of GIS objects associated with the selected APO data and set one of the objects to primary, you must configure the following Standard Choice. • APO_ATTACHMENT_SELECTION • ENABLE_SELECT_ADDRESS_OWNER_AFTER_PARCEL • ENABLE_SELECT_PARCEL_OWNER_AFTER_ADDRESS Populating GIS Objects from APO Information To enable users to view the list of GIS objects associated with the selected APO data and set one of the objects to be primary, you must configure the following Standard Choice. • GIS_ATTACHMENT_SELECTION • ENABLE_SELECT_ADDRESS_OWNER_AFTER_PARCEL • ENABLE_SELECT_PARCEL_OWNER_AFTER_ADDRESS Synchronizing Associated Reference Data You can configure your system so that when you add reference data to or delete reference data from a record, Civic Platform adds or delete any associated reference data in the record as well, either automatically or following a prompt. For example, when a user adds information from a reference parcel, Civic Platform adds information from any address, owner, structure, or establishment record associated with that parcel to the record, either automatically or following a prompt. You must create a mapping between the reference data through the Civic Platform reference data portlets. The mapping relationships are available in the AGIS_OBJECT and AGIS_OBJECT_ENT tables. Besides, you must configure the following Standard Choice. | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 77 • APOSE_SYNCHRONIZE • STRUCTURE_CAP_ASSOCIATION Note: If you configure both Standard Choices, only APOSE_SYNCHRONIZE takes effect. Configuring XAPO Sources If your agency uses external address, parcel, and owner data sources, you need to configure the following Standard Choices. • EXTERNAL_ADDRESS_SOURCE • EXTERNAL_CONTACT_ADDRESS_SOURCE_[SOURCE NAME] • EXTERNAL_OWNER_SOURCE • EXTERNAL_PARCEL_SOURCE | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 78 Electronic Document Review Note: If you allow the public to submit documents with Citizen Access, make sure that you have defined PDF as a document attachment type. To learn more about defining document attachment types, see “Document Attachments in ACA” in the Citizen Access Administrator Guide. Related Links Configuring the Check-In Revisions Button Configuring EDR Access Configuring Action Type Choices on the Document Audit Log Configuring EMSE Events to Streamline Workflow Configuring the Check-In Revisions Button Users check in EDR annotated attachments, from Adobe Acrobat X Pro, with the Check-In Revisions button in the Civic Platform add-on toolbar for Adobe Acrobat X Pro. Set the following FID: • 8474-Check-in Permission Configuring EDR Access You set the following FIDs to regulate access to EDR attachments and the ability to assign documents, annotate them, or set file review status. • 8478-Document Assign Permission • 8477-Document Review Permission • 8090-Workflow Supervisor • 8132-Workflow • 8133-Workflow Task Assignments • 8140-Limit Assignments by Dept Configuring Action Type Choices on the Document Audit Log Set the following Standard Choices: | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 79 • DOCUMENT_AUDIT_ACTION_TYPES • E_CODES • VIRTUAL FOLDERS (User-defined Name) • DOCUMENT_REVIEW_STATUS (User-defined Name) • E_CODES Configuring EMSE Events to Streamline Workflow You can configure the following events to streamline workflow by providing email notifications upon certain events. Table 40: EMSE Events for Electronic Document Review DocumentUploadAfter Trigger this event after you upload, check in or resubmit a document. DocumentReviewAddBeforeDocumentReviewAddAfter Trigger this event after you newly assign a review task. DocumentReviewDeleteBeforeDocumentReviewDeleteAfter Trigger this event after you delete a review task. DocumentReviewUpdateBefore Trigger this event after you update a review task. DocumentReviewUpdateAfter Trigger this event after you submit the update of a review task to the database. PublishCommentAfter Trigger this event after you publish the comments for a document. Note: Trained administrators must rewrite scripts in collaboration with an Accela Implementation specialist. Improperly written scripts can seriously damage your system by incorrectly altering or deleting data for many records. For information on writing scripts and using the Event Manager and Script Engine tools, see the Civic Platform Scripting Guide. | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 80 Workflow Related Links Workflow Administration Configuring Daily Workflow Management Tab Workflow Administration Civic Platform provides a graphical tool (Workflow Designer) and a legacy ‘Classic’ tool for designing workflows. The Classic Workflow administration tool follows the standard configuration styles in Civic Platform Classic. Workflow Designer is a graphical design tool much easier to use. Workflow Designer contains almost all the functions in the Classic Workflow administration tool, but gives you the convenience to do everything visually. Some workflow related administration functions work with both Workflow Designer and the Classic Workflow administration tool. Topics • Enabling Workflow Designer • 8509 - View Workflow Design Link • Enabling Classic Workflow Administration Tool • Common Workflow Configuration Tasks Enabling Workflow Designer Set the following FID for administrators to work with Workflow Designer: • 0346-Workflow Designer Enabling Classic Workflow Administration Tool Set the following FIDs for administrators to work in the Classic Workflow administration tool: • 0112-Admin Workflow • 0245-Long Term Time Tracking • 0249-Workflow Edit • 0036-Admin Workflow Processes • 0097-Admin Workflow Review Activity • 0063-Admin Workflow Task Status Common Workflow Configuration Tasks No matter whether you work with Workflow Designer or Classic Workflow administration tool, some functions are common for workflow configuration. | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 81 Table 41: FIDs and Standard Choices for Workflow Administration Workflow Administration Required FIDs and Standard Choices Task Specific Information 0143-Admin Workflow Task Spec Info, 0180-Admin Workflow Task Spec Info Subgroups, 0267-TSI Form Layout Editor Workflow Report Settings 0192-Workflow Report Setting Activity Specific Information 0246-Activities Specific Information Workflow Security 8140-Limit Assignments by Dept Workflow E-mail Settings 0026-Admin Workflow Email Messages, 0025-Admin Workflow Email Settings Workflow Proximity Alerts 0154-Reference Workflow Proximity Alerts Workload and Skillsets 0150-Admin Workload and Skillset Configuring Daily Workflow Management Tab Topics • Configuring the Workflow Tab in the Record Portlet • Configuring the Workflow Tasks Tab in the My Tasks Page • Enabling Supervisory Rights to Workflow Management • Configuring the Task Management • Deleting Workflow Configuring the Workflow Tab in the Record Portlet Users have the option to assign and manage tasks in the Workflow tab of the Record portlet. You can configure the access to the Workflow tab in the Record portlet. Set the following FIDs: • 8132-Workflow • 8140-Limit Assignments by Dept Note: When you set FID 8132 to Full Access, the user has supervisor privileges. For most use cases, set FID 8132 to Read Only and set FID 8140 to Full Access. Configuring the Workflow Tasks Tab in the My Tasks Page Users can assign or reassign multiple inspections or workflow tasks from the My Tasks portlet. You can configure the My Tasks user portlet to display all workflow tasks. Set the following FIDs: • 8133-Workflow Task Assignments • 8143-Inspection Scheduling | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 82 Enabling Supervisory Rights to Workflow Management Some users may require supervisory rights to manage workflows. Set the following FID: • 8090-Workflow Supervisor Note: If you enable FID 8090 Workflow Supervisor, and you need to limit Workflow supervisor access, you must list each functional area you want to restrict in both the APPLICATION_TYPE_SECURITY_FID and the WORKFLOW_FIDS Standard Choice. Configuring the Task Management Set the following FIDs for users to track workflow tasks: • 8186-Workflow Task Activation • 8470-Time Accounting on Workflow • 8207-Workflow Ad Hoc Tasks - 5.2 • 8427-Claim or Release Task Assignment • 8317-Workflow Calendar • 0245-Long Term Time Tracking Deleting Workflow Set the following FIDs to enable users to delete a workflow process or a task history record associated with a record: • 8409-Workflow Delete and Assign • 8419-Delete Workflow History | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 83 Record Management Related Links Record Type Administration Configuring ASI and ASI Tables Synchronizing Reference Data with Records Configuring Record Access Creating Records Deleting Records 0370-Record Type Filter Configuring Associations with Records Accessing the Record Detail Audit Log Record Type Administration You configure record type additions and record type edits in the AA Classic portlet or in the Setup portlet. The same set of FIDs control the options in the two places. Set the FIDs and Standard Choices for administrators to configure record types. Table 42: FIDs and Standard Choices for Record Administration Record Administration Required FIDs and Standard Choices Record Status Groups 0127-Admin Application Status Group Record Type 0065-Admin Application Types, 0318-Administration, 0319-Delete ASI and ASIT on existing CAPs, 0071-Admin Workflow Final Inspection, CAP_RETAIN_FEESCHEDULE, MULTIPLE_LICENSE_PROFESSIONAL, ENABLE_CAP_TYPE_ALIAS Record Types in Citizen Access 0075-Admin License Types, 0108-Admin Document Type, 0244-Fee Estimation SmartChoice Groups 0061-Admin SmartChoice Code Configuring ASI and ASI Tables Topics • ASI and ASI Table Administration • ASI and ASI Table Drill-down Administration • Configuring ASIs and ASI Table Pop-up Windows • Enabling ASI Edits in Records • Enabling ASI Edits in Inspection Guide Sheets | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 84 • Enabling Additional Information Fields for Building Permits ASI and ASI Table Administration Set the following FIDs: • 0179-Admin App Spec Info Subgroups • 0205-Admin App Spec Info Table ASI and ASI Table Drill-down Administration Set the following FIDs: • 0273-ASI Table Drill Down Configuring ASIs and ASI Table Pop-up Windows You can configure ASI functionality to display pop-up windows when users change ASI or ASI Table group information about a record type. Set the following Standard Choice: • ASI_CONFIGS To enables the Req for Fee Calc field in the configuration of an application-specific information group or an application-specific information table group, set the following FID: • 0242-Required for Fee Calculation Enabling ASI Edits in Records Set the following FIDs and Standard Choice: • 8073-App Spec Info • 8270-App Spec Info Table • 8397-ASI Table Delete • 8329-App Spec Info Supervisor • ASI_EDIT_CONTROL_SYSTEM_LEVEL Enabling ASI Edits in Inspection Guide Sheets Set the following FIDs and Standard Choice: • 0291-Guide Sheet Template Data Enabling Additional Information Fields for Building Permits If your agency wants to collect additional information about building permits, such as the job value, the number of buildings, the number of housing units, whether the parcel is public owned, and the type of construction, set the following FID to make the additional information fields available to users: • 8033-Additional Information | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 85 Set the following Standard Choices to define the default value or the available options for the additional information field: • CENSUS_BUREAU_CONSTRUCTION_TYPE_CODE • DEFAULT_HOUSING_UNITS • DEFAULT_NUMBER_BUILDINGS • DEFAULT_JOB_VALUE Synchronizing Reference Data with Records You can configure your system so that when you add reference data to a record or delete reference data from a record, Civic Platform adds or deletes associated reference data. When working on a parcel record, for example, Civic Platform can add information from associated address, owner, structure, or establishment records to that parcel record. Set the following Standard Choice: • APOSE_SYNCHRONIZE The same processes apply when users delete address, parcel, owner, structure, or establishment records from a record. Civic Platform does not automatically add associated records with locked conditions. If multiple conditions apply to any of the associated records, a pop‑up window notifies the user of these conditions. Civic Platform synchronizes reference information when creating new records and when editing existing records. Configuring Record Access You can identify and configure limits for users at the group and the module levels. For example, to set limits on fees, you can locate the Building Cashier group name in the Building module. Set the following FID and Standard Choice: • 8162-Application Limit Access by App Type • APPLICATION_TYPE_SECURITY_FID Creating Records To enable users to create new records, set the following FIDs: • 8034-New Application • 8264-Create from Model To configure how users enter information when creating records, set the following FIDs: | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 86 • 8390-CAP Type picker with Tree • 8391-Create Multiple CAPs for Parcels • 8097-Manual Application Number Option • 8324-Create CAP-Validate • 8234-Get Address And Owner • 8232-Get Parcel And Owner • 8326-Fee Estimate To configure the options provided when users save a new record, set the following FIDs: • 8325-Save Work in Progress of CAP The application intake form contains a number of sections depending on your configuration of the associated SmartChoice Group. See Record Type Administration. If a SmartChoice-enabled group does not display, you may not have enabled the information type in the Record portlet. See Configuring Associations with Records To configure whether to use a customized tracking number for a new record, set the following Standard Choice: • CUSTOMIZED_TRACKING_NBR Deleting Records Set the following FID: • 8410-Delete CAPs You can configure Civic Platform to delete partially completed records. This configuration does not affect completed records. Set the following Standard Choice: • PARTIALLY_COMPLETED_CAP_PURGE_DAYS 0370-Record Type Filter Description Enables the Record Type Filter in Citizen Access, and in the adminstration areas of both Citizen Access and Civic Platform Interdependency None Solution All Access Citizen Access > Record Type selection | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 87 Record Type Filter configuration in Citizen Access Admin > Module Settings Record Type Filter configuration in V360 Admin > Setup > Application > Record Type Filters Configuring Associations with Records The Record portlet displays all types of information associated with a record in tabs, or in sections in the application intake form. 1. To configure access to the Detail tab, the Summary tab, the summary button, and the information provided in the record summary page, set the following FIDs: • 8209-Single Portlet Data Summary • 8395-CAP Summary • 8411-Cap Summary • 8400-Manage Inspection • 8441-Initiated Product Info 2. There are a series of FIDs controlling whether the associated information is available for records. Table 43: FIDs for Associations with Records Information Types Required FIDs for Associations with Records Addresses 8253-Showing GIS X/Y Locator, 8028-Addresses Additional Information 8033-Additional Information App Spec Info and App Spec Info Tables See Enabling ASI Edits in Records. Comments 8110-Application Comment, 8340-Application Comments Edit Condition and Condition History 8020-Condition Full Privileges8272-Application Condition History, 8365Inheritable editable Contacts 8031-Contacts Documents 8212-Upload EDMS Attachment8433-Document Permission Settings. For configuring document review functions, see Electronic Document Review. Education and Continuing Education 8420-Daily Education Info, 8421-Daily Delete Required Education, 8428Daily Continuing Education Info, 8429-Daily Delete Required Continuing Education Evidence 8332-Evidence8334-Evidence Supervisor Examination 8430-Daily Examination Info, 8431-Daily Delete Required Examination Fees See Accounting. Hearings 8229-Hearings (obsolete, replaced by 8483) Inspections 8249-Turn Off the Inspection Tab in CAP List Owners 8030-Owners Parcels 8029-Parcels Payment See Accounting. Professionals 8032-Licensed Professionals, 8446-Disable Licensed Professionals Delete Related Records 8236-Related CAPs-Search, 8292-Create Multiple Related CAPs, 8293-Open New Related CAP in SPEAR, 8323-Update Related | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 88 Information Types Required FIDs for Associations with Records Caps, 8460-Delete Related Records, RELATED_CAP_SUMMARY, RELATED_RECORDS_DEFAULT_VIEW, RELATED_CAP_CONFIG Renewal 8398-Cap Renewal, RELATED_CAP_SUMMARY Structure 8103-Structure Tracking Status and Status History 8141-Application Status, 8142-Application Status History, 8408-Edit Application Status History Workflow See Configuring Daily Workflow Management Tab. Accessing the Record Detail Audit Log You can configure Civic Platform for access to the audit log and to view related details for each record. Note: System administrators must set the Agency access by setting the Enable Record Audit Log option. These steps are a pre-requisite to setting the FIDs. For complete agency setup steps, see the section, “Editing an Agency” in the “Agencies and Functions” chapter in the Civic Platform On-premise Administrator Supplement. Set the following FIDs: • 8422-Random Audit History • 8443-Application Audit Log • 8458-Complete Record and ASI Audit • 8459-Specific Record and ASI Audit Log • 8444-Application Status History Log • 8468-Inspections List Guide Sheet Audit Log Note: Best practice is to set both FIDs to Full Access for supervisors and administrators, and set 8459 to Full Access for daily agency users. These settings allow administrators to view the audit logs from both the Record list portlet and the Record Detail portlet. These settings also allow agency users to view the audit log for a specific record from the Record Detail portlet. | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 89 Calendars Related Links Calendar Administration Configuring Calendars Calendar Administration Holiday calendars, meeting calendars, inspection type calendars, and user calendars require Function Identification (FID) and Standard Choice configuration. 1. Set the FIDs for administrators to work on different calendar types: Table 44: FIDs and Standard Choices for Calendar Administration Calendar Administration Required FIDs and Standard Choices for Specific Calendar Type Meeting Calendar 0314-Admin Meeting Calendar Agency Holiday Calendar 0337-Agency Holiday Calendar Inspection Calendar 0257-Admin Inspection Calendar, 0258-Supervisor Inspection Calendaring, 0281-Supervisor Master Calendaring User Calendar 0336-User Calendar 2. Set the following Standard Choices for inspection and meeting calendar types: • CALENDAR_BLOCK_SIZE • CALENDAR_BLOCK_UNIT • USER_DISCIPLINES • USER_DISTRICTS 3. Set the following Standard Choices for meeting calendar types: • BATCH_JOB_SERVICE_CATEGORY • CONTACT TYPE • CONTENT_TEMPLATE_LIST • MEETING BODY • MEETING LOCATION • MEETING MAX TIME • MEETING_REASON_COMMENT • MEETING_TYPE_STATUS_GROUP • MEETING_TYPE_STATUS_{Group Name} 4. Set the following Standard Choices for inspection calendar types: | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 90 • CREATE_NEW_INSPECTION_WHEN_RESCHEDULE • INSPECTOR_WORKLOAD_CALENDAR_TIME 5. Set the following Standard Choices for user calendar types and inspection calendar types: • CALENDAR_SETTING 6. Set the following Standard Choices for Citizen Access inspection calendars: Table 45: Standard Choices for ACA Inspection Calendars Standard Choice Standard Choice Value SCHEDULE_INSPECTION_IN_ACA NONE. When you select this value, the associated inspection type displays on the ACA Inspection list but public users cannot request, scheduled, or cancel the inspection. REQUEST_ONLY_PENDING. When you select this value, public users can request or cancel a pending inspection, they cannot schedule the inspection. REQUEST_SAME_DAY_NEXT_DAY. When you select this value, public users must choose from three inspection scheduling options: Same Day, Next Business Day, and Next Available Day. SCHEDULE_USING_CALENDAR. When you select this value, public users can schedule inspections by selecting a date and time from the inspection type calendar. The Same Day, Next Business Day, and Next Available Day options are unavailable. Note: The values you enter for this Standard Choice populate the Schedule Inspection in the ACA drop-down list in the Calendar Administration portlets. The value selected from the drop-down list determines how public users can schedule inspections in ACA. Configuring Calendars Set the following FIDs to enable users’ access to different types of calendars: Table 46: FIDs and Standard Choices for Calendar Access User Calendar Access Required FIDs and Standard Choices for Specific Calendar Type Event Calendar 8347- User Event Calendar Meeting Calendar 8482-Create a Set in Record List, 8432-User Meeting Calendar Inspection Calendar 8144-Inspection Results Supervisor, 8345-User Inspection Calendar | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 91 Communication Manager Related Links General Settings Account Settings Message Settings General Settings Set these FIDs to enable communication manager general settings: • 8492-Communication List • 0361-General Settings • 8494-Record Communication List Define SMS providers in the following Standard Choices: • COMMUNICATION_SMS_PROVIDERS Account Settings Set these FIDs to enable the account setting configuration in Civic Platform: • 8492-Communication List • 0360-Account Settings Besides configuring email accounts in the Account Settings portlet, you can also configure a few to and from emails in Standard Choices: • ACA_EMAIL_TO_AND_FROM_SETTING • ACA_EMAIL_REGISTRATION_TO • ACA_EMAIL_REGISTRATION_FROM • AGENCY_EMAIL_REGISTRATION_TO Message Settings Set the following FIDs to enable administrators to configure alerts, rules, announcements, and notification templates configuration in Civic Platform: | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 92 • 0151-Admin Alert and Rules • 0134-Admin-Message-General • 0135-Admin-Message-Supervisor • 0184-Admin Content Customization | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 93 Accounting Related Links Fee Item Administration Managing Fees in Records Configuring Payments Configuring Invoice Options Configuring Trust Accounts Configuring Cashier Workstation Configuring Valuation Calculation Configuring Void and Refund Reason Options Fee Item Administration Set the following FIDs and Standard Choices for administrators to configure fee items, including fee estimation: Table 47: FIDs and Standard Choices for Fee Item Administration Fee Item Administration Required FIDs and Standard Choices Fee Items 0068-Admin Fee Item Sets, FULL_PAY_ALLOCATION_OPTIONS, FEE_QUANTITY_ACCURACY Fee Schedules 0181-Admin Fees Manage Schedule Payment Periods 0047-Admin Fee Payment Periods Valuation Calculation 0059-Admin Fees Valuation CalculationVALUATION_CALCULATOR_VERSION Regional Modifiers 0060-Admin Fees Regional Modifier Fee Calc. and Fee Calc. Criteria 0206-Admin Fee Decisions, 0242-Required for Fee Calculation, DISABLE_FEE_CALC_FACTOR_DROPDOWN_FOR_MODULES Fee Estimation (for ACA) 0244-Fee Estimation Managing Fees in Records Set the following FIDs for users to add and manage record fee items in the Fees tab of the Record portlet, or the Fees in the application intake form. • 8271-Fees Recalculate Fees • 8104-Assess Fees • 8313-Fee Item Note • 8456-Fee Schedule Drop Down List • 8326-Fee Estimate | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 94 Set the following FIDs for users to void fees, including invoiced fees, paid fees, and those fees related to point of sale. • 8333-Void Invoiced But Unpaid Fee • 8348-Void Paid Fee • 8366-Void Payment To allow a supervisor to void any non-paid fees but restrict them from voiding paid fees, enable FID 8333 and disable FID numbers 8348 and 8366 (see Figure 4: Configuring Authority to Void Fees). Figure 4: Configuring Authority to Void Fees A. When FID 8333, 8348 and 8366 are enabled, the Void button is available. B. When FID 8333, 8348 and 8366 are disabled, the Void button is not available. If FID 8366 is enabled then 8333 should be enabled (Point of Sale functions). If FID 8333 is enabled then 8348 should be enabled (Void record Fee functions). Configuring Payments Topics • Configuring the Payment Processing Portlet • Configuring the Payment Tab • Configuring the Point of Sale • Accessing Automatic Payment Allocation • Configuring Payment Account Type Options • Configuring Credit Card and Check Type Options | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 95 Configuring the Payment Processing Portlet Users can use the Payment Processing portlet to process the payments for one or more records and POS items as a whole. 1. Set the following FIDs for the Payment Processing console: • 8393-Payment Processing • 8415-Refund Payment • 8414-Void Payment • 8416-Invoices Management • 8394-Payment History • 8417-Enable POS 2. Set the following Standard Choices to configure the payment methods: • PAYMENT_PROCESSING_METHOD • PAYMENT_PROCESSING_DEFAULT_METHOD 3. You can enable a Received drop-down list field on all payment locations in Civic Platform, such as the Payment Processing console or the Record Payment tab. This field displays the manner of payment receipt. Set the following Standard Choice: • PAYMENT_RECEIVED_TYPE 4. You can define the receipt mask to use in the Payment Processing portlet. Set the following Standard Choice: • PAYMENT_PROCESSING_RECORD_RECEIPT Configuring the Payment Tab Your agency can determine whether to enable all of the options on the Payments tab in the user experience for a module, enable certain functions, or remove the Payments tab. When enabled, the Payment tab allows agency cashiers to locate and apply payments within an individual record. This tab displays in multiple modules within Civic Platform including Building, Sets, and Licenses. 1. Set the following FIDs for the functions in the Payment tab: • 8108-Cashier Payment • 8435-Daily - Cashier - Pay More • 8436-Daily - Cashier - Apply • 8437-Daily - Cashier - Refund • 8438-Daily - Cashier - Void • 8439-Daily - Cashier - Generate Receipt • 8440-Daily - Cashier - Fund Transfer 2. Set the following FID and Standard Choice for automatic receipt generation: | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 96 • 8108-Cashier Payment • AUTO_GENERATE_RECEIPT 3. Set the following Standard Choice to allow users to transfer of payments to future invoices: • ALLOW_PAYMENT_OF_FUTURE_FEES Configuring the Point of Sale Point of sale fees work like all other fees in Civic Platform. You add, assess, and process a fee item through a cashier payment without an associated record or associated service request. Civic Platform automatically invoices point of sale fee items so users can only add and void fee items. Civic Platform applies point of sale payments, without a payment apply screen. 1. Set the following FIDs: • 8288-Fees Point Of Sale • 8289-Fees Point Of Sale Refunds 2. Set the following Standard Choices in the order shown: Note: The POINT_OF_SALE_TYPE and POINT_OF_SALE_FEE_SCHEDULE Standard Choices each require Values and Value Descriptions for the point of sale feature to work. • POINT_OF_SALE_TYPE • POINT_OF_SALE_FEE_SCHEDULE Note that currently, Citizen Access only supports fee items related to a record, not to a point of sale fee item. However, when Citizen Access does support point of sale fee items, enter USER=Public in the Value Desc field. Then enter a record ID to apply a dummy record ID for each fee item Value. The record ID must follow the format of xxxxx-xxxxx-#xxxx where xxxx is any alphanumeric value. For example, if Media is the Value, then the Value Desc field might look like this USER=Public;CapID=10POS-0000-#0000. Accessing Automatic Payment Allocation Set the following FID: • 8463-Payment Auto Allocation Configuring Payment Account Type Options You can configure Civic Platform to control the Account and Check Types options displayed in the Check Payment user page. Set the following Standard Choice: • PAYMENT_CHECK_ACCOUNT_TYPE Configuring Credit Card and Check Type Options You can define credit card types and check types so that your agency can accept payments from credit cards or from checks. Set the following Standard Choice: | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 97 • PAYMENT_CREDITCARD_TYPE • PAYMENT_CHECK_TYPE Configuring Invoice Options You can configure Civic Platform so that after a user assesses one or more fees for a record, Civic Platform automatically invoices the fees. Set the following Standard Choice: • AUTO_INVOICE_MODULE Set the following Standard Choice to configure a single invoice for multiple records: • ONE_INVOICE_FOR_ALL_CAPS You can configure Civic Platform so that users can collect all invoices for a workweek or given date range into a batch and print each invoice to mail to the responsible party. Set the following FID and Standard Choices: • 8367-Manage Batch Invoice • SINGLE_INVOICE_REPORT • BATCH_INVOICE_REPORT Configuring Trust Accounts Topics • Configuring Trust Account Management • Configuring Trust Account Payment Method Configuring Trust Account Management Set the following FIDs: • 0190-Manage Trust Account • 0278-Associate People • 0279-Associate Address • 0280-Associate Parcel • 0331-Trust Account Associated Record • 8342-Auto Create Trust Account Set the following Standard Choices: • GLOBAL_TRUST_ACCOUNT | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 98 • TRUST_ACCOUNT_ADMINISTRATOR Configuring Trust Account Payment Method Set the following FIDs: • 8267-Enable Payment by Trust Account • 8286-Fees Print Receipt Summary • 8341-Auto Pay • 8465-Deposit Trust Account During the payment Set the following Standard Choices: • AUTO_PAY_TRUST_ACCOUNTS • DEPOSIT_FOR • PAYMENT_PROCESSING_DEFAULT_METHOD • TRUST_ACCOUNT_ONLY • PAYMENT_PROCESSING_METHOD Note: Note that you must add the Trust Account field to the payment portlet, such as the Pay Form, in the Form Portlet Designer, to enable users to select a trust account during the payment process. Configuring Cashier Workstation Topics • Configuring a Cashier Drawer for ACA Public Users • Configuring Cashier Sessions Configuring the Cash Drawer You can configure Civic Platform to identify specific computers to accept payments, and identify which computers to be the cash drawer to receive payments. Set the following FIDs and Standard Choices: • 8261-Open Cash Drawer • LIMIT_WORKSTATION_ACCEPT_PAYMENT • CASHIER_STATION Configuring a Cashier Drawer for ACA Public Users Citizen Access does not support Standard Choice CASHIER_STATION. However, You can assign Citizen Access public users an optional default Cashier ID in their user profile. You can assign a default Cashier ID for Citizen Access public users that do not have a Cashier assigned in their user profile. | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 99 Set the Standard Choices ACA_WORKSTATION_ID and ACA_TERMINAL_ID. Table 48: Standard Choices for ACA Public User Cash Drawer Standard Choice Standard Choice Value ACA_WORKSTATION_ID A generic workstation ID to use for the default Citizen Access cashier drawer. ACA_TERMINAL_ID A generic terminal ID to use for the default Citizen Access for cashier drawer. Configuring Cashier Sessions You can configure a cash drawer to run cashier sessions, open the cash drawer, print receipts with a receipt printer, and print endorsements on the back of checks. You can also track the value of transactions recorded during a cashier session by entering the total in the Deposit Slip # field before ending the session. In the Deposit Date field, supervisors can use the date picker icon to select a date or manually edit date, and after submittal, they can modify the Deposit Slip # and the Deposit Date fields. 1. Set the following FIDs and Standard Choices: • 8251-Cashier Session • 8259-Cashier Session Supervisor 2. Specify whether to capture the cash drawer by setting the Standard Choice as follows: • CASH_DRAWER_STARTING_ENDING_BALANCE Configuring Valuation Calculation Set the following FIDs to enable valuation calculation for records: • 8038-Valuation Calculation • 8406-Edit Valuation Calculator Unit Cost Configuring Void and Refund Reason Options Set the following Standard Choices to define the reason options for users to select when they want to void an invoice or payment, or refund a payment: • REFUND_PAYMENT_REASON • VOID_INVOICE_REASON • VOID_PAYMENT_REASON | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 100 Time Accounting Tracker Related Links Time Accounting Administration Configuring a List of Agency Vehicles Configuring the Time Accounting Portlet Adding Time Accounting Entries in Inspections and Workflow Time Accounting Administration Set the following FIDs for administrators to configure the time accounting user profiles, time accounting types and time accounting groups: • 0264-Admin Time Accounting Type • 0265-Admin Time Accounting User Profile • 0266-Admin Time Accounting Group Configuring a List of Agency Vehicles To create the list of agency vehicles referenced in one-time accounting, configure Standard Choice VEHICLE to include any Standard Choice Values supported by your agency, such as a street cleaner or a dump truck. These Values display for the Civic Platform user in the Vehicle ID drop-down list. • VEHICLE Configuring the Time Accounting Portlet Set the following FIDs to assign users rights to the Time Accounting portlet, so they can create and edit time accounting records: • 8369-User Time Accounting Daily • 8375-Time Accounting Administrator • 8376-Time Accounting Supervisor Set the following Standard Choice to define the default Logged From date in the time accounting search portlet. • FIND_TIME_ACCOUNTING_LOGGED_DATE_RANGE | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 101 Adding Time Accounting Entries in Inspections and Workflow You can configure Time Accounting tracker to allow users to add multiple time accounting entries on inspections and workflow tasks, within Civic Platform and Mobile Office. On the Inspections page and the Workflow page in Civic Platform, a Time Spent on Task section that provides hours for different time accounting groups. The time accounting fields that display are: Time spent on Inspection and Total time. For each task, Civic Platform lists Duration, Start and End Time, Group, and Type. An Actions drop-down list provides users with modify, delete, or lock and unlock options. The Actions drop-down list does not display on entries that have a locked status by the Administrator. Set the following FIDs: • 8462-Time Accounting on inspections • 8470-Time Accounting on Workflow | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 102 Streamlining Data Processing Related Links Accessing Expression Builder Configuring Conditions Configuring Sets Configuring Audit Log Configuring the Batch Engine Accessing Expression Builder Set the following FIDs: • 0260-Expression Builder Configuring Conditions Topics • Condition Administration • Configuring the Condition Audit Log • Configuring Required Condition Severity Status • Managing Daily Conditions • Managing Conditions of Approval Condition Administration Set the following FIDs and Standard Choices for administrators to configure condition types, condition groups, standard conditions, and related condition settings: • 0275-Condition by Group • 0054-Admin Condition Types • 0055-Admin Condition Status • 0056-Admin Condition Reference • 0058-Admin Workflow Condition Validation • 8138-Condition Limit Access by Dept • CONDITIONS_OF_APPROVALS | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 103 • ENABLE_MULTIPLE_CONDITION_GROUP_FOR_TYPE • CONDITION TYPE Configuring the Condition Audit Log Set the following FIDs: • 0333-Condition List Audit Log • 0334-Condition Detail Audit Log To enable the condition audit log, you must set the Standard Condition, the Record Condition and Reference Condition to Yes, as a prerequisite, in the Agency Profile settings. Configuring Required Condition Severity Status Civic Platform provides default status options, such as “Required” in the Severity drop-down list for conditions. The Severity drop-down list is available in portlets when defining conditions and when viewing the condition for a record. Each condition status provides a level of restriction. Set the following Standard Choices: • REMOVE_REQUIRED_IN_ADMIN_CONDITIONS • REMOVE_REQUIRED_IN_DAILY_CONDITIONS Managing Daily Conditions Set the following FIDs to enable users to associate conditions with different types of records: Table 49: FIDs for Condition Tabs Portlet Required FIDs for Associated Condition Tab Addresses 0208-Reference Address Condition History, 0069-Reference Condition Addresses, 8457-Create Free Form Condition Assets 8282-Asset Condition, 8457-Create Free Form Condition Contacts 0316-Reference Contact Condition, 0317-Reference Contact Condition History, 8457-Create Free Form Condition Inspections 8020-Condition Full Privileges, 8457-Create Free Form Condition Licensed Professionals 0070-Reference Condition Licensed Professionals, 8457-Create Free Form Condition Owners 0110-Reference Owner Condition, 0210-Reference Owner Condition History, 8457-Create Free Form Condition Parcels 0057-Reference Condition Parcels, 0209-Reference Parcel Condition History, 8457-Create Free Form Condition | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 104 Portlet Required FIDs for Associated Condition Tab Record 8020-Condition Full Privileges, 8272-Application Condition History, 8266Check reference object condition, 8457-Create Free Form Condition Set 8381-Address Set Condition, 8357-Set Conditions, 8386-Licensed Professional Set Condition, 8352-Parcel Set Create Conditions, 8457-Create Free Form Condition Structures and Establishments 0296-Structure and Establishment Condition, 8457-Create Free Form Condition Set the following FID to give users the option for child records to inherit conditions from their parent: • 8365- Inheritable editable Set the following two FIDs for conditions in reference structures in Civic Platform Classic Daily: • 0194-Access Structure Conditions • 0212-Reference Structure Condition History Set the following Standard Choices for configuring the options when adding daily conditions: • CLONE_REFERENCE_CONDITION • UPDATE_REFERENCE_CONDITION • ENABLE_ADD_MULTIPLE_CONDITIONS Set the following Standard Choices if you allow users to view conditions in partial records or the application intake form: • PARTIAL_CAP_CONDITION_ENABLE • NEW_SPEAR_FORM_ENABLE Set the following Standard Choice if you only allow users to update the status date when a record satisfies a condition or condition of approval: • ENABLE_CONDITION_RESOLVED_DATE Set the following Standard Choice to allow users to use EMSE in Citizen Access to assign conditions to records: • ACA_CONDITION_AGENCY_USER (see the Citizen Access Administrator Guide) Managing Conditions of Approval Set the following Standard Choice to enable the Conditions of Approval feature: • CONDITIONS_OF_APPROVALS Set the following Standard Choices and FIDs for configuring the Conditions of Approval feature: • 8480-Conditions of Approval • 8481-Delete Conditions of Approval • CONDITION_PRIORITIES | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 105 • REMOVE_REQUIRED_IN_ADMIN_CONDITIONS • STATUS_OF_CONDITIONS_OF_APPROVAL • ENABLE_CONDITION_RESOLVED_DATE Configuring Sets The Set function lets you organize multiple Records, Parcels, Addresses, Licensed Professionals, random audits and even existing sets into a group, or set, and then use the group for batch processing. The set portlet displays a tab for each set type and provides set details that accommodate the functionality configured for each. Set the FIDs for different set type according to the table below: Table 50: FIDs for Set Types Set Type Required FIDs Records 8074-Set Header Maintenance, 8075-Set Detail Maintenance, 8121-Set Payment, 8356-Set Cloning, 8358-Set Comments, 8359-Set Scripts, 8362Set Owners, 8361-Set Licensed Professionals, 8363-Set Contacts, 8364-Set Status Change, 8357-Set Conditions Parcels 8349-Parcel Set Detail, 8350-Edit Parcel Set Members, 8355-Parcel Set Execute Script, 8353-Parcel Set Create Owners, 8351-Parcel Set Create CAPs, 8381-Address Set Condition, 8352-Parcel Set Create Conditions Addresses 8378-Address Set Detail, 8379-Address Set Members, 8380-Address Set Comments, 8382-Address Set Execute Script Licensed Professionals 8383-Licensed Professional Set Detail, 8384-Licensed Professional Set Members, 8385-Licensed Professional Set Comments, 8387-Licensed Professional Set Execute Script, 8386-Licensed Professional Set Condition Sets 8370-Set of Sets Detail, 8371-Set of Sets Members, 8372-Set Analysis, 8373Fee Analysis, 8374-Set of Sets Payment, 8404-Void Payment Random Audits 8422-Random Audit History, 8423-Random audit set, 8424-Re-generate/ Delete Random Audit Set, 8425-Execute Script, 8426-Random Audit Supervisor Set the Standard Choices to add multiple EMSE scripts for each set type: • CAPSET_SCRIPT_LIST • PARCELSET_SCRIPT_LIST • ADDRESSSET_SCRIPT_LIST • PROFESSIONALSET_SCRIPT_LIST • AUDITSET_INSPECTION_SCRIPT_LIST • AUDITSET_SCRIPT_LIST Set the additional two Standard Choices for random audit sets: • MODULE_AUDIT_FREQUENCY • RANDOM_AUDIT | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 106 Configuring Audit Log Set the FIDs for users to view the audit logs for different records: Table 51: FIDs for Audit Logs Record Type Required FIDs for Enabling Audit Log Conditions 0333-Condition List Audit Log, 0334-Condition Detail Audit Log Inspections 8442-Inspection History Audit Log, 8468-Inspections List Guide Sheet Audit Log, 8469-Inspections Detail Guide Sheet Audit Log Record 8408-Edit Application Status History, 8444-Application Status History Log, 8410-Delete CAPs, 8443-Application Audit Log Configuring the Batch Engine You can configure Civic Platform so users can schedule batch jobs and run batch jobs that automatically synchronize asset and GIS records or that automatically generate work orders from pm schedules. Set the following FIDs and Standard Choices: • 0284-Batch Job Maintenance • 0285-Batch Job Schedule • BATCH_JOB_TYPE • BATCH_JOB_SERVICE_CATEGORY • BATCH_JOB_SCHEDULE_FREQUENCY • BATCH_JOB_SCHEDULE_TYPE • BATCH_JOB_STATUS • BATCH_JOB_RESULT • BATCH_JOB_PM_ADVANCE_PERIOD | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 107 Land Management Related Links Configuring Structures and Establishments Configuring Enforcement and Case Management Configuring Plan Review Configuring Inspections Configuring Right of Way Management Configuring Structures and Establishments Topics • Structures and Establishments Administration • Managing Reference Structures and Establishments • Managing Associations with Structures and Establishments Structures and Establishments Administration Set the following FIDs and Standard Choices for administrators to configure structures and establishments types and attributes: • 0294-Structure and Establishment • 0158-Admin Attribute Definition • 0159-Admin Attribute Template Definition • 0269-Admin Attribute Form Layout Editor • 0305-Admin Attribute Table Definition • STRUCTURE_ESTABLISHMENT_STATUS • STRUCTURE_ESTABLISHMENT_LAND_USE Managing Reference Structures and Establishments Set the following FIDs for users to manage reference structures and establishments: • 0295-Reference Structure and Establishment • 0296-Structure and Establishment Condition • 0297-Structure and Establishment History • TIME_MODULES | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 108 Managing Associations with Structures and Establishments Civic Platform includes associations between structures and establishments with different records, and different objects (such as documents, addresses, conditions, and so forth). Set the FIDs for users to manage the association between structures and establishments (S&E) and different record types: Table 52: FIDs for Association with Structures & Establishments Record Type Required FIDs for Association with S&E Addresses 0006-Reference Property Addresses Owners 0089-Reference Property Owners Records 8405-Structure and Establishment Parcels 0005-Reference Property Parcels Licensed Professionals 0371-Professional List Set the following Standard Choices: • STRUCTURE_APO_ASSOCIATION • STRUCTURE_CAP_ASSOCIATION • STRUCTURE_ESTABLISHMENT_APO_ASSOCIATION Configuring Enforcement and Case Management Topics • Configuring the Evidence Portlet • Configuring Complaint, Priority, and Address Types Configuring the Evidence Portlet You can configure Civic Platform to enable various fields for enforcement and for case management. Much of the functionality involves the Evidence portlet. Set the following Standard Choices: • EVIDENCE_TYPE • EVIDENCE_LOCATION • EVIDENCE_UNITS_MEASURE • DISPOSITION Configuring Complaint, Priority, and Address Types To streamline creation of case applications, you can configure Civic Platform to display set values in the Report Type, Priority, and Address Type fields. Set the following Standard Choices: • COMPLAINT REFERRED TYPE | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 109 • PRIORITY • AA_EDMS_DISALLOWED_FILE_TYPES Configuring Plan Review Topics • Displaying Related and Renewal Record Documents • Configuring Image Format Displaying Related and Renewal Record Documents Administrators can configure the ability to display documents associated with related records or renewal records. For example, an agency can research a license record and can review the documents associated with both the current record and all the renewals for the license. After enabling this feature, you can access associated (child) documents in the record document detail area. Set the following Standard Choice: • CAP_CHILD_DOCUMENT Configuring Image Format You can associate display images with application type and with records. You can select an image in the Application Type page for an application type or in the Documents portlet for a record. When a record is also an instance of the application type, the display image associated with the record takes precedence. You can configure Civic Platform to use image file formats different from the default format. Set the following Standard Choice: • CAP_DETAIL_ICON_FILE_FORMATS Configuring Inspections Topics • Inspection Administration • Enabling Inspection Management • Scheduling Inspections • Assigning and Auto-Assigning Inspections • Entering Guidesheet Items • Resulting Inspections • Planning Inspection Route Sheets • Viewing Inspection Audit Logs | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 110 • Accessing Inspection Documents • Configuring the GIS Button on the Inspection List Portlet • Enabling External Inspectors to Work with Inspections Inspection Administration Set the FIDs and Standard Choices for administrators to configure inspection types and groups, guidesheets, inspector profiles, and result groups. Table 53: FIDs and Standard Choices for Inspection Administration Inspection Administration Required FIDs and Standard Choices Inspection Types and Groups 0133-Admin Inspection Type Sets, 0218-Admin Auto-Assign Inspection, 0229Admin display Department, 0232-Admin display Option/Required column, 0288-Enable Inspection Flow, 0289-Enable Inspection Milestone Inspection Guide Sheets 0124-Admin Inspection Guide Sheet, 0125-Admin Inspection Guide Sheet Group, 0256-Carrying over Failed Guide Sheet Items, 0291-Guide Sheet Template Data Inspection Result Group 0123-Admin Inspection Result Group Inspector Profiles 0207-Admin Inspector Districts, INSPECTION_SETTING, INSPECTION_ROUTE_TYPE, USER_DISTRICTS, USER_DISCIPLINES, INSPECTOR_WORKLOAD_CALENDAR_TIME Enabling Inspection Management Set the following FID and Standard Choice: • 8400-Manage Inspection • 8345-User Inspection Calendar • KEEP_COMPLETED_INSPECTION_ACTIVE Scheduling Inspections Set the following FIDs and Standard Choices: • 8143-Inspection Scheduling • 8241-Inspection New Inspection • 8255-Update Inspection Required/Optional Property • 8300-Inspections by Unit Number • 8467-Schedule Related Inspections • 8501-Display Desired Date Field • BATCH_JOB_SERVICE_CATEGORY • CREATE_NEW_INSPECTION_WHEN_RESCHEDULE • INSPECTION_SETTING | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 111 Assigning and Auto-Assigning Inspections Set the following FIDs: • 8147-Inspection Assignments • 8287-Auto-Assign Inspection • 8281-Inspector Districting Set the following Standard Choices: • GIS_BUFFER_DISTANCE • ACA_AUTO_ASSIGN_INSPECTOR • INSPECTOR_AUTO_ASSIGN_CRITERIA Entering Guidesheet Items Set the following FIDs: • 8343-Copy Guide Sheet • 8344-Carrying Over Failed Guide Sheet Items • 8149-Inspection Guide Sheet • 8315-Copy Inspection and Guide Sheet Resulting Inspections Set the following FIDs and Standard Choices: • 8145-Inspection Results • 8085-Inspection Email Notification • 8462-Time Accounting on inspections • 8144-Inspection Results Supervisor • INSPECTION_SETTING Planning Inspection Route Sheets To enable and configure the Inspection Route Sheet feature, set the following FIDs: • 8146-Inspection Route Sheet • 8187-Inspection GIS Route Optimization • 8300-Inspections by Unit Number To enable optimized inspection routing such as routing inspections by driving, walking, or public transit, define the following FIDs and Standard Choices: • 8496-Optimize Inspection Route • INSPECTION_SETTING | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 112 • INSPECTION_ROUTE_TYPE • ROUTE_OPTIMIZER_PROVIDER • BATCH_JOB_SERVICE_CATEGORY Viewing Inspection Audit Logs Set the following FIDs: • 8442-Inspection History Audit Log • 8469-Inspections Detail Guide Sheet Audit Log Accessing Inspection Documents Set the following FIDs: • 8212-Upload EDMS Attachment • 8213-Download EDMS Attachment • 8214-View EDMS Attachment List • 8240-Delete EDMS Attachment • 8473-EDMS Document URL Link Configuring the GIS Button on the Inspection List Portlet Set the following FID to define the display of the GIS button on the Inspection list portlet. • 8495-Show Inspection Submitted Location Enabling External Inspectors to Work with Inspections Set the following Standard Choice and FID if your agency has contract inspectors or self-certified inspectors complete inspections on behalf of your agency: • INSPECTION_RESULT_CSV_FORMAT • 8497-Result Inspections by CSV Configuring Right of Way Management Set the following Standard Choices: • ROWM_INTEGRATION • ROWM_CONDITIONS • LOCATION_TYPE | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 113 Asset Management Related Links Configuring Assets Configuring Part Inventory Configuring Work Orders Configuring Asset Condition Assessments Configuring PM Schedules Configuring Assets Topics • Asset Administration • Managing Assets • Managing Associations with Assets • Creating Work Orders from Assets • Configuring Asset Group Update Asset Administration Set the FIDs and Standard Choices for administrators to configure asset types and asset groups. Administrators can configure assets for users to access in all of the Accela solution modules. Table 54: FIDs and Standard Choices for Asset Administration Asset Administration Required FIDs and Standard Choices Asset Attributes 0158-Admin Attribute Definition, 0159-Admin Attribute Template Definition, 0269-Admin Attribute Form Layout Editor, 0305-Admin Attribute Table Definition Asset Types 0160-Admin AMS Asset Definition, 0182-Admin GIS Attribute Mapping, 0252Asset Type Available CAP Type, 0253-Asset GIS Synchronize, 0255-Manage Asset Type Security, 0274-Rating Type Asset Groups ASSET_GROUP Asset Usage Types 0326-Define Asset Usage Unit Type, ASSET_USAGE_UNIT_TYPE Asset Size Units ASSET_SIZE_UNIT Managing Assets Set the following FIDs for users to add and manage assets: • 8189-Asset Data Management • 8290-Calculate Asset Depreciation | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 114 • 8312-Asset Clone • 8346-Parent Asset Dependency Flag Managing Associations with Assets Civic Platform includes associations between assets with different records, information or objects (such as documents, addresses, conditions, and so forth). Set the FIDs for users to manage the association between assets and different record types: Table 55: FIDs for Association with Assets Record Type Required FIDs for Association with Assets Addresses 8201-Daily Asset Location Condition 8282-Asset Condition Condition Assessment 8308-Asset Condition Assessment Management Contacts 8031-Contacts Documents 8294-Asset Document Look up Parts 8402-Asset Associated Part PM Schedules 8262-Daily-Asset PM Schedule List Ratings 8399-Asset Rating Usage 8277-Asset Usage Tracking Creating Work Orders from Assets Set the following FID: • 8331-Create WO From Asset List Configuring Asset Group Update You can enable updating of multiple assets, in the same asset group, with the same information. Set the following FID: • 8412-Asset Group Update Configuring Part Inventory Topics • Part Administration • Managing Part Inventory • Managing Part Transactions • Managing Associations with Parts | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 115 Part Administration Set the following FIDs for administrators to configure part item locations, vendors and manufacturers: • 0213-Admin AMS Parts Item Location • 0214-Admin AMS Parts Vendors and Manufacturers Managing Part Inventory Set the following FIDs and Standard Choices for users to add and manage parts: • 8273-Parts Inventory • PARTS_ALLOW_NEGATIVE_QUANTITY Managing Part Transactions Set the following FIDs for users to manage part transactions: • 8447-Part Transaction-Receive • 8448-Part Transaction-Transfer • 8449-Part Transaction-Adjust • 8450-Part Transaction-Reserve • 8451-Part Transaction-Void • 8274-Part Transaction-Issue • 8275-Parts Supply Managing Associations with Parts Set the following FIDs: • 8402-Asset Associated Part • 8276-Parts Contact Configuring Work Orders Topics • Work Order Administration • Creating Work Orders and Records • Managing Associations with Work Orders • Managing Work Order Tasks • Accessing Work Order Assignments and Costs | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 116 • Configuring Work Order Production Tracking Work Order Administration Set the FIDs and Standard Choices for administrators to configure work order types, groups and costs. Table 56: FIDs and Standard Choices for Work Order Administration Work Order Administration Required FIDs and Standard Choices Work Order Cost Items and Cost Groups 0161-Admin Work Order Costing Item Definition, 0170-Admin-WO Template Costing, 0330-Admin Work Order Costing Group Definition Work Order Templates 0169-Admin-Work Order Template, 0173-WO Template Part Work Order Tasks 0254-WO Task Definition Work Order Types 0306-Work Order Type Creating Work Orders and Records Set the following FIDs for users to create work orders: • 8279-New Mechanism to Create Work Order • 8331-Create WO From Asset List Managing Associations with Work Orders Set the following FIDs: • 8192-Work Order Parts • 8203-Daily Record Asset • 8280-Linking Work Order to PM Schedule Managing Work Order Tasks You can configure Civic Platform to allow users to manage work order information associated with tasks. Set the following FIDs and Standard Choices: • 8338-WO Task tab on Work Order • 8339-Maintenance WO Task on Work Order • WO_TASK_DURATION_UNIT • WO_CLOSE_CHECK_TASK Accessing Work Order Assignments and Costs Set the following FIDs to manage the assignments and costs in work orders, or distribute the costs: • 8191-Work Order Costing • 8418-Work Order Cost Distribution • 8461-Show Work Order Cost Information • 8466-Daily Work Order Costing Group Definition | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 117 • 8484-Cost Item Permission (see “Managing Cost Item Permissions” in the Civic Platform Administrator Guide) Configuring Work Order Production Tracking Civic Platform provides a way for your agency to track Work Order Production information. This feature allows an agency to anticipate realistic expectations for a work crew with realistic estimated costs for completion. After you enter the actual work order cost, Civic Platform compares the actual data against a defined estimated standard. As a result, you can compare the costs and crew performance for a Work Order on an equal basis to the costs and crew performance from a different Work Order. The agency can review this information to solve problem, and make a budget, or make a plan. Set the following FIDs and Standard Choices: • 8336-Recalculate Production Units • 8337-Production History • PRODUCTION_UNIT_TYPE Configuring Asset Condition Assessments Topics • Asset Condition Assessment Administration • Managing Condition Assessments • Managing Associations with Condition Assessments Asset Condition Assessment Administration Set the following FIDs for administrators to configure asset condition assessment types: • 0227-Condition Assessment • 0274-Rating Type Managing Condition Assessments Set the following FIDs for users to add and manage asset condition assessments: • 8308-Asset Condition Assessment Management Managing Associations with Condition Assessments Set the following FIDs: • 8310-Asset Condition Assessment Linked Work Order • 8309-Asset Condition Assessment Observation • 8399-Asset Rating • Configuring Asset Condition Assessments | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 118 Configuring PM Schedules Topics • Managing PM Schedules • Generating Work Orders by PM Schedules • Viewing PM Schedules Log Managing PM Schedules Set the following FIDs for users to manage PM Schedules: • 0195-Admin-PM Schedule • 0196-Admin-PM Schedule Linked Quick Query • 0197-Admin-PM Schedule Linked Asset • 0198-Admin-PM Schedule Skipped Asset • 0199-Admin-PM Schedule Hold Event • 8600 - PM Schedule Group Update Generating Work Orders by PM Schedules Set the following FID: • 0201-Admin-Generating Work Orders By PM Schedule Viewing PM Schedules Log Set the following FID: • 8278-PM Schedule Log | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 119 License and Case Management Related Links Configuring License Renewal Configuring Expired Licenses and Insurance Coverage Verification Configuring Licensed Professional Providers Configuring Education Accessing Continuing Education Records Accessing Examination Records Configuring License Renewal Set the following FID: • 8398-Cap Renewal Configuring Expired Licenses and Insurance Coverage Verification Topics • Associating Expired License Types with Record Types • Configuring Expired License Notifications • Accessing Education Records Associating Expired License Types with Record Types Set the following FID: • 0320-Admin License Verification Configuring Expired License Notifications Set the following Standard Choice: • ENABLE_EXPIRED_LICENSE • BATCH_JOB_SERVICE_CATEGORY. Use Send License Expired Email value. If your agency implements Citizen Access and you want to display online notifications to public users logging in with an expired license or insurance, you must define additional Standard Choices Values for Standard Choice ENABLE_EXPIRED_LICENSE. | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 120 For configuration details, refer to the “License Verification and Online Renewals” chapter in the Citizen Access Administrator Guide. Configuring Licensed Professional Providers You can configure Civic Platform to display the Provider option in the Licensed Professional drop-down list. Note: Civic Platform treats Education Providers as a specific type of Licensed Professional. Set the following Standard Choice: • LICENSED PROFESSIONAL TYPE Configuring Education Topics • Accessing Education Records • Configuring the Education Degree Drop-down List Accessing Education Records Set the following FIDs: • 0310-Admin Education Info • 8420-Daily Education Info • 8421-Daily Delete Required Education Configuring the Education Degree Drop-down List Set the following Standard Choice: • EDUCATION_DEGREE Accessing Continuing Education Records Set the following FIDs: • 0311-Admin Continuing Education Info • 8428-Daily Continuing Education Info • 8429-Daily Delete Required Continuing Education | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 121 Accessing Examination Records Set the following FIDs: • 0312-Admin Examination Info • 8430-Daily Examination Info • 8431-Daily Delete Required Examination If you plan to use the Examination score upload functionality through Citizen Access, you also need to configure the related Standard Choice defining the Examination score CSV upload file parameters, and provide this information to the Examination Providers. For more information on Examination score upload requirements, refer to the “Certifications and Education” chapter in the Citizen Access Administrator Guide. Configuring Reasons of Rescheduling or Cancelling Examination Set the following Standard Choice: • REASON_FOR_RESCHEDULING_CANCELLING_EXAMINATION | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 122 Citizen Access Administration This chapter lists all the Standard Choices specific to Citizen Access administration. For more information, see Standard Choices Reference. • ACA_AGENCY_EMAIL_REGISTRATION_TO • ACA_AUTO_ASSIGN_INSPECTOR • ACA_CONDITION_AGENCY_USER • ACA_CONFIGS • ACA_CONFIGS_LINKS • ACA_CONFIGS_TABS • ACA_CONNECT_LICENSE_AUTO_APPROVED • ACA_EMAIL_REGISTRATION_TO • ACA_EMAIL_REGISTRATION_FROM • ACA_FILTER_CAP_BY_LICENSE • ACA_PAGE_PICKER • ACA_SECURITY_SETTING • ACA_SPELL_CHECKER_ENABLED • AGENCY_EMAIL_REGISTRATION_TO • AUTHORIZED_SERVICE • DEFAULT_JOB_VALUE • DISPLAY_INSPECTION_COMMENT_IN_ACA • DOCUMENT_CONDITION_TYPE_FILTER • E-MAIL_PAYMENT_NOTICE_DISABLE • ENABLE_ANONYMOUS_REPORT • ENABLE_AUTO_POPULATE_PARCEL_OWNER • FIND APP DATE RANGE • FOOD_FACILITY_INSPECTION • LOCATION_TYPE • ONLINE_PAYMENT_MAX_AMOUNT • PAYMENT_GROUP • REMOVE_PAY_FEE | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 123 • REPRINT_REASONS • ROWM_CONDITIONS • ROWM_INTEGRATION • STATES • UNIT TYPES • WORKFLOW_CONFIGS | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 124 Internationalization and Localization Topics • Enabling Internationalization and Localization • Supporting I18N Addresses Fields • Configuring Phone Number Country Codes • Setting ASI Fields to Right Justification • Setting Report Language Preferences Enabling Internationalization and Localization Set the following two Standard Choices to enable the internationalization and localization feature: • I18N_ADDRESS_FORMAT • I18N_SETTINGS Supporting I18N Addresses Fields You must enable and configure the following Standard Choices for displaying the Country, Gender and Salutation fields: • COUNTRY • GENDER • SALUTATION Configuring Phone Number Country Codes As a system administrator, you can expand phone number fields to accommodate international phone and fax numbers in Civic Platform and Citizen Access. You must enable the following Standard Choices: • PHONE_NUMBER_IDD • PHONE_NUMBER_IDD_ENABLESALUTATION | FIDs and Standard Choices Cross Reference | 125 Setting ASI Fields to Right Justification Set the following Standard Choice to allow data in application‑specific information fields to be entered and displayed from right-to-left for agencies whose primary language is Arabic. • ASI_ALIGNMENT_OPTIONS Setting Report Language Preferences Set the following Standard Choice to enable reports to accommodate different languages: • REPORT_CRITERIA_LANGUAGE | Standard Choices Reference | 126 Standard Choices Reference This section includes descriptions and acceptable values of common Standard Choices. This section does not include all Standard Choices. For each Standard Choice, the reference provides the following sections: Product. The product(s) that can apply the Standard Choice. Type. You must select the correct type for a Standard Choice. Possible types are: System Switch, Shared drop-down, EMSE, Business Configuration. Description. Provides an explanation of the operations associated with the Standard Choice. | Standard Choices Reference | 127 AA_EDMS_DISALLOWED_FILE_TYPES Product Civic Platform, Mobile Office, and Accela Wireless Note: ACA_EDMS_DISALLOWED_FILE_TYPES in the Standard Choice ACA_CONFIGS specifies disallowed file extensions for Citizen Access. Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice specifies the disallowed file extensions for uploading to EDMS. Table 57: AA_EDMS_DISALLOWED_FILE_TYPES Standard Choice Values Standard Choice Values Value Description Description AA_EDMS_DISALLOWED_ FILE_TYPES Enter a list of file extensions. For The value lists all the disallowed file example: .html; .htm; .mht; .mhtml. extensions, separated by semicolons to separate the file extensions. Do not insert a space before or after the semicolon. If you do not specify an extension, the system allows all file types. | Standard Choices Reference | 128 ACA_AGENCY_EMAIL_REGISTRATION_TO Product Citizen Access Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice enables the feature that sends an “activation required email” to an agency employee. The email is a notification that the public user does not meet the basic requirements for automatic activation. Note: Pay attention to the difference between this Standard Choice and AGENCY_EMAIL_REGISTRATION_TO. | Standard Choices Reference | 129 ACA_AUTO_ASSIGN_INSPECTOR Product Citizen Access, IVR Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines the criteria for auto-assigning inspections in Citizen Access and IVR. Configure this Standard Choice to prevent inspections from being auto-assigned if no inspector is available with the appropriate discipline or in the appropriate district. You must clear the cache in Citizen Access after you configure this Standard Choice. Table 58: ACA_AUTO_ASSIGN_INSPECTOR Standard Choice Values Standard Choice Values Value Description BLOCK_SCHEDULE_ WHEN_NO_INSPECTOR_ FOUND Y/N Yes. When you set this Standard Choice value to Y (Yes), Citizen Access prevents users from scheduling inspections when an appropriate inspector is not available by blocking the times on the calendar. IVR prevents users from scheduling inspections and notifies the user that an appropriate inspector is not available. No. When you set this Standard Choice value to N (No), Citizen Access and IVR allow users to schedule inspections when an appropriate inspector is not available, but leaves the inspector field blank. A supervisor can then choose an inspector, based on the supervisor’s discretion. | Standard Choices Reference | 130 ACA_CACHE_CONFIG Product Citizen Access Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice enables the ability to move global data, including labels and system settings into cache in a .NET layer to provide the ability to share this data and improve performance when multiple users access the data. You can specify the cached object in the Standard Choice value, and then define the time when the cached object expires and is removed from the cache. The time unit is second. The cached object can be labels, server constant, SmartChoice group, Standard Choice, and template. Table 59: ACA_CACHE_CONFIG Standard Choice Values Standard Choice Values Value Description Description LABELS ExpirationTime;Description. For example: 1800;label description. SERVER_CONSTANT ExpirationTime;Description. For example: 1800;server constant description. The value description defines the time at which the cached object expires and is removed from the cache. The time unit is second.Optionally, you can provide the description about each cached object. SMART_CHOICE_ GROUP ExpirationTime;Description. For example: 1800;smart choice description. STANDARD_CHOICE ExpirationTime;Description. For example: 1800;Standard Choice description. TEMPLATE ExpirationTime;Description. For example: 1800;template description. | Standard Choices Reference | 131 ACA_CONDITION_AGENCY_USER Product Citizen Access Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice provides the ability to assign conditions to records by EMSE when public users create records. Enter a valid department name in the Standard Choices Value field. If an EMSE script assigns a condition to a record created in Citizen Access, the script must read the Standard Choice value and set the department name for the public user first. | Standard Choices Reference | 132 ACA_CONFIGS Product Citizen Access Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice controls most Citizen Access features. Table 60: ACA_CONFIGS Standard Choice Values Standard Choice Values Value Description Description ACA_DEFAULT_ CASHIER_ID Enter a cashier ID. Citizen Access assigns the cashier ID to all public users that do not have a Cashier ID in their user profile, and uses the Cashier ID to generate a unique receipt for each payment made by the user. ACA_DEFAULT_ COUNTRY Enter a full country GIS uses the country to locate an address on Bing Maps if the name. Default: United public users do not provide a country name with the address States. they want to locate. ACA_EDMS_ DISALLOWED_FILE_ TYPES Enter a list of file extensions, each separated by semicolon, with no space between the semicolon and the extension before or after it. For example: The list of file extensions include all the disallowed file types when public users upload files to Citizen Access. If the value description is empty or not defined, public users can upload all files types. .html;.htm;mht;mhtml. ACA_SITE Enter the URL of the This value specifies the login URL of your Citizen Access site. Citizen Access Setup. For example, http:// $acaserver$/$acasite $/Admin/Login.aspx. ACA_TERMINAL_ID Enter the ID name or number that identifies the terminal assigned to the ACA default cashier (ACA_DEFAULT_ CASHIER_ID) to accept payments. Citizen Access uses this value with ACA_WORKSTATION_ID to generate a unique receipt for each payment made by public users. ACA_WORKSTATION_ID Enter the workstation assigned to the ACA default cashier (ACA_DEFAULT_ CASHIER_ID) to accept payments. Citizen Access uses this value with ACA_TERMINAL_ID to generate a unique receipt for each payment made by public users. ALLOW_CROSS_AGENCY_ Yes, No RECORDS_IN_CART Use this value to restrict users from adding records from multiple agencies into a single shopping cart transaction. By default, this feature is enabled; that is, users are allowed to add records from multiple agencies into a shopping cart. Yes Allows cross-agency records in a shopping cart. This is the default behavior. No Disallows cross-agency records in a shopping cart. If a Citizen Access user has added cross-agency records | Standard Choices Reference | 133 Standard Choice Values Value Description Description in the shopping cart, Citizen Access returns the following message: The selected item(s) cannot be added to the Pay Now section of the Shopping Cart since the agency limits Shopping Cart transactions to items from a single department. Please arrange the Pay Now section of the Shopping Cart so that all payment items are from a single agency department. ALL_USER_SCHEDULE_ INSPECTION_ENABLED Yes, No This value provides the types of users that can schedule inspections. ASI_LABEL_WIDTH NO_ANONYMOUS_ USER Enter a numeric value. Default: 25. Yes enables ALL users, including anonymous users, to schedule an inspection. No only allows owners or licensed professionals for the permit to schedule an inspection. NO_ANONYMOUS_USER allows any registered user, citizen or licensed professional, to schedule an inspection. The numeric value controls the number of characters that display per line on an ASI field label. This is particularly useful to control label width for the alternative ASI labels that you choose to use for Citizen Access, to accommodate the ability to ask questions during the application intake process. AUTO_POPULATE_ STATE Yes, No Yes displays the licensing state as the default value in the State drop-down list when a user is registering for an account; No displays an empty (-Select-) value. CONTINUE_SHOPPING_ ENABLE Yes, No Yes displays the Continue Shopping button on the Pay Fees page in the application intake form; No hides the button. CREATE_APPLICATION_ MODEL 2, any other value This value controls whether public users handle payments on the Review Information page or on the Pay Fees page. If the value description is 2, Citizen Access triggers the EMSE event ApplicationSubmitAfter when the Review Information page loads, and public users handle payment on the page. If the value description is any other value, Citizen Access triggers the EMSE event ApplicationSubmitAfter after public users click the Continue Application button on the Review Information page and before the Pay Fees page loads. Public users handle payment on the Pay Fees page. DEFAULT_CONTACT_ ADDRESS_TYPE Enter a contact address type. This value defines the default contact address type for all the Contact Address sections in the Citizen Access website. DEFER_PAYMENT_ ENABLED Yes, No Yes displays the Defer Payment button on the payment page (which may be Review Information or Pay Fees page. See CREATE_APPLICATION_ MODEL); No hides the button. DESCRIPTION_ REQUIRED_FLAG Yes, No Yes flags the General Description and Detailed Description fields as required; No removes the required flag on the General Description and Detailed Description fields. DISPLAY_OPTIONAL_ INSPECTIONS Yes, No Yes displays the optional inspections; No hides the optional inspections. DISPLAY_OWNER_ INFORMATION Yes, Y This value allows you to hide owner searches and owner information from Citizen Access. Yes or Y enables owner searches and displays owner information.No or N disables public users to do any of the following: No, N • Perform owner searches on the Look Up Property Information page, the GIS Search panel, or the Owner section of an application intake form. Note: The Data Source property for the Owner component in a page flow also determines | Standard Choices Reference | 134 Standard Choice Values Value Description Description whether public users can perform owner searches on an application intake form. This Standard Choice setting selectively overrides the Data Source property setting. When this Standard Choice value is set to No but the Data Source property is set to “Reference” or “No Limitation”, the Owner section of the application intake form allows public users to add an owner manually but does not display a Search button. • Access owner information associated with property from various places such as: • The Global Search results • The Parcel Detail, Record Detail, Trust Account Detail, or Enter Work Location page • An expanded address, parcel, or record in the GIS Search result panel or the GIS Contents panel • The window popped up after public users perform the Show Record map command against a GIS object. Note: The Record Detail Section Configuration on the Module Settings page also determines which public user roles can access owner information on the Record Detail page. This setting overrides the Standard Choice setting. For example, if the module settings enable only record creators to access the Owner section of the Record Detail page but this Standard Choice value is set to No, only the record creator can access owner information from the Record Detail page for his or her records. All the other public users have no access to that owner information. • Copy the owner information from the Record Detail page to a new record, if public users cannot access the Owner section of the Record Detail page. • Search for and select an address or a parcel to fill in an application intake form and make the Owner section autopopulated with the owner associated with the address or the parcel. Note: Accela recommends that you manually clear cache data through the GIS Administration site after you change this Standard Choice value. So the change can immediately take affect in the map opened from Citizen Access. Otherwise, the change does not take effect until the GIS Administration site automatically clears the cache every hour. DISPLAY_QUICK_QUERY Yes, No. Default value is No. This value defines whether the quickquery dropdown list shows or hides in the My Permit List section on the module Record Home pages. Yes displays the quickquery dropdown list if at least one quickquery for the ACA My Permit List portlet is assigned to the current module in the Global QuickQueries administration portlet. | Standard Choices Reference | 135 Standard Choice Values Value Description Description No always hides the quickquery dropdown list. DISPLAY_REQUEST_ TRADE_LICENSE_ FILTER Yes, Y This value allows public users to quickly access the trade license request page from the record page. No, N Yes or Y displays the “Request a Trade License” option in the Application Status section on the Module Settings page. If you mark the option of a specific application status, when the application reaches the status, the record page displays the “Trade License/Initial Approval” link under the Action column. The link provides a quick access to trade license request page for public users. No or N hides the “Request a Trade License” option from the Application Status section on the Module Settings page. ENABLE_AUTO_ INVOICE Yes, No Default value is Yes. ENABLE_BROWSER_ DETECT Yes, No Default value is No. If you do not add the module of the application in the Standard Choice AUTO_INVOICE_MODULE, and set ENABLE_AUTO_INVOICE to No, public users only need to pay the fee items with Auto Invoice as Y. For the fee items with Auto Invoice as N, users must go to Civic Platform to view, invoice or pay.In other configuration scenarios, public users must pay all the fee items regardless of the Auto Invoice setting. This value defines whether or not public users can see the unsupported browser warning when they first log in to Citizen Access with an unsupported browser or browser version. Yes turns on the unsupported browser warning. No turns off the unsupported browser warning. ENABLE_ CUSTOMIZATION_ PER_PAGE Yes, No Only when the value description is Yes, administrators can apply customized CSS style sheet or JavaScript file for a page in the Citizen Access website. By default, the Standard Choice Value is No. ENABLE_EXPAND_IN_ REVIEW_PAGE Yes, Y This value controls whether administrators can configure the default view of the sections on the Review Information page. No, N Yes enables the Expanded property of the sections (excluding the Record Type section) on the page. Administrators can set the property to True or False (default value). Nodisables the Expanded property. ENABLE_LDAP_ AUTHENTICATION Yes, No This value controls whether Citizen Access applies LDAP authentication. Yes enables LDAP authentication and hides the password-related fields on the Login Information section: Password, Type Password Again, Select a Security Question, and Answer. GIS_PORTLET_URL Enter the URL for the GIS server. This value allows public users to access the GIS viewer. HIDE_CONTACT_ GENERIC_TEMPLATE_ FOR_CITIZEN_ REGISTRATION Yes, No. Default value is No. This value defines whether the Contact Information section in the registration displays the contact generic template fields (including ASI fields and ASI table) that are associated with the contact type that the public user selected. Yes hides the contact generic template fields. No hides the contact generic template fields. INSPECTION_ CALENDAR_NAME Enter an inspection calendar name. For example, to use the Civic Platform Citizen Access uses the calendar for scheduling inspections. | Standard Choices Reference | 136 Standard Choice Values Value Description Inspection Blockout calendar, enter Inspection Blockout. LOGIN_ENABLED Yes, No NEW_GIS_PORTLET_ URL Enter the URL to the 7.3.3 AGIS server, for example: http:// agis2.accela.com/ agis/. To enable the GIS map integration with the new ACA UX template available in 7.3.3, configure this Standard Choice. NO_SAVEANDRESUME LATER_ BUTTON_ MODULE Enter a module name. This value provides the ability to hide the “Save and Resume” buttons by module. PA_EMAIL_ VERIFICATION Yes, No Description Yes displays the Login link on the Home page. No removes it. Yes enables and sends the activation e-mail to the public user. No disables it. REGISTRATION_ ENABLED Yes, No Yes displays the Register for an Account link on the Home page. No removes it. Yes is the default. V360_WEB_ACTION_ USERNAME Enter a username from the designated universal user profile for reporting. V360_WEB_ACTION_USERNAME and V360_WEB_ACTION_PASSWORD link a universal user profile with reporting permissions to Citizen Access, and enable a citizen to successfully run reports. V360_WEB_ACTION_ PASSWORD Enter the password from the designated universal user profile for reporting. | Standard Choices Reference | 137 ACA_CONFIGS_LINKS Product Citizen Access Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice configures the links that appear in the following two places: • In the block sections at the bottom of the welcome pages (Welcome Global and Welcome Registered) Note: Whether a block section displays relies on the blockvisible value of the corresponding Standard Choice Value in ACA_CONFIGS_TABS. If a block section hides, all the links in the block section hide no matter how you configure ACA_CONFIGS_LINKS. • Below the module tab bar. Each Standard Choice Value defines a link and refers to a feature available in certain module or category. You must add a Standard Choice Value in the pre-defined way to enable the corresponding link (for more information, see Table 61: ACA_CONFIGS_LINKS Standard Choice Values). If you deactivate or remove a Standard Choice Value, the corresponding link hides. Note: The enable and disable statuses of the Standard Choice Values are in synchronization with the General > Feature Settings configuration for the corresponding features in ACA Admin. | Standard Choices Reference | 138 Table 61: ACA_CONFIGS_LINKS Standard Choice Values Module/Category Feature/Link Corresponding Standard Choice Value General Information Search for Certified Business APO_CertifiedBusinessSearch Search for a Provider/Education APO_EducationSearch Search for a Food Facility APO_FoodFacilityInspectionSearch Search for a License APO_LicenseeSearch Lookup Property Information APO_SEARCH Search Documents by Geographic Location APO_SearchDocument Create an Application Amendments_Apply Create an Application by Selecting Services Amendments_ApplyByService Obtain a Fee Estimate Amendments_ObtainFeeEstimate Schedule an Inspection Amendments_ScheduleAnInspection Search Applications Amendments_Search Create an Application (or Apply for a License) [Module]_Apply, for example, Building_Apply Create an Application by Selecting Services [Module]_ApplyByService, for example, Building_ApplyByService Obtain a Fee Estimate [Module]_ObtainFeeEstimate, for example, Building_ObtainFeeEstimate Schedule an Inspection [Module]_ScheduleAnInspection, for example, Building_ScheduleAnInspection Search Applications (or Manage My Licenses) [Module]_Search, for example, Building_Search Amendments Any available module, for example, Building, Planning The Value Desc field defines the page that each link (Standard Choice Value) directs to. Add the value description in the following format: label=[label key], order=[order number], role=[roles], forcelogin=[forcelogin], url=[url], module=[module name] Of the values: • label=[Type the system required label for the feature/link, as provided in Table 62: Feature Labels and URLs in ACA_CONFIGS_LINKS] • order=[Enter the numeric order of display]. 0 is first. • role=[0, 1, or 0|1] Specify whether the tab displays on registered user pages (the Welcome Registered page), anonymous user pages (the Welcome Global page) or both. Type 0 for Registered User pages only, 1 for Anonymous Users pages only, or 0|1 for both registered and anonymous user pages. • forcelogin=[Enter yes or no.] The forcelogin value determines whether users need to log in before accessing the associated link. If the value is yes, then users who have not already logged in are prompted to do so. If the value is no, then anonymous users can access the link. • url=[Enter the URL for the feature/link, as provided in Table 62: Feature Labels and URLs in ACA_CONFIGS_LINKS]. The Search Applications link directs to the module home page. You can add the following parameters in the URL to further customize the module page that displays when users click the link: | Standard Choices Reference | 139 • • $ShowMyPermitList$. If the parameter value is Y or undefined, the My Permit List section displays on the module home page. If the parameter value is N, the section hides. • $SearchType$. This parameter defines the default search options of the Record Search section on the module home page. • SearchType=NULL: The Record Search section applies the first search option as the default search option. • SearchType=None: The Record Search section hides the whole search section. • SearchType=General: The Record Search section applies the general search as the default search option. • SearchType=ByAddress: The Record Search section applies the Search by Address as the default search option. • SearchType=ByLicense: The Record Search section applies the Search by License as the default search option. • SearchType=ByPermit: The Record Search section applies the Search by Permit as the default search option. • SearchType=ByTradeName: The Record Search section applies the Search by Trade Name as the default search option. • SearchType=ByContact: The Record Search section applies the Search by Contact as the default search option. module=[Type The name of the module, such as Building or Planning.] Table 63: Sample ACA_CONFIG_LINKS Configuration provides a few examples of ACA_CONFIG_LINKS Values and their effects. Table 62: Feature Labels and URLs in ACA_CONFIGS_LINKS Feature/Link Label URL Search for Certified Business aca_home_label_ searchfor_certbusiness url=/GeneralProperty/PropertyLookUp.aspx Search for a Provider/ Education aca_sys_education_ search_link url=/GeneralProperty/PropertyLookUp.aspx Search for a Food Facility aca_home_label_ searchfor_foodfacility url=/GeneralProperty/PropertyLookUp.aspx? isFoodFacility=Y Search for a License aca_sys_licensee_ search_link url=/GeneralProperty/PropertyLookUp.aspx? isLicensee=Y Lookup Property Information aca_sys_apo_search_link url=/APO/APOLookup.aspx Search Documents by Geographic Location aca_sys_apo_search_ document url=/GeneralProperty/PropertyLookUp.aspx? isSearchDocument=Y Create an Application aca_sys_feature_ apply_a_permit url=/Cap/CapApplyDisclaimer.aspx Create an Application by Selecting Services aca_sys_feature_apply_ a_permit_by_service url=/Cap/CapApplyDisclaimer.aspx? createRecordByService=yes Obtain a Fee Estimate aca_sys_feature_feeestimate url=/Cap/UserLicenseList.aspx? stepNumber=0&isFeeEstimator=Y Schedule an Inspection aca_sys_feature_schedule_ an_inspection url=/Cap/CapHome.aspx? IsToShowInspection=yes | Standard Choices Reference | 140 Feature/Link Label URL Search Applications aca_sys_feature_ search_all url=/Cap/CapHome.aspx Table 63: Sample ACA_CONFIG_LINKS Configuration Standard Choice Value Value Description Page Associated with the Value APO_SEARCH label=aca_sys_apo_search_ link, order=0, role=0| 1, forcelogin=no, url=/ APO/APOLookup.aspx, module=building Enables the Lookup Property Information link in the General Information section on the Welcome Registered page and below the General Information tab bar. BUILDING_SEARCH label=aca_sys_feature_ search_ all,order=2,role=0| 1,forcelogin=NO,url=/ Cap/CapHome.aspx? module=Building& SearchType=ByAddress Enables the Search Applications link in the General Information section on the Welcome Registered page and below the General Information tab bar. The module home page associated with the link contains both the My Permit List section and the General Search section, and the default search option in the General Search section is Search by Address. | Standard Choices Reference | 141 ACA_CONFIGS_TABS Product Citizen Access Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice configures the visibility of tabs at the top of the home page and defines the page that displays when users click a tab. You can enter any text in a Standard Choice Value to represent a tab, for example: Home Building APO Licenses ServiceRequest The Value Desc field defines the page that each tab (Standard Choice Value) directs to. Add the value description in the following format: label=[info], order=[info], role={info], url=[info], module=[module name], tabvisible=[info], blockvisible=[info]. Of the values: • Label determines the tab name. • To display the Home tab, set the label to aca_sys_default_home • To display the general information tab, set the label toaca_sys_apo_search] • To display a module tab, set the label to aca_sys_default_module_name. The label gets the tab name from the module value in the value description. • order=[Enter the numeric order of display] 0 is first. • role=[0, 1, or 0|1] Specify whether the tab displays on registered user pages (the Welcome Registered page), anonymous user pages (the Welcome Global page) or both. Type 0 for Registered User pages only, 1 for Anonymous Users pages only, or 0|1 for both registered and anonymous user pages. • URL=[Provide the URL for the tab] Which URL to enter depends on which feature you want to make available to users when they click the tab. For the association between features and URLs, see Table 62: Feature Labels and URLs in ACA_CONFIGS_LINKS. If you assign the URL to the Search Applications feature which directs to the module home page, you can add the following parameters in the URL to further customize the module page that displays when users click the tab: • $ShowMyPermitList$. If the parameter value is Y or undefined, the My Permit List section displays on the module home page. If the parameter value is N, the section hides. • $SearchType$. This parameter defines the default search options of the Record Search section on the module home page. • SearchType=NULL: The Record Search section applies the first search option as the default search option. | Standard Choices Reference | 142 • SearchType=None: The Record Search section hides the whole search section. • SearchType=General: The Record Search section applies the general search as the default search option. • SearchType=ByAddress: The Record Search section applies the Search by Address as the default search option. • SearchType=ByLicense: The Record Search section applies the Search by License as the default search option. • SearchType=ByPermit: The Record Search section applies the Search by Permit as the default search option. • SearchType=ByTradeName: The Record Search section applies the Search by Trade Name as the default search option. • SearchType=ByContact: The Record Search section applies the Search by Contact as the default search option. • module=[Provide the module name] • tabvisible=[Yes or No] Yes indicates the tab is visible at the top of the home page. No indicates there is no tab at the top of the home page. • blockvisible=[Yes or No] Yes indicates you want the module features to be available in the block sections at the bottom of the welcome pages. No indicates you want to hide the block section for the module features. Table 64: Sample ACA_CONFIG_TABS Configuration provides a few examples of ACA_CONFIG_TABs values and their effects. Table 64: Sample ACA_CONFIG_TABS Configuration Standard Choice Value Value Description Page Associated with the Value Building label=aca_sys_default_ module _name, order=1, role=0|1, url=/Cap/CapHome.aspx? ShowMyPermitList=Y& SearchType=None, module=Building, tabvisible=Yes Enables the Building tab on both the Welcome Global and Welcome Registered Pages. When users click the tab, the building home page displays the My Permit List section and hides the General Search section. Home label=aca_sys_default_ home,order=0,role=0|1,url=/ Welcome.aspx, blockvisible=no Enables the Home tab on both the Welcome Global and Welcome Registered Pages, and hides the Home block in the block sections at the bottom of the welcome pages. When users click the tab, the welcome page displays. | Standard Choices Reference | 143 ACA_CONNECT_LICENSE_AUTO_APPROVED Product Citizen Access Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice controls whether Civic Platform automatically approves a license when a public user associates the license with his account in Citizen Access. For example, if a public user associates a license with his account from the Account Management page in Citizen Access, the License tab of the Public User administration portal in Civic Platform displays the status of the associated license as “Approved”. Standard Choice value is either Y or N. Y enables license auto-approval. N disables license auto-approval, so administrators need to manually approve the license through the License tab of the Public User administration portal. | Standard Choices Reference | 144 ACA_EMAIL_TO_AND_FROM_SETTING Obsolete. | Standard Choices Reference | 145 ACA_EMAIL_REGISTRATION_TO Product Citizen Access Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice provides the ability to designate the “CC” email address on the registration confirmation emails which Civic Platform sends to users that register for an ACA account. Enter each email address in a Standard Choices Value field to include it in the “CC” line of the registration email, so that the email address can receive a copy. Note: Instead of configuring the Standard Choice, you can directly specify the To email addresses for the ACA_MESSAGE_SENDPASSWORD template in the Notification Templates administration portlet. This Standard Choice setting overrides the settings in the notification template. | Standard Choices Reference | 146 ACA_EMAIL_REGISTRATION_FROM Product Citizen Access Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice provides the ability to designate the "From" email address from which Civic Platform sends the registration confirmation email to users that register for an Citizen Access account. Standard Choices value can only be one e-mail address. For example, support@cityofbridgeview.com. Note: Instead of configuring the Standard Choice, you can directly specify the From email addresses for the ACA_MESSAGE_SENDPASSWORD template in the Notification Templates administration portlet. This Standard Choice setting overrides the settings in the notification template. | Standard Choices Reference | 147 ACA_FILTER_CAP_BY_LICENSE Product Citizen Access Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice provides a way to incorporate filters so that the licensed professional avoids choosing inapplicable options online. Table 65: ACA_FILTER_CAP_BY_LICENSE Standard Choice Values Standard Choice Values Value Description Description ENABLE_FILTER_BY_ REFTYPE_{Module} Yes Yes enables filter record type by License type for module; No disables it. FILTER_BY_REFTYPE_ {Module}_{License type} BUILDING/MECHANICAL PERMIT/RESIDENTIAL/ALL CATEGORIES,BUILDING/ BUILDING PERMIT// This value matches specific license types from a specific module with permit types. Use comma to separate the permit types. EXCLUDE_FROM_ FILTER_BY_REFTYPE_ {Module} BUILDING/BUILDING PERMIT/RESIDENTIAL/ALL CATEGORIES,BUILDING/Elevator Permit//, BUILDING/Well// This value allows permit types to be excluded from license validation when the filter is enabled for the module. This means license professionals can apply for the permit types with or without a valid license. Use comma to separate the permit types. No | Standard Choices Reference | 148 ACA_PAGE_PICKER Product Citizen Access Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines the pages in the page picker in Shopping Cart functionality, such as to continue shopping. Standard Choices values may include: {Enter a number to identify the available ACA page pickers.} 1 2 3 Value Desc: {Enter the ACA page name and its URL. For example, name=go to Building Disclaimer page,url=/Cap/Cap ApplyDisclaimer.aspx?module=Building} | Standard Choices Reference | 149 ACA_SECURITY_SETTING Product Citizen Access Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice controls whether Citizen Access validates the referer header in POST requests to prevent cross-site request forgery. Table 66: ACA_SECURITY_SETTINGS Standard Choice Values Standard Choice Values Value Description Description ENABLE_URL_REFERER _CHECK Yes or No If the Value Description is No or undefined, Citizen Access does not validate the referer header in POST requests. If the Value Description is Yes, Citizen Access validates the referer header. Refer to Setting ENABLE_URL_REFERER_CHECK to Yes for additional details. TRUSTED_SITES Enter third-party trusted sites, separated by commas. The Value Description lists all the trusted sites whose POST requests can pass the validation by Citizen Access. Setting ENABLE_URL_REFERER_CHECK to Yes If you set ENABLE_URL_REFERER_CHECK to Yes, and the Citizen Access servers are load balanced, you must add all the servers as trusted sites: 1. Add the key TrustedSites into the web.config file and add the server URLs (which can be either the IP URLs or domain URLs) in the key value. For example:Cache List portlet. | Standard Choices Reference | 150 ACA_SPELL_CHECKER_ENABLED Product Citizen Access Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice controls the spell checker in Citizen Access. When the Standard Choice value is Yes, the spell checker is available for public users in Citizen Access. When the Standard Choice value is No, the spell checker is not available. Standard Choices values may include: Yes No | Standard Choices Reference | 151 ADHOC_REPORT_DB_VIEW Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description Use this Standard Choice to control which DB views (data sources) are available in the Report Manager Ad hoc Report Data Sources list for agencies to use in assigning permissions to data sources for Ad hoc Reporting. All agencies have the same DB views in common. This Standard Choice provides each agency with the ability to define available DB views for ad hoc reporting. After the view appears on the Ad Hoc Report Data Sources list, agencies can set permissions to define who can access the data for ad hoc reporting. If you do not set up this Standard Choice, Civic Platform uses default DB Views. Standard Choice values can include one or more names DB View from the Accela-hosted database. A list of the DB_Views available for this Standard Choice is available below: V_ADDRESS V_AGENCY_INFO V_APO_ADDRESS_ATTR V_APO_ADDRESS_DATA V_APO_OWNER_ATTR V_APO_OWNER_DATA V_APO_PARCEL_ATTR V_APO_PARCEL_DATA V_ASI_ATTR V_ASI_DATA V_ASSET V_ASSET_TEMPLATE_ATTR V_ASSET_TEMPLATE_DATA V_ASSET_USAGE V_CASHIER_SESSION V_CFG_WORKFLOW V_COMMENT_RECORD V_CONDITION_RECORD V_CONDITION_RECORD_TPL_ATTR V_CONDITION_RECORD_TPL_DATA V_CONFIG_0_DOCTEXT V_CONFIG_0_DOCUMENT V_CONFIG_APPSTATUS V_CONFIG_APPTYPE V_CONFIG_CHECKLIST V_CONFIG_CUSTOM_FIELDS V_CONFIG_CUSTOM_LIST V_CONFIG_DOCUMENTS V_CONFIG_EXPIRATION | Standard Choices Reference | 152 V_CONFIG_FEES V_CONFIG_INSP V_CONFIG_SHARED_DROPDOWN V_CONFIG_SMARTCHOICE V_CONFIG_TASK_SPECIFIC V_CONFIG_WORKFLOW V_CONTACT V_CONTACT_ADDRESS V_EXAM V_FEE V_FEE_PAYMENT_HISTORY V_GUIDESHEET V_GUIDESHEET_TEMPLATE_ATTR V_GUIDESHEET_TEMPLATE_DATA V_HEARING V_INSPECTION V_INSPECTION_1ST_LAST V_LP_TEMPLATE_ATTR V_LP_TEMPLATE_DATA V_OWNER V_PARCEL V_PARCEL_CONDITION V_PAYMENT V_PEOPLE_TEMPLATE_ATTR V_PEOPLE_TEMPLATE_DATA V_PROFESSIONAL V_RECORD V_RECORD_DATES_STAFF V_RECORD_LICENSE V_REF_CONTACT V_REF_LP_TEMPLATE_ATTR V_REF_LP_TEMPLATE_DATA V_REF_PARCEL V_REF_PARCEL_TEMPLATE_ATTR V_REF_PARCEL_TEMPLATE_DATA V_REF_PEOPLE_TEMPLATE_ATTR V_REF_PEOPLE_TEMPLATE_DATA V_REF_PROFESSIONAL V_RELATED_RECORD V_SET V_STANDARD_CHOICE V_STANDARD_CONDITION V_STATUS_HISTORY V_STD_CONDITION_TPL_ATTR V_STD_CONDITION_TPL_DATA | Standard Choices Reference | 153 V_TIME_ACCOUNTING V_TRUST_ACCT V_TRUST_ACCT_ASSOCIATED V_TRUST_ACCT_TRANSACTION V_TSI_ATTR V_TSI_DATA V_USER V_USER_GROUP_FID V_USER_N_GROUP V_WORKFLOW V_WORKFLOW_HISTORY V_WORKORDER_ASSET | Standard Choices Reference | 154 ADDRESS_TYPE Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description Specify the type of address to appear in the Address Types field when users are completing the address portion of an application. Standard Choice values can include: Court Incident | Standard Choices Reference | 155 ADDRESSSET_SCRIPT_LIST Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice allows you to execute EMSE scripts on an address set. Standard Choice values can include: {EMSE Script Name} Value Desc: {Enter the name to display in the drop-down list for this script.} | Standard Choices Reference | 156 AGENCY_EMAIL_REGISTRATION_TO Product Citizen Access Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice sends the registration activation e-mails to a specific e-mail address of an agency employee for managing the activation of public user accounts internally. Administrators must set PA_EMAIL_VERIFICATION in the Standard Choice ACA_CONFIGS to No so that the public user does not get the registration e-mail. Standard Choices value can be: {An agency e-mail address. For example, John.Smith@bridgeview.com.} Note: Pay attention to the difference between this Standard Choice and ACA_AGENCY_EMAIL_REGISTRATION_TO. | Standard Choices Reference | 157 ALLOW_NEGATIVE_FEE_TRANSFER_AS_CREDIT Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description Use this Standard Choice to allow processing set payments when the total amount of an invoiced fee item is negative. Table 67: ALLOW_NEGATIVE_FEE_TRANSFER_AS_CREDIT Standard Choice Values Standard Choice Values Value Description Description Yes - Civic Platform handles processing (delete) of negative fees on a set, calculating according to all the applications in the set regardless of a positive or negative amount on an application. Allows transfer of a negative fee as credit from an application to pay for another application in the set. No - Civic Platform calculates according to only the applications in the set that have a positive amount. | Standard Choices Reference | 158 ALLOW_PAYMENT_OF_FUTURE_FEES Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice controls the Apply to Future Invoice check box which allows you to transfer any unchecked payments on the Generate Receipt page to a future invoice. This function applies to cash payments only. To display the check box on the Generate Receipt page of the Payment tab, enable the Standard Choice and set the Standard Choice value to Yes. Standard Choice values include: Yes No | Standard Choices Reference | 159 ALLOW_SHARED_DROPDOWN_LIST Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines whether administrators can bind a shared drop-down list for an application‑specific information (ASI) or task-specific information (TSI) field in the ASI or TSI definition page. Standard Choice values include: Yes No | Standard Choices Reference | 160 ALLOW_STANDARD_DUPLICATE_FILENAME Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This standard choice allows a client to turn off the duplicate name validation for external EDMS file uploading. If this standard choice is not configured, duplicate filenames of uploaded files are not permitted. Standard choice values include: Yes (allow duplicate filenames). No (do not allow duplicate filenames). This is the default value. | Standard Choices Reference | 161 APO_ATTACHMENT_SELECTION Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines user notification when APO objects are attached to a record. The two options indicate whether all APO objects attach without a message to the user or if Civic Platform provides a selection page message. Standard Choice values include: All User Selection | Standard Choices Reference | 162 APO_CHECK_DUPLICATE Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice applies to multi-agency administration and provides a way to check for duplicate information in a shared database between agencies. Standard Choice values include: Yes No | Standard Choices Reference | 163 APO_SUBDIVISIONS Product Civic Platform, Citizen Access Type System Switch Description If you activate FIDs 0241-Parcel Subdivision and Lot Search and 8327-Search Select Parcel Function, you can define the subdivisions that display as choices in a drop-down list of the Subdivision field. Each subdivision name can be a maximum of 2000 characters and cannot contain double quotation marks. The Standard Choices values are subdivision names. For example, you could define a subdivision named Westwood. If you do not define subdivisions, a text field displays instead of a drop-down list. | Standard Choices Reference | 164 APO_SUBDIVISIONS_LOTS_[subdivision name] Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description If you activated FIDs 0241-Parcel Subdivision and Lot Search and 8327-Search Select Parcel Function, and defined subdivisions in the APO_SUBDIVISIONS Standard Choice, you can choose to define the subdivision lots that display as choices in a drop-down list during a parcel search. Use the same value for the subdivision name in the item name as you use for the Standard Choices value in APO_SUBDIVISIONS. For example, if you define an APO_SUBDIVISIONS Standard Choice value of Westwood (the name of a subdivision), You could identify lots 1 through 25 in the Standard Choice APO_SUBDIVISIONS_LOTS_WESTWOOD. Each lot name must be less than 40 characters and cannot contain double quotation marks. If you do not define lots, a text field displays instead of a drop-down list. | Standard Choices Reference | 165 APOSE_SYNCHRONIZE Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice determines how Civic Platform synchronizes associated reference data in new record intake forms or on the tabs in the record detail portlet. Types of associated reference data can be: Address, Parcel, Owner, Structure, and Establishment. When you add or delete some reference information in a record, Civic Platform automatically adds associated reference data of the reference information, prompts the user to add or delete it, or the user must manually complete each reference data section. Standard Choice values are: Address Parcel Owner Structure Establishment Value Desc options are: Auto. The associated reference data automatically populate a record. Prompt. A message window pops up displaying the associated reference data. The user can populate the record with information from the associated reference data, look up another reference record, or enter new information. Manual. The associated reference data does not automatically populate in the record. You must complete the associated reference data manually, For example, a reference parcel is added to the Parcel section of a record. One address, two owners, and one structure are associated with the parcel. • If the Address value for APOSE_SYNCHRONIZE is set to Auto, then the associated address information automatically populates the record. • If the Owner value is set to Prompt, a prompt window pops up displaying the information for the two associated owners. The user can choose to populate the record with one or both of the associated owners’ information. • If the Structure value is set to Manual, the user must complete the Structures section manually, by searching for an existing structure and adding its information to the record. The associated reference data does not automatically populate in the record. | Standard Choices Reference | 166 APPLICATION SPEC INFO UNIT Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description When you configure an application-specific information (ASI) field or a task-specific information (TSI) field, this Standard Choice provides the drop-down list options for the Unit property of the field. The unit property is used in the calculation of fees. Standard Choice values can include: Acres Copies Days Each Feet Hectare Hours Lbs Linear Fee Lots Meter Sq Months Psi Sq.ft. Sqft Total Years fpm ft | Standard Choices Reference | 167 APPLICATION_STATUS_REASON Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice controls the reasons a user can choose from when changing record status. Standard Choice values can include: Unpaid Fees Building Requirements not Met Pending Additional Document Submission Other Values | Standard Choices Reference | 168 APPLICATION_TYPE_SECURITY_FID Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description Use this Standard Choice to control access to an application based on its status. Enter each workflow, or process, by FID. For example, you can limit access to a building permit application if the status is Plan Review by restricting users ability to schedule inspections or result inspections, and allowing them to only view the application. When the application status changes to Issued, users can schedule an inspection and result an inspection. Table 68: APPLICATION_TYPE_SECURITY_FID Standard Choice Values Standard Choice Values Value Description 8119 GIS 0179 Admin Application Specific Info Subgroups 8033 Additional Information 8028 Addresses 8110 Application Comment 8154 Application Hierarchy - Check Application Type Security at selection time. 8073 Application Specific Information 8270 Application Specific Info Table 8141 Application Status 8142 Application Status History 8104 Assess Fees 8108 Cashier Payment 8020 Condition Full Privileges 8031 Contacts 8153 Document Upload 8271 Fees Recalculate Fees 8145 Inspection Results 8143 Inspection Scheduling 8032 Licensed Professionals 8030 Owners 8029 Parcels 8103 Structure Tracking 8051 Subtask Guide Sheet 0245 Time Tracking 8038 Valuation Calculation 8323 Update Related CAPs 8132 Workflow, Workflow History, Workflow Ad hoc | Standard Choices Reference | 169 Figure 5: Typical Values for APPLICATION_TYPE _SECURITY_FID Also if your agency has a Workflow Supervisor (FID 8090-Workflow Supervisor enabled), see the Standard Choice WORKFLOW_FIDS. | Standard Choices Reference | 170 APPLY_ SYSTEM_ DEFAULT_ FORMAT Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description With this Standard Choice, you can specify the receipt templates that must apply the system default alignment style, even though administrators define the alignment differently in the templates. The following describes the system default alignment style: • Except the description (Total Invoice Amount:, Total Payment:, and Balance:) of the variables ($totalInvoiceAmount$, $totalPayment$ and $balance$), left-aligns the fee item descriptions and leftaligns the descriptions of the other variables (including date, Operator id, Permit Id etc.). • Right-aligns the fee amounts. Standard Choice values can include: RECEIPT_SUMMARY SET_CHECK_ENDORSEMENT SET_RECEIPT_SUMMARY TRANSACTION_CHECK_ENDORSEMENT TRANSACTION_RECEIPT_SUMMARY TRUSTACCOUNT_CHECK_ENDORSEMENT TRUSTACCOUNT_RECEIPT_SUMMARY For receipt templates you do not add as a Standard Choice value, Civic Platform prints receipts that follow the alignment and content design in the template. For receipt templates you add as a Standard Choice value, Civic Platform prints receipts that follow the system default alignment style, and the content design in the templates. | Standard Choices Reference | 171 ASI_ALIGNMENT_OPTIONS Product Civic Platform, Citizen Access Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice allows administrators to set application‑specific information (ASI) fields to either left‑ or right‑justification. Agencies whose primary language is Arabic can configure their system to allow data in ASI fields to be entered and displayed from right-to-left (in right-justification). Standard Choice values include: Left Align Right Align | Standard Choices Reference | 172 ASI_CONFIGS Product Civic Platform, Citizen Access Type System Switch Description The Standard Choice controls application-specific information functionality with various Standard Choices values. Table 69: ASI_CONFIGS Standard Choice Values Standard Choice Value Value Description Description DISABLE_POP_UP_FOR_ APPLY_CHANGE Yes This value controls the ability to disable the pop-up window functionality when users change ASI or ASIT group information in a record type. No Yes disables pop-up windows, and No displays pop-up window functionality. NEW_ASI_DEFAULT Yes No (default) This value controls whether a new application-specific information (ASI) field and ASI table displays on existing records independent of status. Yes: A field displays in various areas in ASI configuration where an administrator can indicate if ASI and ASI table information displays on existing records. No (default): Civic Platform hides the field and only displays the new ASI field or ASI table on new records. SYNC_CHANGE_TO_ DAILY Yes No (default) This value controls the ASI structure configuration. Yes: The ASI daily structure is controlled by reference data. No (default): The ASI structure maintains the integrity of the daily structure. For example, if a contact type has no template and then administrators assign a template to it, this value defines whether the existing contacts of the contact type apply the template or not. | Standard Choices Reference | 173 ASI_EDIT_CONTROL_SYSTEM_LEVEL Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice controls who can edit application-specific information you create. Non‑supervisor users can enter or change the application-specific information during application creation. You can designate individual fields to allow only supervisors to update the data elements after a user saves the application. The supervisor edit-only designation can also apply to individual subgroup fields in applicationspecific information tables. Standard Choice values can include: Yes No | Standard Choices Reference | 174 ASSET_CALENDAR_BUILD_INDEX_DURATION Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines the start date and end date of a duration. When you run a batch job whose type is Asset Calendar Rebuild Index, the batch job only builds indexes for the asset events whose event time (for example, event schedule time) falls in the duration. Table 70: ASSET_CALENDAR_BUILD_INDEX_DURATION Standard Choice Values Standard Choice Values Value Description Description END DATE Enter a date with this format: MM/ dd/yyyy. For example: 01/01/2017 Enter the end date of the duration. Enter a date with this format: MM/ dd/yyyy. For example: 12/31/2016 Enter the start date of the duration. START DATE If you do not specify the end date, the end date defaults to the latest event date. If you do not specify the start date, the start date defaults to the earliest event date. | Standard Choices Reference | 175 ASSET_GROUP Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines the asset groups that populate the Asset Group fields. Standard Choice values can include: Fleet Parks and Recreation Street Wastewater - Sewer Water | Standard Choices Reference | 176 ASSET_TREE_NODE_CONFIG Product Civic Platform, Mobile Office Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice customizes the tree view on the Linked Assets tab. Figure 6: Customized Linked Assets Tree in Civic Platform Figure 7: Customized Linked Assets Tree in Mobile Office Table 71: ASSET_TREE_NODE_CONFIG Standard Choice Values Standard Choice Value Value Description Description MASK Enter one or more of the following parameters, separated with special characters such as slashes “/” or stars “*”: The value defines the information that a child asset node displays in the tree view on the Linked Assets tab. $ASSET_ID$ $ASSET_NAME$ | Standard Choices Reference | 177 Standard Choice Value Value Description Description $DATE_OF_SERVICE$ In the Value Description, each parameter specifies the information that displays at each child asset node, such as asset ID, asset name, date of service, and then status. $STATUS$ For example, $ASSET_ID$*$ASSET_NAME$* $DATE_OF_SERVICE$*$STATUS$ See Figure 6: Customized Linked Assets Tree in Civic Platform and Figure 7: Customized Linked Assets Tree in Mobile Office as illustrative examples. MAX_LENGTH Enter a number The value specifies the maximum length of a child asset node in the tree view on the Linked Assets tab. For example, if the value description is 100, then a child asset node can display up to 100 characters. | Standard Choices Reference | 178 ASSET_SIZE_UNIT Product Civic Platform, Mobile Office Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines the unit of asset size and the unit of work order start location and end location on linear assets. Standard Choice values can include: Inches Feet Yards Miles NauticalMiles Millimeters Centimeters Meters Kilometers Decimeters | Standard Choices Reference | 179 ASSET_USAGE_UNIT_TYPE Product Civic Platform, Mobile Office Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice allows administrators to create asset usage types. When you define these types, agency administrators can associate multiple unit types with a specific asset type. This allows daily agency users to specify the unit types from a drop-down list, applying them to specific asset types in both the Asset management portlets and the Preventative Maintenance Schedule portlets. This functionality accompanies the setting of Function Identification 0326-Define Asset Usage Unit Type. Standard Choice values can include: Quarts Gallons Miles Hours | Standard Choices Reference | 180 AUDITSET_INSPECTION_SCRIPT_LIST Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice populates the Execute Script drop-down menu in the Random Audit portlet for inspection audit sets. The drop-down menu contains names of EMSE scripts that users can run on the inspection audit set. If you do not define this Standard Choice, then the Execute Script button cannot show in the Random Audit portlet for inspection audit sets. Standard Choice values can include: {Any EMSE script name} Value Desc: {Enter the script name you want to display in the drop-down menu.} | Standard Choices Reference | 181 AUDITSET_SCRIPT_LIST Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice populates the Execute Script drop-down menu in the Random Audit portlet for record audit sets. The drop-down menu contains names of EMSE scripts that users can run on the record audit set. If you do not define this Standard Choice, then the Execute Script button cannot show in the Random Audit portlet for record audit sets. Standard Choice values can include: {Any EMSE script name} Value Desc: {Enter the script name you want to display in the drop-down menu.} | Standard Choices Reference | 182 AUTHORIZED_SERVICE Product Citizen Access Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines the authorized service types that the agency can support, and the printers that authorized agents or authorized agent clerks can use to print license tags in authorized service. Currently, Citizen Access only supports fishing and hunting license sales. Table 72: AUTHORIZED_SERVICE Standard Choice Values Value Value Description Description FISHING_AND_HUNTING_ LICENSE_SALES Enter the service name you want to display for the service type. The service name is “Fishing and Hunting License Sales” by default. You can enter a new name to replace the default one. Printers Enter the model name of the barcode printer for license tag printing. You can right click the printer icon you are using, select Properties, and then get the model name of the printer in the pop-up Properties window. It is recommended to use Datamax-O’Neil E-Class Mark III Printer models for printing quality license tags. | Standard Choices Reference | 183 AUTO_GENERATE_RECEIPT Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description You can use this Standard Choice to streamline the payment process by automatically generating a receipt whenever a cashier intakes a payment transaction. Standard Choice values include: Yes. Civic Platform skips the Generate Receipt page on the Payment tab and automatically generates the Receipt and Receipt Summary detailing all of the payment transactions. No. Civic Platform displays the Generate Receipt page with all payment transactions marked. The cashier must manually choose which payments to exclude from the receipt. | Standard Choices Reference | 184 AUTO_INVOICE_MODULE Product Civic Platform, Citizen Access Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice determines whether Civic Platform automatically generates an invoice when you assess one or more fee items that belong to a module. Standard Choice values can include: {Enter a module name.} Building Licenses | Standard Choices Reference | 185 AUTO_OPEN_CASH_DRAWER Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description With this Standard Choice, you can specify the payment methods with which the cash drawer opens when users handle a payment. If the Standard Choice is undefined, the cash drawer opens for every payment, regardless of the payment method. Standard Choice values can include: ATM, Billed, Cash, Check, Coupon, Credit Card, Debit Card, Internal Transfer, Journal Entry, LockBox, Misc Credit, Money Order, Multiple Tenders, Other, Trust Account, Waiver, Write Off. | Standard Choices Reference | 186 AUTO_PAY_TRUST_ACCOUNTS Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice determines the default values for the fields available for creating trust accounts. The description of each value is the value your agency wants automatically filled when someone creates a new account. You must create account IDs with a unique identifier, and automatically add the person that you create the trust account for to the Associated People list for the trust account. Standard Choice values can include: Account ID (required) Overdraft Limit (required) Overdraft Yes/No (required) Description Ledger Account Associated People secondary tab | Standard Choices Reference | 187 AUTO_SYNC_PEOPLE Product Civic Platform, Citizen Access, and Mobile Office Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice specifies whether to link or copy a reference contact or licensed professional when users add the reference contact or licensed professional to a new or existing record. You must define the Standard Choice values in the Standard Choices portlet in the Setup Admin (Editing Standard Choices in the Setup Admin). Table 73: AUTP_SYNC_PEOPLE Standard Choice Values Value Description Module Name Displays the modules in the agency. This Standard Choice setting applies at the module level. Sync Contact When selected, links a contact with its reference source when the contact associates with a record. When you link a record contact with its reference source, the following information synchronize between the contacts: Active • Standard contact fields except Contact Type and Status. • Common template contact fields between the contact and its reference source. Usually, contact types for transaction include role-specific template fields, but contact types for reference do not include these fields. • Contact addresses. When selected, includes this item on the list of Standard Choices. | Standard Choices Reference | 188 BATCH_INVOICE_REPORT Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description If you want to generate a batch invoice report, you can define the report name in this Standard Choice. Standard Choice values include: {Specify the report name.} | Standard Choices Reference | 189 BATCH_JOB_PM_ADVANCE_PERIOD Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice controls the period options for the PM Generate field on the schedule form of PM Schedule batch jobs. This allows you to select an amount of time, in advance of a PM Schedule, to run a batch job. Standard Choice values include: Days Months Weeks Years | Standard Choices Reference | 190 BATCH_JOB_RESULT Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice controls the values that populate the batch job result status in the Batch Engine log. Standard Choice values are: Completed. This value displays in the batch job log for a batch job that ran successfully. Timed Out. This value displays in the batch job log for a batch job that failed to run because it was taking too long. Terminated. This value displays in the batch job log for a batch job that was manually stopped. | Standard Choices Reference | 191 BATCH_JOB_SCHEDULE_FREQUENCY Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice sets values for the frequency of batch jobs. Standard Choice values include: Once. Enable this value to allow creation of batch jobs that run only once. Daily. Enable this value to allow creation of batch jobs that run every day. Weekly. Enable this value to allow creation of batch jobs that run once per week. Monthly. Enable this value to allow creation of batch jobs that run once per month. Yearly. Enable this value to allow creation of batch jobs that run one time per year. Note: For the batch job that builds the index server for global search, the Standard Choice values only include “Once” and “Monthly”. That means if you set any values other than “Once” or “Monthly” (for example, “Daily”, “Weekly”, and “Yearly”), these values will not appear in the drop-down list of the Job Schedule portal. | Standard Choices Reference | 192 BATCH_JOB_SCHEDULE_TYPE Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice allows you to determine whether users can run a defined batch job by setting its status to Active or On Hold. Standard Choice values include: Active. Specifies a batch job to run at its scheduled time. On Hold. Specifies a batch job not scheduled to run. | Standard Choices Reference | 193 BATCH_JOB_SERVER Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice enables you to specify a particular business server on which to run a batch job. The value you enter for this Standard Choice populates the Job Server drop-down list in the Batch Job portlet (Batch Job Edit/New page). This option can be critical for running extremely large jobs such as bulk document processing for an agency that serves a large population center. Standard Choice values: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx:port# - The biz server host and port number used for running a batch job | Standard Choices Reference | 194 BATCH_JOB_SERVICE_CATEGORY Product Civic Platform, Citizen Access Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice determines the types of service categories from which you can select when you create a batch job. A batch job service category helps you classify batch job types. The values you enter for this Standard Choice populate the Service Category drop-down list in Batch Job detail portlet. Standard Choice value examples: Asset Calendar Rebuild Index. Allows users to create a batch job for syncing the index server with the asset events that occur in a given duration. Asset/GIS Sync. Allows users to create a batch job that synchronizes information between Accela Asset Management and GIS. Geotagging Existing Record. Allows users to create a batch job which adds the geometry information from your agency’s GIS system to the Civic Platform objects that already exist in the Civic Platform database. These objects include geocoded addresses and GIS features. Global Search Rebuild Index. Use this value to define the batch job engine as the process for syncing the index server with the database. Enable this value to run a sync between the application server and the index server. Civic Platform uses the index server for the global search feature. Running this sync ensures the global search returns the most current information in Civic Platform. Optimize Inspection Route. Allow users to create a batch job that generates the sequence of inspection route sheet items for each inspector, based on the start location, end location, and the default route type in the inspector’s user profile. PM Schedule. Allows users to create a batch job that generates work orders in advance of preventative maintenance schedules. Proxy User Process. Allows users to create a batch job that sets the delegate invitations to expired or purges the expired or declined delegate invitations from database at the time interval. Recurring Related Inspection. Specifies Recurring Related Inspection as a batch job service category. Send Hearing Notice Email Send License Expired Email. Allows users to create a batch job which collects all expired licenses in the software and sends email notifications to the associated licensed professional. | Standard Choices Reference | 195 BATCH_JOB_STATUS Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice controls the indicator of the current, real‑time status of a batch job. Standard Choice values include: Complete. Indicates a batch job that has run successfully. Running. Indicates a batch job that is currently running. In Process Queue. Indicates a triggered batch job that is waiting to run. Terminated. Indicates a terminated batch job, because of an error or system time-out. | Standard Choices Reference | 196 BATCH_JOB_TYPE Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice indicates the types of batch job available. Standard Choice values include: System. Civic Platform supports the System type of batch job. URL. Civic Platform supports the URL type of batch job. Report. Civic Platform supports the Report type of batch job. Script. Civic Platform supports the Script type of batch job. | Standard Choices Reference | 197 BUDGET_ACCOUNT Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines budget accounts and budget numbers that users can associate with parts for costs tracking in part transactions. Each budget account must have a unique budget number. Standard Choice values can include: {Enter a budget account name}. Value Desc: {Enter the budget account number corresponding to the budget account.} | Standard Choices Reference | 198 CALENDAR_BLOCK_SIZE Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choices CALENDAR_BLOCK_SIZE and CALENDAR_BLOCK_UNIT jointly determine the time length for the default calendar time block. When you set up a calendar, you set the default time block for each calendar unit. A unit comprises a basic time value Civic Platform uses to measure the duration of a calendar event, such as a staff meeting, inspection, or hearing. Civic Platform measures calendar units as multiples of the default calendar time block. For example, if you set the default calendar time block at 30 minutes, then one unit equals 30 minutes and two units equal one hour. Standard Choice values can include: 15 30 45 60 | Standard Choices Reference | 199 CALENDAR_BLOCK_UNIT Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description The Standard Choices CALENDAR_BLOCK_SIZE and this Standard Choice CALENDAR_BLOCK_UNIT jointly determine the time length for the default calendar time block. When you set up a calendar, you set the default time block for each calendar unit. A unit comprises a basic time value Civic Platform uses to measure the duration of a calendar event, such as a staff meeting, inspection, or hearing. Civic Platform measures calendar units as multiples of the default calendar time block. For example, if you set the default calendar time block at 30 minutes, then one unit equals 30 minutes and two units equal one hour. This Standard Choice defines the Block Unit type for the Unit Type field drop-down list on the Inspection Calendar detail page. Standard Choice values can include: Minute Hour Day | Standard Choices Reference | 200 CALENDAR_SETTING Product Citizen Access, IVR, Accela Wireless, and EMSE Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice determines which calendars the Auto Assign and the Get Next Working Date functionality uses in Citizen Access, IVR, Accela Wireless, and EMSE. Table 74: CALENDAR_SETTING Standard Choice Values Value Value Description Description VERSION CLASSIC The Auto Assign and the Get Next Working Date functionality uses the calendars, including inspection blockout and inspector calendars, from Civic Platform Classic. V360 The Auto Assign and the Get Next Working Date functionality uses the calendars, including inspection calendars and user calendars, from Civic Platform Vantage360. | Standard Choices Reference | 201 CAP_CHILD_DOCUMENT Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice allows you to associate the related or renewal document of a child record to the parent record. Standard Choices values are: Related Renewal | Standard Choices Reference | 202 CAP_CREATE_SETTINGS Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice sets the default option in the Record Type Select portlet when users create a record. If you define this Standard Choice, the default is “Create one Record for each Parcel”. Otherwise, the default is ‘Create one Record for all Parcels’. Standard Choice value: For Each Parcel | Standard Choices Reference | 203 CAP_DETAIL_ICON_FILE_FORMATS Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice enables the icon image on a record type, and thus the image in the records of the record type. The Standard Choices values define which file types Civic Platform accepts for display images. When you associate a display image with an application type, the display image appears next to the Application Type Icon field label on the Application Type page. When you associate a display image with a record, the display image appears in the Record Detail page. Standard Choice values can include: .jpg .jpeg .icon .gif .bmp Note: If your agency uses Silverlight, Civic Platform does not support .gif images in those areas of the product, such as the administrator framework for data manager and record type management. | Standard Choices Reference | 204 CAP_RETAIN_FEESCHEDULE Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description To have existing applications retain their original fee schedule even after you change the application type, enable this Standard Choice and enter a value of Yes. To have existing applications adopt the modified fee schedule when you modify the application type, enable this Standard Choice and enter a value of No. Standard Choice values can include: Yes No | Standard Choices Reference | 205 CAPSET_SCRIPT_LIST Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice allows you to execute EMSE scripts on a record set. Enter the EMSE script name as the Standard Choices value. Then, in the Value Desc field, enter the name to display in the drop-down list for this script. Standard Choice values can include: {EMSE Script Name} | Standard Choices Reference | 206 CASH_DRAWER_STARTING_ENDING_BALANCE Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice determines whether Civic Platform requires users to enter the money amount of the cash drawer when starting or ending a cashier session. Standard Choice values can include: Yes. When a user starts taking payments by clicking the New Session button, a prompt displays requiring them to enter the starting cash amount in the drawer. Civic Platform also prompts them for an amount in the drawer when they finish a cashier session. These amounts display on the transaction list to assist users when they figure out the balance for the day. Civic Platform includes the starting and ending balances in the Cashier Session Report. No. Users do not enter the balances when starting or ending a cashier session. | Standard Choices Reference | 207 CASHIER_STATION Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description With this Standard Choice, you can uniquely identify, by an ID, any cash drawer receiving payment. Mapping the computer name to the workstation name allows each client computer to find its cash drawer ID in the Standard Choice. You can then use the cash drawer ID in payment transactions and associate it with the payment. The mapping is one-to-one between the Standard Choice value and the Value Desc. Use only unique name and unique number for each name and ID. Standard Choice values can include: {computer_name}. The computer name (mask key CDI). This value must exactly match the workstation name given to the computer that records the receipt of payments. For example, if the computer name is Cashier Station 3, enter Cashier Station 3 as the Standard Choice value. You may need to contact your agency IT administrator to find the name of the computer. Value Desc: {The cash drawer ID (mask key CDI), 8 characters at maximum.} | Standard Choices Reference | 208 CENSUS_BUREAU_CONSTRUCTION_TYPE_CODE Product Civic Platform, Citizen Access, and Mobile Office Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines a drop-down list of values for the Census Bureau Construction Type field. If you do not define this Standard Choice, then the Census Bureau Construction Type field uses a drop-down list of hard-coded values. The Construction Type field appears in various locations such as: • The Addtl Info tab for a record in Civic Platform • The Additional Information tab for a record in Mobile Office • The Record Information tab for an inspection in Mobile Office Standard Choices value can include: {The code or value for the construction type.} Value Desc: {The description for the construction type.} | Standard Choices Reference | 209 CLONE_REFERENCE_CONDITION Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice decides whether to save or update the address, parcel, owner, or licensed professional condition when users override or unlock the conditions on a record. Standard Choice values can include: Yes. Civic Platform saves the Address, Parcel, Owner, or Licensed Professional condition as a local copy to a Record when the user overrides or unlocks the APO/Professional Condition on the Record. No (or any other value). Civic Platform updates the APO/professional condition when the user overrides or unlocks the APO/Professional condition on the Record. | Standard Choices Reference | 210 COMMUNICATION_SMS_PROVIDERS Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice includes the values available for agency users to choose from in Communication Manager configuration settings. Standard Choice values can include: {Your SMS provider name and a description.} | Standard Choices Reference | 211 COMPLAINT REFERRED SOURCE Product Civic Platform, Mobile Office Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice is specific to the Code Enforcement module. Activate this Standard Choice to display a drop-down list of values for the Referred Source. Standard Choice values can include: Neighbor Public Official Email | Standard Choices Reference | 212 COMPLAINT REFERRED TYPE Product Civic Platform, Mobile Office Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice is specific to the Code Enforcement module. Activate this it to display a drop-down list of values in the Reported Type field. Standard Choice values can include: Construction Emergency Fee Violation Hazardous Information Service Usage | Standard Choices Reference | 213 CONDITION_PRIORITIES Product Civic Platform, Citizen Access and Mobile Office. Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines the priorities for conditions including conditions of approval and general conditions. The value descriptions describe options in the Priority field while the Standard Choice values specify the priority sequence for conditions. Standard Choice values can include: {A numeric value indicating the sequence of a priority} 1 2 3 Value Desc: {Enter the label of the priority that is mapped to each Standard Choice value. In the following example, “High” maps to 1, “Medium” maps to 2, and “Low” maps to 3.} High Medium Low | Standard Choices Reference | 214 CONDITION TYPE Product Civic Platform, Citizen Access and Mobile Office. Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines the values displayed in the drop-down list of values for the condition type. When you define a condition type, pay attention to the Condition Type Security feature, where you associate a condition type to an agency or user group. If the current user does not belong to the agency or the user group to which you associate the condition type, the current user cannot create a condition of this condition type. Standard Choice values can include: Bad Check License Renewal License Expired | Standard Choices Reference | 215 CONDITIONS_OF_APPROVALS Product Civic Platform, Citizen Access, and Mobile Office Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice provides enhanced configuration for conditions and extends condition functionality to inspections and reference conditions. To manage standard conditions and condition statuses in the Conditions Maintenance portlet of Civic Platform, set the Standard Choice value to Yes. Otherwise, set the value to No. Besides, this Standard Choice determines the availability of the Conditions of Approval feature in Civic Platform, Citizen Access, and Mobile Office. If you set the Standard Choice value to Yes: • Civic Platform displays the Conditions of Approval tab for a record, an inspection, and a record set. • Citizen Access allows administrators to configure the Conditions of Approval section and displays the Conditions of Approval section to public users. • Mobile Offices displays the Conditions of Approval tab for a record and its related inspection. Standard Choice values can include: Yes No | Standard Choices Reference | 216 CONTACT_ACROSS_AGENCIES Product Civic Platform, Citizen Access, and Mobile Office Type System Switch Description Civic Platform uses this Standard Choice for multiple-agency administration. This Standard Choice determines which agencies can share contacts, including basic contact information, contact templates, contact addresses, contact aliases, contact relationships, and contact association with public users. When you consolidate contacts, users can search contacts or update contacts across agencies, and you can limit duplicate contacts in agency databases. Agencies can only share contacts you create after you configure this Standard Choice. To share existing contacts, run a migration script to migrate the existing contacts from one agency to another. See “Migrating Existing Contacts across Multiple Agencies” in the Migration Scripts chapter of the Civic Platform Migration Guide. The Standard Choice value is case-insensitive and must be the agency code that your super administrator defined when creating the agency. To find the correct agency code, see “Maintaining Agencies” in the Agencies and Functions chapter of the Civic Platform On-Premise Administrator Supplement. Note: Each involved agency must configure this Standard Choice in the same way. | Standard Choices Reference | 217 CONTACT_ADDRESS_TYPE Product Civic Platform, Citizen Access, and Mobile Office Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice determines the contact address types you can add to the Contact Address tab in reference contacts. Standard Choice values can include: Home Address Mailing Address Physical Address Work Address If you set the Standard Choice ENABLE_CONTACT_ADDRESS_VALIDATION to Yes, a Validation Settings link displays besides each contact address type. You can click the Validation Settings link to configure the validation details (see Table 75: Contact Address Validation Settings). Table 75: Contact Address Validation Settings Field Description Address Type This field displays the contact address type for which you are configuring the validation settings. Validation Source Select an Standard Choice EXTERNAL_CONTACT_ADDRESS_SOURCE_[SOURCE NAME] which contains the validation source information, that is, the addresses of an external address source. | Standard Choices Reference | 218 Field Description Validation is required Select Yes if you require validation for the current contact address type. Otherwise, select No. Only for... This link displays if you set Yes for the “Validation is required” field. You can click the Specific Countries link at this field to select the countries for which you want to validate the addresses. The country option(s) listed at the top is the value(s) from the Standard Choice COUNTRY_DEFAULT_VALUE, and the remaining options are from the values in the Standard Choice COUNTRY. If you do not select any country, Civic Platform validates all the addresses. If you select some countries, Civic Platform validates only the addresses in the selected countries. | Standard Choices Reference | 219 CONTACT_PREFERRED_CHANNEL Product Civic Platform, Citizen Access, and Mobile Office Type System Switch Description With this Standard Choice, you can define the value options for the Preferred Channel drop-down list in a contact. Standard Choice values can include: Fax Phone Email | Standard Choices Reference | 220 CONTACT RELATIONSHIP Product Civic Platform, Citizen Access, and Mobile Office Type System Switch Description With this Standard Choice, you can define the value options for the contact relationship drop-down list. Standard Choice values can include: Payor Property Owner Citizen | Standard Choices Reference | 221 CONTACT TYPE Product Civic Platform, Citizen Access, and Mobile Office Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines three classifications of contact types: • Contact types for reference, which are generic contact types such as Individual and Organization used in reference • Contact type for transaction, which are role-specific contact types in daily transactions, such as Billing Contact, and Complainant. • Contact types for both (reference and transaction). The values you enter for this Standard Choice populate the Type drop-down list in the Contacts portlet. Defines the Standard Choice values in the Standard Choices portlet in the Setup Admin (Editing Standard Choices in the Setup Admin). Table 76: CONTACT TYPE Standard Choice Values Value Description Contact Type Enter the contact type. Some examples are: Appellant, Applicant, Business Owner, Complainant, Individual, Organization, President, Secretary, Submitter, Treasurer. Note: The Individual contact type replaces the hard-coded Public User contact type. People templates, previously associated with Public User, associate with Individual contact type. Contact Type English (US) Enter the translation for the contact type for internationalization. Document Group If the contact type is for reference or for both (reference and transaction), select a document group to associate with the contact type.When users add a document to a reference contact in Civic Platform, the document group configured for the contact type is the default document group. Users can change the document group if necessary. When users add a document to a contact on the Account Management page in Citizen Access, users can only select a document type from the document group configured for the contact type as the document type of the document. | Standard Choices Reference | 222 Value Description When users add a document from a record to the record-associated contact, the selected document type in the record becomes the document type of the contact document. For Reference/ Transactions Select whether the contact types are applicable for reference contacts, or for transaction contacts, or for both. Active Mark the check box to include this item on the list of Standard Choices. Template Select the generic template (ASI group) that applies to each contact type. Note: A contact type can still associate with one or more people templates in Civic Platform Classic. Both people templates and ASI group can work for a contact type. Contact Address Types If you set the Standard Choice ENABLE_CONTACT_ADDRESS to Yes, the “Associated Contact Address Type” link displays beside each contact type. You can click the link to associate one or more address types configured in the Standard Choice CONTACT_ADDRESS_TYPE to the contact type. If you mark the contact address type for a contact type, when users create or edit a record contact, they can add contact addresses of the associated types for the contact according to the contact type. If you mark the contact address type as required, users must enter at least one address of the required type for the record contact. If you unmark all of the contact address types for a contact type, users can actually add any types of contact addresses for a record contact with the contact type. | Standard Choices Reference | 223 CONTACT_TYPE_ENABLE Product Civic Platform, Citizen Access, and Mobile Office Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice determines whether users can specify if the type of contact they enter into the Applicant or Contact section of a permit application is an individual or an organization. When a user selects the Individual contact type button, Civic Platform enables the First Name, Middle Name, Last Name, and SSN fields, and disables the Organization Name, DBA/Trade Name, and FEIN fields. When a user selects the Organization contact type button, Civic Platform enables the Organization, DBA/Trade Name, and FEIN fields, and disables the First Name, Middle Name, Last Name, and SSN fields. Standard Choice values can include: Yes No | Standard Choices Reference | 224 CONTENT_TEMPLATE_LIST Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This system-defined Standard Choice determines the types of email templates that you can create. The values you enter for this Standard Choice populate the Type drop-down list in the Content Customize portlet. For example, you can create an email template for the subject line section and content section of a hearing email notification or a hearing email change notification. Standard Choice values can include: EMAIL_NOTICE_HEARING_SUBJECT. Involves hearing email notifications. EMAIL_NOTICE_HEARING_CONTENT. Involves hearing email notifications. EMAIL_NOTICE_HEARING_CHANGE_SUBJECT. Involves hearing email change notifications. EMAIL_NOTICE_HEARING_CHANGE_CONTENT. Involves hearing email change notifications. ACA_EMAIL_ACCOUNT_VERIFICATION_BY_HYPERLINK_CONTENT. Involves the activation email that Citizen Access sends to the registrant after registering for an account. ACA_EMAIL_ACCOUNT_VERIFICATION_BY_HYPERLINK_SUBJECT. Involves the activation email that Citizen Access sends to the registrant after registering for an account. | Standard Choices Reference | 225 CONTINUING_EDUCATION_REQUIRED_HOURS Product Civic Platform, Citizen Access Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice stores the required Continuing Education hours in the license settings portlet. Note: Civic Platform automatically configures this Standard Choice; do not modify. | Standard Choices Reference | 226 CONTINUING_EDUCATION_WORKFLOW_TASK_STATUS Product Civic Platform, Citizen Access Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice stores the Continuing Education workflow configuration in the license settings portlet. Note: Civic Platform automatically configure this Standard Choice; do not modify. | Standard Choices Reference | 227 COST_FACTOR Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines the cost factors to use in the calculation of total cost quantity. You must specify both a numeric value and a description for each cost factor. With this Standard Choice, users enter the cost quantities by cost factors in the Quantity section when they add a cost item. Civic Platform multiplies every cost quantity by the numeric value of the cost factor, and then sums up the results to get the total quantity of the cost item. Standard Choice values can include: {Enter a numeric value representing the cost factor.} 1 1.5 2 Value Desc: {Enter the description of the cost factor.} Regular Overtime Holiday | Standard Choices Reference | 228 COUNTRY Product Civic Platform, Citizen Access Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines a list of countries that can be available for selection in the Country/Region drop-down list across Civic Platform and Citizen Access. If your agency does not enable or define this Standard Choice, the Country/Region drop-down list displays the countries that the STANDARDDATA agency defines in the Standard Choice COUNTRY. Standard Choice value can be: {Enter a country code. For example, you can add a country code US for the United States or JP for Japan. See Figure 8: Country/Region List in Civic Platform as an illustrative example.} Value Desc: {Enter the full name of the country. For example, United States, Japan.} The Country Standard choice provides enhanced functionality when it is utilized with the Standard Choices PHONE_NUMBER_IDD_ENABLE and PHONE_NUMBER_IDD. Figure 8: Country/Region List in Civic Platform | Standard Choices Reference | 229 CREATE_NEW_INSPECTION_WHEN_RESCHEDULE Product Civic Platform, Mobile Office Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice controls whether Civic Platform creates a new inspection record or whether Civic Platform updates the original inspection record when an agency user reschedules an inspection. Standard Choice values can include: Yes. The default. Civic Platform creates a new inspection record when an agency user reschedules an inspection. No. Civic Platform changes the information and keeps the Scheduled status on the original inspection record. | Standard Choices Reference | 230 CREATE_NEW_ITEM_DEFAULT_SIZE Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description Defines the size of the Create New drop-down menu accessed from the Create New button. The numeric Standard Choice value controls how many items you want to display by default. Any remaining items configured to display in the drop-down menu show when users click the See All link in the bottom right corner of the drop-down menu, which expands the view. Civic Platform displays the option as inactive to users with restricted access to items in the drop-down menu. | Standard Choices Reference | 231 CREATE_NEW_ITEMS Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice controls which items Civic Platform lists in the Create New portlet, which affects the display and display order of the Create New drop-down list. Note: Do not make any modifications from the default settings for this Standard Choice. | Standard Choices Reference | 232 CUSTOMIZED_TRACKING_NBR Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice controls whether to generate default or customized tracking numbers (Tracking #) for new records. If you set this Standard Choice to Yes, all records use customized tracking numbers which administrators must define for the B1PERMIT.B1_TRACKING_NBR database field in the EMSE events ApplicationSubmitAfter, ConvertToRealCapAfter and WorkflowTaskUpdateAfter. Administrators must ensure the uniqueness of the tracking number for each record. If the Standard Choice is No or undefined, all records use the default tracking numbers automatically generated by Civic Platform. Standard Choice values include: Yes No | Standard Choices Reference | 233 DATA_MANAGER_MAX_RECORD_NUMBER Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice determines the maximum number of records that you can include in a single export job or import job. Set the Standard Choice value to the numeric quantity of records that you want to include in a single export job or import job. If undefined, the value defaults to 1,000. | Standard Choices Reference | 234 DEBUG Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This standard choice enables agency administrators to perform root-cause analysis for upload failures. Add the standard choice value ENABLE_DOCUMENT_DEBUG to perform root-cause analysis specifically for document upload failures. Standard Choice value descriptions for DEBUG/ENABLE_DOCUMENT_DEBUG include: YES to enable the document upload log. NO to disable the document upload log (default value is NO). | Standard Choices Reference | 235 DEFAULT_LIST_ROWS Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines how many result rows display for each group list page in the Global Search result portlet. For example, if the Standard Choices value is 5, then a user views a default list of 5 items in each of the result groups in the Global Search result portlet. Standard Choice values include: {Set it to a number of rows you want to display in each group result list portlet. The default value is 10.} | Standard Choices Reference | 236 DEFAULT_HOUSING_UNITS Product Civic Platform and Mobile Office Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice populates a default value in the Housing Units field. The Housing Units field appears in various locations such as: • The Addtl Info tab for a record in Civic Platform • The Additional Information tab for a record in Mobile Office • The Record Information tab for an inspection in Mobile Office The Standard Choices value includes: {Enter a non-negative value as the default number of housing units.} | Standard Choices Reference | 237 DEFAULT_NUMBER_BUILDINGS Product Civic Platform and Mobile Office Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice populates a default value in the Number of Buildings field. The Number of Buildings field appears in various locations such as: • The Addtl Info tab for a record in Civic Platform • The Additional Information tab for a record in Mobile Office • The Record Information tab for an inspection in Mobile Office The Standard Choices value includes: {Enter a non-negative value as the default number of buildings.} | Standard Choices Reference | 238 DEFAULT_JOB_VALUE Product Civic Platform, Citizen Access, and Mobile Office Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice populates a default Job Value amount in the Job Value field. The Job Value field appears in various locations such as: • The Addtl Info tab for a record in Civic Platform • The Additional Information tab for a record in Mobile Office • The Record Information tab for an inspection in Mobile Office The Standard Choices value includes: {Enter a non-negative value as the default job value.} | Standard Choices Reference | 239 DEFAULT_TEMPLATE Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines the default template fields in the three portlets under License Certifications. The values define portlets. The Value Desc can be ASI group code. Standard Choice values can include: Continuing_Education Education Examination Value Desc can include: BARB_CA BACKED SECURITYGUARD | Standard Choices Reference | 240 DEPARTMENT_PICKER_TYPE Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines how the department options are available for users to select in a record search or activity search. If the Standard Choice value is Tree, the department options display in a hierarchy tree; if the Standard Choice value is Dropdown List, then the department options are accessible from the drop-down list. Standard Choice values can include: Tree (Default) Dropdown List | Standard Choices Reference | 241 DEPOSIT_FOR Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description The Standard Choice values define the choices in the Deposit For drop-down list on the Transactions tab of the Trust Account detail portlet. Standard Choice values can include: Residential BWR Commercial BCD Value Description: Residential Building Work Request Commercial Building Control Division | Standard Choices Reference | 242 DISABLE_APO_TEMPLATE_DATA_VALIDATION Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description When you enable address, parcel, or owner validation in the application intake form, this Standard Choice determines whether to validate address, parcel, or owner template data against default values. Standard Choice values include: ADDRESS PARCEL OWNER By default, Civic Platform validates the template data according to the validation setting in the SmartChoice. If you add ADDRESS/PARCEL/OWNER in the Standard Choice value, Civic Platform does not validate the template data in the application intake form, even if you enable address/parcel/owner validation. | Standard Choices Reference | 243 DISABLE_CITY_STATE_DEFAULT Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice controls whether your agency applies the default City and State values in the licensed professional search form. If the Standard Choice is active and the City/State are on the form, their associated values remain blank by default. If the Standard Choice is not active and the City/State is not on the search form, Civic Platform includes the City/State in the search criteria. Standard Choice values can include: PROFESSIONAL Value Description: Licensed Professional | Standard Choices Reference | 244 DISABLE_EXPAND_RECORDSET Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice determines whether the query engine is on or off in the Address Search, Asset, Asset Condition Assessment, Part Inventory, and Preventative Maintenance Schedule list portlets. When the query engine is on, a search can return more than 100 records at a time. Standard Choice values can include: Yes. The query engine is off. No. The query engine is on. The default value is No. | Standard Choices Reference | 245 DISABLE_FEE_CALC_FACTOR_DROPDOWN_FOR_MODULES Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice value defines the modules for which Civic Platform hides the Fee Calc. Factor dropdown list field. If a record belongs to one of the specified modules, the Fee tab of the record does not show the Fee Calc. Factor drop-down list. Standard Choice values can include: {Each value must be one of the modules, spelled exactly as it appears in the module drop-down list in Civic Platform.} | Standard Choices Reference | 246 DISABLE_GIS_NEARBY_QUERY Product GIS Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice disables users to search for records, inspections, and asset condition assessments within the map extent, within one or more selected GIS features, or near one or more selected GIS features. Agency administrators also need to clear the Nearby Query check box through the GIS Administration site so the Search Scope drop-down list is not available in the GIS Search panel. The dropdown list contains the Within Map Extent, Within Selected Feature, and Near Selected Feature options. For more information about the Nearby Query check box, see “Configuring Global Variable Settings” of the Configuring Agency Settings chapter in the GIS Administrator Guide. Standard Choice values can include: Y Yes | Standard Choices Reference | 247 DISABLE_GIS_NEARBY_QUERY Product GIS Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice disables users to search for records, inspections, and asset condition assessments within the map extent, within one or more selected GIS features, or near one or more selected GIS features. Agency administrators also need to clear the Nearby Query check box through the GIS Administration site so the Search Scope drop-down list is not available in the GIS Search panel. The dropdown list contains the Within Map Extent, Within Selected Feature, and Near Selected Feature options. For more information about the Nearby Query check box, see “Configuring Global Variable Settings” of the Configuring Agency Settings chapter in the GIS Administrator Guide. Standard Choice values can include: Y Yes | Standard Choices Reference | 248 DISABLE_RECORDLIST_DEFAULT_MODULE Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description The DISABLE_RECORDLIST_DEFAULT_MODULE Standard Choice enables agencies to bypass the default module specified in Preferences and instead display all records from all modules by default. Configure this Standard Choice according to your agency's needs, as follows: Yes: Default module filter is disabled. Users can view all records from all modules by default. No: Default module filter is enabled. Users can view only the records available in their default module, as defined in Preferences. | Standard Choices Reference | 249 DISABLE_SHOW_SCHEDULED_INSPECTION_DATE Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice enables agencies to disable the display of the inspection date after a user schedules an inspection. By default, the inspection date and time fields show the current date and time. Standard Choice values are: Yes The inspection date and time will be blank on the inspection detail page after a user schedules an inspection. No The inspection date and time will be show current date and time on the inspection detail page after a user schedules an inspection (default). | Standard Choices Reference | 250 DISABLED_AEDR_CHECK Product Civic Platform Version 8.0.1.0.1 Type System Switch Description This standard choice provides the ability to suppress the pop-up message that displays to indicate an upgrade of the EDR client is required, which is the default behavior in Civic Platform. Configure DISABLED_AEDR_CHECK as follows to prevent the "EDR Upgrade Required" pop-up window from displaying. Table 77: DISABLED_AEDR_CHECK Standard Choice Values Standard Choice Value Value Description Description Yes Yes No Enter Yes to suppress the pop-up message that displays to indicate an upgrade of the EDR client is required. The default value is No, which informs Civic Platform to display the pop-up message informing you that you need to upgrade your EDR client. | Standard Choices Reference | 251 DISPLAY_INSPECTION_COMMENT_IN_ACA Product Citizen Access Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines whether all the inspection comments are viewable by all users in Citizen Access. Only when the Standard Choice Value is Yes, the settings in “Comment Display in ACA” and “Display Comment in ACA” in every inspection do not work. Standard Choice values are: Yes. Yes displays all inspection comments to all users in Citizen Access, regardless of the settings in “Comment Display in ACA” and “Display Comment in ACA” in every inspection. No. Whether all inspection comments display or not based on the settings in “Comment Display in ACA” and “Display Comment in ACA” in every inspection. | Standard Choices Reference | 252 DISPLAY_RECORD_DOCUMENTS (INSPECTION) Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines whether to include inspection documents on the Documents tab of a record or not. Standard Choice values are: Yes. Displays inspection documents on the Documents tab of a record (default). No. Displays all documents except inspection documents on the Documents tab of a record. | Standard Choices Reference | 253 DISPLAY_RECORD_DOCUMENTS_BY_TYPE Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice enables users to filter documents by type, providing faster document loading, improved performance when retrieving attached documents to records, and enhanced organization. Standard Choice values are: Yes The document list page in records enables users to filter documents by type, providing faster document loading and enhanced organization. No Users cannot filter document records by type (default). | Standard Choices Reference | 254 DISPOSITION Product Civic Platform, Mobile Office Type System Switch Description With this Standard Choice, you can define the value options in the Disposition drop-down list, which are possible reasons for change in chain of custody. Standard Choice values can include: Released Destroyed Sent to Court | Standard Choices Reference | 255 DOCUMENT_AUDIT_ACTION_TYPES Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines the value options of the Action Type drop-down list on the Document Audit Log. Standard Choice values can include: EDMS Review Status Comments | Standard Choices Reference | 256 DOCUMENT_CONDITION_TYPE_FILTER Product Civic Platform, Citizen Access Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines the document types that the Condition Document section in Citizen Access requires public users to upload. Before configuring this Standard Choice, you should define a condition type, and add conditions under the condition type. Each condition represents a required document type, and must have the same name as the document type. You can define more than one condition type, and group conditions (required document types) by condition types. Standard Choice values can include: - Each condition type contains conditions that represent the required document types in the Condition Document section. For more information about Condition Document, see Citizen Access Administration Guide > Appendix: Configuring the Condition Document Component. | Standard Choices Reference | 257 DOCUMENT_REVIEW_STATUS (User-defined Name) Product Civic Platform Type Business Configuration - Document Review Status Description You can add one or more Standard Choices of the Business Configuration - Document Review Status type, each with a unique Standard Choice name. The Standard Choice names are the document review status group names. To configure document review statuses in a document review status group, add Standard Choice Values in the Standard Choice of the group. Each Standard Choice Value represents a document review status. The value description of a Standard Choice Value (document review status) can be either empty (default) or “Validation Required”. If you set a document review status as “Validation Required”, when users update a document review task to the status, Civic Platform validates whether all the required checklist items related with the task are complete (that is, their statuses must be of the Approved result type). | Standard Choices Reference | 258 DOCUMENT_STATUS (User-defined Name) Product Civic Platform Type Business Configuration - Document Status Description This Standard Choice defines a document status group. You can specify a unique document status group name in the Standard Choice name. Each document status group can have several values, each value representing a document status. You can create multiple document status groups for different types of documents, and associate the document status groups with the corresponding document types. | Standard Choices Reference | 259 E_CODES Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines an external URL as an Accela toolbar button in Adobe Acrobat X Pro. The Standard Choice value specifies the button name, and the Value Desc specifies the URL address, for example, a URL to a government site that publishes municipal laws and municipal regulations. Users can click the toolbar button to open the external URL. | Standard Choices Reference | 260 EDMS Product Civic Platform, Citizen Access, and Mobile Office Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines the EDMS server configuration information. The Standard Choice value specifies the EDMS system name. The Value Description contains all configuration parameters for the EDMS system. You can control the type and size of files uploaded to Civic Platform. This helps prevent malicious files from being submitted by the public and gives you more control over your storage capabilities. Note: When uploading a single file in Civic Platform, a 1000MB maximum file size is supported. When uploading multiple files, 10 files may be uploaded in one batch. No single batch should exceed 1000MB. By default, EDMS_DOCUMENT_SIZE_MAX is 8 MB. However a best practice recommendation is to increase this to 1000MB to enable uploading a wider variety of documents and to avoid file upload failures. You can add ACA_EDMS_DOCUMENT_SIZE_MAX={number}MB to the Value Description to specify the maximum file size for Citizen Access. EDMS_VENDOR, EDMS_DOCUMENT_SIZE_MAX and ACA_EDMS_DOCUMENT_SIZE_MAX are applicable to all EDMS systems. Table 78: EDMS Standard Choice Values Standard Choice Value Value Description ADS For the Accela Document Service which is the built-in Accela EDMS Server (EDMS_VENDOR=ADS) , the Value Description must include the following parameters: EDMS_VENDOR=ADS; ADSSERVER_URL={ADS-server-url}; ADS_SERV_PROV_CODE={ADS-server-provider-code}; ADS_CLEARANCE_KEY={ADS-clearance-key-for-agency}; ADS_SECURITY_KEY={ADS-security-key-for-agency}; EDMS_DOCUMENT_SIZE_MAX={number}MB; ACA_EDMS_DOCUMENT_SIZE_MAX={number}MB Example: EDMS_VENDOR=ADS;ADS_SERVER_URL=http://10.50.130.36/ DocumentService/index.cfm; ADS_SERVER_SECURITY_KEY=BRIDGEVIEW1234; ADS_SERV_PROV_CODE=ADS20;ADS_CLEARANCE_KEY=ZZVPNRUQDL49HJXUOE H93GPU37JD1S;ADS_SECURITY_KEY=Z2BWZEIO9AB0YDR825VYH7GP9AG8HV; EDMS_DOCUMENT_SIZE_MAX=1000MB;ACA_EDMS_DOCUMENT_SIZE_MAX=1000MB ACCELA (Accela Database Server) For the Accela Database Server (EDMS_VENDOR=ACCELA) , the value description must include the following parameters: EDMS_VENDOR=ACCELA; EDMS_DOCUMENT_SIZE_MAX={number}MB; ACA_EDMS_DOCUMENT_SIZE_MAX=<{number}MB Example: EDMS_VENDOR=ACCELA;EDMS_DOCUMENT_SIZE_MAX=1000MB; ACA_EDMS_DOCUMENT_SIZE_MAX=1000MB | Standard Choices Reference | 261 Standard Choice Value Value Description {3rd-Party-EDMS-Server} For a third-party EDMS adapter (EDMS_VENDOR=STANDARD) , the value description must include the following parameters: EDMS_VENDOR=STANDARD; URL={your-EDMS-url}; EDMS_DOCUMENT_SIZE_MAX={number}MB; ACA_EDMS_DOCUMENT_SIZE_MAX={number}MB; IS_ENABLED_MTOM=TRUE Example: EDMS_VENDOR=STANDARD;URL=http://10.5.11.51:9080/ Document_5.3_Service/services/EDMS? wsdl; EDMS_DOCUMENT_SIZE_MAX=1000MB; ACA_EDMS_DOCUMENT_SIZE_MAX=1000MB Note: EDMS_VENDOR=STANDARD indicates that Civic Platform invokes a 3rd party Document Management System adapter. The Standard Choice Value can be any string that indicates the name of the 3rd party Document Management System. For example, Documentum, SharePoint, LaserFische. Note: Civic Platform has supported template fields (ASI fields and ASI table fields) on a document since the Civic Paltform 7.2.0 release. To enable all template field functionality such as saving ASI fields to the EDMS during report generation, include VERSION=7.2.0 in the value description. For example: EDMS_VENDOR=STANDARD;URL=http:// slcimpl.accela.com:8888/portlets/ services/AccelaDocumentService; EDMS_DOCUMENT_SIZE_MAX=1000MB; ACA_EDMS_DOCUMENT_SIZE_MAX=1000MB;VERSION=7.2.0 Note: IS_ENABLED_MTOM=TRUE applies to Civic Platform 9.0.0 and later, and indicates that the standard document adapter for a 3rd party EDMS adapter is MTOM-enabled. If you do not include this parameter, the standard document adapter uses the legacy Apache Axis 1.2 which does not support MTOM. For example: EDMS_VENDOR=STANDARD;URL=http:// myserver.com:8080/StandardMTOMAdapter/ services/AccelaDocument?wsdl; EDMS_DOCUMENT_SIZE_MAX=1000MB;VERSION=7.2.0; IS_ENABLED_MTOM=TRUE For more details about enabling MTOM with your custom EDMS adapter, see the Civic Platform EDMS Web Service Guide > Enabling MTOM for Improved Performance. | Standard Choices Reference | 262 EDMS_FUNCTION (User-defined Name) Product Mobile Office Type Business Configuration - URL Links on AMO Description This Standard Choice defines the Electronic Document Management System (EDMS) functions that users can perform against a document in Mobile Office, such as viewing the history of the document and checking out the document from the EDMS. You can specify a unique name in the Standard Choice name. See Figure 9: Standard Choice Example as an example. Figure 9: Standard Choice Example Standard Choice values can include: {EDMS function name.} The value defines the name of the EDMS function, which appears in the Actions drop-down menu next to each downloaded or submitted document in Mobile Office. Value Description: EDMS= ;URL= $parameter$&$parameter$ The value description defines the source of the EDMS web service and the parameters whose values the system captures in runtime and passed to the EDMS web service. Make sure that the EDMS vendor name is exactly the same as one of the Standard Choice values you define in the Standard Choice EDMS. And append any of these parameters surrounded by the "$" sign to the end of the URL. For a list of supported parameters, see Table 79: Supported Parameters for EDMS Functions. Table 79: Supported Parameters for EDMS Functions Parameter Description $DocumentId$ Document ID or File Key $AltID$ Alternate Record ID $UserID$ User ID $UserFullName$ User’s full name $SPCode$ Agency name $Today$ Current date $LanguageId$ Login language abbreviation, e.g., EN-US | Standard Choices Reference | 263 EDUCATION_DEGREE Product Civic Platform, Citizen Access Type System Switch Description The Standard Choice defines the value options in the Education Degree drop-down list. Civic Platform provides four values by default, Bachelor, Master, MBA, and PhD. You can change or modify these values during configuration. For example, if common degree requirements at your agency include a high school diploma, Masters of Education (MEd), professional degrees (such as DDM or DDS for dentists), or JD for lawyers, you can add these degrees to the list. Standard Choice values can include: Bachelor Master PhD MBA | Standard Choices Reference | 264 E-MAIL_PAYMENT_NOTICE_DISABLE Product Citizen Access Type System Switch Description Citizen Access sends a receipt when a public user completes a record and the fee payment for the record. It also sends an email with instructions for the next step in a workflow. If there is no more step in the workflow, the email is blank and should therefore not be sent. This Standard Choice disables that email. {Each value must be one of the modules, spelled exactly as it appears in the module drop-down list in Civic Platform.} | Standard Choices Reference | 265 EMSE_Settings Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description At the triggering of an event, the EMSE Message List window appears in the front of other windows so that users can easily notice the event execution results. This Standard Choice enables administrators to configure the length of period during which the window has the focus. Table 80: EMSE_Settings Standard Choice Values Standard Choice Values Value Description Description AUTO_FOCUS_DELAY Enter a numeric value in seconds. The value defines the length of period (in seconds) during which the EMSE Message List window has the focus after it appears. After the period, the focus changes to the Civic Platform page where the event is triggered. If the Standard Choice is undefined, the focus stays with the EMSE Message List window for 5 seconds before it goes to the previous page. | Standard Choices Reference | 266 ENABLE_ADD_MULTIPLE_CONDITIONS Product Civic Platform, Mobile Office Type System Switch Description If this Standard Choice value is Yes, users can add multiple conditions to a record or other object in one submit process. Standard Choice values can include: Yes. Users can add multiple conditions to a record in one submit process. No. Users can add only one condition to a record in one submit process. | Standard Choices Reference | 267 ENABLE_80_UI Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines whether agency users see the legacy V360 UI or the new UI globally or at the module level. If switching UI is configured, the Civic Platform back-office application displays a "Switch New UI" link at the top right corner, which allows all agency users to switch between the legacy V360 and the new user interface. The following diagram shows the Switch New UI link at the top right corner of the Civic Platform application, if ENABLE_80_UI is configured to allow UI switching: The Switch New UI link opens the new UI: | Standard Choices Reference | 268 The Standard Choices values include: Standard Choice Value Value Description Description YES Sets the new HTML user interface as the default UI for all users, and enables the Switch UI link to allow users to switch between the HTML and V360 user interfaces. NO Sets the legacy V360 user interface as the default UI for all users, and does not allow users to switch between the HTML and V360 user interfaces. YES_V360 , , Example: YES_HTML Sets the legacy V360 user interface as the UI for users in the specified modules. Building, Licensing To allow module users to switch to the new UI, list the same module in YES_HTML. Users belonging to a specific module can only switch to the new UI if the same module is also listed in the YES_HTML value description. , , Sets the latest HTML user interface as the UI for users in the specified modules. Example: Building, Planning To allow module users to switch to the V360 UI, list the same module in YES_V360. Users belonging to a specific module can only switch to the legacy V360 UI if the same module is also listed in the YES_V360 value description. Note: The YES_V360 and YES_HTML settings override the YES setting. That is, if you configure all YES, YES_V360, and YES_HTML values, the YES setting will be ignored. Users who do not belong to any of the listed modules for YES_V360 and YES_HTML will only see the legacy V360 UI. | Standard Choices Reference | 269 ENABLE_AMO_ONLINE_REPORT Product Mobile Office Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice controls whether Mobile Office users can run online reports for inspections from the Inspection list page, Inspection detail page, or the Job List page. Online reports refer to the reports that administrators add in the Mobile Office Reports category in Report Manager. Mobile Office users run online reports directly against the data in the Civic Platform database. The Standard Choices values include: Yes. Enables the Online Report button on the Inspection list page and Job List page, and the Create Online Report button on the Inspection detail page. No. Disables the Online Report and Create Online Report buttons. If you change the Standard Choice setting, users must restart Mobile Office to make the change take effect. | Standard Choices Reference | 270 ENABLE_ANONYMOUS_REPORT Product Citizen Access Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice provides the ability to extend or limit report functionality to anonymous users in Citizen Access. The Standard Choices values include: Y. Extends the functionality of running reports to anonymous users. N. Only registered users have access to run reports. | Standard Choices Reference | 271 ENABLE_AUTO_POPULATE_PARCEL_OWNER Product Citizen Access Type System Switch Description With this Standard Choice, you can enable Citizen Access to automatically populate the parcel owner information in the application intake form and the renewal form. Standard Choice values can include: Yes | Standard Choices Reference | 272 ENABLE_CAP_TYPE_ALIAS Product Civic Platform, Citizen Access, and Accela Wireless Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice allows users to view record type alias names instead of viewing the standard fourlevel record type of group, type, subtype, and category. After enabling this Standard Choice, administrators must also edit the application categories for which they want to display an alias and assign the aliases they want to use. To display alias names for Citizen Access users, select the “Enable for ACA - Enable Application” option on the Application Category - Edit page. Standard Choice values can include: Yes. The Application Type Alias column name displays. If the Application Type Alias column does not display after setting the Standard Choice, check that you added the field to the portlet with the Form Portlet Designer tool. No. The Application Type Alias column name does not display. | Standard Choices Reference | 273 ENABLE_CONDITION_RESOLVED_DATE Product Civic Platform, Mobile Office Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice changes the behavior of the status date in conditions and conditions of approval. When you configure this Standard Choice, Civic Platform only updates the status date when you satisfy the conditions or conditions of approval. Standard Choice values can include: Yes. Save Applied conditions (including conditions of approval) without a status date. When users click Override Met Status and Mark condition As Pending actions on conditions of approval, the system clears the condition status date. If the condition status type is Not Applied, the field value always defaults to the date of the last status change, unless users specify a different date. No. The field value always defaults to the date of the last status change, unless users specify a different date or remove the date from the field. When users edit the condition status: • In Civic Platform, you can create an expression to clear the status date field when users set the condition status to applied. • Mobile Office can clear the status date (resolved date) when users edit the condition status to Applied. | Standard Choices Reference | 274 ENABLE_CONTACT_ADDRESS Product Civic Platform, Citizen Access, and Mobile Office Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice controls the contact address feature. Standard Choice values can include: Yes. The Contact Address tab displays in the reference contact portlet, so users can manage contact addresses for reference contacts and records. No. The Contact Address tab does not display in the reference contact portlet, and users cannot view or add contact addresses. | Standard Choices Reference | 275 ENABLE_CONTACT_ADDRESS_VALIDATION Product Civic Platform, Citizen Access, and Mobile Office Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice controls whether you can require users to validate a new contact address against the external address source that you specify. You can configure the validation settings in the Standard Choice CONTACT_ADDRESS_TYPE. Standard Choice values can include: Yes. In Civic Platform, users can click the Validate button in the Contact Address section or Contact Address tab page to validate a contact address. In Citizen Access or Mobile Office, when users save an address to the Contact Address section, an Matching Address Result form displays with the validation address. No. There is no validation for new contact addresses. | Standard Choices Reference | 276 ENABLE_CONTACT_TYPE_FILTERING_BY_MODULE Product Civic Platform, Citizen Access, and Mobile Office Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice enables or disables the limit on using specific contact types by module. You can use it with Standard Choice ENABLE_CONTACT_TYPE_SECURITY to control how Civic Platform, Citizen Access, and Mobile Office determine user access to record contacts by type. For more information, see Table 81: Access Determination for Record Contacts by Type. Note: Before the 7.2.0 release, you could limit the use of specific contact types by module in Citizen Access only. From 7.2.0 forward, you can set module-based limits on contact types either in this Standard Choice or in Citizen Access, and the setting takes effect in Civic Platform, Citizen Access, and Mobile Office. If it is the first time you add this Standard Choice, Civic Platform and Mobile Office can enforce the module-based limits previously set in Citizen Access. When you set the Standard Choice to No, the module-based limits do not take effect in any of the products. When you do not add or you disable the Standard Choice, the module-based limits take effect in Citizen Access only. Table 81: Access Determination for Record Contacts by Type ENABLE_CONTACT_ TYPE_FILTERING_ BY_MODULE Value Yes Module List in Contact Type Setting Portlet ENABLE_ CONTACT_ TYPE_ SECURITY Added module Yes Value Assign Contact Type Security To User Access User, Group, Module (Highest priority first) In Civic Platform and Mobile Office, if you assign specific security levels to certain users, those users have specified access to the contact type from within the module while the other users have full access. In Citizen Access, the contact type is available to all users in the module unless you further define contact type security in the page flow. No No N/A In Civic Platform and Mobile Office, all users have full access to the contact type from within the module.In Citizen Access, the contact type is available to all users in the module unless you further define contact type security in the page flow. Not-yetadded module N/A N/A In Civic Platform and Mobile Office, all users can view the existing contacts of the contact type and can change the contact type to a valid one from within the module, but cannot create new contacts of that type. In Citizen Access, the contact type is not available in the module. Added module Yes User, Group, Module In Civic Platform and Mobile Office, if you assign specific security levels to certain users, those users have specified access to | Standard Choices Reference | 277 ENABLE_CONTACT_ TYPE_FILTERING_ BY_MODULE Value Module List in Contact Type Setting Portlet ENABLE_ CONTACT_ TYPE_ SECURITY Value Assign Contact Type Security To User Access (Highest the contact type from within the module while priority first) the other users have full access. In Citizen Access, the contact type is available to all users in the module unless you further define contact type security in the page flow. Not-yetadded module No N/A In Civic Platform and Mobile Office, all users have full access to the contact type from within the module.In Citizen Access, the contact type is available to all users in the module unless you further define contact type security in the page flow. N/A N/A In Civic Platform and Mobile Office, all users have full access to the contact type from within the module.In Citizen Access, the contact type is available to all users in the module unless you further define contact type security in the page flow. | Standard Choices Reference | 278 ENABLE_CONTACT_TYPE_SECURITY Product Civic Platform, Mobile Office Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice controls whether Civic Platform and Mobile Office enforce contact type security on record contacts and reference contacts. ENABLE_CONTACT_TYPE_FILTERING_BY_MODULE can also affect the user access to certain contact types in record contacts. See ENABLE_CONTACT_TYPE_FILTERING_BY_MODULE for more information. Standard Choice values can include: Yes. Civic Platform and Mobile Office enforce the security that you have defined in the Contact Type Setting portlet. No. Civic Platform and Mobile Office do not enforce any contact type security, regardless of whether you have defined it or not. | Standard Choices Reference | 279 ENABLE_DISPLAY_ISLAMIC_CALENDAR Product Civic Platform, GIS Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice controls whether to support HRIJI (Islamic) dates and HRIJI (Islamic) calendar date picker. Table 82: ENABLE_DISPLAY_ISLAMIC_CALENDAR Standard Choice Values Standard Choice Values Value Description ENABLE_DISPLAY_ ISLAMIC_CALENDAR Yes The following date fields display dates in Islamic calendar format, and provide the HRIJI (Islamic) calendar date picker for users to pick a HRIJI (Islamic) date. • The Opened Date and Closed Date fields that displays when users select to search by records in the GIS map; • All the date fields in the ASI or ASI table sections in Civic Platform and Citizen Access. The following date fields display dates in Islamic calendar format. • No (or undefined) The Opened Date and Closed Date fields in the Show Accela Record List window that displays when users perform the Show Accela Record command in the GIS map. All the date fields display in standard date format and provide a standard calendar date picker. | Standard Choices Reference | 280 ENABLE_EMSE Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description Standard Choice values include: Yes No | Standard Choices Reference | 281 ENABLE_EMAIL_NOTIFICATION_PROMPT Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice determines whether a user can choose an email template for meeting invites, and also controls whether email notification pop-up window displays. Standard Choice values include: Yes No | Standard Choices Reference | 282 ENABLE_EXPIRED_LICENSE Product Civic Platform, Citizen Access Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice with Standard Choice value ENABLE_EXPIRED turns on expired license functionality and insurance notification functionality. The other Standard Choice values control whether to email a license expiration notification, business license expiration notification, or insurance expiration notification by email in Civic Platform or at login in Citizen Access. Standard Choice values include: ENABLE_EXPIRED ENABLE_NOTIFY_LICENSE_EXPIRED_BY_EMAIL ENABLE_NOTIFY_LICENSE_EXPIRED_AT_LOGIN ENABLE_NOTIFY_BUSINESS_LICENSE_EXPIRED_BY_EMAIL ENABLE_NOTIFY_BUSINESS_LICENSE_EXPIRED_AT_LOGIN ENABLE_NOTIFY_INSURANCE_EXPIRED_BY_EMAIL ENABLE_NOTIFY_INSURANCE_EXPIRED_AT_LOGIN Value Description: Yes. Enables the notification. No. No disables the notification. | Standard Choices Reference | 283 ENABLE_EXPRESSION_AND_SCRIPT_CACHE Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice controls whether Civic Platform caches EMSE scripts and expressions for performance enhancement. Standard Choice Values: YES Civic Platform caches all the existing events, scripts, master scripts, and expressions. The cache list portlet (URL: https:// : / portlets/cache/cacheList.do) provides the following cache-clearing options for you to manually clear the cache: Expression Builder, Events, Scripts, and Master Scripts. NO Civic Platform does not cache the existing events, scripts, master scripts, nor expressions. Every time users run an event, script, or expression, Civic Platform uses the most updated version. Value Desc: This system switch-type standard choice does not require a value description; leave the Value Desc field blank. | Standard Choices Reference | 284 ENABLE_MERCHANT_ACCOUNT_BY_MODULE Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description Use this Standard Choice to allow an agency to enable payment transactions in Civic Platform and Citizen Access to use merchant accounts at the module level. By default, this feature is disabled; that is, payment transactions can use only merchant accounts at the agency level. Table 83: ENABLE_MERCHANT_ACCOUNT_BY_MODULE Standard Choice Values Standard Choice Values Value Description Description Yes - Enables the usage of module merchant accounts. If ENABLE_MERCHANT_ACCOUNT_BY_MODULE is set to Yes: No - • If the ALLOW_CROSS_AGENCY_RECORDS_IN_CART value is added to the standard choice item ACA_CONFIGS and set to "Yes", cross-agency records in a shopping cart are processed per module. • If the ALLOW_CROSS_AGENCY_RECORDS_IN_CART value is added to the standard choice item ACA_CONFIGS and set to "No", only records from one agency will be allowed in the shopping cart. If a merchant account for a particular module has not been assigned, the agency-level merchant account is used. • If the existing PAYMENT_TRANSACTION_SETTING for the current agency the user is logged into is set to 0 (zero), the payment transactions are grouped and processed per agency and module. Disables the usage of module-level merchant accounts; the default behavior uses merchant accounts at the agency level. This is the default. | Standard Choices Reference | 285 ENABLE_MULTIPLE_CONDITION_GROUP_FOR_TYPE Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice determines whether you can associate multiple condition groups with the same condition type. Standard Choice values can include: Yes No | Standard Choices Reference | 286 ENABLE_ORIGINAL_VALUATION_CALCULATOR Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description If you set this Standard Choice to Yes, users can recalculate a fee based on the original valuation calculator after the update of the valuation calculator. Standard Choice values can include: Yes No | Standard Choices Reference | 287 ENABLE_PARCEL_ENDORSEMENT Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description Set this Standard Choice to Yes to see the following behavior: • When a user deletes a GIS object from the application intake form or from the GIS tab on the record detail portlet, Civic Platform removes parcels associated with the object. • When a user adds a new GIS object from the GIS tab of the record detail portlet and there is an existing GIS object, the new object does not replace the existing object. Prior to this enhancement, if MULTIPLE_APO_GIS_SELECTION was set to No, the new object replaced the existing object for the same scenario. • When a user deletes a parcel, either directly or by virtue of its association with a deleted address or owner, Civic Platform also removes GIS objects associated with the parcel. | Standard Choices Reference | 288 ENABLE_PAYMENT_ENDORSEMENT Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description You can set this Standard Choice value to Yes to display the Print Application Endorsement button on the receipt summary of a record (Record > Payment tab > Check receipt number > receipt summary). | Standard Choices Reference | 289 ENABLE_PERMITS_PLUS_SEARCH Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice allows users of both the ‘PERMITS’ Plus permitting system and Civic Platform to search for records from both systems in Civic Platform and to associate ‘PERMITS’ Plus records to Civic Platform records. Table 84: ENABLE_PERMITS_PLUS_SEARCH Standard Choice Values Standard Choice Value Value Desc Description ENABLE Yes, No This value controls whether to enable ‘PERMITS’ Plus search in Civic Platform. PP_WEB_SERVICE_URL The ‘PERMITS’ Plus web service URL. For example: http://206.80.21.46/ permplusservice/ permplusservice.asmx This value defines the ‘PERMIT’ Plus web service URL from which to search for records. | Standard Choices Reference | 290 ENABLE_SELECT_ADDRESS_OWNER_AFTER_PARCEL Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines the way users attach address and owner objects to a record. Standard Choice values can include: Yes. Provides a message after parcel selection. No. Attaches without a message. | Standard Choices Reference | 291 ENABLE_SELECT_PARCEL_OWNER_AFTER_ADDRESS Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines the way users attach parcel objects and owner objects to a record. Standard Choice values can include: Yes. Provides a message after address selection. No. Attaches without message. | Standard Choices Reference | 292 ENABLE_THE_DISPLAY_OF_SECURITY_ANSWER Product Citizen Access Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines whether to display the answers to security questions as text or dots in the Public User administration portlet. Standard Choice values can include: Yes. The password request answers in each public user account display in plain text. No. The password request answers in each public user account display in dots, so agency staff cannot view the answers. | Standard Choices Reference | 293 ENFORCEMENT DEFENDANT EYE COLOR Product Civic Platform, Mobile Office Type System Switch Description Specific to the Code Enforcement module, this Standard Choice enables you to define the value options for the drop-down list of the defendant eye color. | Standard Choices Reference | 294 ENFORCEMENT DEFENDANT HAIR COLOR Product Civic Platform, Mobile Office Description Specific to the Code Enforcement module, this Standard Choice enables you to define the value options for the drop-down list of the defendant hair color. | Standard Choices Reference | 295 EPaymentAdapter Product Civic Platform, Citizen Access Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice specifies which ePayment adapters Civic Platform and Citizen Access use respectively. ACAAdapterType defines the ePayment adapter for Citizen Access, and AdapterType defines the ePayment adapter for Civic Platform. Table 85: EPaymentAdapter Standard Choice Values Standard Choice Values Value Description Description ACAAdapterType The adapter name, which must be identical to the LEVEL_DATA value in the XPOLICY table of the adapter. Example: CivicPay_Test Specifies which ePayment adapters are available for Citizens to use in Citizen Access. AdapterType The adapter name, which must be identical to the LEVEL_DATA value in the XPOLICY table of the adapter. Example: PayPal43_Test Specifies which ePayment adapters are available in Civic Platform. | Standard Choices Reference | 296 EVENT_ACTION Product Civic Platform Description You can use this Standard Choice to identify all possible event actions for the event manager and the script engine. The Standard Choice values you create populate the Action list in the script. Each Standard Choice value must also have a corresponding Standard Choice. For example, you can create a GIS proximity alert that checks whether night club applications are within 3000 feet of a church or school. In such a case, you might create an event action value named NIGHTCLUBCHECK, you must also create a new Standard Choice named NIGHTCLUBCHECK. The values for the NIGHTCLUBCHECK Standard Choice include the Distance and a description of 3000 feet. Standard Choice values can include: {Actions that you want to include for the event manager and the script engine.} Value Desc provides the name of the javascript file that you add to the directory named “\eventmanager \javascript\”. {For example, /eventmanager/javascript/NIGHTCLUBCHECK.js.} | Standard Choices Reference | 297 EVIDENCE_DISPOSITION Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice populates the values in the Reasons drop-down list related to the chain of custody for the evidence. Standard Choice values can include: Released Destroyed Sent to Court | Standard Choices Reference | 298 EVIDENCE_LOCATION Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines the value options for the Evidence Location drop-down list in the evidence form (new/edit). Standard Choice values can include: Evidence Room 1 Evidence Room 2 Evidence Room 3 | Standard Choices Reference | 299 EVIDENCE_TYPE Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines the value options for the Evidence Type drop-down list in the evidence form (new/edit). Standard Choice values can include: Firearms Illicit Substances Other | Standard Choices Reference | 300 EVIDENCE_UNITS_MEASURE Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines the value options for the Evidence Unit of Measure drop-down list in the evidence form (new/edit). Standard Choice values can include: Ounces Pounds Inches Feet | Standard Choices Reference | 301 EXAM_CSV_FORMAT Product Civic Platform, Citizen Access Type System Switch Description With this Standard Choice, you can define the column titles to use in the CSV examination upload file. Table 86: EXAM_CSV_FORMAT Standard Choice Values Standard Choice Value Value Description Description AGENCY Provide the column title. For example, COLUMN=Agency. This value defines the column title for AGENCY in the CSV file. Note: Education providers can upload exam scores for the applications that belong to a sub-agency from the main agency’s Citizen Access site. Administrators must configure this Standard Choice value so the agency code column in a score CSV file can correctly show the name for the agency that each application belongs to. If you do not properly enable or configure the Standard Choice value, the agency code column always displays the name of the main agency. In a multipleagency administration, you can only add this Standard Choice value for the main agency. ALTID Provide the column title. For example, COLUMN=ALTID. This value defines the column title for ALTID in the CSV file. DATE Provide the column title. For example, COLUMN=Date;TYPE=Date; FORMAT=MM/dd/yyyy. This value defines the column title, type and format for DATE in the CSV file. EXAM_NAME Provide the column title. For example, COLUMN=Examination Name. This value defines the column title for EXAM_NAME in the CSV file. GRADING_STYLE Provide the column title. For example, COLUMN=Grading Style;TYPE=Enum; FORMAT=none|passfail|score| percentage. This value defines the column title, type and format for GRADING_STYLE in the CSV file. PASSING_SCORE Provide the column title. For example, COLUMN=Passing Score. This value defines the column title for PASSING_SCORE in the CSV file. PROVIDER_NAME Provide the column title. For example, COLUMN=Provider Name. This value defines the column title for PROVIDER_NAME in the CSV file. PROVIDER_NBR Provide the column title. For example, COLUMN=Provider Number. This value defines the column title for PROVIDER_NBR in the CSV file. | Standard Choices Reference | 302 Standard Choice Value Value Description Description SCORE Provide the column title. For example, COLUMN=Score. This value defines the column title for SCORE in the CSV file. | Standard Choices Reference | 303 EXAMINATION_WORKFLOW_TASK_STATUS Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice stores the examination workflow configuration in the license settings portlet. Note: Do not modify this Standard Choice. | Standard Choices Reference | 304 EXPIRATION_INTERVAL_UNITS Product Civic Platform, Citizen Access Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines the value options for the drop-down list of license expiration intervals. Standard Choice values can include: Days Months Years | Standard Choices Reference | 305 EXPIRATIONDATE_DISPLAY_FLAG Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice allows you to control the display of the expiration date field on the credit card payment review screen. Standard Choice values can include: Yes. The expiration date displays on the payment review screen. No. The credit card expiration date does not display on the payment review screen. | Standard Choices Reference | 306 EXPORT_MAX_RECORDS Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice determines how many records you can export in CSV (Comma Separated Value) format. By default, agency users can export up to 1000 records. If you want to give agency users the option to export more than 1000 records, configure this Standard Choice with an export maximum value greater than 1000. | Standard Choices Reference | 307 EXTERNAL_ADDRESS_SOURCE Product Civic Platform, Citizen Access, Mobile Office Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines the external address source. Agencies can use existing APO repository information and maintain just one APO repository for all their needs. Table 87: EXTERNAL_ADDRESS_SOURCE Standard Choice Values Standard Choice Value Value Desc Description SOURCE_URL (Required for Silverlight GIS) http:// / / The external APO source URL. For example, https://agency.com/agissl/xapo.asmx?WSDL SOURCE_REST_API_URL http:// / The source URL for the Civic Platform GIS (JavaScript version) REST API Internal Indicates whether data source is Internal or External. Internal indicates that Civic Platform uses the current Civic Platform reference APO as the source. External indicates an XAPO data source. Default is Internal. (Required for JavaScript GIS) SOURCE_LOCATION External (Required for XAPO data source) CAN_CONTAIN_ OWNERS Yes No This value specifies whether the owner information associated with the selected address can populate within the application. If you set the value description to Yes, the Owner tab of the reference Address detail portlet can list all the owners related to the address. If you set the value description fields for CAN_CONTAIN_OWNERS and CAN_CONTAIN_PARCELS to Yes and you enable FID 8232 Get Parcel And Owner, Civic Platform exposes the Get Parcel & Owner button on the Address section of the application intake form. CAN_CONTAIN_ PARCELS Yes No SOURCE_ATTRIBUTES_ MAPPING_ENABLE Yes SOURCE_AUTH_PWD Enter the web service authentication user password. No This value specifies whether the parcel information associated with the selected address can populate within the application. If you set the value description to Yes, the Parcel tab of the reference Address detail portlet can list all the parcels related to the address. This value specifies whether the external APO data source handles the mapping between the address template attributes and the GIS map layer fields. When Civic Platform uses GIS as its external APO data source and each APO template attribute is mapped to a GIS map layer field, users can search for external APO data by template attribute. This is the user password for accessing the web service. | Standard Choices Reference | 308 Standard Choice Value Value Desc Description SOURCE_AUTH_USER The web service authentication user name. This is the user name for accessing the web service. SOURCE_ID A unique ID. This value identifies the source in the code. SOURCE_MAP_SERVICE_ID Map Service ID. This value specifies the map service from which you want to retrieve geocoded addresses as external addresses. SOURCE_METHOD Web service The APO source method to connect to the external source. Civic Platform only supports web service. SOURCE_NAME Enter the source name. The name of the external source. WEB_SERVICE_ SSL_SUPPORTED Yes (default) This value defines whether the web service needs SSL data transfer. No True False IS_XML_DATA Yes No (default) XAPO_CLIENT_VERSION 7.2.3 Specifies whether to use the XML data source. 7.2.3 stands for Civic Platform Version 7.2.0 Feature Pack 3. In 7.2.0 Feature Pack 3, Civic Platform added 5 address fields: House # Alpha (start), House # Alpha (end), Level Prefix, Level # (start), and Level # (end). You must define this Standard Choice value so users can search for addresses by the 5 address fields in the external APO source. | Standard Choices Reference | 309 EXTERNAL_CONTACT_ADDRESS_SOURCE_[SOURCE NAME] Product Civic Platform, Citizen Access, Mobile Office Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice determines the external validation source for contact addresses. You can configure multiple sources, and specify the name of each source in the [SOURCE_NAME] portion. You can define the Standard Choices in the same way as for the Standard Choice EXTERNAL_ADDRESS_SOURCE. See Table 87: EXTERNAL_ADDRESS_SOURCE Standard Choice Values for the Standard Choice values and description. | Standard Choices Reference | 310 EXTERNAL_DOC_REVIEW Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice is used for connectivity and authentication of the third party plan review tool. It also enables the mapping portlet for the named plan review tool. See Mapping Data for Third Party Document Review in the Civic Platform Administration Guide for more information. Before proceeding with standard choice configuration, make sure you designate an API account for the third party application. This account will be dedicated for API calls. Make note of the account name/ password, and the web application URL so you can use them when configuring this standard choice. Standard Choices Value ACCOUNT Value Description user name= ; password= PRODUCT (e.g., EPC) WEB_SERVICE_URL | Standard Choices Reference | 311 EXTERNAL_OWNER_SOURCE Product Civic Platform, Citizen Access, Mobile Office Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines the external owner source. Agencies can use existing external APO repository information and maintain just one APO repository for all its needs. Table 88: EXTERNAL_OWNER_SOURCE Standard Choice Values Standard Choice Value Value Desc Description SOURCE_URL (Required for Silverlight GIS) http:// / / The external APO source URL. For example, https://agency.com/agissl/xapo.asmx?WSDL SOURCE_REST_API_URL http:// / The source URL for the Civic Platform GIS (JavaScript version) REST API Internal Indicates whether data source is Internal or External. Internal indicates that Civic Platform uses the current Civic Platform reference APO as the source. External indicates an XAPO data source. Default is Internal. (Required for JavaScript GIS) SOURCE_LOCATION External (Required for XAPO data source) SOURCE_ATTRIBUTES_ MAPPING_ENABLE Yes SOURCE_AUTH_PWD Enter the web service authentication user password. This is the user password for accessing the web service. SOURCE_AUTH_USER The web service authentication user name. This is the user name for accessing the web service. SOURCE_ID A unique ID. This value identifies the source in the code. SOURCE_METHOD Web service The APO source method to connect to the external source. Civic Platform only supports web service. SOURCE_NAME Enter the source name. The name of the external source. WEB_SERVICE_ SSL_SUPPORTED Yes (default) This value defines whether the web service needs SSL data transfer. No No This value specifies whether the external APO data source handles the mapping between the owner template attributes and the GIS map layer fields. When Civic Platform uses GIS as its external APO data source and each APO template attribute is mapped to a GIS map layer field, users can search for external APO data by template attribute. True False IS_XML_DATA Yes No (default) Specifies whether to use the XML data source. | Standard Choices Reference | 312 EXTERNAL_PARCEL_SOURCE Product Civic Platform, Citizen Access, Mobile Office Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines the external parcel source. Agencies can use existing external APO repository information and maintain just one APO repository for all its needs. Table 89: EXTERNAL_PARCEL_SOURCE Standard Choice Values Standard Choice Value Value Desc Description SOURCE_URL (Required for Silverlight GIS) http:// / / The external APO source URL. For example, https://agency.com/agissl/xapo.asmx?WSDL SOURCE_REST_API_URL http:// / The source URL for the Civic Platform GIS (JavaScript version) REST API Internal Indicates whether data source is Internal or External. Internal indicates that Civic Platform uses the current Civic Platform reference APO as the source. External indicates an XAPO data source. Default is Internal. (Required for JavaScript GIS) SOURCE_LOCATION External (Required for XAPO data source) CAN_CONTAIN_ ADDRESSES Yes No This value specifies whether the address information associated with the selected parcel can populate within the application. If you set the value description to Yes, then the Address tab of the reference Parcel detail portlet lists all the addresses related to the parcel. If you set the value description fields for CAN_CONTAIN_ADDRESSES and CAN_CONTAIN_OWNERS to Yes and enable FID 8234 Get Address And Owner, Civic Platform exposes the Get Address & Owner button on the Parcel section of the application intake form. CAN_CONTAIN_ OWNERS Yes No SOURCE_ATTRIBUTES_ MAPPING_ENABLE Yes SOURCE_AUTH_PWD Enter the web service authentication user password. No This value specifies whether the owner information associated with the selected parcel can populate within the application. If you set the value description to Yes, then the Owner tab of the reference Parcel detail portlet lists all the owners related to the parcel. This value specifies whether the external APO data source handles the mapping between the parcel template attributes and the GIS map layer fields. When Civic Platform uses GIS as its external APO data source and each APO template attribute is mapped to a GIS map layer field, users can search for external APO data by template attribute. This is the user password for accessing the web service. | Standard Choices Reference | 313 Standard Choice Value Value Desc Description SOURCE_AUTH_USER The web service authentication user name. This is the user name for accessing the web service. SOURCE_ID A unique ID. This value identifies the source in the code. SOURCE_METHOD Web service The APO source method to connect to the external source. Civic Platform only supports web service. SOURCE_NAME Enter the source name. The name of the external source. WEB_SERVICE_ SSL_SUPPORTED Yes, No, True, False This value defines whether the web service needs SSL data transfer. IS_XML_DATA Yes, No Default: Yes Default: No Specifies whether to use the XML data source. You can configure a GIS map layer as external parcel source. Civic Platform can retrieve GIS objects from the map layer as external parcels for users to view or attach to records. Table 90: Standard Choice Values for GIS Map Layer Standard Choice Value Value Desc Description AUTO_LINK_TO_ GIS_OBJECT Yes This value “Yes” defines GIS as the external source. SOURCE_MAP_SERVICE_ID Map Service ID This value sets the map service that contains the target layer from which you want to retrieve GIS objects as external parcels. SOURCE_MAP_LAYER_ID Map Layer ID This value sets the map layer from which you want to retrieve GIS objects as external parcels. | Standard Choices Reference | 314 EXTERNAL_PROVIDER_ADAPTER Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice stores the agency customized external provider adapter web service URL. Standard Choice values can include: {External exam provider API website. For example, api.exambuilder.com} Value Desc: {External exam provider adapter web service URL. For example, ${av.biz.url}/education/ExamBuilder? wsdl.} | Standard Choices Reference | 315 EXTERNAL_REVIEWERS Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice is used for the third party plan review tool. If you have plan reviewers who are not Civic Platform users, configure this standard choice. 1. Before proceeding, ensure that each reviewer has a Citizen Access account. 2. Ensure that the email address used for the reviewer’s Citizen Access account is the same as the email address used in the reviewer’s third party review tool profile. 3. Note the exact name and email address from the Citizen Access account. 4. Configure the standard choice EXTERNAL_REVIEWERS using the information from step 3. Standard Choices Value Value Description You can find reviewer names added via this standard choice in the list of staff available for task assignment in Civic Platform. External reviewers are listed in the External Users category. | Standard Choices Reference | 316 FEE_QUANTITY_ACCURACY Product Civic Platform, Citizen Access, Mobile Office Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines the maximum number of digits allowed in the decimal portion of the Quantity. You can set the Standard Choice Value to a number between 2 and 10. For example, if the Standard Choice Value is 10, the maximum number of digits allowed in the decimal portion is 10. If this Standard Choice is undefined, the Quantity field has 2 decimals. Note: The maximum number of total digits allowed in the Quantity field is 14 for positive integers, or 16 for other values. | Standard Choices Reference | 317 FILE_UPLOAD_BEHAVIOR Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice configures the file upload behavior for attaching documents to a record. Table 91: FILE_UPLOAD_BEHAVIOR Standard Choice Values Value Applicable Product Description Basic {Default} Civic Platform Citizen Access This mode requires users to install Silverlight runtime on their computers for file uploading. If you activate this mode, the Windows Open dialog opens for users to select one or multiple files from a single folder to upload files to a record. For illustration, see Figure 10: Upload Files in Basic Mode. Advanced Civic Platform Citizen Access This mode requires users to install Silverlight runtime on their computers. If you activate this mode, a Batch Upload or File Upload window opens for users to select files from one or more folders, and then upload the selected files to a record. For illustration, see Figure 11: Upload Files in Advanced Mode. Html5 Citizen Access In this mode, users need not install Silverlight runtime for file uploading in Citizen Access, and the upload behavior is the same as in the Basic mode. Note: Citizen Access applies the Html5 mode if you activate the Html5 mode, no matter whether you activate another mode (Basic/Advanced) or not. Note: If you enable section 508 accessibility mode in Civic Platform and Citizen Access, the file upload behavior is always Basic regardless of the Standard Choice configuration. When a contract inspector or self-certified inspector uploads inspection results in Citizen Access, the file upload behavior can only be Advanced or Html5. The Html5 mode provides the File Upload window which is similar to the one provided in the Advanced mode but has minor UI differences. | Standard Choices Reference | 318 Figure 10: Upload Files in Basic Mode Figure 11: Upload Files in Advanced Mode | Standard Choices Reference | 319 FIND APP DATE RANGE Product Citizen Access Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines a default date range when public users search for permits. The Standard Choices value can be a numeric value that represents the number of days between the search start date and the end date (the current date). For example, enter 365 if you want the default date range to be 1 year before today's date. Note: The Set Null default value setting of the date field on a search form overrides the FIND APP DATE RANGE standard choice setting. For example, if Set Null is enabled for the Opened Date field on the Search Form Portlet Designer, and the FIND APP DATE RANGE standard choice value is set to 120 days, the Opened Date field on the form will be set to null. | Standard Choices Reference | 320 FIND_TIME_ACCOUNTING_LOGGED_DATE_RANGE Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice configures the default Logged From date in the time accounting search portlet. The default Logged To date is the current date. Standard Choice value can include: {A historical date}. Please use your best judgment to define a date for users to get a realistic set of search results. {A number}. Civic Platform subtracts the defined number of days from the current date to get the default Logged From date. If the Standard Choice is undefined, the default Logged From Date is one week before the current date (the default Logged To date). | Standard Choices Reference | 321 FISCAL_YEAR_START Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice specifies that the sequence number generator uses the fiscal year instead of calendar year to generate numbering. Standard Choice value is: MONTH Value Description: {The number for the value MONTH. For example, if the Value Desc is 7 then July is the start of the fiscal year.} | Standard Choices Reference | 322 FOOD_FACILITY_INSPECTION Product Citizen Access Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice controls the food facility search functionality in Citizen Access. Table 92: FOOD_FACILITY_INSPECTION Standard Choice Values Standard Choice Values Value Desc Description RELATED_LICENSE_ TYPES Enter the license types in the Identifies the license types used for the food value description, separated with a facility comma. PREVIOUS_INSPECTION_ DISPLAY_TOTAL_ NUMBER Enter a number. Sets the number of most recent inspections allowed for display in the Food Facility Details page. PREVIOUS_INSPECTION_ DISPLAY_LAST_DAYS Enter a number. Sets a number of days counted backwards from the current date, excluding the dates on which no inspection is given result. Citizen Access displays the inspections that have results on any one of the defined number of days in the Previous Inspection section of the food facility license. For example, set “3” to the Value Description for this Standard Choice Value, and the current date is 1/2/2012. For a food facility license, it has no inspection resulted on the current day. Its last three inspection-resulting days are 1/1/2012, 1/7/2011, and 1/1/2011. The inspections of which the Result Date is one of these three days is displayed in the Previous Inspection section of that food facility license in Citizen Access. The setting is for global use by the food facility licenses as default value. Agency users can specify a different number for a particular food facility license in the “Display Inspection in the past # of Days” field in the license Detail portlet in Civic Platform. THE_MOST_ INSPECTION_DELAY_ DAYS Enter a number. Sets a number of days counted forwards from the inspections result date. You can display inspections only after the configured number of days. For example, if you set the value description to 5 (days after the result date) and an inspection result occurs on November 12, then you can display the inspection from November 17. | Standard Choices Reference | 323 FULL_PAY_ALLOCATION_OPTIONS Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice determines the allocation method of the full pay functionality which allocates the payment amount in sequence until the applied payment goes to zero. The Full Pay button reallocates amounts in the Apply Credits and Apply Payments fields based on the Standard Choice settings. Determines payment options for the Apply Payment page. Standard Choice values can include: Automatic. Civic Platform processes the payment in the order of fee item priority. If you set this Standard Choice value, you must set the priority of the fee items in Civic Platform. Standard. Civic Platform processes the payment in the order of outstanding fees, which starts with the first on the list. | Standard Choices Reference | 324 GENDER Product Civic Platform, Citizen Access Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice allows users to define the gender for contacts and licensed professionals. Standard Choice values may include: F - Female M - Male | Standard Choices Reference | 325 GIS_ATTACHMENT_SELECTION Product Civic Platform, GIS Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines user notification when GIS objects attach to a record. The two options indicate whether all GIS objects attach without a prompt to the user or if the system provides a selection page prompt. Standard Choice values can include: All User Selection | Standard Choices Reference | 326 GIS_BUFFER_DISTANCE Product Civic Platform, GIS Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice sets buffer distance for Civic Platform to artificially shrink a parcel that overlays multiple GIS objects, when mapping the parcel attribute in the GIS map to an ASI field, or when auto assigning inspectors to records that deal with the parcel but have no inspection district information. With the buffer distance setting, users no longer need to select to which GIS object to map the parcel. Table 93: GIS_BUFFER_DISTANCE Standard Choice Values Standard Choice Values Value Description Description APO_ASI_ATTRIBUTE_ POPULATION_BUFFER Enter any numeric value (-0.1, 0.2, This value defines the distance by which 0, etc.) Civic Platform artificially shrinks a parcel when mapping the parcel attribute in the Default: -0.1 GIS map to an ASI field. The Value Desc must be negative (for example, -0.1) for shrinking parcels. If the Value Desc is 0, Civic Platform does not change the parcel border. If the Value Desc is positive, Civic Platform artificially stretches the parcels. The measurement unit of the value is the same as used in the GIS map. INSPECTION_AUTO_ ASSIGN_BUFFER Enter any numeric value (-0.1, 0.2, This value defines the distance by which 0, etc.) Civic Platform artificially shrinks a parcel when auto assigning inspectors for records Default: -0.1 that deal with the parcel but have no inspection district information. The Value Desc must be negative (for example, -0.1) for shrinking parcels. If the Value Desc is 0, Civic Platform does not change the parcel border. If the Value Desc is positive, Civic Platform artificially stretches the parcels. The measurement unit of the value is the same as used in the GIS map. | Standard Choices Reference | 327 GIS_NEARBY_QUERY_LIMITATION Product GIS Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice sets various limits on the Nearby Query functionality, for example, the maximum number of features that users can select to perform a nearby query. Proper limits can prevent performance issues when users select too many GIS objects or meaningless data to perform a nearby query. Civic Platform has set default limits but you can use this Standard Choice to change the limits according to your agency’s specific requirements. Table 94: GIS_NEARBY_QUERY_LIMITATION Standard Choice Values Standard Choice Value Value Desc Description GIS_NEARBY_INPUT_ FEATURES_LIMIT Enter a numeric value. For example, 10. This value defines the maximum number of features that users can select to perform a nearby query. If you do not define this Standard Choice value, Civic Platform sets the limit to 10 by default. GIS_NEARBY_SEARCH_ AREA_LIMIT_SQKM Enter a numeric value. For example, 700. This value defines the maximum map extent within which users can perform a nearby query. The measurement unit is square kilometer. If you do not define this Standard Choice value, Civic Platform sets the limit to 700 square kilometers by default. GIS_NEARBY_INPUT_ FEATURE_COORDS_ LIMIT Enter a numeric value. For example, 2000. When users select a complex GIS object or multiple GIS objects to perform a nearby query, the selection may contain multiple coordinate pairs. This Standard Choice value defines the maximum number of coordinate pairs that the selection contains. If you do not define this Standard Choice value, Civic Platform sets the limit to 2,000 pairs by default. GIS_NEARBY_ DISTANCE_LIMIT_ METERS Enter a numeric value. For example, 10000 This value defines the maximum search radius that users can specify to perform a nearby query. The measurement unit is meter. If you do not define this Standard Choice value, Civic Platform sets the limit to 10,000 meters by default. | Standard Choices Reference | 328 GIS_PROX_ALERT_TRIGGERS Product GIS Type System Switch Description You must configure this Standard Choice for proximity alerts to function. Standard Choice values can include: Within distance of Value Desc: {Enter a numeric value that represents the distance.} | Standard Choices Reference | 329 GLOBAL_SEARCH_BUILD_INDEX_ENTITIES Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines the objects for which the global search batch job builds the index server. Standard Choice values can include: CAP ADDRESS LP ASSET PARCEL DOCUMENT CONTACT | Standard Choices Reference | 330 GLOBAL_SEARCH_MAX_COUNT Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice sets the maximum number of results returned in a global search. The default value is 10000. | Standard Choices Reference | 331 GLOBAL_TRUST_ACCOUNT Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines the global trust account ID and the module to which it is applicable. If a user tries to process a refund, and chooses Trust Account as the method, then the global trust account for the module to which the current record belongs displays by default. Agencies can assign one or more global trust accounts as global to Civic Platform users. If a trust account is global, then it is available to all records within one or more modules. If a user selects a defined global trust account and a primary trust account for a record, then the primary trust account is the default trust account. Standard Choice values can include: {Enter the trust account ID. For example, 2011-TrustAccount-000.} Value Desc: {Enter the module for which the global trust account is applicable.} Building All If a global trust account is applicable to all (modules) and also a specific module (Building, for example), the trust account for the specific module takes precedence (has a higher priority). | Standard Choices Reference | 332 GRACE_PERIOD_INTERVAL_UNITS Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines the value options for the time unit to be used for the Grace Period Interval. Standard Choice values can include: Days Months Years | Standard Choices Reference | 333 HEARING BODY Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines the value options for the hearing bodies drop-down list. Users can update this list from either the Standard Choices or Hearing Bodies. Standard Choice values can include: Board of Appeals City Council Planning Commission Zoning Administrator | Standard Choices Reference | 334 HEARING LOCATION Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice determines the venues where you can conduct hearings, such as a city hall or a county administration building. The values you enter for this Standard Choice populate the Location drop-down list. Agency users can access this drop-down list from the Hearing Calendar list portlet under the Item secondary tab. Standard Choice values can include: {Enter up to 40 characters for each hearing location.} City Council Chamber City Hall Main Room County Administration Building Civic Auditorium | Standard Choices Reference | 335 HEARING MAX TIME Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice determines the length (in minutes) of hearings. For example, you might want to measure hearing times in fifteen minute increments: 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, and 90. The values you enter for this Standard Choice populate the Duration drop-down list. Agency users can access this drop-down list from the Hearing Calendar list portlet under the Item secondary tab. You can enter up to four characters for each Standard Choice value. Standard Choice values can include: {Enter a number. Unit: minute.} 10 30 | Standard Choices Reference | 336 I18N_ADDRESS_FORMAT Product Civic Platform, Citizen Access, GIS, and Mobile Office Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice allows users to define the format for addresses. Note: Every time when updating the value description, you must rebuild the index for all the Civic Platform objects that are related to addresses. Table 95: I18N_ADDRESS_FORMAT Standard Choice Values Standard Choice Values Value Description Description STANDARD_ADDRESS_ FORMAT Enter the corresponding parameters listed in Table 97: Address Parameters and the Corresponding Fields to define the address concatenation. The parameters shall be separated with commas "," or hyphens "-". No extra space is allowed. For example, enter This value determines how to concatenate address fields in Civic Platform, GIS, and Mobile Office. The configured concatenated address displays everywhere a full address is shown. If you do not define this Standard Choice value, then the full address uses a default concatenation of fields, which varies among different products: "$$StreetType$$,$$UnitType$$" • In Civic Platform, the full address is comprised of the following fields in listed order: Street # (start), Start Fraction, Street # (end), End Fraction, Direction, Street Name, Street Type, Street Suffix (Direction), Unit Type, Unit # (start), Unit # (end), County, State, and Zip Code. • In GIS, the full address is comprised of the following fields in listed order: Street Number, Fraction, Direction, Street Name, Street Type, Unit Type, Unit, City, State, Country, and Zip Code. • In Mobile Office, the full address is comprised of the following fields in listed order: Street Number, Fraction, Street Prefix, Street Name, Street Type, Street Suffix, Unit, and Unit Type. If a parameter does not have any value, the comma or hyphen after the parameter will not show in the address concatenation. LONG_ADDRESS_NO_ FORMAT LONG_ADDRESS_WITH_ FORMAT SHORT_ADDRESS_ NO_FORMAT SHORT_ADDRESS_With_ FORMAT Define the address patterns with the parameters listed in the Table 97: Address Parameters and the Corresponding Fields. You can modify the patterns to meet your agency’s needs, and can also insert the HTML code into the patterns to define, such as, font and color. Below is an example of defining an address pattern: $$HouseNumberStart$$$$Direction$ $$$StreetName$$ These values are four address patterns which apply to different sections and forms in Citizen Access. To get an exhaustive list of sections and forms and their assigned address pattern, see Table 96: Scope of The Address Format Control. | Standard Choices Reference | 337 Standard Choice Values Value Description $$StreetType$$,$$UnitType $$$$UnitStart$$,$$City$$$ $State$$$$Zip$$$$Country$$,$ $AddressType$$ Description Table 96: Scope of The Address Format Control Pages Section/Form Address Format Look Up property Information Look Up by Address SHORT_ADDRESS_NO_FORMAT Look Up property Information Look Up by parcel SHORT_ADDRESS_NO_FORMAT Look Up property Information Look Up by Owner SHORT_ADDRESS_NO_FORMAT Address Detail Address Summary SHORT_ADDRESS_WITH_FORMAT Parcel Detail Address section SHORT_ADDRESS_NO_FORMAT Owner Detail Address section SHORT_ADDRESS_NO_FORMAT Application intake form Address search result list LONG_ADDRESS_NO_FORMAT Application intake form Address auto-fill drop-down list SHORT_ADDRESS_NO_FORMAT Application intake form Parcel search result list SHORT_ADDRESS_NO_FORMAT Application intake form Owner search result list SHORT_ADDRESS_NO_FORMAT Review page Address Summary LONG_ADDRESS_WITH_FORMAT Record Detail Address Summary LONG_ADDRESS_WITH_FORMAT Search by Address Address search result list LONG_ADDRESS_NO_FORMAT Record Home Record list SHORT_ADDRESS_NO_FORMAT Collection Detail Record list SHORT_ADDRESS_NO_FORMAT Enter Work Location Address search result list LONG_ADDRESS_NO_FORMAT Cart management Address Summary SHORT_ADDRESS_NO_FORMAT Receipt Address Summary SHORT_ADDRESS_NO_FORMAT Search for Licensee Record list SHORT_ADDRESS_NO_FORMAT Show Record Dialog page Parcel list SHORT_ADDRESS_NO_FORMAT Show Record Dialog page Record list SHORT_ADDRESS_NO_FORMAT Trust Account Detail page Associate Address Summary LONG_ADDRESS_NO_FORMAT Trust Account Detail page Associate Parcel list SHORT_ADDRESS_NO_FORMAT Inspection Location and Contact Location Table 97: Address Parameters and the Corresponding Fields Parameter Field $$HouseNumberStart$$ Street # (start) $$Street#(end)$$ Street # (end) $$Direction$$ Direction $$StreetName$$ Street Name $$StreetType$$ Street Type $$UnitType$$ Unit Type $$UnitStart$$ Unit # (start) $$City$$ City $$State$$ State $$Zip$$ Zip Code LONG_ADDRESS_WITH_FORMAT | Standard Choices Reference | 338 Parameter Field $$InspectionDistrict$$ Inspection District $$Country$$ Country $$StartFraction$$ Start Fraction $$EndFraction$$ End Fraction $$Prefix$$ Prefix $$StreetSuffix$$ Street Suffix Note: Only use this parameter for the following Standard Choice values: • LONG_ADDRESS_NO_FORMAT • LONG_ADDRESS_WITH_FORMAT • SHORT_ADDRESS_NO_FORMAT • SHORT_ADDRESS_WITH_FORMAT $$Unit#(end)$$ Unit # (end) $$SecondaryRoad$$ Secondary Road $$SecondaryRoadNumber$$ Secondary Road Number $$NeighborhoodPrefix$$ Neighborhood Prefix $$Neighborhood$$ Neighborhood $$Description$$ Description $$Distance$$ Distance $$XCoordinator$$ X Coordinate $$YCoordinator$$ Y Coordinate $$InspectionDistrictPrefix$$ Inspection District Prefix $$County$$ County $$StreetAddress$$ Street Address $$AddressLine1$$ Address Line 1 $$HouseNumberAlphaStart$$ House # Alpha (start) $$HouseNumberAlphaEnd$$ House # Alpha (end) $$LevelNumberStart$$ Level # (start) $$LevelNumberEnd$$ Level # (end) $$LevelPrefix$$ Level Prefix $$AddressTypeFlag$$ Address Type Flag Note: Only use this parameter for the Standard Choice value STANDARD_ADDRESS_FORMAT. $$AddressLine2$$ Address Line 2 $$AddressType$$ Address Type Note: Only use this parameter for the following Standard Choice values: • LONG_ADDRESS_NO_FORMAT • LONG_ADDRESS_WITH_FORMAT • SHORT_ADDRESS_NO_FORMAT | Standard Choices Reference | 339 Parameter Field • SHORT_ADDRESS_WITH_FORMAT | Standard Choices Reference | 340 I18N_SETTINGS Product Civic Platform, Citizen Access Type System Switch Description Configure this Standard Choice to enable all internationalization and localization features and manually define currency and date formats in Civic Platform and Citizen Access. Follow the steps in For Multiple Languages to set values for English and additional languages. Table 98: I18N_SETTINGS Standard Choice Values Standard Choice Values Value Description Description I18N_DEFAULT_ LANGUAGE Read-only Once you set up internationalization and localization in the multi-agency configuration, the language you select for the Default Language field is automatically populated here. I18N_SECOND_ LANGUAGE Enter one of these values: ar_AE (Arabic) en_AU (Australian English) en_US (US English) This value defines the second language for the agency. If you set up a second language, the WorkflowTask Detail portlet in Civic Platform displays two Comments fields: one is in the primary language and the other in the second language. Citizen Access (ACA) users can see the Comments field in the language they choose from the Citizen Access Login page if Civic Platform supports this language. CURRENCY_LOCALE Enter one of these values following the format in I18N_DEFAULT_LANGUAGE This value defines the currency for the agency no matter which language a user selects when he logs in. For example, the en_US value represents the dollar currency used in the United States; the ar_AE value represents the dirham currency used in the United Arab Emirates.You can set the default language value to a different value than the currency local. For example, you can set the default language to es_MX, but set the currency locale as en_US. That means Spanish is the additional language, but the US Dollar ($) is the currency symbol. ar_AE (for Arabic) en_AU (for Australian English) en_US (for US English) es_MX (for Mexico Spanish) zh_TW (for Traditional Chinese) DATE_FORMAT MM/dd/yyyy (default) yyyy/MM/dd dd/mm/yyyy DATE_TIME_FORMAT MM/dd/yyyy HH:mm:ss yyyy/MM/dd HH:mm:ss This value specifies the date format for the I18N_DEFAULT_LANGUAGE value. NOTE: If an agency is providing multiple language support and you need to define this date format, yyyy/MM/dd, for your additional language, see For Multiple Languages. This value defines how the date and time format can display. The MM/dd/ yyyy represents the Month/day/year, and the HH:mm:ss represents the Hours:minutes:seconds. For example, July 26, 2011 at 6:20:16 a.m. could be formatted to 07/26/2011 06:28:16. Note: | Standard Choices Reference | 341 Standard Choice Values Value Description Description If an agency is providing multiple language support and you need to define this date format, yyyy/MM/dd, for your additional language then see For Multiple Languages. TIME_FORMAT Enter the time in one of these four patterns: This value specifies the time format for the agency, except that the inspection functionality uses the format defined in INSPECTION_TIME_FORMAT. HH:mm:ss tt HH:mm tt HH:mm HH:mm:ss For example, HH:mm:ss tt represents Hours:minutes:seconds AM (or PM). INSPECTION_TIME_ FORMAT Enter the time in one of these four patterns: This value defines the time format for the inspection functionality only. HH:mm:ss tt HH:mm tt HH:mm HH:mm:ss For example, HH:mm:ss tt represents Hours:minutes:seconds AM (or PM). MULTI-LANGUAGE SUPPORT ENABLE Yes, No HIDE_LANGUAGE_ OPTIONS Yes, No This Value Desc is read-only. When you configure internationalization in the multi-agency configuration for Civic Platform and Citizen Access, the value is automatically filled with the “Yes” or “No” value.Yes enables multiple language support. No disables multiple language support. This value is only for the Civic Platform login page. To hide the Language drop-down list option, enter Yes in the Value Desc field. To display the Language drop-down list option at login, enter No in the field. For Multiple Languages Only DATE_FORMAT and DATE_TIME_FORMAT and support this alternate value in an additional language. If an agency is providing multiple language support and you need to define this date format, yyyy/MM/dd, for your additional language, then you must follow these unique steps. For example, if English is your primary language and Chinese is the additional language, follow these steps: 1. Configure for English all of the I18N_SETTINGS values and Submit. The I18N_SETTINGS page saves the values in English. 2. In the Language drop‑down list, switch to Chinese, for example, switch to Chinese. If Chinese is not yet available in the drop-down list, then you need complete setting up I18N_SETTINGS and return to these steps. The I18N_SETTINGS page refreshes and displays the values you set in English. But, the page is available for you to enter Values for DATE_FORMAT and DATE_TIME_FORMAT. 3. Enter the alternate supported Values of yyyy/MM/dd for both the DATE_FORMAT and DATE_TIME_FORMAT and click Submit to save the values for Chinese. | Standard Choices Reference | 342 Note: The yyyy/MM/dd is the only other supported date format. 4. Switch the Language back to English from the drop‑down list and notice that the DATE_FORMAT is different than what you set for Chinese. | Standard Choices Reference | 343 INDIVIDUAL_CONTACT_MATCH_CRITERIA Product Civic Platform, Citizen Access, Mobile Office Type System Switch Description To enable close-match searching, configure the following standard choices in the Standard Choices portlet in the Setup Admin (Editing Standard Choices in the Setup Admin): • ENABLE_CONTACT_ADDRESS • INDIVIDUAL_CONTACT_MATCH_CRITERIA • ORGANIZATION_CONTACT_MATCH_CRITERIA Close-match searching enables users to locate reference contacts that do not exactly match their search criteria, but come close. The standard search function returns reference contacts that exactly match user’s search criteria. In some cases, users might find that the search results do not include the contacts they intend to find, for example, if the user mistypes the criteria. In that case, users can click the Close Matches button to locate reference contacts that do not exactly match their search criteria, but come close. Table 99: INDIVIDUAL_CONTACT_MATCH_CRITERIA Standard Choice Values Value Description Criteria Click the picker to select the contact fields as the matching criteria. If you select multiple fields in one row, the system joins the fields by a logical AND. The system joins criteria in different rows by a logical OR. Note: Civic Platform searches for close matches based on the criteria rows in which every field has value, and disregards the criteria rows in which any field has no value. Priority The priority determines the order of the matches found:Close matching contacts that meet the criteria of a higher priority always display before those that meet the criteria of a lower priority.In cases when only one match is necessary for subsequent processing, the close matching contact that meets the criteria of the highest priority is the default one that Civic Platform uses. | Standard Choices Reference | 344 Value Description Active Mark the check box to include this item on the list of Standard Choices. | Standard Choices Reference | 345 INSPECTION_CATEGORY Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines inspection type categories. You can assign an inspection type to one category or multiple categories. The values you enter for this Standard Choice populate the Inspection Edit - Category List window. | Standard Choices Reference | 346 INSPECTION_DISTRICT_ON_PARCEL Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice determines whether the Inspection District field displays on parcel pages. If the Standard Choice is inactive, or its value is No, the field does not display on parcel pages. Standard Choice values can include: Yes No | Standard Choices Reference | 347 INSPECTION_RESULT_CSV_FORMAT Product Civic Platform and Citizen Access Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines the format of an inspection result CSV file. The Standard Choice value specifies the columns in the CSV file. Make sure you enter the value exactly as Table 100: INSPECTION_RESULT_CSV_FORMAT Standard Choice Values listed. The value description defines attributes for a given column. Use any of the following attributes and separate attributes with semicolons (;). • COLUMN= . Replace the attribute value with the actual format of the date and time. For a list of attribute values that you can enter, see Table 101: Supported Date and Time Formats. For a description of format specifiers, see Table 102: Date and Time Format Specifiers. • ORDER= Global Variable Settings) is greater than 200, the MAX_ATTACHMENT_SELECTION_NUMBER value must be equal or greater than the Maximum Feature Count of Selection value. Otherwise, all selected GIS objects will not be attached to a record. | Standard Choices Reference | 371 MEETING BODY Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines the value options for meeting bodies. Users can update this list from either Standard Choices or Meeting Bodies. Standard Choice values can include: Board of Appeals City Council Planning Commission Zoning Administrator | Standard Choices Reference | 372 MEETING LOCATION Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description Replaces the HEARING LOCATION Standard Choice. Note: HEARING LOCATION does not change MEETING LOCATION for Civic Platform Classic. This Standard Choice determines the venues where you can conduct meetings, such as a City Hall or a County Administration Building. The values you enter for this Standard Choice populate the Location drop-down list. Agency users can access this drop-down list from the Meeting Calendar list portlet under the Item secondary tab. You can enter up to 40 characters for each Standard Choice value. Standard Choice values can include: City Council Chamber City Hall Main Room County Administration Building Civic Auditorium | Standard Choices Reference | 373 MEETING MAX TIME Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description Replaces HEARING MAX TIME Standard Choice. Note: HEARING MAX TIME does not change MEETING MAX TIME for Civic Platform Classic. This Standard Choice determines the length (in minutes) of meetings. For example, you can measure meeting times in fifteen minute increments: 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, and 90. The values you enter for this Standard Choice populate the Duration drop-down list. Agency users can access this drop-down list from the Meeting Calendar list portlet under the Item secondary tab. You can enter up to four characters for each Standard Choice value. | Standard Choices Reference | 374 MEETING_NOTIFICATION_OUTLOOK_REMINDER Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice specifies the reminder time for Outlook meeting invites. Standard Choice value is: Value Desc: minutes hours days weeks | Standard Choices Reference | 375 MEETING_REASON_COMMENT Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description Replaces HEARING_REASON_COMMENT Standard Choice. This Standard Choice determines the types of meeting reasons agency users can select, such as Tax Hearing or Application Review. Agency users select a meeting reason for each application on a meeting agenda. When you select a meeting reason, the comment associated with the meeting reason automatically populates the Comment field. Enter the meeting reason in the Standard Choices Value field and the meeting comment in the Value Desc field. You can enter up to 30 characters in the Standard Choices Value field and up to 1024 characters in the Value Description field. | Standard Choices Reference | 376 MEETING_TYPE_STATUS_GROUP Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description Replaces HEARING_TYPE_STATUS_GROUP Standard Choice. This Standard Choice determines the types of meetings your agency conducts. For example, you might create a different meeting status group for each commission in your agency’s planning and zoning division. You might have a Housing Advisory and Appeals Board status group, a Land Use Appeals Board status group, and a Planning Commission status group. The values you enter for this Standard Choice populate the Status Group drop-down list. This drop-down list displays in the Meeting Calendar Event Maintenance portlet. You can enter up to 30 characters in the Standard Choices Value field. | Standard Choices Reference | 377 MEETING_TYPE_STATUS_{Group Name} Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description Replaces the HEARING_TYPE_STATUS_{GROUP Name} Standard Choice. This Standard Choice determines the status values for each meeting status group. The [STATUS_GROUP_NAME] portion of this Standard Choice is the name of the status group you configure using the MEETING_TYPE_STATUS_GROUP Standard Choice. You can enter three different meeting status values: APPROVED, PENDING, and DENIED. The values you enter for this Standard Choice populate the Status drop-down list. Agency users can access this drop-down list from the Meeting Calendar list portlet under the Item secondary tab. | Standard Choices Reference | 378 MODULE_AUDIT_FREQUENCY Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines the frequency of random audits at the module level. Enter any modules for which you want to define a random audit frequency as a value, and enter the frequency, in number of months, as the value description. To define audit frequency at the agency level, see RANDOM_AUDIT Standard Choice. Table 110: MODULE_AUDIT_FREQUENCY Standard Choice Values Standard Choice Values Value Desc Description Licensing Enter X Months, where X represents number of months. For example, 2 Months This value defines the frequency of random audits in the licensing module. Case Management Enter X Months, where X represents number of months. For example, 6 Months This value defines the frequency of random audits in the case management module. | Standard Choices Reference | 379 MULTIPLE_APO_GIS_SELECTION Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice enables the ability to select multiple APO or GIS data and attach them to a record. Standard Choice values can include: Yes. Turn the feature on. No. Disable the feature. | Standard Choices Reference | 380 MULTIPLE_LICENSE_PROFESSIONAL Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice gives agencies the option to associate more than one licensed professional with a new application (single portlet entry and review form). Agencies can also set a primary professional, add professionals, and remove professionals from the application. Standard Choice values can include: Yes | Standard Choices Reference | 381 MULTI_SERVICE_SETTINGS Product Civic Platform, Citizen Access Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice applies to multi-agency administration. The settings define which agency is the super agency for the management of services from multiple agencies and provides the ability to lock a service from licensed professionals or addresses by a condition. Table 111: MULTI_SERVICE_SETTINGS Standard Choice Values Standard Choice Values Value Desc Description IS_SUPER_AGENCY Yes, No Set the value to Yes for the main agency (super agency), and No for sub-agencies. Citizen Access uses this value to determine if the current agency is a super agency. ALLOW_SERVICE_LOCK_ SEVERITY Yes, No Set the value to Yes to enable the ability to lock services by condition. Civic Platform provides a Service Lock option in the Severity drop-down list in the conditions portlets for licensed professionals and addresses. AGENCY_LOGO_TYPE This Value Desc must match the value from the Standard Choice LOGO_TYPE_CATEGORY. This configuration matches the logo with the agency and service. Citizen Access uses this logo type to indicate which associated agency logo to attach the service. SUPER_AGENCY_FOR_EMSE The name of the super-agency which is used by EMSE master scripts. This applies to Master Scripts 3.0 included in Civic Platform 8.0.1 and later) SUPER_AGENCY_INCLUDE_ SCRIPT Optional includes file for all agencies within a super-agency. This applies to Master Scripts 3.0 and later (included in Civic Platform 8.0.1 and later). | Standard Choices Reference | 382 NEW_SPEAR_FORM_ENABLE Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice gives agencies the option to use the redesigned single portlet entry and review form available since Civic Platform 6.5.0 release. For additional information on the differences between the new form and existing forms, see the Single Portlet Entry and Review Form (SPEAR) Implementation Technical Bulletin and AA 6.5.0 Migration Document for SPEAR form Consolidation (07ACC-03396).pdf available from Accela Customer Resource Center. Standard Choice values can include: Yes. Use the 6.5.0 application intake form. No {or undefined}. Use the previous form that was implemented and designed prior to the Civic Platform 6.5.0 release. | Standard Choices Reference | 383 ONE_INVOICE_FOR_ALL_CAPS Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description To use the single invoice for multiple records functionality, you need to configure this Standard Choice. When configuring this Standard Choice, you can select from three values: Yes, No, and Prompt. This Standard Choice relates to sequence number generator for invoices. If the invoice mask uses a variable which indicates different values for difference invoices, administrators must configure this Standard Choice so Civic Platform can use this mask to generate invoices in batch. Table 112: ONE_INVOICE_FOR_ALL_CAPS Standard Choice Values Standard Choice Values Value Desc Description Yes RECTYPE-ALIAS:{Record Type alias};RECTYPE-1: {Group};RECTYPE-2: {Type};RECTYPE-3:{sub type};RECTYPE-4:{Category}; RECTYPE-MODULE:{model} Create a single invoice number for all selected records. If the value description defines the fixed value of a variable which indicates different values for different invoices, Civic Platform can use this fixed value to generate an invoice number for multiple records. No - Create a separate invoice number for each selected record. Prompt RECTYPE-ALIAS:{Fixed Record Type alias};RECTYPE-1: {Fixed Group};RECTYPE-2: {Type};RECTYPE-3:{Fixed sub type};RECTYPE-4:{Fixed Category};RECTYPE-MODULE: {Fixed module name) Display a prompt that allows the user to choose whether or not to create a single invoice for all selected records. If the value description defines the fixed value of a variable which indicates different values for different invoices, Civic Platform displays a dialog box that prompts users to choose whether to use this fixed value to generate an invoice number for multiple invoices or generate an invoice number for each record separately. | Standard Choices Reference | 384 ONLINE_PAYMENT_MAX_AMOUNT Product Citizen Access Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines the maximum payment amount per transaction for each payment method. If the value contains a module name, the payment limit applies to that module only. Otherwise, it applies to all modules. Accela recommends that administrators set the maximum payment amount within the limit that the payment gateway allows payments. For example, if the payment gateway does not allow any payment over 300 dollars, enter “300” or a smaller number in the value description. Standard Choices values include: Check _ Check CreditCard _ CreditCard TrustAccount _ TrustAccount Note: The Standard Choice values are case-sensitive. The Value Desc is the number indicating the maximum payment amount. For example: 500. | Standard Choices Reference | 385 ONLINEPAYMENT_WEBSERVICE_URL Product Civic Platform, Citizen Access Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice gives agencies the ability to accept payments online. This Standard Choice stores the URL for the web service for the online payment. Standard Choices values include: {The URL of the Web service your agency uses to accept online payments, for example, http:// /portlets/services/OnlinePaymentWebService?wsdl.} | Standard Choices Reference | 386 ORGANIZATION_CONTACT_MATCH_CRITERIA Product Civic Platform, Citizen Access, Mobile Office Type System Switch Description To enable close-match searching, configure the following standard choices in the Standard Choices portlet in the Setup Admin (Editing Standard Choices in the Setup Admin): • ENABLE_CONTACT_ADDRESS • INDIVIDUAL_CONTACT_MATCH_CRITERIA • ORGANIZATION_CONTACT_MATCH_CRITERIA Close-match searching enables users to locate reference contacts that do not exactly match their search criteria, but come close. The standard search function returns reference contacts that exactly match user’s search criteria. In some cases, users might find that the search results do not include the contacts they intend to find, for example, if the user mistypes the criteria. In that case, users can click the Close Matches button to locate reference contacts that do not exactly match their search criteria, but come close. Table 113: ORGANIZATION_CONTACT_MATCH_CRITERIA Standard Choice Values Value Description Criteria Click the picker to select the contact fields as the matching criteria. If you select multiple fields in one row, the system joins the fields by a logical AND. The system joins criteria in different rows by a logical OR. Note: Civic Platform searches for close matches based on the criteria rows in which every field has value, and disregards the criteria rows in which any field has no value. Priority The priority determines the order of the matches found:Close matching contacts that meet the criteria of a higher priority always display before those that meet the criteria of a lower priority.In cases when only one match is necessary for later-on processing, the close matching contact that meets the criteria of the highest priority is the default one that Civic Platform selects. | Standard Choices Reference | 387 Value Description Active Select to include this item on the list of Standard Choices. | Standard Choices Reference | 388 PARCELSET_SCRIPT_LIST Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description Allows EMSE scripts to execute on a parcel set. Enter the EMSE script name as the Standard Choices value. Then, in the Value Desc field, enter the name to display in the drop-down list for this script. Standard Choice values can include: {EMSE Script Name} | Standard Choices Reference | 389 PART_CALCULATE_TYPE Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines the formula options for calculating the costs of parts. Standard Choice values can include: LIFO. Stands for last-in, first-out, meaning that the most recently received items are issued/transferred/ adjusted/reserved first in transactions. FIFO. Stands for first-in, first-out, meaning that the oldest inventory items are issued/transferred/adjusted/ reserved first in transactions. Simple. The unit cost of inventory parts equals to the sum of the unit cost of the most recently received items and the previous average unit cost, and divided by two. Weighted. Similar to the Simple formula, but weighted by quantity. | Standard Choices Reference | 390 PARTIAL_CAP_CONDITION_ENABLE Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice determines which step on the application intake form to display the conditions. When enabled, this Standard Choice displays the conditions applied to partial applications in the pop-up window for the application intake form. Standard Choice values can include: Partial CAP. The Condition pop-up window displays when the user clicks the partial application. Fee Estimate. When users click the Fee Estimate button on the application intake form, the record condition notice portlet embeds in the Fee Estimate form. | Standard Choices Reference | 391 PARTIALLY_COMPLETED_CAP_PURGE_DAYS Product Civic Platform, Citizen Access Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice, together with your settings for the CLEAREXPIREDINCOMPLETECAP script and also the batch job for running the script, can periodically purge those partial applications that users Save without Submitting in Civic Platform, or Save and Resume later in Citizen Access. The Standard Choice value includes: {Any numeric value, such as 90, that represents the number of days that partially completed applications remain before Civic Platform removes the partial applications.} For example, if today is April 1, 2008 and you set the value to 30 days, when the batch job runs and executes the CLEAREXPIREDINCOMPLETECAP script, all the partial applications created on March 31, 2008 (which is day number 1 in counting) through March 2 remain in Civic Platform, and all partial applications with a creation day of 31 (March 1, in this case) or earlier are purged. | Standard Choices Reference | 392 PARTS_ALLOW_NEGATIVE_QUANTITY Product Civic Platform, Mobile Office Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice allows the quantity of a part inventory to be negative. Civic Platform sends an alert message when a user attempts a part transaction that requests a quantity greater than the quantity on hand. Standard Choice values can include: Yes {default}. Part inventory items can have a negative quantity. No. Part inventory items cannot have a negative quantity. | Standard Choices Reference | 393 PASSWORD_CALCULATION_SCORE Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice allows agencies modify the password strength calculation score. The Standard Choice value descriptions must use the variables in Table 114: PASSWORD_CALCULATION_SCORE Standard Choice Values. Table 114: PASSWORD_CALCULATION_SCORE Standard Choice Values Standard Choice Value Value Desc Number of Characters +(n*4) Repeated Characters -(n*4) Has 3 Number +5 Has 2 Special Characters +5 Has Upper and Lower Character +10 Has Numbers and Characters +15 Only Characters -10 Only Numbers -10 Weak Password score<=34 Medium Password 34 < score <=34 Strong Password 68 < score | Standard Choices Reference | 394 PASSWORD_POLICY_SETTINGS Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice allows agencies to create new password policy settings, or to modify settings within an existing password policy setting. You must set the policy settings with appropriate values according to the Standard Choice values shown below. Use double pipes (||) to split standard value descriptions and a colon (:) to split elements. Table 115: PASSWORD_POLICY_SETTINGS Standard Choice Values Standard Choice Value Value Desc Example_JavaBean1 JAVABEAN:com.accela.security.password.LengthValidator || length:8 || errorMessage: Password is too short. Example_JavaBean2 JAVABEAN:com.accela.security.password.UpperCharValidator || number:2 || errorMessage: Password must contain uppercase. Example_JavaBean3 JAVABEAN:com.accela.security.password.ExcludeUserIDValidator || errorMessage:Do not allow user id Example_JavaBean4 JAVABEAN:com.accela.security.password.ExcludeUserIDValidator || number:5 || errorMessage:Do not allow previous password. Example_WS WS: https://bridgeview.org:3080/CheckACAPolicy?wsdl || errorMessage: check policy failed. | Standard Choices Reference | 395 PAYMENT_CREDITCARD_TYPE Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines the acceptable credit card types. When accepting credit card payments, cashiers can use magnetic card reader to automatically read credit card information into Civic Platform, or manually enter the information. Standard Choice values can include: MasterCard American Express Visa Discover Diner’s Club | Standard Choices Reference | 396 PAYMENT_CHECK_ACCOUNT_TYPE Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines the acceptable check account types. Table 116: PAYMENT_CHECK_ACCOUNT_TYPE Standard Choice Values Standard Choice Value Value Desc Checking C Savings S Business Checking BC Business Savings BS | Standard Choices Reference | 397 PAYMENT_CHECK_TYPE Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice allows agencies to take payments from electronic checks and from account debit cards. After you create this Standard Choice, you can accept electronic checks and accept account debit cards. Standard Choice values can include: Account Debit Electronic Check | Standard Choices Reference | 398 PAYMENT_GROUP Product Citizen Access Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines one service fee structure for each module in Citizen Access. This provides the flexibility to use service fee structure for one module and to use another service fee structure for another module. For the modules that are assigned to the same service fee structure, their record fees can be paid together in a shopping cart as a single transaction. For the modules are assigned to different service fee structures, their record fees need to be paid separately by module. Currently only OPC CoBrand Plus supports this feature. For other payment gateways, they only support one service fee structure for all modules; the configuration on this Standard Choice does not work for them. Standard Choice values may include: {Enter the module name, such as Building, Licenses, and so forth.} Building Licenses Value Desc: {Enter the fee structure number that the third-party payment gateway provider provides.} | Standard Choices Reference | 399 PAYMENT_PROCESSING_DEFAULT_METHOD Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description Use this Standard Choice to set the default payment method for the current user ID. If you do not define this Standard Choice, Civic Platform uses cash as the payment method. Standard Choice values include: {Enter the current User’s ID.} Value Desc {Provide the default payment method, for example, Debit Card.} | Standard Choices Reference | 400 PAYMENT_PROCESSING_METHOD Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines the payment methods for each module. If you do not configure this Standard Choice, Civic Platform provides all available payment methods. Configure this Standard Choice to display each module’s acceptable payment methods in the Payment Method drop‑down list. Specify the module in the Standard Choices value field and all acceptable payment methods in the Value Desc field. Standard Choice values can include: {Enter the module names. For example, Building, Licenses, and so forth.} Value Description: {Enter a comma delimited list from 17 acceptable payment methods.} ATM, Billed, Cash, Check, Coupon, Credit Card, Debit Card, Internal Transfer, Journal Entry, Misc Credit, Money Order, Multiple Tenders, Other, Trust Account, Waiver, Write Off, Lockbox | Standard Choices Reference | 401 PAYMENT_PROCESSING_RECORD_RECEIPT Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines the receipt mask to use in the Payment Processing portlet. • If you set the Standard Choice value to Record, all records in the Payment Processing portlet use their own record receipt mask for the receipt number generation. • If you set the Standard Choice value to Payment Processing or null, and you define the PP-Receipt mask in the sequence generator administration tool, the Payment Processing portlet uses a customized receipt mask (according to the PP-Receipt mask definition) for each payment, which can involve one or more records. • If you set the Standard Choice value to Payment Processing or null, and you do not define the PPReceipt mask in the sequence generator administration tool, the Payment Processing portlet uses an agency-generated receipt mask for each payment, which can involve one or more records. Standard Choice values can include: Record Payment Processing | Standard Choices Reference | 402 PAYMENT_RECEIVED_TYPE Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines the value options for the Received drop-down list field on all payment locations in Civic Platform, and the value options for the Refunded drop-down list field on the Refund page. The Received or Refunded field displays the manner in which Civic Platform received the payment. Standard Choice values can include: In Person Mail Fax | Standard Choices Reference | 403 PAYMENT_REMITTER_CONTACT_TYPE Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines a “remitter” contact type, which displays on the check endorsement page. Set the value of this Standard Choice to a valid contact type, for example, Applicant. An administrator must map this Standard Choice value to an existing contact type, which you define in the Standard Choice CONTACT_TYPE. | Standard Choices Reference | 404 PENALTY_FEE_FUNC Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines possible penalty fee recalculation methods used in batch processing licenses. Standard Choice values can include: None Percentage Simple | Standard Choices Reference | 405 PENALTY_INTERVAL_UNITS Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines the interval units used to set up the renewal information in licensing. Standard Choice values can include: Days Months Years | Standard Choices Reference | 406 PHONE_NUMBER_IDD Product Civic Platform, Citizen Access Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines phone number country codes. The addition of country codes allows agencies to associate international phone and fax numbers with application contacts, licensed professionals, owners, or public users. The Standard Choice values listed below correspond to the Standard Choice values for COUNTRY. Table 117: PHONE_NUMBER_IDD Standard Choice Values Standard Choice Value Value Desc Description AL 355 Albania DZ 213 Algeria AS 684 American Samoa AD 376 Andorra AO 244 Angola AQ 672 Antarctica AR 54 Argentina AM 374 Armenia AW 297 Aruba AU 61 Australia AT 43 Austria AZ 994 Azerbaijan BH 973 Bahrain BD 880 Bangladesh BY 375 Belarus BE 32 Belgium BZ 501 Belize BJ 229 Benin BT 975 Bhutan BO 591 Bolivia BA 387 Bosnia and Herzegovina BW 267 Botswana BR 55 Brazil BN 673 Brunei BG 359 Bulgaria BF 226 Burkina Faso BI 257 Burundi KH 855 Cambodia CM 237 Cameroon CA 1 Canada | Standard Choices Reference | 407 Standard Choice Value Value Desc Description CV 238 Cape Verde CF 236 Central African Republic TD 235 Chad CL 56 Chile CN 86 China CC 61 Cocos Islands CO 57 Colombia KM 269 Comoros CG 242 Congo CK 682 Cook Islands CR 506 Costa Rica HR 385 Croatia CU 53 Cuba CY 357 Cyprus CZ 420 Czech Republic CI 225 Cote d’Ivoire (Ivory Coast) DK 45 Denmark DJ 253 Djibouti EC 593 Ecuador EG 20 Egypt SV 503 El Salvador GQ 240 Equatorial Guinea ER 291 Eritrea EE 372 Estonia ET 251 Ethiopia FK 500 Falkland Islands FO 298 Faroe Islands FJ 679 Fiji FI 358 Finland FR 33 France GF 594 French Guiana PF 689 French Polynesia GA 241 Gabon GM 220 Gambia GE 995 Georgia DE 49 Germany GH 233 Ghana GI 350 Gibraltar GR 30 Greece GL 299 Greenland GP 590 Guadeloupe | Standard Choices Reference | 408 Standard Choice Value Value Desc Description GT 502 Guatemala GN 224 Guinea GW 245 Guinea-Bissau GY 592 Guyana HT 509 Haiti HN 504 Honduras HK 852 Hong Kong HU 36 Hungary IS 354 Iceland IN 91 India ID 62 Indonesia IR 98 Iran IQ 964 Iraq IE 353 Ireland IL 972 Israel IT 39 Italy JP 81 Japan JO 962 Jordan KZ 7 Kazakhstan KE 254 Kenya KI 686 Kiribati KP 850 North Korea KR 82 South Korea KW 965 Kuwait KG 996 Kyrgyzstan LA 856 Laos LV 371 Latvia LB 961 Lebanon LS 266 Lesotho LR 231 Liberia LY 218 Libya LI 423 Liechtenstein LT 370 Lithuania LU 352 Luxembourg MO 853 Macao MK 389 Macedonia MG 261 Madagascar MW 265 Malawi MY 60 Malaysia MV 960 Maldives ML 223 Mali | Standard Choices Reference | 409 Standard Choice Value Value Desc Description MT 356 Malta MH 692 Marshall Islands MQ 596 Martinique MR 222 Mauritania MU 230 Mauritius YT 269 Mayotte MX 52 Mexico FM 691 Micronesia MD 373 Moldova MC 377 Monaco MS 976 Montserrat MA 212 Morocco MZ 258 Mozambique NA 264 Namibia NR 674 Nauru NP 977 Nepal NL 31 Netherlands AN 599 Netherlands Antilles NC 687 New Caledonia NZ 64 New Zealand NI 505 Nicaragua NG 234 Nigeria NU 683 Niue NF 672 Norfolk Island NO 47 Norway OM 968 Oman PK 92 Pakistan PW 680 Palau PS 970 Palestine PA 507 Panama PG 675 Papua New Guinea PY 595 Paraguay PE 51 Peru PH 63 Philippines PN 48 Pitcairn PT 351 Portugal QA 974 Qatar RE 262 Reunion RO 40 Romania RU 7 Russia RW 250 Rwanda | Standard Choices Reference | 410 Standard Choice Value Value Desc Description SH 290 Saint Helena SM 378 San Marino ST 239 Sao Tome and Principe SA 966 Saudi Arabia SN 221 Senegal CS 381 Serbia and Montenegro SC 248 Seychelles SK 421 Slovakia SB 677 Solomon Islands SO 252 Somalia ZA 27 South Africa ES 34 Spain LK 94 Sri Lanka SD 249 Sudan SR 597 Suriname SZ 268 Swaziland SE 46 Sweden CH 41 Switzerland SY 963 Syria TW 886 Taiwan TJ 992 Tajikistan TZ 255 Tanzania TH 66 Thailand TG 228 Togo TK 690 Tokelau TO 676 Tonga TN 216 Tunisia TR 90 Turkey TM 993 Turkmenistan TV 688 Tuvalu UG 256 Uganda UA 380 Ukraine AE 971 United Arab Emirates US 1 United States UY 598 Uruguay UZ 998 Uzbekistan VU 678 Vanuatu VN 84 Vietnam WF 681 Wallis and Futuna EH 685 Western Sahara YE 967 Yemen | Standard Choices Reference | 411 Standard Choice Value Value Desc Description ZW 263 Zimbabwe | Standard Choices Reference | 412 PHONE_NUMBER_IDD_ENABLE This Standard Choice expands the phone and fax number fields to allow users to enter a country code. Once you enable this Standard Choice, you must enable and add values to the Standard Choice PHONE_NUMBER_IDD. When these two Standard Choices are configured, Civic Platform and Citizen Access auto-populate the phone number Country Code field once a Country is selected from the Country drop-down list. Standard Choice values may include: Yes No | Standard Choices Reference | 413 POINT_OF_SALE_FEE_SCHEDULE Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice allows an agency to specify the fee schedule that you want to apply to point of sale items. Use the Value and Value Desc fields to relate a POS Type to a specific fee schedule. Note: Before you set the Value for this Standard Choice you must have a fee schedule you can apply to point of sale items. The POINT_OF_SALE_FEE_SCHEDULE Value and Value Desc fields associate a fee item to a specific fee schedule.The Value Desc field must match the fee schedule name description exactly. Standard Choice values: _ - where is the point of sale type that you define in POINT_OF_SALE_TYPE and is the Accela module for which you want to provide point of sale items, Food_Building or Clothing_AMS, for example. Note: Create Standard Choice values for each Accela module that requires the point of sale feature. Value Desc: - where is the name of the Fee Schedule, as defined in Civic Platform Administration > Fees > Fee Schedule. It can contain multiple comma delimited fee schedules, for example: POSFeeSchedule1, POSFeeScheduleBLDG. The following shows a sample POINT_OF_SALE_FEE_SCHEDULE standard choice configuration: The following shows a sample Point of Sale Payment portlet with a Food point of sale item in the POS Type drop-down list. The user applies the Food point of sale item to the BLD_WS fee schedule. | Standard Choices Reference | 414 | Standard Choices Reference | 415 POINT_OF_SALE_TYPE Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description The Standard Choice provides an agency with a way to customize a unique record ID for different values in the Value Desc field. You configure this Standard Choice differently for Accela-hosted and on-premise deployments. Standard Choices value: Set the POINT_OF_SALE_TYPE value by entering each general type of fee item you want to apply a fee to when making a point of sale. Create one value for each type of fee item. For example, values might be Food, Clothing, or Media.} Value Desc (for Accela-hosted deployments): USER=Internal;CapID= . is a dummy record ID. For example, you can set the Value Desc to: USER=Internal;CapID=10FDD-00000-#0001. Note: Civic Platform uses the dummy record ID as a placeholder to enable point of sale functionality, the dummy record ID does not display to any Civic Platform users. Value Desc (for on-premise deployments) USER=Public;CapID= . If on-premise sites need to enter a customizable record ID that applies a dummy record ID for each fee item value, then must follow the format of xxxxx-xxxxx-#xxxx where xxxx can be any alphanumeric value. For example, if Food is the value, then the Value Desc field might look like this: USER=Public;CapID=10POS-0000-#0000. For example: | Standard Choices Reference | 416 POPULATE_CURRENT_USER_TO_APPLICANT Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description Each module listed populates the current user as the applicant in the Single Portlet Entry and Renewal form in Citizen Access. Standard Choice values can include: {Each value must be one of the modules, spelled exactly as it appears in the module drop-down list in Civic Platform.} | Standard Choices Reference | 417 PRIORITY Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description Based on your agency requirements, specify the priority levels to appear in the Priority field. Standard Choice values can include: 1 2 3 | Standard Choices Reference | 418 PRODUCTION_UNIT_TYPE Product Civic Platform, Mobile Office Type System Switch Description Specifies choice values for the Unit of Production Field drop-down list used for tracking work order production. Standard Choice values can include: Each Feet Acres Miles | Standard Choices Reference | 419 PROFESSIONALSET_SCRIPT_LIST Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description Allows you to execute EMSE scripts on a licensed professional set. Enter the EMSE Script Name as the Standard Choices value. Then, in the Value Desc field, enter the name to display in the drop-down list for this script. Standard Choice values can include: {EMSE Script Name} | Standard Choices Reference | 420 PROX_ALERT_ACTION Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice is required for proximity alerts to function. Standard Choice values can include: Acknowledged Ignore You must add both values separately. | Standard Choices Reference | 421 PROXIMITY ALERT DISPLAY GIS map viewer Product Civic Platform, GIS Type System Switch Description After you add the Standard Choice, when a proximity alert is activated, the GIS map viewer displays with the GIS objects associated with the application. This occurs after Civic Platform assigns an action to and saves all proximity alerts in a workflow task. Standard Choice values can include: Do not enter a value for this Standard Choices item. | Standard Choices Reference | 422 RACE Product Civic Platform, Mobile Office Type System Switch Description The Standard Choice defines a list of race options that users can select for contacts. Standard Choice values can include, but not limited to: African American Caucasian American Indian Latino Asian | Standard Choices Reference | 423 RANDOM_AUDIT Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice allows you to configure the random audit functionality. Table 118: RANDOM_AUDIT Standard Choice Values Standard Choice Values Value Desc Description AUDIT_MAXIMUM_RESULT Any numerical value up to 50,000. Default: 50,000 This value specifies the maximum number of records that can be part of the audit set. AUDIT_FREQUENCY X Months (where X represents number of months) For example:2 Months This value defines the audit frequency (in number of months) at the agency level. To define audit frequency at the module level, see MODULE_AUDIT_FREQUENCY. AGENCY_EMAIL_ ADDRESS Additional e-mail address(es) that The report is automatically sent to the email you want to blind courtesy copy the addresses specified in the record contacts report to. or Report Manager. You can blind courtesy copy (bcc) it to additional addresses. The default From email address is the agency administrator’s address. | Standard Choices Reference | 424 REASON_FOR_RESCHEDULING_CANCELLING_EXAMINATION Product Civic Platform, Citizen Access Type System Switch Description The Standard Choice defines the reasons users must give to reschedule an examination or cancel an exam. For example, enter “Need to transfer to a bigger room to hold more students.” to the Value field as a reason. If you do not define a reason, users cannot reschedule or cancel an exam. | Standard Choices Reference | 425 RECENTLY_HISTORY_SIZE Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice controls the number of items that display in the Recently Viewed drop-down list when users click the Navigation button on the toolbar. Default value is 10. Recently Viewed displays various types of content. When hovering over the item identification number, hover text displays what type of data element it is. For example, Record or Contact. | Standard Choices Reference | 426 REF_ADDRESS_TYPE Product Civic Platform, Citizen Access Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines the value options for the reference address type. Use this Standard Choice for the reference address in conjunction with FID 0276-Address Type Group and FID 0277-Address Type for the reference address (when enabled). Super agency administrators must configure this Standard Choice to enable the creation of records and services with external addresses. Standard Choice values can include: • Asset Address • Parcel Address • Right of Way • Street Row The Value Desc text appears as the drop down list item for the corresponding address type. Descriptive Text in Citizen Access For Citizen Access, the REF_ADDRESS_TYPE standard choice can be used to add text that will be displayed in Citizen Access when users search for the address type. To add descriptive text for Citizen Access, after the drop down list item text, append a pipe character followed by the descriptive text. For example: | Standard Choices Reference | 427 REFERENCE_CONTACT_RELATIONSHIP Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines the value options in the current/target contact role drop-down list that users can select when associating a reference contact with another one. The two reference contacts can be two organization contacts, or two individual contacts, or one individual contact and one organization contact. You can go to the Standard Choices portlet in the Setup Admin, select the Standard Choice under the Contact tree node, and define the Standard Choice values. Table 119: REFERENCE_CONTACT_RELATIONSHIP Standard Choice Values Value Description Contact Role Contact Role en_US Define the possible contact roles, including the current contact role and target contact role, that reference contacts can play when users configure their association relationship. Active Mark the check box to include this item on the list of Standard Choices. | Standard Choices Reference | 428 REFUND_PAYMENT_REASON Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines all possible options in the Reason field that users can select when refunding payments. You can enter each possible reason as a Standard Choice value. | Standard Choices Reference | 429 REGIONAL MODIFIER Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines the value options for the regional modifier. Standard Choice values can include: 1 1.5 2.0 | Standard Choices Reference | 430 RELATED_CAP_SUMMARY Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice determines whether the record summary displays on the Renewal tab, Related Records tab, or both. Standard Choice values can include: Related Renewal Value Desc: Yes | Standard Choices Reference | 431 RELATED_RECORDS_DEFAULT_VIEW Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines the default view mode of the Related Records tab as either tree view or list view. The Related Records tab displays in the default view mode, when opened the first time. Users can switch between the two view modes. Standard Choice values can include: TreeView {Default} ListView | Standard Choices Reference | 432 RELATED_CAP_CONFIG Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice controls the display of the Related Record section and the tree view of the Related Records tab. Table 120: RELATED_CAP_CONFIG Standard Choice Values Standard Choice Value Value Desc Description DISABLE_IN_EDIT_RECORD_ BY_SINGLE_FORM Yes, No If you set the value to Yes, the Related Record section does not display in the Edit Record By Single Form which opens when users click the Summary button for a record. If you set the value to No, the Related Records section displays in the Edit Record By Single Form which opens when users click the Summary button for a record. Note: This Standard Choice value does not affect the Edit Record By Single Form that opens for a partial record. DISPLAY_CONFIG {List field names in pairs of dollar signs.} $SERV_PROV_CODE $$ALTERNATE_CAP_ID $[$CAP_TYPE$]$CAP_ SUBMITTED_DATE$ $APPLICATION_NAME$ The value defines the fields that show in the Related Records tree view. $SERV_PROV_CODE$ only applies to multiagency environments. | Standard Choices Reference | 433 REMOVE_PAY_FEE Product Citizen Access Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice controls the display of the Pay Fee link from the Fees section of the Record Detail page and the Status column on the Record List page. Standard Choices values include: Yes. Removes the Pay Fee link from view. No. Displays the Pay Fee link when your agency supports online payment processing. | Standard Choices Reference | 434 REMOVE_REQUIRED_IN_ADMIN_CONDITIONS Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description When administrators add or manage conditions (including conditions of approval and general conditions) in Civic Platform, this Standard Choice controls whether Required displays as an option in the Severity field of the conditions. Standard Choice values are: Conditions of Approval Conditions Value Descriptions: Yes. The Required option is not available for the operations listed in Table 121: Operations Affected by REMOVE_REQUIRED_IN_ADMIN_CONDITIONS. No. The Required option is available for the operations listed in the table. Table 121: Operations Affected by REMOVE_REQUIRED_IN_ADMIN_CONDITIONS Portlet or Tab Operation Condition Maintenance portlet Any condition-related operation. See Figure 12: Severity Field in the Condition Maintenance Portlet for an example. Reference APO (address, parcel, or owner) portlet > Condition tabReference Professional portlet > Condition tab Any condition-related operation Set portlet > Address, Parcel, or Professional tab > Conditions tab Any condition-related operation Set portlet > Record tab > Condition of Approval, or Conditions tab Adds a standard condition Record (including Building, Planning...), or Inspections portlet > Condition of Approval or Conditions tab Adds standard condition Record (including Building, Planning...) portlet > Related Record tab Looks up records. Selects conditions (general conditions, inspection conditions, or conditions of approval) to copy when cloning or copying a record. See Figure 13: Select Conditions to Copy Dialog for an example. Note: If the Required option does not display in the Select Conditions to Copy dialog, but you disable the Standard Choice REMOVE_REQUIRED_IN_DAILY_CONDITIONS, Civic Platform selects the required conditions to copy by default. | Standard Choices Reference | 435 Figure 12: Severity Field in the Condition Maintenance Portlet Figure 13: Select Conditions to Copy Dialog | Standard Choices Reference | 436 REMOVE_REQUIRED_IN_DAILY_CONDITIONS Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description When users add or manage conditions (including conditions of approval and general conditions) in Civic Platform, this Standard Choice controls whether Required displays as an option in the Severity field of the conditions. You can set this configuration for each module, Building for example. Standard Choice values can include: Building License Enforcement Value Descriptions: Yes. When users work in the specified module, the Required option is not available for the operations listed in Table 122: Operations Affected by REMOVE_REQUIRED_IN_DAILY_CONDITIONS. No. When users work in the specified module, the Required option is available for the operations listed in the table. Table 122: Operations Affected by REMOVE_REQUIRED_IN_DAILY_CONDITIONS Portlet or Tab Operation Record (including Building, Planning...), or Inspections portlet Creates a daily conditionSee Figure 14: Severity Field > Condition of Approval or Condition tab in the Add Condition Portlet for an example. Record > Condition Notice window View the details of a condition Set portlet > Record tab > Condition of Approval, or Conditions tab Creates a daily condition Figure 14: Severity Field in the Add Condition Portlet | Standard Choices Reference | 437 REPORT_CRITERIA_LANGUAGE Product Civic Platform, Citizen Access Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines the available reporting languages. A language abbreviation is listed as the Standard Choice value, and the language name is listed as the Standard Choice value description. Standard Choice values may include: AR (Arabic) EN (English) | Standard Choices Reference | 438 REPORTS FROM GIS OBJECTS Product Civic Platform, GIS Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice enables users to run reports based on GIS object sets. Standard Choice values can include: {Enter the applicable report string. This is not the actual report, but a reference to the report.} | Standard Choices Reference | 439 REPRINT_REASONS Product Citizen Access Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines the possible reasons for authorized agents or clerks to select when they want to reprint a license tag in Citizen Access. Standard Choice values include: {Enter any reprint reason. For example, Out of Ink.} | Standard Choices Reference | 440 ROUTE_OPTIMIZER_PROVIDER Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines the approach to integrating the third-party route optimizer. For detailed integration instructions, see “Configuring Inspection Route Sheets” in the Inspections chapter of the Civic Platform Administrator Guide. Table 123: ROUTE_OPTIMIZER_PROVIDER Standard Choice Values Standard Choice Value Value Description Description type jar className Enter your class name. For example, gov.agencyname.route.RouteOptimizer When your agency integrates a thirdparty route optimizer by way of a jar package, you must add these values and value descriptions. type restful url Enter your restful url excluding parameters. For example,http://www.bridgeview.gov/ restful/route When your agency integrates a thirdparty route optimizer through REST API, you must add these values and value descriptions. | Standard Choices Reference | 441 ROWM_CONDITIONS Product Civic Platform, Citizen Access Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice is used to notify the user that a conflict exists on a date and location they applied for a permit or event. Configure each pair of Standard Choice Value and Value Description as mapping values between Right of Way Management event/activity type and Civic Platform condition type: • Standard Choice Value = Right of Way Management Event, Activity Type • Value Description = Civic Platform Condition Type Add the Standard Choice value and Value description pairs as needed. The Standard Choice Values in the following table are provided as examples and are customizable by your agency. Standard Choice Value (Right of Way Management) Value Description (Civic Platform) Building Permit Building Permit Notice Communication Communication - Event Music Music - Event Roadway Roadway Sanitary Sewer Sanitary Sewer Required Water Water - Project | Standard Choices Reference | 442 ROWM_INTEGRATION Product Civic Platform, Citizen Access Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice is used with the integration of the ROWM API and Civic Platform. After you configure this Standard Choice when you subsequently create a record type with Right of Way Management as the category, a record is created automatically with a link to the Right of Way Management site. This Standard Choice is used by both Civic Platform and Citizen Access. Standard Choice values are: Standard Choice Value Value Description DISTANCE Numerical distance value ROWM_API_SYSTEM_NAME Name of agency system ROWM_API_URL Agency URL UNIT Unit of measure for distance | Standard Choices Reference | 443 SALUTATION Product Civic Platform, Citizen Access Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice allows users to enter professional or social titles for contacts and licensed professionals, such as Mr., Mrs., or Dr. Salutations must be 10 or fewer characters. The Standard Choice values populate in the Salutation drop-down list in the Contact, Licensed Professional, and Record portlets. Standard Choice values include: Mr. Mrs. Ms. Dr. Prof. | Standard Choices Reference | 444 SESSION_TIMEOUT Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice specifies the session time-out value (in seconds) at the agency level and overrides the session time-out setting at the web server level. Administrators can configure whether to display a session time-out warning to users, to warn that the session is timing out. Users can select Yes in the time-out warning to restart the session. Table 124: SESSION_TIMEOUT Standard Choice Values Standard Choice Values Value Description Description TIMEOUT Enter a number (of seconds). Default: 7200. The value defines the time period after which a Civic Platform session with no activity times out. If you specify a value less than 600 seconds, Civic Platform automatically enforces a session time-out period of 10 minutes. TIMEOUT WARNING Enter a number (of seconds). Default: 120. This value defines the advance time in seconds to pop up the session time-out warning. | Standard Choices Reference | 445 SG-PERCENTAGE_ EXCLUDE_ INVOICED_ FEE Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description When users add a fee item with the SG-PERCENTAGE calc formula to a record, Civic Platform calculates its fee based on the sum of the other fee items that belong to the same subgroup in the record. This Standard Choice defines whether to include all the fee items in the sum, or the fee items of the New status only, and also determines whether users can recalculate an “Invoiced” fee item of the SG-PERCENTAGE calc formula. Standard Choice values include: Yes. Civic Platform calculates the fee with the SG-PERCENTAGE calc formula based on the sum of the other fee items of the New Status that belong to the same subgroup. Besides, when users recalculate the fees in a record, if the fee item of the SG-PERCENTAGE formula is in the Invoiced status, the recalculation does not change the value of the fee item. No {Default}. Civic Platform calculates the fee based on the sum of all the other fee items that belong to the same subgroup. Besides, users can recalculate the fee item of the SG-PERCENTAGE formula even if the fee item is in the Invoiced status. | Standard Choices Reference | 446 SINGLE_INVOICE_REPORT Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description Administrators select this Standard Choice to indicate whether to enable a single invoice report. Standard Choice values include: {Specify the report name.} | Standard Choices Reference | 447 SOCIAL_MEDIA_SETTINGS Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description If you want to customize the application name (instead of “Civic Platform”) displayed under the tweets, use this Standard Choice to register the consumer key and consumer secret you get from the Twitter site for the customized application. Standard Choice values include: TWITTER Value Desc: CONSUMER_KEY=<*****>, CONSUMER_SECRET=<*****> Replace <*****> with the actual consumer key and consumer secret strings. | Standard Choices Reference | 448 SPELL_CHECKER_ENABLED Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice controls the Spell Checker. Standard Choice values include: Yes. The Spell Checker is available for use in Civic Platform. No. The Speck Checker is not available. | Standard Choices Reference | 449 SSO_ADAPTER Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description Allows an agency to specify a custom SSO adapter for an app or web implementation. By default, users login Civic Platform using the default SSO implementation. For each agency intending to use a custom SSO adapter that displays a custom login page and invokes a third-party identity provider (such as LDAP and Oracle Access Manager), the agency administrator must add the standard choice configuration SSO_ADAPTER that specifies the web or app custom SSO adapter. Values Value Description BIZ_SSO_Adapter_4_Agency For an agency web application (using For a web application: av.biz), specify the classpath of the com.sso.islandton. agency's custom SSO adapter. web.WebSSOAdapter.java BIZ_SSO_Adapter_4_PublicUser WEB_SSO_Adapter Example For an agency web service, specify the URL of the web service. For a web service: ws:https:// For a citizen app (using av.biz), specify the classpath of the agency's custom SSO adapter. For an app: com.sso. For a citizen web service, specify the URL of the web service. For a web service: ws:https:// For a web service implementation (using av.web), specify the classpath of the agency's custom SSO adapter. For a web service adapter: myagency.com/auth islandton.app. AppSSOAdapter.java myagency.citizen.com/auth com.sso.islandton. ws.WebserviceAdapter.java For multiple agencies using separate custom SSO adapters, the standard choice SSO_ADAPTER needs to be configured for each agency. | Standard Choices Reference | 450 STANDARD_WEB_FONTS Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice enables custom fonts in the APO Form Layout Editor, ASI Form Layout Editor, Asset Form Layout Editor, and TSI Form Layout Editor. Civic Platform populates the choices in the Font dropdown list in the Properties window. Standard Choice values can include: Andale Mono Arial Comic Sans MS Courier New Georgia Impact Times New Roman Trebuchet MS Verdana Webdings | Standard Choices Reference | 451 State/Province (User-defined Name) Product Civic Platform, Citizen Access Type Business Configuration - State/Province Description This Standard Choice defines a list of states or provinces that can be available for selection in the State (or Province) drop-down list across Civic Platform and Citizen Access. You can specify a unique name as the Standard Choice name (the name of the State list). The Standard Choice name appears as an option of the State/Province drop-down list in the Regional Settings portlet. The administrator can relate the State list to a country or region in the Regional Settings portlet. When the user selects that country or region in a form like the Contact Address intake form, Civic Platform populates the corresponding states from the specified State list in the State (or Province) drop-down list. See Figure 15: Define the State List for the United States for an illustrative example. Figure 15: Define the State List for the United States Standard Choice values can include: {Enter the names of the states or provinces.} AK CA SD Value Descriptions: {Enter description of the state or province.} Alaska {for the Standard Choice value “AK”} | Standard Choices Reference | 452 California {for the Standard Choice value “CA”} South Dakota {for the Standard Choice value “SD”} | Standard Choices Reference | 453 STATES Product Citizen Access Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice populates the drop-down list of states. The Standard Choices values are the state names, such as California, Florida, Texas, or New York. You may run a script to populate all 50 states for this drop-down list. | Standard Choices Reference | 454 STATUS_OF_CONDITIONS_OF_APPROVAL Product Civic Platform, Citizen Access, Mobile Office Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines the status for conditions of approval. You define the Standard Choice values as the options in the status field for a condition of approval. Standard Choice values can include: {Enter a status names in each row.} Pending Met Value Descriptions: {Enter the status type Applied or Not Applied.} Applied Not Applied | Standard Choices Reference | 455 STREET DIRECTIONS Product Civic Platform, Citizen Access, Mobile Office Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice populates the drop-down list of street directions. The Standard Choices values are the directions, such as North, South, East, West, N, S, E, W, NE, NW, SE, SW. | Standard Choices Reference | 456 STREET SUFFIXES Product Civic Platform, Citizen Access, Mobile Office Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice populates the drop-down list of street suffixes. Standard Choice values can include: Ave Cir Way | Standard Choices Reference | 457 STRUCTURETYPE Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice populates the drop-down list of the structure type. Standard Choice values can include: Primary Secondary Canal Mall | Standard Choices Reference | 458 STRUCTURE_APO_ASSOCIATION Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice controls the auto‑association of APO data when you associate an establishment with a structure. Standard Choice values include: Address Establishment Owner Parcel Structure Value Desc: Yes: Civic Platform automatically associates the object. No: Civic Platform does not automatically associate the object. Prompt: Civic Platform prompts the user to associate any related objects. | Standard Choices Reference | 459 STRUCTURE_CAP_ASSOCIATION Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice controls the automatic association of establishment, structure, and APO data to an application intake form when you search for an address, parcel, owner, structure, or establishment. Standard Choice values include: Address Establishment Owner Parcel Structure Value Descriptions: Yes: Civic Platform automatically associates any related objects. No: Civic Platform does not automatically associate the object. Prompt: Civic Platform prompts users to associate related objects, if any. | Standard Choices Reference | 460 STRUCTURE_ESTABLISHMENT_APO_ASSOCIATION Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice controls the auto‑association of APO data to existing associated establishments when you associate APO data with their parent structure. Standard Choice values include: Address Establishment Owner Parcel Structure Value Description: Yes: Civic Platform automatically associates the object. No: Civic Platform does not automatically associate the object. Prompt: Civic Platform prompts the user to associate any related objects. | Standard Choices Reference | 461 STRUCTURE_ESTABLISHMENT_LAND_USE Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice determines the land use values for structures and establishments. Standard Choice values can include: Commercial Residential | Standard Choices Reference | 462 STRUCTURE_ESTABLISHMENT_STATUS Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice determines the structure and establishment status values. Standard Choice values can include: Existing Proposed | Standard Choices Reference | 463 TEMPLATE_EMSE_DROPDOWN Product Civic Platform, Citizen Access Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice controls the ability to populate licensed professional template field information by calling an external web service and publishing the data to the field. Standard Choice values: ENABLE_EMSE Value Description: Yes. Enables the EMSE web service functionality. No. Disables EMSE web service functionality. The default value is No. | Standard Choices Reference | 464 TEMPLATE_TEXT_PARAMS Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines agency-specific parameters that administrators can apply to display text in text settings. The Standard Choice value defines the parameter name, and the Value Desc defines the parameter value. If the display text contains the parameter name surrounded by the “$$” signs in text settings, the parameter value appears on the interface where the text settings are applicable. | Standard Choices Reference | 465 TIME_ACCOUNTING_SETTINGS Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice controls whether the Equipment/Materials section is available for users to add equipment and material cost when creating a time accounting record. Standard Choice values can include: ENABLE_EQUIPMENT_LIST Value Desc: Yes. The Equipment/Materials section displays in the time accounting new form only when the Standard Choice Value ENABLE_EQUIPMENT_LIST = Yes. | Standard Choices Reference | 466 TIME_MODULES Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice controls the drop‑down menu that displays beside the time in Structures and Establishments records and indicates whether the time is a.m. or p.m. Standard Choice values can include: a.m. p.m. | Standard Choices Reference | 467 TRUST_ACCOUNT_ADMINISTRATOR Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines the trust account administrator name and the email address for sending notifications regarding trust accounts. For example, you can set up a threshold amount in a trust account and automatically send a notification to the trust account administrator if the trust account balance falls below that threshold. To set up a trust account receipt and an email notification for a low threshold amount, you must also configure the Content Customize function (0184-Admin Content Customization). Civic Platform sends email notifications to all email IDs listed in the Value Desc fields. Standard Choice value can include: {Enter the trust account administrator’s name, in the form of Firstname Lastname, for example: Rocky Miyagi.} Value Description: {Enter the trust account administrator’s email address, for example: Rocky.Miyagi@CityOfOakland.net.} | Standard Choices Reference | 468 TRUST_ACCOUNT_ONLY Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice controls the ability to display a prompt so a user can choose to pay with a trust account or an alternative payment method. Standard Choice values include: Yes. Pays with a trust account only. No. Provides the prompt to pay using an alternative payment method. | Standard Choices Reference | 469 UNIT DESC Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines the value options for the types of workloads to use. Standard Choice values can include: Hours Worked Pages Copied | Standard Choices Reference | 470 UNIT TYPES Product Citizen Access Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice populates the drop-down list in the Unit Type field in ACA. Standard Choices values may include: Apt. Building Suite Unit | Standard Choices Reference | 471 UPDATE_REFERENCE_CONDITION Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines the reference condition configuration. This Standard Choice provides the ability to prompt the user to update reference conditions during the cloning of a record and saves the update as an ad‑hoc in condition history. Standard Choice values: {Enter the condition type.} Standard Choice values can include: Yes - No Prompt: When selected and you override or unlock a condition on the daily side, if you update a reference condition a record, the action impacts all associated records with that reference condition, without a prompt. Yes - Prompt: When selected and you override or unlock a condition on the daily side, the user receives a prompt, “Would you like to update the Reference Condition for all CAPs?” When selected, the user views a message, “Would you like to update Reference Condition for all Records?” If you choose Yes, the main reference condition updates all related records associated with it. No: Civic Platform creates a disable and a history Ad hoc condition record. If you update a reference condition on a record, the reference overrides the individual record only. This function does not affect other records with the reference condition. | Standard Choices Reference | 472 USE_GIS_REST_API Product Civic Platform Version 8.0.2 Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice enables the usage of the Civic Platform GIS REST API. JavaScript GIS leverages the Civic Platform GIS REST API, which provides Civic Platform solutions with an easy way to search and retrieve external address, parcel owner (XAPO) data. Table 125: USE_GIS_REST_API Standard Choice Values Standard Choice Value Value Description Description Yes Yes Uses the Civic Platform GIS REST API to perform search and retrieve XAPO data. The default value is No, which uses the legacy SOAP-based API. | Standard Choices Reference | 473 USER_DISCIPLINES Product Civic Platform, GIS Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice specifies the disciplines, or types that users can conduct, such as Building, Electrical, or Insulation inspections. The Standard Choice values determine the disciplines available on the Disciplines List page. You can assign an inspector to one or more disciplines through this page, when you define the user profile for the inspector. If you are using GIS, the Standard Choice value must match the spelling of the associated GIS layer name as it displays on the GIS Map Viewer Table of Contents. Standard Choice values can include: Water Electrical Plumbing | Standard Choices Reference | 474 USER_DISTRICTS Product Civic Platform, GIS Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice determines the user districts, or geographic areas, where users can conduct meetings or inspections, such as Flagstaff East or Flagstaff North. The Standard Choice values determine the districts available on the User Districts - Add From Standard Choices page. You can assign an inspector to one or more districts through this page, when you define the user profile for the inspector. This Standard Choice value must follow the format: - If you are using GIS, the Standard Choice value must match the spelling of the associated GIS layer name as it displays on the GIS Map Viewer Table of Contents. For example, if the GIS Layer Name is Fire District, the district type is Fire District, and the district name is 1, set the Standard Choice value to Fire District-1. | Standard Choices Reference | 475 VAL_CALC_BY_RECORD_TYPE Product Civic Platform, Citizen Access Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice controls valuation calculator versioning, which enables users to track multiple versions of an occupancy code. Additionally, this Standard Choice controls the availability of the occupancy grouping feature. Agency administrators can group together and manage occupancy version information by creating an occupancy group. This Standard Choice controls the default state of the Filter by Record Type option in the Valuation Calculator section of Civic Platform. This functionality extends into public users of Citizen Access. When estimating fees for a record, public users can enter applicable parameters and can view fees based either on the Contractor Job value or on the valuation calculation results. This feature also includes the super agency level in Citizen Access. Administrators can decide whether the fees are calculated based on the higher or lower of the Contractor job value or the valuation calculation results through the Record Type Administration page or using EMSE scripting. As a pre-requisite to using this feature, administrators must associate some occupancy to the record type. The ApplicationSubmitAfter and FeeEstimateAfter4ACA EMSE events relate to each other. Standard Choice values can include: Yes. Select the Filter by Record Type option in the Valuation Calculator section. No {or undefined}. Clear the Filter by Record Type option in the Valuation Calculator section. | Standard Choices Reference | 476 VALUATION_CALCULATOR_VERSION Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice controls valuation calculator versioning, which enables users to track multiple versions of an occupancy code. Additionally, this Standard Choice controls the availability of the occupancy grouping feature. Agency administrators can group together and manage occupancy version information by creating an occupancy group. You can use the ValuationCalculator_EMSE_Test.txt event script to change the logic of valuation calculator versioning. Standard Choice values can include: Yes No | Standard Choices Reference | 477 VEHICLE Product Civic Platform, Mobile Office Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice identifies the types of vehicles reported during one-time accounting. Standard Choice values can include: Motorcycle Bicycle Car | Standard Choices Reference | 478 VIRTUAL FOLDERS (User-defined Name) Product Civic Platform Type Business Configuration - Virtual Folder Description This Standard Choice defines a virtual folder group. You can specify a unique virtual folder group name as the Standard Choice name. Each virtual folder group can have several values, each value representing a virtual folder. You can create multiple virtual folder groups, that correspond to different record types, and you can associate the appropriate virtual folder group to its corresponding record type. | Standard Choices Reference | 479 VOID_INVOICE_REASON Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines all possible options in the Reason field that users can select when voiding invoices. You can enter each possible reason as a Standard Choice value. | Standard Choices Reference | 480 VOID_PAYMENT_REASON Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice defines all possible options in the Reason field that users can select when voiding payments. You can enter each possible reason as a Standard Choice value. | Standard Choices Reference | 481 WITHOUT_INSPECTION_TIME Product Civic Platform, IVR Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice controls whether IVR or a third party IVR can schedule inspections without passing the scheduled start time to Civic Platform. If administrators set the Standard Choice value to IVR, when users schedule or reschedule inspections with IVR, IVR does not deliver the scheduled start time to Civic Platform. If you set the Standard Choice value to IVR, when users schedule or reschedule inspections with a third party IVR, the IVR system does not deliver the scheduled start time to Civic Platform, as long as the InspectionTime element is empty in the GovXML requests ScheduleInspection or RescheduleInspection. Standard Choice values: IVR | Standard Choices Reference | 482 WO_TASK_DURATION_UNIT Product Civic Platform, Mobile Office Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice determines the anticipated unit of time needed to complete the task. Standard Choice value can include: Yes. The actual duration in daily work order tasks defaults to the same value as the estimate duration. | Standard Choices Reference | 483 WO_TASK_DURATION_SAME_AS_DEFAULT Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description Standard Choice values: No. Leave the Actual duration default value as zero. | Standard Choices Reference | 484 WO_CLOSE_CHECK_TASK Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description Standard Choice values Yes. Daily users cannot close a work order until the user marks all attached work order tasks as Complete. | Standard Choices Reference | 485 WORKFLOW_FIDS Product Civic Platform Type System Switch Description Use this Standard Choice in conjunction with APPLICATION_TYPE_SECURITY_FID to limit users with Workflow Supervisor access (FID 8090-Workflow Supervisor enabled). If your agency has users with Workflow Supervisor access, meaning the user has FID 8090-Workflow Supervisor enabled, and you need to limit their access, you must list each functional area you want to restrict in both the APPLICATION_TYPE_SECURITY_FID and the WORKFLOW_FIDS Standard Choice. | Standard Choices Reference | 486 WORKFLOW_CONFIGS Product Citizen Access Type System Switch Description This Standard Choice enables the ability to display the e-mail address associated with a workflow task to public users in the Record Processing Status area on the website. Standard Choice value may include: ACA_ENABLE_WF_DISP_EMAIL Value Desc: Yes. The Civic Platform workflow setting is marked to display an e-mail address for the record in ACA by default. No. You define the setting to hide e-mail address associated with the record in ACA by default. | Function IDs Reference | 487 Function IDs Reference This section contains a sequential list of Function IDs (FIDs). For each FID, the reference provides the following sections: Version. Indicates the Civic Platform product version in which the FID first appeared. Description. Provides an explanation of what the FID controls. Interdependency. Lists other FIDs that inter-operate with the current FID, or have a parent relationship or child relationship to the current FID. FIDs with an inter-operate relationship jointly control a single function. Child FIDs depend on the parent FID, that is, a disabled parent prevents enablement of the affected child, regardless of the child setting. Solution. The solution name associated with the FID. Access. Provides the Civic Platform navigation path to the item controlled by the FID. | Function IDs Reference | 488 0004-Admin Users Description Enables the User administration function for administrators to create and manage users, including defining the user groups that users belongs to. Interdependency Interoperation 0096-Admin User Groups Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > User Profile > User | Function IDs Reference | 489 0005-Reference Property Parcels Description • Enables the Parcels portlet for users to create and manage reference parcels. • Enables the Parcel tab in the Addresses portlet for users to associate parcels to addresses. • Enables the Look Up and Delete buttons in the Parcels tab of the Structures & Establishments portlet, so users to look up reference parcels for structures and establishments. Interdependency Child of #1 0089-Reference Property Owners Child of #1 0109-Reference Genealogy Split/Merge Child of #1 0295-Reference Structure and Establishment Child of #1 0239-Activities For People and Property Parent of #2 0006-Reference Property Addresses Parent of #3 0295-Reference Structure and Establishment Solution All Access Parcels portlet Addresses portlet > Parcel tab | Function IDs Reference | 490 0006-Reference Property Addresses Description • Enables the Addresses portlet for users to create and manage reference address information. • Enables the Address tab (including the Look Up, New, Delete, Submit, Cancel and GIS buttons) in the Parcels portlet for users to manage addresses for parcels, and copy or move associated reference addresses between genealogically related reference parcels. • Enables the Address tab in the Contacts portlet for users to manage reference addresses for contacts. • Enables the Look Up and Delete buttons in the Addresses tab of the Structures & Establishments portlet, so users to look up reference addresses for structures and establishments. Interdependency Interoperation of #1 0069-Reference Condition Addresses Parent of #2 0005-Reference Property Parcels Child of #1 0277-Address Type for the reference address Child of #1 0321-Reference Address Copy Child of #1 8388-Reference Address Comments Child of #1 0239-Activities For People and Property Interoperation of #3 0344-Show Address on the Contact Parent of #4 0295-Reference Structure and Establishment Solution All Access Addresses portlet Parcels portlet > Address tab Contacts portlet > Address tab | Function IDs Reference | 491 0008-Reference Licensed Professionals Description • Enables the Licensed Professionals portlet for users to add and manage licensed professionals. • Enables the Look Up and Delete buttons in the Owners tab of the Structures & Establishments portlet, so users to look up owners for structures and establishments. • Enables the Associate Licensed Professional button in the Associated People tab of the Trust Account portlet, so users can associate licensed professionals to a trust account. Interdependency Child of #1 0323-Disable Licensed Professionals Search Child of #1 8330-People Info Table Child of #1 8389-Reference Licensed Professional Comments Child of #1 0283-Associated CAP List Child of #1 0239-Activities For People and Property Parent of #2 0295-Reference Structure and Establishment Parent of #3 0278-Associate People Solution All Access Licensed Professionals portlet | Function IDs Reference | 492 0025-Admin Workflow Email Settings Version 5 Description Enables the Email Setting administration function of workflow for administrators to specify the combination of a workflow process, task, and status that generates an email message. Administrators can choose which email message to send when this combination occurs, and determine the recipient of the email message. Interdependency Interoperation 0026-Admin Workflow Email Messages Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Workflow > Email Setting | Function IDs Reference | 493 0026-Admin Workflow Email Messages Description Enables the email message administration function of workflow for administrators to compose email messages that they can deliver to specific recipients when a certain task reaches a certain status. Interdependency Child 0025-Admin Workflow Email Settings Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Workflow > Email Message | Function IDs Reference | 494 0027-Workflow Email Override Information about this item is unavailable at this time. | Function IDs Reference | 495 0036-Admin Workflow Processes Description Enables the Process administration function for administrators to manage workflow processes and configure workflow tasks in the processes. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Workflow > Process | Function IDs Reference | 496 0043-Tickler Description Enables the Tickler and Tickler Collection daily functions in Civic Platform Classic, so users can configure and mange ticklers (pre-defined search in database for certain tasks). Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Daily > SmartManager > Tickler Classic Daily > SmartManager > Tickler Collection | Function IDs Reference | 497 0044-User Preferences Description Enables the Preference tab in the Preference portlet for users to set up Civic Platform preferences. Interdependency None Solution All Access Preference portlet > Preference tab | Function IDs Reference | 498 0045-Admin Organizational Hierarchy Description Enables the Organization administration function for administrators to define organization hierarchy, translating agency’s departments into organization structures. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > User Profile > Organization | Function IDs Reference | 499 0047-Admin Fee Payment Periods Description Enables the Payment Period administration function for administrators to configure and manage payment periods. Payment periods can indicate which module a user is working in, or act as flags during batch processing. Payment periods help manage which fees apply to an application, and when. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Fees > Payment Period | Function IDs Reference | 500 0048-Reference Hearing Locations Description Enables the Hearing Location administration function for administrators to add reference hearing locations. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Calendar > Location | Function IDs Reference | 501 0049-Reference Hearing Bodies Description Enables the Hearing Body administration function for administrators to add reference hearing bodies. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Calendar > Hearing Body | Function IDs Reference | 502 0050-Reference Hearing Calendar (old) Description Enables the Hearing Calendar administration function for administrators to create hearing calendar items in Civic Platform Classic. Interdependency Interdependency 0183-Reference Hearing Calendar Civic Platform ignores the setting of FID 0050 if you enable FID 0183. When you disable FID 0183 but enable FID 0050, the calendar item edit page provides the fields differently than when you enable FID 0183. Solution All Access Calendar > Hearing Calendar | Function IDs Reference | 503 0054-Admin Condition Types Description Enables the Condition Type administration function for administrators to create and manage condition types. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Condition > Condition Type | Function IDs Reference | 504 0055-Admin Condition Status Description Enables the Condition Status administration function for administrators to create and manage condition statuses. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Condition > Condition Status | Function IDs Reference | 505 0056-Admin Condition Reference Description Enables the Standard Condition administration function for administrators to create and manage standard conditions. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Condition > Standard Condition Type | Function IDs Reference | 506 0057-Reference Condition Parcels Description • Enables the Conditions tab in the Parcels portlet for users to add and manage conditions for parcels. • Enables the Copy and Move buttons in the Conditions tab of the Parcels portlet for users to copy or move associated conditions between genealogically related reference parcels. Interdependency Child of #1 Solution All Access Parcels portlet > Conditions tab 0209-Reference Parcel Condition History | Function IDs Reference | 507 0058-Admin Workflow Condition Validation Description Enables the Process Validation administration function of conditions for administrators to extend the condition that currently exist for an application to inhibit the workflow process related to that application. Process validation lets you determine the validity of the workflow process based on the condition of the application it belongs to. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Condition > Process Validation | Function IDs Reference | 508 0059-Admin Fees Valuation Calculation Description Enables the Valuation Calculator admin tool for administrators to configure and manage the valuation calculations that they can associate with any given ASI field, system defined information field, or Job cost field in an Application Intake form. Interdependency If you enable the Standard Choice VALUATION_CALCULATOR_VERSION, clicking the Valuation Calculator link in Classic Admin opens the valuation calculator - occupancy portlet in Vantage360. Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Fees > Valuation Calculator | Function IDs Reference | 509 0060-Admin Fees Regional Modifier Description Enables the Regional Modifier administration function for administrators to define the region and the increment for fee adjustment. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Fees > Regional Modifier | Function IDs Reference | 510 0061-Admin SmartChoice Code Description Enables the SmartChoice Group administration function for administrators to configure SmartChoice group code to associate with application types. The SmartChoice group code determines the information to include in the application intake form. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Application > SmartChoice Group | Function IDs Reference | 511 0063-Admin Workflow Task Status Version 2.5 Description Enables the Task Status administration function of workflow for administrators to create and manage task statuses. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Workflow > Task Status | Function IDs Reference | 512 0065-Admin Application Types Version 2.51 Description • Displays the Record Type portlet for administrators to configure record types. • Displays the Enable For ACA check boxes in an application type configuration, so administrators can set the application type to display in Citizen Access, making the information available online. • Displays the Document Code for ACA field in an application type configuration on the condition enabled for FID 0108 Admin Document Type. • Enables the Record Type Security portlet for administrators to control access to different application types based on agency privileges and group privileges. Interdependency Parent of #1 0318-Administration Child of #2 0244-Fee Estimation Interoperation of #2 0075-Admin License Types Interoperation of #3 0108-Admin Document Type Solution All Access Setup portlet > Administration > AA Admin > Record Type Setup portlet > Administration > AA Admin > Record Type > (Selecting a record type) Edit Setup portlet > Application > Record Type Security | Function IDs Reference | 513 0068-Admin Fee Item Sets Version 4 Description Enables the Fee Items administration function for administrators to configure and manage fee items. Interdependency Interoperation 0181-Admin Fees Manage Schedule Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Fees > Fee Items | Function IDs Reference | 514 0069-Reference Condition Addresses Description • Enables to display the address search results when users click the Submit button in the search form of the Addresses portlet. • Enables the Conditions tab in the Addresses portlet for users to add and manage conditions for addresses. Interdependency Interoperation of #1 0006-Reference Property Addresses Child of #2 0208-Reference Address Condition History Solution All Access Addresses portlet > Search form > (After clicking the Submit button) Search results Addresses portlet > Conditions tab | Function IDs Reference | 515 0070-Reference Condition Licensed Professionals Description Enables the Condition tab in the Licensed Professionals portlet for users to manage conditions for licensed professionals. Interdependency Child 0211-Reference Licensed Professional Cond. History Solution All Access Licensed Professionals portlet > Conditions tab | Function IDs Reference | 516 0071-Admin Workflow Final Inspection Description Enables the Final Inspection button in the Application Type administration function, so administrators can define the final inspections for workflow tasks. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Application > Application Type > (Below the Application Type list) Final Inspection button | Function IDs Reference | 517 0072-Admin App Spec Info Obsolete. Use FID 0179 instead. | Function IDs Reference | 518 0073-Admin Application Renewal Info Description Enables the Renewal Info administration function for administrators to establish renewal information such as the expiration date, renewal process, and penalty periods for business licenses. Interdependency None Solution License Access Classic Admin Tools > Application > Renewal Info | Function IDs Reference | 519 0074-Admin License Fee Payment Period Information about this item is unavailable at this time. | Function IDs Reference | 520 0075-Admin License Types Description Displays the Velocity Hall settings instead of Enable For ACA check boxes in an application type configuration. Interdependency None Interdependency Interoperation 0065-Admin Application Types Solution All Access Setup portlet > Administration > AA Admin > Record Type > (Selecting a record type) Edit | Function IDs Reference | 521 0076-Accela Events Description Enables the event administration function for super agency administrators to perform the following tasks: • Add, update or delete events • Add, update or delete event parameters • View event logs by time period Interdependency None Solution SuperAgency Access Classic Admin Tools > Agency Profiles > Events | Function IDs Reference | 522 0077-Admin Event Setup Description Enables the Events administration function for administrators to manage the association between events and scripts. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Events > Events | Function IDs Reference | 523 0078-Admin Event Script Setup Description Enables the Script administration function for administrators to add scripts, search scripts, or edit scripts. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Events > Scripts | Function IDs Reference | 524 0079-Admin Event Script Test Description Enables the Script Test administration function for administrators to select and test scripts. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Events > Test Script | Function IDs Reference | 525 0080-Admin Rbizdomain Maintenance Description Enables the Standard Choices administration function for administrators to add and manage Standard Choice settings. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Agency Profile > Standard Choices | Function IDs Reference | 526 0081-Admin Calendar Events Obsolete. | Function IDs Reference | 527 0082-Reference Structure Description Enables the Structure administration function for administrators to define structures. Interdependency Child 0194-Access Structure Conditions Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Property > Structure | Function IDs Reference | 528 0083-Reference Structure Template Description Enables the Structure Template administration function for administrators to define structure templates. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Property > Str Template | Function IDs Reference | 529 0084-Reference People Contact Description • Enables the Contacts portlet for users to add and manage contacts, including the following tabs: Contact Detail, Contact Address, Related Contacts, Conditions, Record List, Activity, Associated Public User, and Assets. • Enables the Associate Contact button in the Associated People tab of the Trust Account portlet, so users can associate contacts to a trust account. • Enables the Sync to the Reference button in the Contacts tab, for users to synchronize the information about a daily contact to its reference. • Enables the Also Known As tab in the Contacts portlet for users to manage the Also Known as names of reference contacts. Interdependency Child of #1 8102-People User Defined Attribute Child of #1 0322-Reference Merge Contacts Child of #1 0239-Activities For People and Property Parent of #2 0278-Associate People Solution All Access Contacts portlet Contacts portlet > Also Known As tab Record portlet > Contacts tab Trust Account portlet > Associated People tab > Associate Contact button | Function IDs Reference | 530 0085-Admin APO Template Description Enables the APO Template administration function for administrators to configure user-defined attributes for addresses, parcels and owners. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Property > APO Template | Function IDs Reference | 531 0086-Admin Agency Online Help Description Enables the Online Help administration function for administrators to define and manage custom help documents. A help document can be an HTML file, PDF file, text file, Word document, website, or any other file type that the browser supports. Interdependency None Solution All Modules Access Classic Admin Tools > Help > Online Help | Function IDs Reference | 532 0087-Accela Online Help Description Enables the Online Help administration function for superagency administrators to view the existing help documents, and add more if necessary. Interdependency None Solution Superagency Access Classic Admin Tools > Agency Profile > Online Help | Function IDs Reference | 533 0088-Admin People User Defined Attributes Description Enables the People Template administration function for administrators to configure templates as additional fields for licensed professionals and contacts. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > People > People Template | Function IDs Reference | 534 0089-Reference Property Owners Description • Enables the Owner portlet for users to create and manage reference owner information. • Enables the Owner tab in the Parcels and Structures & Establishments portlet for users to manage owners for parcels, and copy or move associated reference owners between genealogically related reference parcels. Interdependency Parent of #2 0005-Reference Property Parcels Child 0239-Activities For People and Property Solution All Access Owner portlet Parcels portlet > Owner tab Structures and Establishments portlet > Owner tab | Function IDs Reference | 535 0092-Accela Functions Version 3.7 Description Enables the Functions administration function for superagency administrators to search and view the FID list and the FID basic information. Interdependency None Solution Superagency Access Classic Admin Tools > Agency Profile > Functions | Function IDs Reference | 536 0093-Accela Release Versions Version 3.7 Description Enables the Version administration function for superagency administrators to view the Civic Platform version information, and maintain the list of modules for each solution. Interdependency None Solution Superagency Access Classic Admin Tools > Agency Profile > Version | Function IDs Reference | 537 0094-Accela Agency Version 3.7 Description Enables the Agency administration function for superagency administrators to create and manage agency settings. Interdependency None Solution Superagency Access Classic Admin Tools > Agency Profile > Agency | Function IDs Reference | 538 0095-Accela Agency Functions Version 3.7 Description Enables the Agency Functions administration function for superagency administrators to view and change the Function Identification (FID) settings for agencies (do not change the basic functions, but only to enable or disable optional functions). If you disable a FID for an agency, it is invisible to all the user groups in the agency. Interdependency None Solution Superagency Access Classic Admin Tools > Agency Profile > Agency Functions | Function IDs Reference | 539 0096-Admin User Groups Version 3.7 Description Enables the User Group administration function for administrators to create and manage user groups, including assigning FIDs to user groups. Interdependency Interoperation 0004-Admin Users Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > User Profile > User Group | Function IDs Reference | 540 0097-Admin Workflow Review Activity Version 4 Description Enables the Activity administration function of workflow for administrators to configure activities for specific workflow processes and tasks. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Workflow > Activity | Function IDs Reference | 541 0098-Reference Standard Comments Version 4.0 Description Enables the Std Commend administration function for administrators to view and configure standard comments in Civic Platform Classic. Interdependency Interdependency 0290-Admin - Standard Comments If you enable FID 0290, the Std Comment administration page in Civic Platform Classic displays the Standard Comments administration portlet from Civic Platform Vantage360. Otherwise, the Std Comment administration page displays the legacy configuration page. Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Agency Profile > Std Comment | Function IDs Reference | 542 0099-Admin Oracle Reports Version 3.8 Description Enables the Oracle Report administration function for administrators to view and add Oracle reports in Civic Platform Classic. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Agency Profile > Oracle Report | Function IDs Reference | 543 0106-Admin Batch job Version 3.7 Description Any of the following FIDs can enable the Batch Engine administration portlet: • 0106-Admin Batch job (the list portlet, the Job Detail tab, Job Schedule tab, and Log tab) • 0284-Batch Job Maintenance (the list portlet and the Job Detail tab) and 0285-Batch Job Schedule (the Job Schedule tab and the Log tab) • 8122-Batch Job (the list portlet, the Job Detail tab, Job Schedule tab, and Log tab) • 8049-Batch Job (old) (the list portlet, the Job Detail tab, Job Schedule tab, and Log tab) Interdependency Interoperation 0284-Batch Job Maintenance Interoperation 8122-Batch Job Interoperation 8049-Batch Job (old) Solution All Access Setup portlet > System Tools > Batch Engine Batch Jobs portlet | Function IDs Reference | 544 0107-Admin GIS Service Version 5 Description Enables the GIS Service administration function for administrators to configure and manage GIS services. Interdependency Child 0243-GIS Service Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > GIS > GIS Service | Function IDs Reference | 545 0108-Admin Document Type Version 6.1.1 Description • • Enables the Attachments administration function for administrators to perform the following tasks: • Create and manage document groups for organizing different types of documents that users can add to certain applications • Add document types to document groups and set properties for each document type Displays the Document Code for ACA field in an application type configuration on the condition for which you enable FID 0065 Admin Application Type. Interdependency Interoperation with #2 0065-Admin Application Types Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Attachments > Document Classic Admin Tools > Application > Application Type > Application Category - Edit | Function IDs Reference | 546 0109-Reference Genealogy Split/Merge Version 3.8 Description • Enables the Merge and Split buttons in the Parcels portlet for users to split a parent parcel into multiple descendents, or merge parcels together in a “spousal” relationship, or combine multiple parcels into a single descendent. • Enables the Genealogy Summary tab in the Parcels portlet for users to view and operate the parcel genealogy. When set to full access, Civic Platform automatically sets FID 0005 Reference Property Parcels, FID 0006 Reference Property Addresses, FID 0089 Reference Property Owners, and FID 8281 Inspector Districting to full access. This way, users can split and merge reference parcels in Civic Platform. Interdependency Parent 0005-Reference Property Parcels Solution All Access Parcels portlet > Merge, Split buttons Parcels portlet > Genealogy Summary tab | Function IDs Reference | 547 0110-Reference Owner Condition Version 3.8 Description Enables the Conditions tab in the Owners portlet for users to add and manage conditions for owners. Interdependency Child Solution All Access Owners portlet > Conditions tab 0210-Reference Owner Condition History | Function IDs Reference | 548 0111-Admin GIS Dynamic Themes Version 5 Description Enables the Dynamic Theme administration function for administrators to configure GIS query themes. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > GIS > Dynamic Theme | Function IDs Reference | 549 0112-Admin Workflow Version 4.1 Description Enables the Workflow administration function for administrators to define and manage workflow hierarchy. Interdependency Child 0249-Workflow Edit Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Workflow > Workflow | Function IDs Reference | 550 0115-Reference Calendar Structure Version 3.9 Description Enables the Structure as a calendar type in the calendar management in Civic Platform Classic, so users can configure structure calendars. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Calendar > Calendar > Structure option in Type field | Function IDs Reference | 551 0116-Admin Calendar Structure Blockout Version 3.9 Description Enables the Structure Blockout as a calendar type in the calendar management in Civic Platform Classic, so users can configure structure blockout calendars. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Calendar > Calendar > Structure Blockout option in Type field | Function IDs Reference | 552 0117-Admin Calendar Inspection Blockout Version 3.9 Description Enables the Inspection Blockout as a calendar type in the calendar management in Civic Platform Classic, so users can configure inspection blockout calendars. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Calendar > Calendar > Inspection Blockout option in Type field | Function IDs Reference | 553 0118-Admin GIS Search Tools Version 5 Description Enables the GIS Search Fields administration function for administrators to configure the search fields applicable in GIS Search. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > GIS > GIS Search Fields | Function IDs Reference | 554 0119-Admin Citation Number Generator Information about this item is unavailable at this time. | Function IDs Reference | 555 0120-Accela Login Page Navigation Link Maintenance Version 4 Description Enables the Login Page Links administration function for superagency administrators to maintain login page navigation links. Interdependency None Solution Superagency Access Classic Admin Tools > Agency Profile > Login Page Links | Function IDs Reference | 556 0121-Admin Agency Announcements Version 4 Description Enables the Announcement administration function for administrators to define and manage announcements that display in a pop-up window after a user logs on to Civic Platform. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Help > Announcements | Function IDs Reference | 557 0122-Accela System Announcements Version 4 Description Enables the Announcements administration function for superagency administrators to configure system announcements. Interdependency None Solution Superagency Access Classic Admin Tools > Agency Profile > Announcements | Function IDs Reference | 558 0123-Admin Inspection Result Group Version 4.2 Description Enables the Inspection Result Group administration function for administrators to configure and manage inspection result groups. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Inspection > Inspection Result Group | Function IDs Reference | 559 0124-Admin Inspection Guide Sheet Version 4.2 Description Enables the Inspection Guide Sheet function for administrators to create and manage inspection guide sheets. Interdependency Child 0291-Guide Sheet Template Data Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Inspection > Guide Sheet | Function IDs Reference | 560 0125-Admin Inspection Guide Sheet Group Version 4.2 Description Enables the Guide Sheet Group function for administrators to create and manage inspection guidesheet groups. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Inspection > Guide Sheet Group | Function IDs Reference | 561 0127-Admin Application Status Group Version 4 Description Enables the Application Status Group administration function for administrators to create and manage application status groups that apply to specific types of applications. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Application > Application Status Group | Function IDs Reference | 562 0128-Accela User Profile Replace Password Version 4 Description Enables the Replace Password administration function for superagency administrator to set a new password for an agency user. Interdependency None Solution Superagency Access Classic Admin Tools > Agency Profile > Replace Password | Function IDs Reference | 563 0129-Admin GIS Feature Version 5 Description Enables the GIS Feature administration function for administrators to view and manage all the GIS features, and configure the genealogy. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > GIS > GIS Feature | Function IDs Reference | 564 0130-Admin GIS Establish Genealogy Version 5 Description Enables the GIS Establish Genealogy administration function for administrators to configure the genealogy between GIS objects. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > GIS > Establish Genealogy | Function IDs Reference | 565 0131-Admin Find App (Custom) Version 5 Description Enables the Find Application Profile administration function for administrators to customize the advanced application search window and results window for different user groups. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Application > Find Application Profile | Function IDs Reference | 566 0133-Admin Inspection Type Sets Version 4.2 Description Enables the Inspection Group and Type administrator function for administrators to search inspection groups and inspection types, and configure inspection groups and inspection types. Interdependency Child 0218-Admin Auto-Assign Inspection Child 0288-Enable Inspection Flow Child 0289-Enable Inspection Milestone Child 0232-Admin display Option/Required column Child 0229-Admin display Department Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Inspection > Inspection | Function IDs Reference | 567 0134-Admin-Message-General Version 4 Description Enables the Announcements portlet for administrators to configure and manage messages to display in Civic Platform and/or Citizen Access. Interdependency Child 0135-Admin-Message-Supervisor Solution All Access Setup portlet > Communication Manager > Announcements | Function IDs Reference | 568 0135-Admin-Message-Supervisor Version 4 Description Enables the Assign Agency, Assign Module, and Assign Group buttons in the Recipient tab of the Announcements administration portlet, so administrators can manage messages in all agencies. Interdependency Parent 0134-Admin-Message-General Solution All Access Setup portlet > Communication Manager > Announcements > Recipient tab > Assign Agency, Assign Module, and Assign Group buttons | Function IDs Reference | 569 0136-Admin Application General Profile Version 4.1 Description Enable the General Profile administration function for administrators to configure what the daily activities application window look like. The profiles affect application summary windows and search windows, as well as application headers. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Application > General Profile | Function IDs Reference | 570 0137-Admin Filter View Version 4.1 Description • Enables the Form Portlet Designer administration function for administrators to configure the forms and lists for their agency users. • Enables the Edit View menu item in list and form portlets for users to customize the layout. Interdependency None Solution All Access Setup portlet > Agency Profile > Form Portlet Designer List and form portlets (such as Record portlet, Professionals portlet) > Menu button > Edit View button | Function IDs Reference | 571 0139-Admin-DataFilter/QuickQuery Version 4.1 Description • Enables the Data Filter portlet for administrators to restrict the data that display in lists or forms for certain users. • Enables the Global QuickQueries portlet for administrators to define quickqueries and assign them to users, or user groups. • Enables the My QuickQueries portlet for administrators to view and manage the quickqueries created by agency users. Interdependency Child of #3 0327-Edit My QuickQuery By Administration Solution All Access Setup portlet > Data Filter & Query > Data Filter Setup portlet > Data Filter & Query > Global QuickQueries Setup portlet > Data Filter & Query > My QuickQueries | Function IDs Reference | 572 0142-Admin Agency Security Policies Version 5 Description • Enables the ACA Admin portlet for administrators to configure and design the Citizen Access website. • Enables the ASI Security portlet for administrators to perform the following tasks: • View or assign users’ access to certain ASI data and ASI table data • Forbid users from accessing to certain ASI data and ASI table data Assigns security permissions based on the user login at the Agency, Module, User Group, and User levels. • Enables the Inspection Type Security portlet for administrators to establish security levels for inspection types. Interdependency None Solution Land/Building/Licenses/Enforcement/AMS Access Setup portlet > Administration > ACA Admin Setup portlet > Application > ASI Security Setup portlet > Inspection > Inspection Type Security | Function IDs Reference | 573 0143-Admin Workflow Task Spec Info Version 6 Description Enables the Task Specific Info administration function of workflow for administrators to create and manage task-specific information groups to include on tasks, in addition to the standard task fields. Interdependency Child 0180-Admin Workflow Task Spec Info Subgroups Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Workflow > Task Specific Info | Function IDs Reference | 574 0144-Admin Agency Dynamic Menu Information about this item is unavailable at this time. | Function IDs Reference | 575 0145-Admin Report Management Version 5 Description Enables the Report Management administration function (available as a link) for administrators to manage reports from Civic Platform Classic. Interdependency Interdependency 0226-Reports Manager Admin Child 0193-Report Management Auto Report Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Report Management link | Function IDs Reference | 576 0146-Admin Folder Admin Information about this item is unavailable at this time. | Function IDs Reference | 577 0147-Accela DB Admin Version 5.0 Description Enables the Manage Data Sources tool in the Report Management portlet, so super agency administrators can configure the data sources for reports. Interdependency None Solution Superagency Access Classic Daily > Report > Report Management > Tools tab > Manage Data Source | Function IDs Reference | 578 0148-Admin Report Admin Information about this item is unavailable at this time. | Function IDs Reference | 579 0149-Admin Universe Admin Information about this item is unavailable at this time. | Function IDs Reference | 580 0150-Admin Workload and Skillset Version 6 Description • Enables the Workload portlet for administrators to create and manage workloads that Civic Platform uses to determine which skillset to assign the work to. • Enables the Skillset portlet for administrators to set up the available skillsets, so Civic Platform can assign appropriate workloads to the department or employee with the best skillset necessary to perform the work. Interdependency None Solution All Access Setup portlet > Workflow & Activity > Workload Setup portlet > Workflow & Activity > Skillset | Function IDs Reference | 581 0151-Admin Alert and Rules Version 1 Description Enables the Alert and Rule portlet for administrators to perform the following tasks: • View the existing user-defined alerts and rules • Create or delete user-defined alerts and rules • Assign recipients of alerts and rules Interdependency None Solution All Access Setup portlet > Communication Manager > Alert Setup portlet > Communication Manager > Rule | Function IDs Reference | 582 0152-Admin IntelliScript Version 1 Description Enables the IntelliScript portlet for IntelliScript integration. Interdependency None Solution All Access IntelliScript portlet | Function IDs Reference | 583 0153-Reference GIS Proximity Alerts Version 5.1 Description Enables the GIS Proximity Alerts administration function for administrators to configure GIS proximity alerts. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > GIS > Proximity Alerts | Function IDs Reference | 584 0154-Reference Workflow Proximity Alerts Version 5.1 Description Enables the Proximity Alerts administration function of workflow for administrators to assign proximity alerts to workflow tasks. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Workflow > Proximity Alerts | Function IDs Reference | 585 0155-Admin Label Configuration Version 5.1 Description Enables the Text Settings portlet for administrators to perform the following tasks: • View the existing text settings • Create text settings that replace existing display text such as messages and dialog boxes with customized text. • Delete text settings. Interdependency None Solution All Access Setup portlet > Agency Profile > Text Settings | Function IDs Reference | 586 0156-Admin SmartChart Configuration Version 5.1 Description Enables the SmartCharts portlet for administrators to perform the following tasks: • View existing SmartChart settings • Add new SmartCharts and assign them to user groups • Delete SmartCharts which are no longer in use Interdependency Interoperation 0157-Admin SmartChart Query Configuration Solution All Access Setup portlet > Report > SmartCharts | Function IDs Reference | 587 0157-Admin SmartChart Query Configuration Version 5.1 Description Enables the SmartChart Queries portlet for administrators to create and manage SmartChart Queries. Interdependency Interoperation 0156-Admin SmartChart Configuration Solution All Access Setup portlet > Report > SmartChart Queries | Function IDs Reference | 588 0158-Admin Attribute Definition Version 5.1 Description • Enables the Attribute administration portlet for both assets and structures & establishments, so administrators can configure attributes in addition to standard fields. • Enables the Attributes tab in the Attribute Template administration portlet for both assets and structures & establishments, so administrators can associate attributes with attribute templates. Interdependency Parent of #2 0159-Admin Attribute Template Definition Parent of #2 0294-Structure and Establishment Solution Accela Asset Management Access Setup portlet > Assets > Attribute Setup portlet > Assets > Attribute Template > Attributes tab Setup portlet > Structures & Establishments > Attribute Setup portlet > Structures & Establishments > Attribute Template > Attributes tab | Function IDs Reference | 589 0159-Admin Attribute Template Definition Version 5.1 Description • Enables the Attribute Template administration portlet for assets, so administrators can configure attribute templates. • Enables the Attribute Template administration portlet for structures & establishments, so administrators can configure attribute templates. Controls the Template link under the Structures and Establishments link in the Admin Setup menu. Interdependency Child 0158-Admin Attribute Definition Child 0305-Admin Attribute Table Definition Parent of #2 0294-Structure and Establishment Solution Accela Asset Management Access Setup portlet > Assets > Attribute Template Setup portlet > Structures & Establishments > Attribute Template | Function IDs Reference | 590 0160-Admin AMS Asset Definition Version 5.1 Description Enables the Asset Type administration portlet for users to perform the following tasks: • View the existing asset type definitions • Create, search, edit and delete asset types Interdependency Child 0253-Asset GIS Synchronize Child 0252-Asset Type Available CAP Type Child 0326-Define Asset Usage Unit Type Child 0182-Admin GIS Attribute Mapping Interoperation 0274-Rating Type Solution Accela Asset Management Access Setup portlet > Assets > Type | Function IDs Reference | 591 0161-Admin Work Order Costing Item Definition Version 5.1 Description • Enables the Cost Item portlet for administrators to define and manage cost items. • Enables the Cost Item tab in the Cost Group portlet for administrators to manage cost items in a cost group. Interdependency Child 0332-Daily Cost Rate Definition Parent of #2 0330-Admin Work Order Costing Group Definition Solution Accela Asset Management Access Setup portlet > Work Orders > Cost Item | Function IDs Reference | 592 0162-Admin Work Order Parts Definition Obsolete. | Function IDs Reference | 593 0163-Admin Work Order Tools Definition Obsolete. | Function IDs Reference | 594 0164-Admin Links Portlets Version 5.1 Description • • Enables the Link Portlets portlet for administrators to perform the following tasks: • View the existing link portlets • Create more link portlets that contain links to URLs or to other portlets • Delete link portlets if necessary Enables the Portlet portlet for administrators to create their own portlets. Interdependency None Solution All Access Setup portlet > Agency Profile > Link Portlets Setup portlet > Agency Profile > Portlet | Function IDs Reference | 595 0169-Admin-Work Order Template Version 6.1 Description Enables the Work Order Template portlet for administrators to perform the following tasks: • View the work order template list • Search, modify, create, or delete work order templates Interdependency Child 0170-Admin-WO Template Costing Child 0173-WO Template Part Interoperation 0254-WO Task Definition Solution Accela Asset Management Access Setup portlet > Work Orders > Work Order Template | Function IDs Reference | 596 0170-Admin-WO Template Costing Version 6.1 Description Enables the Costing tab in the Work Order Template portlet for administrators to perform the following tasks: • View the costing added to the current work order template • Look up costing and add the selected to the work order template • Delete costing from the work order template Interdependency Parent 0169-Admin - Work Order Template Solution Accela Asset Management Access Setup portlet > Work Orders > Work Order Template > Costing tab | Function IDs Reference | 597 0173-WO Template Part Version 6.2 Description Enables the Part tab in the Work Order Template portlet for administrators to perform the following tasks: • View the parts associated to work order templates • Look up parts and associate one or more with work order template • Delete the association between parts and work order templates Interdependency Parent 0169-Admin - Work Order Template Solution Accela Asset Management Access Setup portlet > Work Orders > Work Order Template > Part tab | Function IDs Reference | 598 0175-Admin App Spec Info Groups Obsolete. | Function IDs Reference | 599 0179-Admin App Spec Info Subgroups Version 6 Description Enables the Application Spec Info function for administrators to configure ASI groups. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Application > Application Spec Info | Function IDs Reference | 600 0180-Admin Workflow Task Spec Info Subgroups Version 6 Description Enables task-specific info subgroups in the Task Specific Info administration function of workflow for administrators to create and assign task-specific information subgroups to task-specific information groups. Interdependency If you disable FID 0143 and enable FID 0180, the Task Specific Info administration function works. Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Workflow > Task Specific Info | Function IDs Reference | 601 0181-Admin Fees Manage Schedule Version 6 Description • Enables the Manage Schedule administration function for administrators to manage fee schedules by modules. • Enables the Fee Schedule drop-down list in the Fee Item-Add page for administrators to associate a fee schedule with a fee item. Interdependency Interoperation 0068-Admin Fee Item Sets Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Fees > Manage Schedule Classic Admin Tools > Fees > Fee Items > Add button (to open the Fee Item-Add page) > Fee Schedule field | Function IDs Reference | 602 0182-Admin GIS Attribute Mapping Version 6.1 Description With the “Master Inventory in GIS” option checked for the asset type, enables the GIS Attribute Mapping tab in the Asset Type administration portlet, so administrators can link asset type attribute fields to GIS attribute. Interdependency Parent 0160-Admin AMS Asset Definition Solution Accela Asset Management Access Setup portlet > Assets > Type > GIS Attribute Mapping tab | Function IDs Reference | 603 0183-Reference Hearing Calendar Version 6.1 Description Enables the Hearing Calendar administration function for administrators to create hearing calendar items in Civic Platform Classic. Interdependency Interdependency 0050-Reference Hearing Calendar (Old) If you enable FID 0183, Civic Platform ignores the setting of FID 0050. When you disable FID 0183 but enable FID 0050, the calendar item edit page provides the fields differently than when you enable FID 0183. Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Calendar > Hearing Calendar | Function IDs Reference | 604 0184-Admin Content Customization Version 6.0.1 Description • • Enables the Content Customize portlet for administrators to perform the following tasks: • View the existing Content Customize configuration • Customize message content Enables the Notification Template portlet for administrators to perform the following tasks: • View the existing email templates • Customize email templates Interdependency None Solution All Access Setup portlet > Agency Profile > Content Customize Setup portlet > Communication Manager > Notification Template | Function IDs Reference | 605 0185-Admin V360 Export Version 6.1 Description Enables the Export portlet for administrators to export system settings such as rule settings and QuickQuery settings into an XML file for importing to other agencies. Interdependency None Solution All Access Setup portlet > System Tools > Export | Function IDs Reference | 606 0186-Admin V360 Import Version 6.1 Description Enables the Import portlet for administrators to import the .XML system settings file from other agencies. Interdependency None Solution All Access Setup portlet > System Tools > Import | Function IDs Reference | 607 0187-Admin Upload Logo Image Version 6.1 Description Enables the Logo portlet for administrators to perform the following tasks: • View and download logos for agencies • Upload or delete logo files for agencies Interdependency None Solution All Access Setup portlet > Agency Profile > Logo | Function IDs Reference | 608 0188-Admin Flow Diagram Version 6.1.1 Description Enables the Flow Diagram administration function for administrators to set up and manage flow diagrams, each flow diagram providing list of nodes that help users perform their daily tasks. Interdependency None Solution All Access Setup portlet > Agency Profile > My Navigation | Function IDs Reference | 609 0190-Manage Trust Account Version 6.1.2 Description • • Enables the Trust Account portlet for users to perform the following tasks: • Search and view trust accounts • Maintain trust accounts • Perform trust account transactions • View and print trust accounts reports Enables the Trust Account tab, in the Record port, for users to perform the following tasks: • Manage all trust accounts associated with the current record or its associated address, parcel, contact, licensed professional, and parent record. • Set one trust account as the primary trust account. Interdependency Child 0279-Associate Address Child 0280-Associate Parcel Child 0278-Associate People Child 8107-Cashier-Supervisor Child 0331-Trust Account Associated Record Solution All Access Trust Account portlet Record portlet > Trust Account tab | Function IDs Reference | 610 0191-Update license expiration task Version 6.1.1 Description Enables the synchronization of the license information from a reference license professional to its associated records in Civic Platform Classic. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > People > Licensed Professional | Function IDs Reference | 611 0192-Workflow Report Setting Version 6.1.2 Description Enables the Report Setting administration function of workflow for administrators to manage report associations with workflow tasks, so when users change a workflow task, a report automatically prints. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Workflow > Report Setting | Function IDs Reference | 612 0193-Report Management Auto Report Version 6.1.2 Description Enables the Auto Report administration function in Civic Platform Classic for administrators to define reports that automatically print with workflow task updates. Interdependency Parent 0145-Admin Report Management Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Report Management > Auto Report | Function IDs Reference | 613 0194-Access Structure Conditions Version 6.1.2 Description Enables the Condition links besides structures in the Structure - List page, so administrators can configure conditions for reference structures in Civic Platform Classic. Interdependency Parent 0082-Reference Structure Child 0212-Reference Structure Condition History Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Property > Structure > Condition link in the Structure - List page | Function IDs Reference | 614 0195-Admin-PM Schedule Version 6.1 Description Enables the PM Schedule portlet for users to perform the following tasks: • View the PM schedules list • Create, search, edit and delete PM schedules Interdependency Child 0201-Admin-Generating Work Orders By PM Schedule Child 0196-Admin-PM Schedule Linked Quick Query Child 0199-Admin-PM Schedule Hold Event Solution Accela Asset Management Access PM Schedule portlet | Function IDs Reference | 615 0196-Admin-PM Schedule Linked Quick Query Version 6.1 Description Enables the Linked Quick Query tab in the PM Schedules portlet for users to perform the following tasks: • Select a linked quick query and save it to the PM schedule. The quick query options link with the AMS Asset Data List portlet in the Global QuickQueries administration portlet. • Execute linked quick query, and link the queried assets to the PM schedule. Interdependency Parent 0195-Admin - PM Schedule Solution Accela Asset Management Access PM Schedule > Linked Quick Query tab | Function IDs Reference | 616 0197-Admin-PM Schedule Linked Asset Version 6.1 Description Enables the Linked Asset tab in the PM Schedules portlet for users to perform the following tasks: • View the linked asset list • Edit or delete linked asset • View selected asset in GIS Interdependency Parent 0195-Admin - PM Schedule Interoperation 8189-Asset Data Management Interoperation 8119-GIS Service Solution Accela Asset Management Access PM Schedule > Linked Asset tab | Function IDs Reference | 617 0198-Admin-PM Schedule Skipped Asset Version 6.1 Description Enables the Skipped Asset tab in the PM Schedules portlet for users to perform the following tasks: • View the skipped asset list • Edit or delete skipped asset • View selected asset in GIS Interdependency Parent 0195-Admin - PM Schedule Interoperation 8189-Asset Data Management Interoperation 8119-GIS Service Solution Accela Asset Management Access PM Schedule > Skipped Asset tab | Function IDs Reference | 618 0199-Admin-PM Schedule Hold Event Version 6.1 Description Enables the Hold Event tab in the PM Schedules portlet for users to perform the following tasks: • View the hold event list • Create, edit, and delete hold events Interdependency Parent Solution Accela Asset Management Access PM Schedule > Hold Event tab 0195-Admin - PM Schedule | Function IDs Reference | 619 0200-Admin-PM Schedule Maintenance Record Obsolete. | Function IDs Reference | 620 0201-Admin-Generating Work Orders By PM Schedule Version 6.1 Description Enables the Generate button in the PM Schedule portlet for users to generate work orders by PM schedules. Interdependency Parent 0195-Admin - PM Schedule Solution Accela Asset Management Access PM Schedules portlet > Generate button | Function IDs Reference | 621 0202-Application Type Image Version 6.1 Description Enables the Application Type Icon field in the Application Type administration function, so administrators can assign an image to an application type. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Application > Application Type > (After selecting an application type) Application Type Icon field | Function IDs Reference | 622 0204-Properties Rename Parcel ID Version 6.1.2 Description Enables the Rename link in the Parcel administration function, so administrators can rename a parcel, that is, creating a new parcel record that is an exact copy of the old parcel record. Re-links addresses, owners, conditions, attachments, genealogy records, and permits, from the old parcel record, to the new parcel record. The new parcel record has a status of Active (Enabled). The old parcel record remains in Civic Platform, but with a disabled status. Interdependency None Solution All Access Class Admin Tools > Property > Parcels > Rename link in the parcels list | Function IDs Reference | 623 0205-Admin App Spec Info Table Version 6.2 Description Enables the Application Spec Info Table function for administrators to configure ASI tables. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Application > Application Spec Info Table | Function IDs Reference | 624 0206-Admin Fee Decisions Version 6.2 Description Enables the Fee Calc and Fee Calc Criteria administration functions for administrators to create complex fee calculations. The if-then calculations follow a true-false logic to determine values for complex calculations. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Fees > Fee Calc Classic Admin Tools > Fees > Fee Calc Criteria | Function IDs Reference | 625 0207-Admin Inspector Districts Version 6.2 Description • Enables the User Information link in the User administration function, so administrators can configure the inspector profile information about users. • Enables the District link in the Parcel administration function, so administrators can specify the inspection district that parcels belongs to. • Enables the District link in the Address administration function, so administrators can specify the inspection district that addresses belongs to. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > User Profile > User > User Information link for each user Classic Admin Tools > Property > Parcel > District link for each parcel Classic Admin Tools > Property > Address > District link for each address | Function IDs Reference | 626 0208-Reference Address Condition History Version 6.2 Description Displays the Condition History tab when users click a condition in the Condition tab of the Addresses portlet. Interdependency Parent 0069-Reference Condition Addresses Solution All Access Addresses portlet > Conditions tab > (After selecting a condition) Condition History tab | Function IDs Reference | 627 0209-Reference Parcel Condition History Version 6.2 Description Displays the Condition History tab when users click a condition in the Condition tab of the Parcels portlet. Interdependency Parent 0057-Reference Condition Parcels Solution All Access Parcels portlet > Conditions tab > (After selecting a condition) Condition History tab | Function IDs Reference | 628 0210-Reference Owner Condition History Version 6.2 Description Displays the Condition History tab when users click a condition in the Condition tab of the Owners portlet. Interdependency Parent 0110-Reference Owner Condition Solution All Access Owners portlet > Conditions tab > (After selecting a condition) Condition History tab | Function IDs Reference | 629 0211-Reference Licensed Professional Cond. History Version 6.2 Description Displays the Condition History tab when users click a condition in the Condition tab of the Licensed Professionals portlet. Interdependency Parent 0070-Reference Condition Licensed Professionals Solution All Access Licensed Professionals portlet > Conditions tab > (After selecting a condition) Condition History tab | Function IDs Reference | 630 0212-Reference Structure Condition History Version 6.2 Description Enables the Deleted Condition(s) section when users view the condition of a structure in Civic Platform Classic. Interdependency Parent 0194-Access Structure Conditions Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Property > Structure > Condition link in the Structure - List page > Deleted Condition(s) section in Structure Condition Summary | Function IDs Reference | 631 0213-Admin AMS Parts Item Location Version 6.2 Description Enables the Part Location administration portlet for users to perform the following tasks: • View the existing part location definitions • Create, search, edit and delete part locations Interdependency None Solution Accela Asset Management Access Setup portlet > Part > Part Location | Function IDs Reference | 632 0214-Admin AMS Parts Vendors and Manufacturers Version 6.2 Description Enables the Part Contact portlet for administrators to perform the following tasks: • View the existing part contacts including manufacturers and vendors • Create, search, edit and delete part contacts Interdependency None Solution Accela Asset Management Access Setup portlet > Part > Part Contact | Function IDs Reference | 633 0218-Admin Auto-Assign Inspection Version 6.2 Description Enables the Inspection Discipline administrator function in the inspection type configuration, so administrators can assign disciplines to an inspection type. Interdependency Parent 0133-Admin Inspection Type Sets Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Inspection > Inspection > Inspection -Edit Page > Configuration button > Inspection Discipline button | Function IDs Reference | 634 0219-Admin AMS PM Schedule Location Version 6.2 Description Enables the Linked Address tab in the PM Schedules portlet for users to perform the following tasks: • View the addresses linked to PM schedules • Look up addresses and link one or more to a PM schedule • Delete the linking between addresses and PM schedules Interdependency Interoperation 0220-Admin AMS Address PM Schedule Solution Accela Asset Management Access PM Schedules > Linked Address tab | Function IDs Reference | 635 0220-Admin AMS Address PM Schedule Version 6.2 Description Enables the PM Schedules tab in the Addresses portlet so users can view all the PM Schedules associated to the current address. Interdependency Interoperation Solution Accela Asset Management Access Addresses > PM Schedules tab 0219-Admin AMS PM Schedule Location | Function IDs Reference | 636 0221-Admin Console Management Version 6.2 Description Enables the Console Configuration portlet for administrators to create and organize the various console configurations. Interdependency None Solution All Access Setup portlet > Agency Profile > Console Configuration | Function IDs Reference | 637 0222-Address Asset Version 6.2 Description Enables the Assets tab in the Addresses portlet for users to view all the assets associated to the current address. Interdependency None Solution Accela Asset Management Access Addresses portlet> Assets tab | Function IDs Reference | 638 0223-Address Work Order Version 6.2 Description Enables the Work Order tab in the Addresses portlet for users to view all the work orders associated to the current address. Interdependency None Solution Accela Asset Management Access Addresses > Work Order tab | Function IDs Reference | 639 0224-Active Directory Version 6.2.1 Description • Enables the External User Policy administration function for administrators to add an active directory server to Civic Platform security policies. • Enables External User Search in the User Add page for administrators to search and add external users in the active directory server to Civic Platform database. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Agency Profile > Security Policies > External User Policy Classic Admin Tools > User Profile > User > External User option in the User Add page | Function IDs Reference | 640 0226-Reports Manager Admin Version 6.3.0 Description Enables the Report Manager portlet for administrators to manage report services, report variables, and reports. Interdependency Child 0240-Reports Manager Admin Solution All Access Setup portlet > Report > Report Manager | Function IDs Reference | 641 0227-Condition Assessment Version 6.3.0 Description Enables the Condition Assessment portlet for administrators to perform the following tasks: • View the existing condition assessment type definitions • Create, search, edit and delete condition assessment types Interdependency Interoperation 0274-Rating Type Solution Accela Asset Management Access Setup portlet > Assets > Condition Assessment | Function IDs Reference | 642 0229-Admin display Department Version 6.3.0 Description Displays the Department field in the Inspection-Edit page, so administrators can select the department responsible for an inspection type. Interdependency Parent 0133-Admin Inspection Type Sets Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Inspection > Inspection > (In the Inspection-Edit page) Department field | Function IDs Reference | 643 0230-Menu Navigation Admin Version 6.3.0 Description Enables the Menu Navigation portlet for administrators to perform the following tasks: • Configure the custom navigation menu that displays in the Go To menu tab. • Configure the record detail tabs. Interdependency None Solution All Access Setup portlet > Agency Profile > Menu Navigation | Function IDs Reference | 644 0231-Admin Inspection Type/Guide Sheet for ODS Information about this item is unavailable at this time. | Function IDs Reference | 645 0232-Admin display Option/Required column Version 6.3.0 Description Displays the Required/Optional column in the Inspection-Edit page, so administrators can set whether to require an inspection type for an inspection group. Interdependency Parent 0133-Admin Inspection Type Sets Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Inspection > Inspection > (In the Inspection-Edit page) Required/Optional column | Function IDs Reference | 646 0234-Workflow Calendar Version 6.3.2 Description Enables the Workflow Blockout as a calendar type in the calendar management in Civic Platform Classic, so users can configure workflow blockout calendars. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Calendar > Calendar > Workflow Blockout option in Type field | Function IDs Reference | 647 0235-Inspection Default Value Policy Version 6.3.2 Description Enables the Inspection Default Value Policy function for administrators to establish rules (default settings) for certain inspections created by specify agency or group. • Default Status for New Inspection • Number of Calendar Days Available to Schedule Inspections • Allow Same Day Inspection Scheduling • Inspection Cutoff Time Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Agency Profile > Security Policy > Inspection Default Value Policy link | Function IDs Reference | 648 0236-Inspection Type and Status Security Version 6.3.2 Description Enables the Inspection Type and Status Security function for administrators to perform the following tasks: • Specify the default status when a specific agency or specific group creates an inspection • Define the edit and read access right, of a specific agency or a specific group, to an inspection after its creation • Specify whether a specific agency or specific group has the permission to create an inspection of specific inspection group/inspection type Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Agency Profile > Security Policy > Inspection Type and Status Security link | Function IDs Reference | 649 0237-Attach GIS Object Obsolete. | Function IDs Reference | 650 0239-Activities For People and Property Version 6.3.2 Description Enables the Activity tab in the following portlets for users to manage the activities for people and property: • Addresses portlet • Parcels portlet • Owners portlet • Contacts portlet • Licensed Professional portlet Interdependency Parent of #1 0006-Reference Property Addresses Parent of #2 0005-Reference Property Parcels Parent of #3 0089-Reference Property Owners Parent of #4 0084-Reference People Contact Parent of #5 0008-Reference Licensed Professionals Solution All Access Addresses portlet > Activity tab Parcels portlet > Activity tab Owners portlet > Activity tab Professionals portlet > Activity tab Contacts portlet > Activity tab | Function IDs Reference | 651 0240-Reports Manager Admin Version 6.3.2 Description Enables the Variables settings in the Report Manager portlet for administrators to create and manage report variables. Interdependency Parent 0226-Reports Manager Admin Solution All Access Setup portlet > Report > Report Manager > Settings > Variables node Setup portlet > Report > Report Manager > Menu button > New Variable button | Function IDs Reference | 652 0241-Parcel Subdivision and Lot Search Version 6.4.0 Description • Enables the Subdivision field for the Parcels search portlet, so that administrators can search parcels with subdivision information and can enter subdivision information about parcels. • Enables the Lot field for the Parcels search in Civic Platform Classic. If you disable FID 0241, the Lot field can display in the other places except the Parcels Search page in Civic Platform Classic. Interdependency None Solution All Access Parcels portlet > Subdivision field in the Parcels Search, Parcels Details pages Class Admin Tools > Property > Parcels > Subdivision and Lot fields in Parcels Search, Parcels Details pages | Function IDs Reference | 653 0242-Required for Fee Calculation Version 6.4.0 Description Enables the Req for Fee Calc field in the configuration of an ASI group or an ASI table group. Administrations can select Yes in the Req for Fee Calc field for an ASI group or a column in an ASI table, so the field displays along with a visual indicator ($) on the application intake form, as required for fee calculation. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Application > Application Spec Info > Application Specific Info - Edit Classic Admin Tools > Application > Application Spec Info Table > Application Specific Info Table - Edit | Function IDs Reference | 654 0243-GIS Service Version 6.4.0 Description Disables the Portlet URL field in the GIS Service administration function for administrators to configure the portlet URL address that the GIS service works for. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > GIS > GIS Service > (In the GIS Service - Edit page) Portlet URL field | Function IDs Reference | 655 0244-Fee Estimation Version 6.4.0 Description Displays the Enable Fee Estimation option, as one of the Enable For ACA check boxes, in an application type configuration. Administrators can check the Enable Fee Estimation option to enable users to create a partial application that includes a calculation of estimated fees. Civic Platform bases the fee estimation on the fee schedule associated with the application type. Interdependency Parent 0065-Admin Application Types Parent 0075-Admin License Types You must disable FID 0075 to hide Velocity Hall information from the application type configuration page. Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Application > Application Type > Application Category - Edit > Enable Fee Estimation field. | Function IDs Reference | 656 0245-Long Term Time Tracking Version 6.4.0 Description • Enables the Time Tracker Clock Action field in the Task Status administration function, for administrators to link a task status with a time tracker clock action. • Enables the Duration (Days) field in the Application Type administration function, for administrators to configure the number of days a task should take. • Enables the Duration (Days) field in the Workflow Process administration function, for administrators to configure the number of days a task should take. • Enables the 0245 - Long-Term Time Tracking field in the Record Type Security administration function, for administrators to assign or not assign the feature in a record type security configuration. • Displays the In Possession Time (hrs) in the Task Details tab of the Record portlet, so users can view the in possession time of a task. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Work Flow > Task Status > (After selecting a task status) Time Tracker Clock Action field Classic Admin Tools > Application > Application Type > (After selecting an application type) Duration (Days) field Classic Admin Tools > Workflow > Process > (After selecting a process) Duration (Days) field Setup portlet > Application > Record Type Security > (When assigning a record type security) 0245 - LongTerm Time Tracking field Record portlet > Workflow tab > (After selecting a task) In Possession Time (hrs) field in the Task Details tab | Function IDs Reference | 657 0246-Activities Specific Information Version 6.4.0 Description • Enables the Activity Specific Info portlet for administrators to create and manage activity specific info groups. • Enables the Activity Type portlet for administrators to create activity types and manage activity types, and link activity types to activity specific info groups. Interdependency None Solution All Access Setup portlet > Workflow & Activity > Activity Specific Info Setup portlet > Workflow & Activity > Activity Type | Function IDs Reference | 658 0247-Agency Workday Calendar Version 6.4.0 Description Enables the Agency Workday as a calendar type in the calendar management in Civic Platform Classic, so users can configure agency work days. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Calendar > Calendar > Agency Workday option in Type field | Function IDs Reference | 659 0248-Admin-Security Policy-EDMS Access Security Version 6.4.0 Description Enable the EDMS Access Security for administrators to perform the following tasks: • Specify which EDMS sources are valid for each of the Civic Platform modules • Determine which users can upload and download text documents and download images from a certain EDMS source FID 0248 enables administrators to set up authentication by site or by user to upload and download documents. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Agency Profile > Security Policy > EDMS Access Security link > Authentication option | Function IDs Reference | 660 0249-Workflow Edit Version 6.4.1 Description Displays the Module field in the Workflow - Edit and Workflow - Add pages, so administrators can specify whether the current workflow hierarchy applies to a specific module, or all the modules. Interdependency Parent 0112-Admin Workflow Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Workflow > Workflow > Workflow-Edit or Workflow - Add page | Function IDs Reference | 661 0250-People Info Table Version 6.4.1 Description Enables the People Info Table administration function for administrators to configure template tables as additional field tables for licensed professionals and contacts. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > People > People Info Table | Function IDs Reference | 662 0251-Hearing Reason Version 6.4.2 Description Enables the Hearing Reason administration function for administrators to add and manage hearing reasons. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Calendar > Hearing Reason | Function IDs Reference | 663 0252-Asset Type Available CAP Type Version 6.4.1 Description Enables the Work Order Types tab in the Asset Type portlet for administrators to perform the following tasks: • View the associated work order types list • Assign work order types to the asset type, or delete the association Interdependency Parent 0160-Admin AMS Asset Definition Solution AMS Access Setup portlet > Assets > Type > Work Order Types tab | Function IDs Reference | 664 0253-Asset GIS Synchronize Version 6.4.1 Description With the “Master Inventory in GIS” option checked for the asset type, enables the Sync with GIS button for synchronization of asset type records with GIS. Administrators can perform the following tasks: • Synchronize asset type records with GIS • View the GIS sync log Interdependency Parent 0160-Admin AMS Asset Definition Solution Accela Asset Management Access Setup portlet > Assets > Type > Sync with GIS button | Function IDs Reference | 665 0254-WO Task Definition Version 6.5.0 Description Enables the Work Order Task administration portlet, and the Work Order Task tab in the Work Order Template administration portlet, so administrators can perform the following tasks: • View the work order task configurations • Create, search and delete work order tasks • Look up work order tasks and associate work order tasks with a work order template Interdependency Interoperation 0169-Admin - Work Order Template Child 0306-Work Order Type Solution Accela Asset Management Access Setup portlet > Work Orders > Work Order Task Setup portlet > Work Orders > Work Order Template > Work Order Task tab | Function IDs Reference | 666 0255-Manage Asset Type Security Version 6.5.0 Description Enables the Asset Type Security portlet for administrators to establish security levels for asset types. Interdependency None Solution All Access Setup portlet > Assets > Security | Function IDs Reference | 667 0256-Carrying over Failed Guide Sheet Items Version 6.5 Description Enables the Carry Over Failed Items configuration option in the Reference Guide Sheet function for administrators to mark the option for carrying over failed items from a previous guidesheet to a new one for the next inspection. Interdependency None Solution Building Access Classic Admin Tools > Inspection > Guide Sheet > Carry Over Failed Items configuration option in the Reference Guide Sheet edit page | Function IDs Reference | 668 0257-Admin Inspection Calendar Version 6.5 Description Enables the Inspection calendar option in the Calendar administration portlet, so administrators can perform the following tasks: • View all the calendars of Inspection type • Create new calendars of Inspection type Interdependency None Solution All Access Setup portlet > Calendar > Inspection type in the Type field | Function IDs Reference | 669 0258-Supervisor Inspection Calendaring Version 6.5 Description Enables the Supervisor Maintenance function in the Calendar administration portlet for supervisors to manages and assigns inspectors to calendars. Interdependency Child 0258-Supervisor Inspection Calendaring Solution All Access Setup portlet > Calendar > Supervisor Maintenance tree node | Function IDs Reference | 670 0259-ASI Lookup Table Version 6.5 Description Enables the ASI Lookup Table portlet for administrators to configure and manage ASI lookup tables. Interdependency None Solution All Access Setup portlet > Application > ASI Lookup Tables | Function IDs Reference | 671 0260-Expression Builder Version 6.5 Description Enables the Expression Builder portlet for administrators to configure and manage expressions for target portlets. Interdependency None Solution All Access Setup portlet > Application > Expression Builder | Function IDs Reference | 672 0261-ASI Form Layout Editor Version 6.5 Description Enables the ASI Form Layout Editor portlet for administrators to perform the following tasks: • Create ASI screens that display in the ASI section of an application based on the application type • Add, customize and manipulate the size of each ASI fields in the ASI screens • Use the buttons in the administration portlet to preview, align, add dynamic text, draw lines and insert tables • Set permissions for modules, groups, and users Interdependency None Solution All Access Setup portlet > Agency Profile > ASI Form Layout Editor | Function IDs Reference | 673 0263- Admin Event Calendar (obsolete, replaced by 8483) Version 6.5 Description • • Enables the Event calendar type in the Calendar administration portlet, so administrators can perform the following tasks: • View all the calendars of Event type • Create new calendars of Event type Enables the Event Type Maintenance function in the Calendar portlet for administrators to configure event types with event calendar type. Interdependency None Solution All Access Setup portlet > Calendar > Event type in the Type field Setup portlet > Calendar > Event Type Maintenance tree node > Event option in Calendar Type field | Function IDs Reference | 674 0264-Admin Time Accounting Type Version 6.6.0 Description • Enables the Time Accounting Type Maintenance portlet for administrators to add and manage time accounting types. • Enables the Time Accounting Types tab in the Time Accounting Group portlet for administrators to associate time accounting types with time accounting groups. Interdependency Parent of #2 0266-Admin Time Accounting Group Solution All Access Setup portlet > Time Accounting > Type Maintenance | Function IDs Reference | 675 0265-Admin Time Accounting User Profile Version 6.6.0 Description Enables the User Profile portlet for administrators to add and manage time accounting user profiles. Interdependency None Solution All Access Setup portlet > Time Accounting > User Profile | Function IDs Reference | 676 0266-Admin Time Accounting Group Version 6.6.0 Description Enables the Time Accounting Group portlet for administrators to add and manage time accounting groups. Interdependency Child 0264-Admin Time Accounting Type Solution All Access Setup portlet > Time Accounting > Group | Function IDs Reference | 677 0267-TSI Form Layout Editor Version 6.6.0 Description Enables the TSI Form Layout Editor portlet for administrators to perform the following tasks: • Create TSI screens that display in the task-specific information section of a workflow task based on the task • Add, customize and manipulate the size of each TSI fields in the TSI screens • Use the buttons in the administration portlet to preview, align, add dynamic text, draw lines and insert tables • Set permissions for modules, groups, and users Interdependency None Solution All Access Setup portlet > Workflow & Activity > TSI Form Layout Editor | Function IDs Reference | 678 0268-APO Form Layout Editor Version 6.6.0 Description Enables the APO Form Layout Editor portlet for administrators to perform the following tasks: • Create APO Type screens that display at the bottom of the APO Type section when users create a new application • Add, customize and manipulate the size of each APO fields in the APO Type screen • Use the buttons in the administration portlet to preview, align, add dynamic text, draw lines and insert tables • Set permissions for modules, groups, and users Interdependency None Solution All Access Setup portlet > Agency Profile > APO Form Layout Editor | Function IDs Reference | 679 0269-Admin Attribute Form Layout Editor Version 6.6.0 Description Enables the asset Form Layout Editor portlet for administrators to perform the following tasks: • Create asset screens that display in the Asset Detail form of an asset based on the asset type • Add, customize and manipulate the size of each asset fields in the asset screens • Use the buttons in the administration portlet to preview, align, add dynamic text, draw lines and insert tables • Set permissions for modules, groups, and users Interdependency None Solution All Access Setup portlet > Assets > Form Layout Editor | Function IDs Reference | 680 0270-Sequence Generator Version 6.6.0 Description Enables the Sequence Generator portlet for administrators to define and manage the numbering sequence and masks in different types of items, such as permits, invoices, and receipts. Interdependency Interoperation 8097-Manual Application Number Option Solution All Access Setup portlet > System Tools > Sequence Generator | Function IDs Reference | 681 0272-Control Shared Drop Down List in Admin Version 6.6.0 Description Enables the Shared Drop-Down List portlet for administrators to create shared drop-down lists, and apply them to the groups and templates, including activity-specific information groups, APO templates, ASI groups, asset attributes, people templates and info tables, and task specific information groups. Interdependency None Solution All Access Setup portlet > Application > Shared Drop-Down List | Function IDs Reference | 682 0273-ASI Table Drill Down Version 6.6.1 Description Enables the ASI Drill-down portlet for administrators to configure ASI and ASI table drill-downs and then add them in the application or the App Spec Info tab in Civic Platform and Citizen Access. Interdependency None Solution All Access Setup portlet > Drill-Down > ASI Drill-down | Function IDs Reference | 683 0274-Rating Type Version 6.6.0 Description Enables the Rating Type administration portlet, the Calculated Rating Types tab in the Condition Assessment administration portlet, and the Rating Types tab in the Asset Type administration portlet, so users can perform the following tasks: • View the existing rating types configuration • Create, search, edit and delete rating types • View the rating types associated with condition assessment types • View the rating types associated with asset types Interdependency Interoperation 0160-Admin AMS Asset Definition Interoperation 0227-Condition Assessment Solution All Access Setup portlet > Assets > Rating Type Setup portlet > Assets > Condition Assessment > Calculated Rating Types tab Setup portlet > Assets > Type > Rating Types tab | Function IDs Reference | 684 0275-Condition by Group Version 6.6.0 Description • Enables the Condition by Group tree node in the Conditions administration portlet, so administrators can manage conditions by groups. • Enables the New Group item in the Conditions administration portlet, so administrators can create new condition groups. Interdependency None Solution All Access Setup portlet > Conditions > Conditions > (In the Conditions tree) Condition by Group node Setup portlet > Conditions > Conditions > (Right clicking in the Conditions tree) New Group item | Function IDs Reference | 685 0276-Address Type Group Version 6.6.0 Description Enables the Address Type Group portlet for administrators to define and manage address type groups. Interdependency None Solution All Access Setup portlet > Agency Profile > Address Type Group | Function IDs Reference | 686 0277-Address Type for the reference address Version 6.6.0 Description Enables the Address Type tab for the Addresses portlet, so users to specify the address type for an address. Interdependency Parent 0006-Reference Property Addresses Solution All Access Addresses portlet > Address Type tab | Function IDs Reference | 687 0278-Associate People Version 6.6.0 Description Enables the Associated People tab in the Trust Account portlet for users to manage the relationship between trust accounts and licensed professionals or contacts. Interdependency Parent 0190-Manage Trust Account Child 0084-Reference People Contact Child 0008-Reference Licensed Professionals Solution All Access Trust Account portlet > Associated People | Function IDs Reference | 688 0279-Associate Address Version 6.6.0 Description Enables the Associated Address tab in the Trust Account portlet for users to manage the relationship between trust accounts and addresses. Interdependency Parent 0190-Manage Trust Account Solution All Access Trust Account portlet > Associated Address | Function IDs Reference | 689 0280-Associate Parcel Version 6.6.0 Description • Enables the Associated Parcel tab in the Trust Account portlet for users to manage the relationship between trust accounts and parcels. • Enables the Associated Trust Account tab in the reference parcel portlet, so users can copy or move associated trust accounts between genealogically related reference parcels. Interdependency Parent 0190-Manage Trust Account Solution All Access Trust Account portlet > Associated Parcel Parcel portlet > Associated Trust Account tab | Function IDs Reference | 690 0281-Supervisor Master Calendaring Version 6.6.0 Description Enables the Master Calendar tab in the Supervisor Maintenance function of the Calendar administration portlet for supervisors to assign multiple calendars to some inspectors and create a master calendar. Interdependency Parent 0281-Supervisor Master Calendaring Solution All Access Setup portlet > Calendar > Supervisor Maintenance tree node > Master Calendar tab | Function IDs Reference | 691 0282-Expression Migration Obsolete. | Function IDs Reference | 692 0283-Associated CAP List Version 6.6.1 Description Enables the Associated Record List tab in the Licensed Professionals portlet for users to manage associated record list for licensed professionals. Interdependency Parent 0008-Reference Licensed Professionals Solution All Access Licensed Professionals portlet > Associated Record List tab | Function IDs Reference | 693 0284-Batch Job Maintenance Version 6.7.0 Description Any of the following FIDs can enable the Batch Engine administration portlet: • 0106-Admin Batch job (the list portlet, the Job Detail tab, Job Schedule tab, and Log tab) • 0284-Batch Job Maintenance (the list portlet and the Job Detail tab) and 0285-Batch Job Schedule (the Job Schedule tab and the Log tab) • 8122-Batch Job (the list portlet, the Job Detail tab, Job Schedule tab, and Log tab) • 8049-Batch Job (old) (the list portlet, the Job Detail tab, Job Schedule tab, and Log tab) Interdependency Child 0285-Batch Job Schedule Interoperation 0106-Admin Batch job Interoperation 8122-Batch Job Interoperation 8049-Batch Job (old) Solution All Access Setup portlet > System Tools > Batch Engine Batch Jobs portlet | Function IDs Reference | 694 0285-Batch Job Schedule Version 6.7.0 Description If you disable FIDs 0106, 8122, and 8149, and enable FID 0284, this FID: • Enables the Job Schedule and Log tabs in the Batch Engine administration portlet for users to configure a batch job schedule and to view the batch job logs. • Enables the Execute button in the Batch Engine administration portlet for users to execute a batch job. • Enables the Stop button in the Job Detail tab of the Batch Engine administration portlet for users to stop a batch job. Interdependency Parent 0284-Batch Job Maintenance Solution All Access Setup portlet > System Tools > Batch Engine > Job Schedule tab Setup portlet > System Tools > Batch Engine > Log tab | Function IDs Reference | 695 0286-Delegate User Management Version 6.7.0 Description Controls access to functions in the Delegate User portlets. • Full access: Users can create, update, view, delete, and search delegate user relationships in the Delegate User portlet. User can also search and view Delegate User relationship history in the Delegate User History portlet. • Read only: Users can view and search Delegate User relationships in the Delegate User portlet and Delegate User History. User cannot create, update, or delete Delegate User relationships. • No access: The Delegate User Portlet does not display to the user. Table 126: FID 0286 Delegate User Management FID Access Setting Super Agency Administrator Delegate User from Super Sub-Agency Agency Administrator Full Access set at both the Parent and Subagencies User has full-access. User can create, update, view, delete, and search delegate user relationships in the Delegate User portlet. User can also search and view Delegate User relationship history in the Delegate User History portlet. User has full-access at both agencies. User can create, update, view, delete, and search delegate user relationships in the Delegate User portlet. User can also search and view Delegate User relationship history in the Delegate User History portlet. User has full-access. User can create, update, view, delete, and search delegate user relationships in the Delegate User portlet. User can also search and view Delegate User relationship history in the Delegate User History portlet. User has full access permissions at the Super Agency and Read-only permissions at the Subagency. Read Only Permissions: User can view and search Delegate User relationships in the Delegate User portlet and Delegate User History. User cannot create, update, or delete Delegate User relationships. Full Access set at Super User has full-access. User Agency and Read Only can create, update, view, set at Sub-agency. delete, and search delegate user relationships in the Delegate User portlet. User can also search and view Delegate User relationship history in the Delegate User History portlet. Full Access set at Super User has full-access. User Full Access at super Agency and No Access can create, update, view, agency. No access at Subset at the Sub-agency. delete, and search delegate agency. user relationships in the Delegate User portlet. User can also search and view Delegate User relationship history in the Delegate User History portlet. No Access. Read Only set at Super Agency. Full Access to Sub-agency. User has full-access. User can create, update, view, delete, and search delegate user relationships in the Delegate User portlet. User can also search and view Delegate User relationship history in the Delegate User History portlet. Read Only Permissions: Read Only permissions at User can view and search Super Agency. Full Access Delegate User relationships Sub-agency in the Delegate User portlet and Delegate User History. User cannot create, update, or delete Delegate User relationships. | Function IDs Reference | 696 FID Access Setting Super Agency Administrator Delegate User from Super Sub-Agency Agency Administrator No Access at Super Agency. Read Only Access at Sub-agency. No Access. No Access at Super Agency. Read Only Access at Sub-agency. Interdependency None Solution All Access Setup portlet > System Tools > Delegate User Read Only Permissions: User can view and search Delegate User relationships in the Delegate User portlet and Delegate User History. User cannot create, update, or delete Delegate User relationships. | Function IDs Reference | 697 0288-Enable Inspection Flow Version 6.7.0 Description Enables the Inspection Flow option in the inspection group configuration, so administrators can select the option, and configure inspection flow for an inspection group. Interdependency Parent 0133-Admin Inspection Type Sets Interoperation 0289-Enable Inspection Milestone FIDs 0288 and 0299 control the two methods for determining the order of the inspection types in the inspection group according to the following settings: • FID 0288 full access and FID 0289 full access. The Inspection Flow, Inspection Milestone, and None options in Civic Platform. This gives the agency administrator the option to assign a manual inspection flow, an inspection milestone, or no required flow to the inspection group. • FID 0288 full access and FID 0289 no access. The Inspection Flow and None options display in Civic Platform. This setting allows the agency administrator to either assign a manual inspection flow or no flow to the inspection group. • FID 0288 no access and FID 0289 full access. The Inspection Milestone and None options display in Civic Platform. This setting allows the agency administrator to either assign an inspection milestone flow or no flow to the inspection group. Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Inspection > Inspection > Inspection -Edit Page > Inspection Flow option and Inspection Flow button | Function IDs Reference | 698 0289-Enable Inspection Milestone Version 6.7.0 Description Enables the Inspection Milestone option in the inspection group configuration, so administrators can select the option, and configure inspection milestones for an inspection group. Interdependency Parent 0133-Admin Inspection Type Sets Interoperation 0288-Enable Inspection Flow FIDs 0288 and 0299 control the two methods of determining the order of the inspection types in the inspection group according to the following settings: • FID 0288 full access and FID 0289 full access. The Inspection Flow, Inspection Milestone, and None options in Civic Platform. This gives the agency administrator the option to assign a manual inspection flow, an inspection milestone, or no required flow to the inspection group. • FID 0288 full access and FID 0289 no access. The Inspection Flow and None options display in Civic Platform. This setting allows the agency administrator to either assign a manual inspection flow or no flow to the inspection group. • FID 0288 no access and FID 0289 full access. The Inspection Milestone and None options display in Civic Platform. This setting allows the agency administrator to either assign an inspection milestone flow or no flow to the inspection group. Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Inspection > Inspection > Inspection -Edit Page > Inspection Milestone option and Inspection Flow button | Function IDs Reference | 699 0290-Admin - Standard Comments Version 6.7.0 Description Enables the Standard Comments administration portlet for users to configure standard comment groups and standard comment types, and to add standard comments. Interdependency None Solution All Access Setup portlet > Agency Profile > Standard Comments | Function IDs Reference | 700 0291-Guide Sheet Template Data Version 6.7.0 Description Enables the Application Specific Info Group in the Guide Sheet administration function, so administrators can use the ASI and ASI table definitions for guidesheet options such as fields, drop-down lists, and check boxes. Interdependency Parent 0124-Admin Inspection Guide Sheet Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Inspection > Guide Sheet > Application Specific Info Group field | Function IDs Reference | 701 0292-Service Management Version 6.7.0 Description Enables the Service portlet for administrators to perform the following tasks: • View the services that users can view when logged into Citizen Access • Add services for users to view in Citizen Access • Associate services with license types and address types Interdependency None Solution All Access Setup portlet > Agency Profile > Service | Function IDs Reference | 702 0294-Structure and Establishment Version 6.7.0 Description Controls the Structures and Establishments link in the Accela Administrator Setup portlet, and enables the Structures & Establishments - Type portlet for administrators to configure and manage structure and establishment types. Interdependency Child 0158-Admin Attribute Definition Child 0159-Admin Attribute Template Definition Solution All Access Setup portlet > Structures & Establishments Setup portlet > Structures & Establishments > Type | Function IDs Reference | 703 0295-Reference Structure and Establishment Version 6.7.0 Description • Enables the Structures & Establishments portlet for users to manage reference structures and reference establishments. • Enables the Structures & Establishments tab in the Parcels portlet for users to manage the reference structures and reference establishments associated with reference parcels, and copy or move associated structures or establishments between genealogically related reference parcels. Interdependency Child of #1 0296-Structure and Establishment Condition Child of #1 0005-Reference Property Parcels Child of #1 0006-Reference Property Addresses Child of #1 0008-Reference Licensed Professionals Parent of #2 0005-Reference Property Parcels Solution All Access Structures & Establishments portlet Parcels > Structures & Establishments tab | Function IDs Reference | 704 0296-Structure and Establishment Condition Version 6.7.0 Description Enables the Conditions tab in the Structures & Establishments portlet for users to add and manage conditions for structures & establishments.f Interdependency Parent 0295-Reference Structure and Establishment Child 0297-Structure and Establishment History Solution All Access Structures & Establishments portlet > Conditions tab | Function IDs Reference | 705 0297-Structure and Establishment History Version 6.7.0 Description Displays the Condition History tab when users click a condition in the Condition tab of the Structures & Establishments portlet. Interdependency Parent 0296-Structure and Establishment Condition Solution All Access Structures & Establishments portlet > Conditions tab > (After selecting a condition) Condition History tab | Function IDs Reference | 706 0299-Super License Management Version 6.7.0 Description Enables the Product License portlet for administrators to view product licenses or import product licenses. Interdependency None Solution Superagency Access Setup portlet > System Tools > Product License | Function IDs Reference | 707 0300-License Management Version 6.7.0 Description Enables the Product License portlet for administrators to view product licenses or import product licenses. Interdependency None Solution All Access Setup portlet > System Tools > Product License | Function IDs Reference | 708 0305-Admin Attribute Table Definition Version 7.0.0 Description • Enables the Attribute Table administration portlet for assets, so administrators can configure attribute tables. • Enables the Attribute Tables tab in the Attribute Template administration portlet for both assets and structures & establishments, so administrators can associate attribute tables with attribute templates. Interdependency Parent of #2 0159-Admin Attribute Template Definition Solution Accela Asset Management Access Setup portlet > Assets > Attribute Table Setup portlet > Assets > Attribute Template > Attribute Tables tab Setup portlet > Structures & Establishments > Attribute Template > Attributes tab | Function IDs Reference | 709 0306-Work Order Type Version 7.0.0 Description Enables the Work Order Types tab in the Work Order Task portlet for administrators to perform the following tasks: • View the work order types associated to work order tasks • Assign a work order type to a work order task, or delete the association Interdependency Parent 0254-WO Task Definition Solution Accela Asset Management Access Setup portlet > Work Orders > Work Order Task > Work Order Types tab | Function IDs Reference | 710 0307-Audit Logger Definition Version 7.0.0 Description Enables the Audit Log portlet for administrators to configure the fields to display for each audit log. Interdependency An audit log type (record/ASI/ASIT, guidesheet, record condition, reference condition, standard condition, document) only works after super agency administrator enables the audit log options in the agency configuration. Solution All Access Setup portlet > System Tools > Audit Log | Function IDs Reference | 711 0308-Data Manager Export Version 7.0.0 Description Enables the Export Jobs panel in the Data Manager portlet for administrators to perform the following tasks: • Configure export jobs • Export record types and their associated elements • Export Standard Choices • Export Citizen Access Configuration • Export asset management data Interdependency Parent 0318-Administration Interoperation 0309-Data Manager Import Solution All Access Setup portlet > Administration > AA Admin > Data manager > Export Jobs panel | Function IDs Reference | 712 0309-Data Manager Import Version 7.0.0 Description Enables the Import Jobs panel in the Data Manager portlet for administrators to perform the following tasks: • Configure import jobs • Import record types and their associated elements • Import Standard Choices • Import Citizen Access Configuration • Import asset management data Interdependency Interoperation 0308-Data Manager Export Parent 0318-Administration Solution All Access Setup portlet > Administration > AA Admin > Data manager > Import Jobs panel | Function IDs Reference | 713 0310-Admin Education Info Version 7.0.0 Description Enables the Education portlet for administrators to create and manage education records, including associating the education records with education providers. Interdependency None Solution All Access Setup portlet > License Certifications > Education | Function IDs Reference | 714 0311-Admin Continuing Education Info Version 7.0.0 Description Enables the Continuing Education portlet for administrators to perform the following tasks: • Create and manage continuing education records, including associating the continuing education records with providers and record types. • Assign a workflow task to continuing education at the record type level. Interdependency None Solution All Access Setup portlet > License Certifications > Continuing Education | Function IDs Reference | 715 0312-Admin Examination Info Version 7.0.0 Description Enables the Examination portlet for administrators to perform the following tasks: • Create and manage examination records, including associating the examination records with examination providers. • Assign a workflow task to examinations at the record type level. Interdependency None Solution All Access Setup portlet > License Certifications > Examination | Function IDs Reference | 716 0314-Admin Meeting Calendar Version 7.3 Description • • Enables the meeting calendar type in the calendar administration portlet, so administrators can perform the following tasks: • View all the calendars of Meeting type • Create new calendars of Meeting type Enables the Meeting Type Maintenance function in the Calendar administration navigation tree for administrators to configure meeting types. Interdependency None Solution All Access Setup portlet > Calendar > Meeting type in the Type field Setup portlet > Calendar > Meeting Type Maintenance tree node > Meeting option in Calendar Type field | Function IDs Reference | 717 0315-Admin Create New Objects Version 7.0.0 Description Enables the Create New button on the toolbar of the Civic Platform console. Users can click the button to select from a drop‑down menu of options for creating records or performing other operational tasks. Interdependency None Solution All Access Setup portlet > Agency Profile > Create New Objects Civic Platform Console Toolbar > Create New menu button | Function IDs Reference | 718 0316-Reference Contact Condition Version 7.0.0 Description Enables the Condition tab in the Contacts portlet for users to manage conditions for contacts. Interdependency Child 0317-Reference Contact Condition History Solution All Access Contacts portlet > Conditions tab | Function IDs Reference | 719 0317-Reference Contact Condition History Version 7.0.0 Description Displays the Condition History tab when users click a condition in the Condition tab of the Contacts portlet. Interdependency Parent 0316-Reference Contact Condition Solution All Access Contacts portlet > Conditions tab > (After selecting a condition) Condition History tab | Function IDs Reference | 720 0318-Administration Version 7.0.0 Description Enables the AA Admin administration portlet under Setup Administration for administrators to configure record types and configure data manager. Interdependency Child 0308-Data Manager Export Child 0309-Data Manager Import Child 0065-Admin Application Types Solution All Access Setup portlet > Administration > AA Admin | Function IDs Reference | 721 0319-Delete ASI and ASIT on existing CAPs Version 7.0.0 Description • Provides the “Delete associated transactional data of previous ASI and ASIT on existing records” option in a pop-up window after users change the Application Specific Info Group Code field and then click the Save button in the Application Type - Edit page. • Provides the “Delete associated transactional records of previous ASI and ASIT on existing CAPs” option in a pop-up window after users change the Application Specific Info Group field and then click the Save button in the Application Specific Info - Edit and Manage Subgroups page. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Application > Application Type > After clicking Save in the Application Type - Edit page Classic Admin Tools > Application > Application Specific Info > After clicking Save in the Application Specific Info - Edit and Manage Subgroups page | Function IDs Reference | 722 0320-Admin License Verification Version 7.0.0 Description Enables the License Verification portlet for administrators to define the record type and insurance/license type expiration relationship by setting permissions and assigning expired license types to application types. Interdependency None Solution All Access Setup portlet > Application > License Verification | Function IDs Reference | 723 0321-Reference Address Copy Version 6.7.0 Description Enables the Copy button in the Addresses portlet, so users to create new addresses by copying from existing ones. Interdependency Parent 0006-Reference Property Addresses Solution All Access Addresses portlet > Copy button | Function IDs Reference | 724 0322-Reference Merge Contacts Version 6.7.0 Description Enables the Merge button in the Contacts portlet for users to merge two or more contacts into one. Interdependency Parent Solution All Access Contacts portlet > Merge 0084-Reference People Contact | Function IDs Reference | 725 0323-Disable Licensed Professionals Search Version 6.7.0 Description When enabled, this FID disables the Search button in the Licensed Professionals portlet, so users cannot search for licensed professionals. Interdependency Parent 0008-Reference Licensed Professionals Solution All Access Licensed Professionals portlet > Search button | Function IDs Reference | 726 0324-Admin Receipt Print Audit Version 6.7.0 Description Enables the Receipt Print Audit portlet for administrators to view receipt print audit records and to search receipt print audit records. Interdependency None Solution All Access Setup portlet > System Tools > Receipt Print Audit | Function IDs Reference | 727 0326-Define Asset Usage Unit Type Version 7.0.5 Description Enables the Usage Types tab in the Asset Type portlet for administrators to perform the following tasks: • View the usage types list • Look up usage types and assign to the asset type, or delete the association Interdependency Parent 0160-Admin AMS Asset Definition Solution Accela Asset Management Access Setup portlet > Assets > Type > Usage Types tab | Function IDs Reference | 728 0327-Edit My QuickQuery By Administration Version 7.0.5 Description Enables the My QuickQueries portlet for administrators to perform the following tasks: • Specify a portlet and view user-defined QuickQueries in the portlet. The QuickQuery name and user ID identifies each QuickQuery. • Edit or delete user-defined QuickQueries Interdependency Parent 0139-Admin-DataFilter/QuickQuery Solution All Access Setup portlet > Data Filter & Query > My QuickQueries | Function IDs Reference | 729 0328-Accessibility Mode Version 7.0.5 Description Enables section 508 accessibility mode in Civic Platform and Citizen Access. Interdependency None Solution All Access All | Function IDs Reference | 730 0330-Admin Work Order Costing Group Definition Version 7.1.0 Description Enables the Cost Group portlet for administrators to define and manage cost groups. Interdependency Child 0161-Admin Work Order Costing Item Definition Solution Accela Asset Management Access Setup portlet > Work Orders > Cost Group | Function IDs Reference | 731 0331-Trust Account Associated Record Version 7.1.0 Description Enables the Associated Record tab in the Trust Account portlet for users to view all the records related to a trust account. Interdependency Parent 0190-Manage Trust Account Solution All Access Trust Account portlet > Associated Record tab | Function IDs Reference | 732 0332-Daily Cost Rate Definition Version 7.1.0 Description • Enables the Cost Rate tab in the Work Order Cost Item portlet for administrators to create and manage cost rates for cost items. • Enables the Cost Rate tab in the Time Accounting User Profiles portlet for administrators to create and manage cost rates for user profiles. • Enables the Cost Rates tab in the Assets portlet for users to create and manage cost rates for assets. Interdependency Parent of #1 0161-Admin Work Order Costing Item Definition Parent of #2 0265-Admin Time Accounting User Profile Parent of #3 8189-Asset Data Management Solution Accela Asset Management Access Setup portlet > Work Orders > Cost Item > Cost Rates tab Setup portlet > Time Accounting > User Profiles > Cost Rates tab Assets portlet > Cost Rates tab | Function IDs Reference | 733 0333-Condition List Audit Log Version 7.1.0 Description • Enables the View Log button in the Condition Maintenance administrator portlet for administrators to view condition audit log information. • Enables the View Log button in various portlets, and then provide the condition as an audit type option for users to view the historical logs on conditions. Interdependency The audit log works only if the super agency administrator enables the standard condition audit log option in the agency configuration. Parent 8458-Complete Record and ASI Audit Solution All Access Setup portlet > Condition > Condition Maintenance list portlet > View log button Record portlet > View Log button > Record Details Log button option > Record Condition option in Audit Type in the Audit Log page Parcels portlet > View Log button Owners portlet > View Log button Licensed Professionals portlet > View Log button Structure & Establishment portlet > View Log button Assets portlet > View Log button | Function IDs Reference | 734 0334-Condition Detail Audit Log Version 7.1.0 Description • Enables the View Log button in the Condition detail tab of the Condition Maintenance administrator portlet for administrators to view condition audit log information. • Enables the View Log button in the Condition tab in various portlets for users to view the historical logs on conditions. Interdependency The audit log works only if the super agency administrator enables the standard condition audit log option in the agency configuration. Solution All Access Setup portlet > Condition > Condition Details tab > View log button Record portlet > Condition tab > View Log button Parcels portlet > Condition tab > View Log button Owners portlet > Condition tab > View Log button Licensed Professionals portlet > Condition tab > View Log button Structure & Establishment portlet > Condition tab > View Log button Assets portlet > Condition tab > View Log button | Function IDs Reference | 735 0335-Copy or Move Parcel Associated Records Version 7.1.0 Description Enables the Copy and Move buttons in the Associated Record List tab of the Parcels portlet, so users can copy or move associated records between genealogically related reference parcels. Interdependency None Solution All Access Parcels portlet > Associated Record List > Copy, Move buttons | Function IDs Reference | 736 0336-User Calendar Version 7.1.0 Description Enables the User calendar option in the Calendar administration portlet, so administrators can perform the following tasks: • View all the calendars of User type • Create new calendars of User type Interdependency None Solution All Access Setup portlet > Calendar > User type in the Type field | Function IDs Reference | 737 0337-Agency Holiday Calendar Version 7.1.0 Description Enables the Agency Holiday calendar option in the Calendar administration portlet, so administrators can perform the following tasks: • View all the calendars of Agency Holiday type • Create new calendars of Agency Holiday type Interdependency None Solution All Access Setup portlet > Calendar > Agency Holiday type in the Type field | Function IDs Reference | 738 0338-Licensed Professional Document List Version 7.2.0 Description • Enables the Documents tab in the Licensed Professionals portlet for users to upload, manage and download documents related with a licensed professional. • Displays the People Attachments and Record Attachments options, in the Documents tab of the Record portlet, so that users can click the People Attachments option to view the people attachments associated with the record. Interdependency Parent 0008-Reference Licensed Professionals Solution All Access Licensed Professionals portlet > Documents tab | Function IDs Reference | 739 0339-Inspection Grade Group Version 7.2.0 Description Enables the availability of the Inspection Grade Group administration portlet, so administrators can configure inspection grade groups. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Admin Tools > Application > Inspection Grade Group | Function IDs Reference | 740 0340-Reference Contact Type Security Version 7.2.0 Description Enables the Reference Contacts node in the navigation tree of the Contact Type Setting portlet so administrators can define contact type security on reference contacts. Interdependency None Solution All Access Setup portlet > Contact > Contact Type Setting | Function IDs Reference | 741 0341-Daily Contact Type Security Version 7.2.0 Description Enables the Record Contacts node in the navigation tree of the Contact Type Setting portlet so administrators can limit the use of specific contact types by module and define contact type security on record contacts. Interdependency None Solution All Access Setup portlet > Contact > Contact Type Setting | Function IDs Reference | 742 0342-Parcels GIS Attributes Mapping Version 7.2.0 Description Enables the display of the GIS Attribute Mapping administration portlet. Interdependency None Solution All Access Setup portlet > Parcels Setup portlet > Parcels > GIS Attribute Mapping portlet | Function IDs Reference | 743 0343-Contact Relationship Version 7.2.0 Description Enables the Related Contacts tab for a contact. Interdependency None Solution All Access Contacts portlet > Related Contacts tab | Function IDs Reference | 744 0344-Show Address on the Contact Version 7.2.0 Description Enables the Address tab in the Contacts portlet for users to manage reference addresses for contacts. Interdependency Interoperation Solution All Access Contacts portlet > Address tab 0006-Reference Property Addresses | Function IDs Reference | 745 0345-Look Up Address on the Contact Address Version 7.2.0 Description Enables the Look Up button in the Contact Address tab of the reference contact portlet for users to look up reference addresses or external addresses, modify and then save them as contact addresses. Interdependency The Standard Choice Value of the Standard Choice ENABLE_CONTACT_ADDRESS must be Yes, for the Contact Address tab to display in the reference contact portlet. Solution All Access Contacts portlet > Contact Address tab | Function IDs Reference | 746 0346-Workflow Designer Version 7.2.0 Description Enables the graphic Workflow Designer for administrators to define workflow with master process and sub processes. Interdependency FIDs control the few workflow-related functions, not available in Workflow Designer, listed below. Interoperation 0143-Admin Workflow Task Spec Info Interoperation 0150-Admin Workload and Skillset Interoperation 0154-Reference Workflow Proximity Alerts Interoperation 0180-Admin Workflow Task Spec Info Subgroups Interoperation 0192-Workflow Report Setting Interoperation 0234-Workflow Calendar Interoperation 0246-Activities Specific Information Solution All Access Setup portlet > Administration > Workflow Designer | Function IDs Reference | 747 0347-Social Media Version 7.2.0 Description Enables the Social Media portlet for administrators to configure the integration between Civic Platform and a social media site such as Twitter. Interdependency NA Solution All Access Setup portlet > System Tools > Social Media | Function IDs Reference | 748 0348-AA-AGIS Integration Diagnosis Tool Version 7.2.0 Description Enables the GIS Integration Diagnostics portlet for administrators to diagnose and troubleshoot the GIS integration issues. Interdependency None Solution All Access Setup portlet > System Tools > GIS Integration Diagnostics | Function IDs Reference | 749 0349-Contact Management Version 7.2.0 Description Enables the Standard Choices portlet for administrators to edit Standard Choices from Civic Platform Vantage360. Currently the portlet allows you to maintain a few Standard Choices related with Contact Management. Interdependency None Solution All Access Setup portlet > Agency Profile > Standard Choices | Function IDs Reference | 750 0350-Regional Settings Version 7.2.0 Description Enables the Regional Setting portlet for administrators to define the phone number country code, and format the ZIP code (or postal code) masks and phone number masks based on the selected country or region. Interdependency None Solution All Access Setup portlet > Agency Profile > Regional Settings | Function IDs Reference | 751 0351-Admin Set Type Version 7.3 Description Enable the Admin Set Type link in the Setup menu. Interdependency None Solution All Access Setup portlet > Application > Set Type | Function IDs Reference | 752 0352-Professional List Version 7.2.0 Description Enables the Professionals tab in the Contacts portlet for users to associate professionals with reference contacts, and manage the associated professionals. Interdependency None Solution All Access Contacts portlet > Professionals tab | Function IDs Reference | 753 0353-Contact Identity Fields Version 7.2.0 Description Enables reference contact identity settings. By specifying reference contact identifier fields, administrators can enforce the uniqueness of the contacts in the reference database and prevent users from creating duplicate contacts. Interdependency None Solution All Access Setup portlet > Contact > Identity Settings > Reference Contact | Function IDs Reference | 754 0354-Custom Dictionary Version 7.3 Description Enables access to the custom dictionary portlet for authorized administrators to create agency-specific custom spell check dictionaries accessible from Civic Platform, Citizen Access, and Mobile Office, and manage terms contained within the custom dictionaries. Custom dictionary users with “full access” can view and manage (add/delete) entries. Users with “read only” access can view the entries, but cannot modify them. Interdependency None Solution All Access Setup portlet > Agency Profile > Dictionary | Function IDs Reference | 755 0355-Reference Contact Relationship Version 7.3 Description Enables the Contact Relationship tab in the Contacts portlet for users to configure contact relationship between two reference contacts. Interdependency None Solution All Access Contacts portlet > Contact Relationship tab | Function IDs Reference | 756 0357-Reference Contact Log Version 7.3 Description Enables the View Log button in the reference contact portlet for users to view the historical audit logs on reference contacts. Interdependency None Solution All Access Reference Contact > View Log > Contact Log | Function IDs Reference | 757 0360-Account Settings Version 7.3 Description Enables the Communication Manager - Account Settings portlet for administrators to configure accounts from which agency users send outgoing emails and SMS text messages. Interdependency None Solution All Access Setup Portlet > Communication Manager > Account Settings | Function IDs Reference | 758 0361-General Settings Version 7.3 Description Enables the Communication Manager - General Settings portlet for administrators to configure the connection between the Microsoft Exchange Server and Civic Platform, and establish system-level settings for agency users. Interdependency None Solution All Access Setup Portlet > Communication Manager > General Settings | Function IDs Reference | 759 0362-Duplicate Contact Address Check Description Enables the contact address identity settings for administrators to set contact address identity fields, thus to enforce unique identity of contact addresses in each contact. Interdependency None Solution All Access Setup portlet > Contact > Identity Settings > Contact Address | Function IDs Reference | 760 0365-License Certification Info Description Enable access to the Education, Continuing Education, and Examination tabs on the Contact Reference portlet. Interdependency None Solution All Access Contact Reference portlet > Education tab Contact Reference portlet > Continuing Education tab Contact Reference portlet > Examination tab | Function IDs Reference | 761 0366-License Certification Supervisor Description Enable/disable the Approve and Disapprove buttons. Used to validate education/exam records. After approval, data is no longer editable in transaction records. Data remains editable in the contact reference records. Interdependency None Solution All Access Application Record portlet > Education tab, Continuing Education tab, Examination tab Contact Reference portlet > Education tab, Continuing Education tab, Examination tab | Function IDs Reference | 762 0367-Default Clone Options Version 7.3.2 Description Controls the availability of the Default Clone Options form on the Administration Setup portlet. Use this form to set the default data (by record type) to copy from the source record to the new cloned record. Solution All Access Administration > Setup > Application > Default Clone Options | Function IDs Reference | 763 0368-Reference Contact Document List Version 7.3.3 Description This FID enables the Documents tab in the Contacts portlet for users to upload, manage and download documents related with a reference contact. Interdependency Parent 0084-Reference People Contact Solution All Access Contacts portlet > Documents tab | Function IDs Reference | 764 0370-Record Type Filter Description Enables the Record Type Filter in Citizen Access, and in the adminstration areas of both Citizen Access and Civic Platform Interdependency None Solution All Access Citizen Access > Record Type selection Record Type Filter configuration in Citizen Access Admin > Module Settings Record Type Filter configuration in V360 Admin > Setup > Application > Record Type Filters | Function IDs Reference | 765 0371-Professional List Description Enables the Look Up and Delete buttons on the Licensed Professional tab for the Structure/Establishment detail portlet. When enabled, these buttons can be used to locate, then associate/disassociate licensed professionals with the current structure/establishment. Interdependency None Solution All Access Structure & Establishment portlet | Function IDs Reference | 766 0374-Data Manager Delete Version 9.0.0 Description Enable the Delete Jobs functionality in Data Manager. By default, the Delete Jobs functionality is disabled. If you set the value of the FID to "Full Access", the Delete Jobs option is available in Data Manager. Interdependency None Solution All Access Administration > AA Admin > Data Manager | Function IDs Reference | 767 0375-New UI Admin Access Restricted Version 9.0.0 Description Controls access to the Administration and Classic Administration links that display on the upper righthand menu in the Civic Platform 8.0.0.0.0+ user interface. Administrators can use FID 0375-New UI Admin Access Restricted – to limit user access to the Civic Platform administration portals. By default, the FID is disabled and all users will continue to have access to the administration links. If you set the value of the FID to "Full Access" the administration links will no longer be displayed for members of that user group. Interdependency 0376-Admin Conditions Access Restricted Restricts access to the Conditions page for non-Admin users. Solution All Access Settings menu on Civic Platform 8.0.0.0.0 and later | Function IDs Reference | 768 0376-Admin Conditions Access Restricted Version 9.1.0 Description This FID restricts access to the Conditions page for non-Admin users. By default, the FID is disabled and all users will continue to have access to Conditions page. If you set the value of the FID to "Full Access" the Conditions page will not display for members of the specified user group. Refer to the table below for full details. No Access Access to the Conditions page is not restricted Full Access Access to the Conditions page is restricted for non-Admin users Read Only Access to the Conditions page is not restricted Interdependency 0375-New UI Admin Access Restricted Restricts user access to the Civic Platform administration portals. Solution All Access Conditions page in Civic Platform 9.1.0 and later | Function IDs Reference | 769 7800-Report Menu Description Enables the Report Menu function in Civic Platform Classic for users to access the reports that are custom made for specific business practices. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Daily > Report > Report Menu | Function IDs Reference | 770 7801-Ad Hoc Reports Description Controls exposure of the add hoc report feature. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Daily > Reports > Ad Hoc | Function IDs Reference | 771 8006-Application Print Permit Description Enables the Permit function in Civic Platform Classic for users to print an application permit. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Daily > Application > Permit | Function IDs Reference | 772 8014-Standard Comments and Task List Version 2.51 Description Enables the Task List function in Civic Platform Classic for users to view the workflow task list and to edit the workflow task list. Interdependency None Solution Access Classic Daily > Workflow > Task List | Function IDs Reference | 773 8020-Condition Full Privileges Description • Enables the Conditions tab in the Record portlet for users to add conditions for records. • Enables the Conditions tab in the Inspections portlet for users to add conditions for inspections. • Enables the display of the Condition Notice pop-up window when users click the condition “Learn more...” link in the condition status bar of the record portlet. Interdependency None Solution All Access Record portlet > Conditions tab Record portlet > Condition Status Bar > (After clicking the “Learn more...” link) Condition Notice pop-up window Inspections portlet > Conditions tab | Function IDs Reference | 774 8027-Smart Notice Description Enables the Smart Notice daily functions in Civic Platform Classic, so users can view the current smart notice. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Daily > SmartManager > SmartNotice | Function IDs Reference | 775 8028-Addresses Description • Enables the Address tab of the Record portlet for users to search, create, assign and manage addresses (either reference addresses, Tidemark addresses, or daily addresses) of records. • Enables the Search and Clear button in the Address section of the application intake form, for users to add reference address to a new application. Interdependency Child 8175-GIS Objects Child 8227-PermitsPlus Search Address Child 8303-Synchronize function in APO Solution All Access Record portlet > Address tab Record portlet > New > (In the application intake form) Address section > Search and Clear buttons | Function IDs Reference | 776 8029-Parcels Description • Enables the Parcel tab in the Record portlet for users to add and manage parcels of an application. • Enables the Search and Clear buttons in the Parcel section of the application intake form, for users to search reference parcels and add them to a record. Interdependency Child of #1 8281-Inspector Districting Child of #1 8327-Search Select Parcel Function Solution All Access Record portlet > Parcel tab Record portlet > New > (In the application intake form) Parcel section > Search and Clear buttons | Function IDs Reference | 777 8030-Owners Description • Enables the Owner tab of the Record portlet for users to assign and manage owners of records. • Enables the Search and Clear buttons in the Owner section of the application intake form, for users to search reference owners and add them to a record. Interdependency None Solution All Access Record portlet > Owner tab Record portlet > New > (In the application intake form) Owner section > Search and Clear buttons | Function IDs Reference | 778 8031-Contacts Description • Enables the Contacts tab in the Record portlet • Enables the New, Look Up, Remove, Deactivate, Sync From the Reference, and Stop Sync menu buttons in the Contacts tab, for users to add or manage contacts for records. • Enables the New, Search, Delete, and Set Primary buttons in the contact section of the application intake form, so users can manage the contacts for a record. This section opens when you create a new application or you click the Summary button for a record. Note: If set to Read Only or No Access, the Contact > Associated Public User tab hides the Delete button. Interdependency None Solution All Access Record portlet > Contact tab Record portlet > New > (In the application intake form) Contact section > New, Search, Delete and Set Primary buttons | Function IDs Reference | 779 8032-Licensed Professionals Description Enables the Professionals tab in the Record portlet for users to add or manage licensed professionals for records. Note: If set to Read Only or No Access, the Licensed Professional > Associated Public User tab hides the Delete button. Interdependency Child 8446-Disable Licensed Professionals Delete Solution All Access Record portlet > Professionals tab | Function IDs Reference | 780 8033-Additional Information Description • Enables the Addtl Info tab in the Record portlet for users to view and edit additional information about records. • Enables the Addtl Info area in the Additional Information tab for a record and in the Record Information tab for an inspection. So users can view and edit additional information about records from Mobile Office. Interdependency None Solution All Access Civic Platform > Record portlet > Addtl Info tab Mobile Office > Records > Additional Information tab Mobile Office > Inspections > Record Information tab > Additional Information subtab | Function IDs Reference | 781 8034-New Application Description • Enables the New button in the Record portlet for users to create a record. • Enable users to submit the staff assignments to a record successfully. Interdependency Interoperation with #2 8152-WO/SR Group Update Solution All Access Record portlet > New button Record portlet > Assign menu item > (After users click the Save button) Successful assignment Record portlet > Record Detail tab > Assign menu item > (After users click the Save button) Successful assignment | Function IDs Reference | 782 8035-Find App Version 2.5 Description • Enables the record list display in the Record portlet according to the permissions for the current user. • When you disable FID 8150, FID 8035 enables the Advanced Search link in the Find Application function in Civic Platform Classic . When users click the Advanced Search link, the Find Application - Search page displays the standard application search fields. When you enable FID 8150, the Find Application - Search page displays the search fields, as customized in the Find Application Profile administration function. • Enables the Record Search for the Select Record to Copy From function available in the Inspections portlet, or the Inspections tab of the Record portlet. Interdependency Interoperation with #2 8150-Find App (Custom) Interoperation with #2 8035-Find App Parent of #3 8299-Daily-ODS Inspection Gaps . Solution All Access Record portlet Classic Daily > Application > Find App > Advanced Search link (with FID 8068 enabled) Classic Daily > Application > Find App (Find Application - Search page) (with FID 8068 disabled) Inspections portlet > Inspection Detail tab > Select Record to Copy From button > Click the Record Search button | Function IDs Reference | 783 8036-Workflow - 2.5 Obsolete. | Function IDs Reference | 784 8038-Valuation Calculation Description Enables the Valuation Calc tab in the record portlet for users to calculate the total valuation (job values) for an application based on the pre-defined standard valuations with occupancies Interdependency Child 8406-Edit Valuation Calculator Unit Cost Solution All Access Record portlet > Valuation Calc tab | Function IDs Reference | 785 8039-PermitsPlus Historical Data Description Enables the Data Source field in the Record Search portlet for users to select ‘PERMITS” Plus as the source to search for ‘PERMITS’ Plus A/P/Ds in Civic Platform and associate them to Accela records. Interdependency You must configure the Standard Choice ENABLE_PERMITS_PLUS_SEARCH for the search. Solution All Modules except superagency Access Record portlet > Search button > P+ Permit Plus option in Data Source field Record portlet > Related Records tab > Search, or Look Up button > P+ Permit Plus option in Data Source field | Function IDs Reference | 786 8047-Hearings (obsolete, replaced by 8483) Obsolete (see 8229 - Hearing). | Function IDs Reference | 787 8049-Batch Job (old) Description Any of the following FIDs can enable the Batch Engine administration portlet: • 0106-Admin Batch job (the list portlet, the Job Detail tab, Job Schedule tab, and Log tab) • 0284-Batch Job Maintenance (the list portlet and the Job Detail tab) and 0285-Batch Job Schedule (the Job Schedule tab and the Log tab) • 8122-Batch Job (the list portlet, the Job Detail tab, Job Schedule tab, and Log tab) • 8049-Batch Job (old) (the list portlet, the Job Detail tab, Job Schedule tab, and Log tab) Interdependency Interoperation 0106-Admin Batch job Interoperation 0284-Batch Job Maintenance Interoperation 8122-Batch Job Solution All Access Setup portlet > System Tools > Batch Engine Batch Jobs portlet | Function IDs Reference | 788 8068-Find App (simple search) Description Enables the simple search mode in the Find Application function in Civic Platform Classic. Simple search allows users to search applications by Project Name/Application number. Interdependency Interdependency 8150-Find App (Custom) Interdependency 8035-Find App Solution All Access Classic Daily > Application > Find Application | Function IDs Reference | 789 8073-App Spec Info Version 6 Description • Enables the App Specific Info tab in the Record portlet, so users can manage the ASI about a record. • Enables the App Specific Info section in the summary portlet for a record, so users can view the ASI about the record. Interdependency None Solution All Access Record portlet > App Specific Info tab | Function IDs Reference | 790 8074-Set Header Maintenance Version Updated in 7.2.0 Description • Enables the Records list tab in the Set portlet for users to view the list of record sets. • Enables the New, Search, Delete, and Clone buttons for the Records tab in the set portlet. • Enables the Create a Set button on the Record List tab for a contact and on the Associated Record List tab for a parcel. • Enables users to mark the Select Existing Set or the Create a New Set option in the Create From Model page of the record portlet. Interdependency Child of #1 8075-Set Detail Maintenance Parent of #4 8264-Create from Model Solution All Access Set portlet > Records tab Contacts portlet > Record List tab Parcels portlet > Associated Record List tab Record portlet > Create From Model button > Select Existing Set option Record portlet > Create From Model button > Create a New Set option | Function IDs Reference | 791 8075-Set Detail Maintenance Description Enables the records detail tabs of the Set portlet, so users can manage the details contacts for a set. Interdependency Parent 8074-Set Header Maintenance Child 8358-Set Comments Child 8357-Set Conditions Child 8363-Set Contacts Child 8361-Set Licensed Professionals Child 8362-Set Owners Child 8359-Set Scripts Child 8364-Set Status Change Child 8121-Set Payment Child 8134-Set Workflow Status Change Solution All Access Set portlet > Records tab > Detail tabs | Function IDs Reference | 792 8078-New Business License Application Description Enables users to create new applications in the license module in Civic Platform Classic. Interdependency None Solution Licenses Access Classic Daily > Application > New App > Select an application type in the license module | Function IDs Reference | 793 8079-Business Licenses Expiration Info Description Enables the Renewal Info tab in the Licenses portlet for users to view or edit a License's renewal information. Interdependency None Solution License Access Licenses portlet > Renewal Info tab | Function IDs Reference | 794 8081-Project Maintenance/Navigation Version 3 Description Enables the Project function in Civic Platform Classic for users to create and maintain projects. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Daily > Project | Function IDs Reference | 795 8085-Inspection Email Notification Version 4.0/4.2 Description Enables email notification in the Result Inspections function, so when users select Save in the Result Inspections portlet, the email address confirmation page displays for entering the applicant email address and group email address. Interdependency Parent 8145-Inspection Results Solution All Access Inspections portlet > Menu > Result item > After clicking Save in the Result Inspections portlet Inspections portlet > Manage Inspection menu > Result Inspections item > After clicking Save in the Result Inspections portlet | Function IDs Reference | 796 8090-Workflow Supervisor Version 4.0/4.1 Description • Enables the Supervisor button in the Workflow tab of the Record portlet, so users have supervisory privileges to alter the status of tasks in a workflow process. • Enables user to freely save/publish comments and annotations in Electronic Document Review PDF attachments, as well as update the file review status of any reviewer. Interdependency Parent 8132-Workflow Solution All Access Record portlet > Workflow tab > Supervisor button | Function IDs Reference | 797 8093-Staff Search Version 4 Description Controls how to display the department and staff options when users click the Dept & Staff button to populate department information and staff information in Civic Platform Classic. If you enable the FID, users first select the department and then pick the staff from the available list. If you disable the FID, users provide the staff information first and then select the department and staff. Interdependency None Solution All Access There are a number of pages with the Dept & Staff button. For example: Classic Daily > Condition > Condition > Condition - Edit page | Function IDs Reference | 798 8097-Manual Application Number Option Description Sets the Alt ID field as editable in the application intake form, record summary form, and the Record tab of the Record portlet, so that users can manually enter the Alt ID for a record. Interdependency Interoperation 0270-Sequence Generator Solution All Access Record (Building, Asset, Inspection...) portlet > Application Intake Form > Alt ID field Record (Building, Asset, Inspection...) portlet > Record tab > Alt ID field Record (Building, Asset, Inspection...) portlet > Record tab > Summary button > Alt ID field in the summary form | Function IDs Reference | 799 8098-Agency Switch Description Enables the Switch Agency link in the main console of Civic Platform Classic so users can toggle between multiple Agencies. Interdependency Civic Platform can enable the ability to toggle between agencies by either FID 8403 or FID 8098. The MultiAgency switch controlled by FID 8403 offers more functionality and overrides FID 8098 Agency Switch when you set both to Full-Access. Solution All Modules Access Classic Daily > Switch Agency link | Function IDs Reference | 800 8099-Inspection Calendar Override Authority Information about this item is unavailable at this time. | Function IDs Reference | 801 8102-People User Defined Attributes Description • When users create a new licensed professional, displays the people template fields for entry if users select a license type that associates with a people template. • When users create a new contact, displays the people template fields for entry if users select a contact type that associates with a people template. Interdependency Parent of #1 0008-Reference Licensed Professionals Parent of #2 0084-Reference People Contact Solution All Access Licensed Professionals portlet > New > (Selecting a license type that associates with a people template) Fields from the people template in the Professional-New page Record portlet > Professionals tab > New > (Selecting a license type that associates with a people template) Fields from the people template in the Professional-New page Contacts portlet > New > (Selecting a contact type that associates with a people template) Fields from the people template in the Contact-New page Record portlet > Professionals tab > New > (Selecting a contact type that associates with a people template) Fields from the people template in the Contact-New page | Function IDs Reference | 802 8103-Structure Tracking Description Enables the Structures tab in the Record portlet for users to add and manage structures for an application. Interdependency None Solution All Access Record portlet > Structures tab | Function IDs Reference | 803 8104-Assess Fees Version 4 Description • Enables the Fee tab in the record portlet for users to assess one or more fee items included in the fee schedule associated with an application, or, select several fee items and then generate invoice for them. • Enables the Assess Fee History for users to view the historical actions performed in the Fee tab. Interdependency Child 8271-Fees Recalculate Fees Solution All Access Record portlet > Fee tab Record portlet > Assess Fee History tab | Function IDs Reference | 804 8105-User Defined Parcel Attribute Obsolete. | Function IDs Reference | 805 8106-Void Application Description Enables the Void application function in Civic Platform Classic for users to void an application. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Daily > Application > Void Application | Function IDs Reference | 806 8107-Cashier-Supervisor Version 6.5 Description Enables the Adjust menu item in the Account Detail tab of the Trust Account portlet for users to adjust the value of a trust account. Interdependency Parent of #2 0190-Manage Trust Account Solution All Access Trust Account portlet > Account Detail tab > Menu > Adjust menu item | Function IDs Reference | 807 8108-Cashier Payment Version 4 Description • Enables the Payment tab in the record portlet for users to process a payment. • Enables the buttons in the Payment tab. The buttons include: Pay, Apply, Generate Receipt, Refund, Void, and Pay More. Interdependency Interoperation 8436-Daily – Cashier – Apply Interoperation 8440-Daily – Cashier – Fund Transfer Interoperation 8439-Daily – Cashier – Generate Receipt Interoperation 8435-Daily – Cashier – Pay Interoperation 8445-Daily - Cashier - Pay More Interoperation 8437-Daily – Cashier – Refund Interoperation 8437-Daily – Cashier – Refund If you set FID 8108 to read only or no access, the configuration for the interdependent FIDs applies to the buttons. For example, if you enable FID 8436, the Apply button still displays. Solution All Access Record portlet > Payment tab > Pay (Apply, Generate Receipt, Refund, and Void) button Record portlet > Payment tab > Pay button > (In the payment details page) Pay More button | Function IDs Reference | 808 8110-Application Comment Version Updated in 7.2.0 Description • Enables the Comments tab in the Record portlet for users to view or add comments of a record. • Enables the display of record comments in the Record Comments field in inspection details. Interdependency Child 8340-Application Comments Edit Solution All Access Record portlet > Comments tab Record portlet > Inspection tab > Inspection Details > Comments in the Record Comments field Inspections portlet > Manage Inspection button > Schedule/Reschedule Inspections > Comments in the Record Comments field Inspections portlet > Inspection Detail tab > Comments in the Record Comments field | Function IDs Reference | 809 8112-Application Cloning Description Enables the Clone and Copy menu items in the Record tab of the Record portlet, so users can clone or copy an application. Interdependency None Solution All Access Record portlet > Record Detail tab > Clone menu item Record portlet > Record Detail tab > Copy menu item | Function IDs Reference | 810 8113-Standard Comments Version 4 Description Enables the Standard Comments link for the Comment field (in different places). When users click the link, the standard comments configured by administrators display for selection. Interdependency None Solution All Access Record portlet > Comments tab > (Besides the Comment field) Standard Comments link Record portlet > Application History tab > (Besides the Comment field) Standard Comments link Record portlet > Workflow tab > Task Details > (Besides the Comments field) Standard Comments link Contacts portlet > Conditions tab > (Besides the Comment field) Standard Comments link Licensed Professionals portlet > Conditions tab > (Besides the Short Comments field) Standard Comments link Licensed Professionals portlet > Comments tab > (Besides the Comment field) Standard Comments link | Function IDs Reference | 811 8114-ADS New Non-Electronic Documents (old) Obsolete. | Function IDs Reference | 812 8115-ADS Document List (old) Obsolete. | Function IDs Reference | 813 8116-V360 Reports Information about this item is unavailable at this time. | Function IDs Reference | 814 8119-GIS Service Version 5 Description • Enables the GIS button in related portlets (such as the Record and Addresses portlets) and tabs (such as the Assets tab in Records portlet). Users can click the GIS button to open the GIS map viewer and to view the selected objects in the map. • Enables the GIS tab in the Records portlet for users to view the GIS objects associated with the record, and perform functions available in the tab (including Show/Select GIS Objects, Create GIS Objects, and Delete) Interdependency Interoperation 0197-Admin-PM Schedule Linked Asset Interoperation 0198-Admin-PM Schedule Skipped Asset Interoperation 8203-Daily Record Asset Solution All Access Record portlet > GIS button Work Orders portlet > Assets tab > GIS button And more. | Function IDs Reference | 815 8120-ADS Non-Electronic Documents (old) Obsolete. | Function IDs Reference | 816 8121-Set Payment Version 4 Description Enables the Payment tab in the records detail tabs of the Set portlet, so users can process payments for a set Interdependency Parent 8075-Set Detail Maintenance Solution All Access Set portlet > Records tab > (After selecting a set) Payment tab | Function IDs Reference | 817 8122-Batch Job Version 3.7 Description Any of the following FIDs can enable the Batch Engine administration portlet: • 0106-Admin Batch job (the list portlet, the Job Detail tab, Job Schedule tab, and Log tab) • 0284-Batch Job Maintenance (the list portlet and the Job Detail tab) and 0285-Batch Job Schedule (the Job Schedule tab and the Log tab) • 8122-Batch Job (the list portlet, the Job Detail tab, Job Schedule tab, and Log tab) • 8049-Batch Job (old) (the list portlet, the Job Detail tab, Job Schedule tab, and Log tab) Interdependency Interoperation 0106-Admin Batch job Interoperation 0284-Batch Job Maintenance Interoperation 8049-Batch Job (old) Solution All Access Setup portlet > System Tools > Batch Engine Batch Jobs portlet | Function IDs Reference | 818 8130-Parcel Genealogy Obsolete. | Function IDs Reference | 819 8132-Workflow Version 4.1 Description Set to full access to enable the user to assign or reassign tasks, and edit task details, even if another staff member or department assigned the tasks. Set to read only and set FID 8140 Workflow Limit Access by Dept to full access to enable the user to assign or reassign tasks to staff in the user’s department but not tasks assigned to other departments. Set to no access to disable workflow functions. • Enables the Workflow tab in the Record portlet for users to add and manage tasks, including adhoc tasks, for records, and also add and manage task attachments. • Enables the Workflow History tab in the Record portlet for users to view the workflow task history. • Enables the Document Review Tasks tab in the My Task portlet for users to take document review tasks. • Together with FID 8427, enables the Claim and Release buttons in the Workflow Tasks tab of the My Tasks portlet. This button enables a user to assign (by clicking the Claim button) a workflow task to himself/herself, or release the claim (by clicking the Release button). • Enables the View hyperlink on the Record Attachment List page. Interdependency Child of #1 8090-Workflow Supervisor Child of #1 8186-Workflow Task Activation Child of #1 8470-Time Accounting on Workflow Child of #1 8207-Workflow Ad Hoc Tasks - 5.2 Interoperation of #1 8140-Workflow Limit Access by Dept Interoperation o f#4 8427-Claim or Release Task Assignment Solution All Access Record portlet > Workflow tab My Tasks portlet > Document Review Tasks tab | Function IDs Reference | 820 8133-Workflow Task Assignments Version 4.1 Description • Enables the Assign Task portlet for administrators to assign tasks. • Enables the Assign button in the Workflow tab of the Record portlet for users to assign a task, or an ad hoc task. • Enables the Assign button in the Workflow Tasks tab of the My Tasks portlet for users to assign a task. • Enables the user to assign documents to reviewers and invoke the commands in the Action menu for each attachment on the Attachment Details page. • Enables the Statistics menu button in the Inspections portlet, for users to view the inspection statistics. Set to full access to enable the user group to view and reassign the workflow tasks assigned to them. Set to read only to enable the user group to only view assigned workflow tasks. Set to no access to prevent the user group from viewing or editing assigned workflow tasks. Interdependency Parent of #2 8132-Workflow Solution All Access Setup portlet > Workflow & Activity > Assign Task Record portlet > Workflow tab > (After selecting a task or an ad hoc task) Assign button My Tasks portlet > Workflow Tasks tab > (After selecting a task) Assign button Inspections portlet > Menu > Statistics | Function IDs Reference | 821 8134-Set Workflow Status Change Version 4.1 Description Enables the Workflow Status tab in the Records detail tabs of the Set portlet, for users to view or change the workflow statuses of the set members. Interdependency Parent 8075-Set Detail Maintenance Solution All Access Set portlet > Records tab > Status change | Function IDs Reference | 822 8135-Include Insp. History in Workflow History Information about this item is unavailable at this time. | Function IDs Reference | 823 8137-Calendar Structure Version 3.9 Description Enables the Event function for users to add calendar events for an application. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Daily > Property > Event | Function IDs Reference | 824 8138-Condition Limit Access by Dept Version 4 Description Enables the Condition Type Security administration function for administrators to set the access right (full or read) of an agency or group to condition types. Interdependency None Solution All modules except SuperAgency Access Classic Admin Tools > Agency Profile > Security Policy > Condition Type Security link | Function IDs Reference | 825 8140-Limit Assignments by Dept Version Updated in 7.2.0 Description Enables the Workflow Security portlet for administrators to control access to different workflow processes based on user group privileges. Set to full access and set FID 8132 Workflow to read only to enable the user to assign or reassign tasks to staff in the user’s department but not tasks assigned to other departments. For EDR, set to full access to limit assignment of document attachments only to staff within assigner’s own department. Interdependency Interoperation 8132-Workflow Solution All Access Setup portlet > Workflow & Activity > Workflow Security | Function IDs Reference | 826 8141-Application Status Version 4 Description Enables the Status tab in the Record portlet, for users to manage the status for a record. Interdependency None Solution All Access Record portlet > Status tab | Function IDs Reference | 827 8142-Application Status History Version 4 Description Enables the Status History tab in the Record portlet for users to view the information about all the statuses that exist with a record. Interdependency Parent 8141-Application Status FID 8142 only works when you disable FID 8141. Solution All Access Record portlet > (After selecting a record) Status History | Function IDs Reference | 828 8143-Inspection Scheduling Version 4.2 Description Enables the Inspection list portlet, and the Inspection tab in the record detail portlet. Set to full access to enable users to schedule or reschedule inspections. Set to None to display a different method of managing inspections in the Inspections portlet and Inspections tab. Interdependency Child 8249-Turn Off the Inspection Tab in CAP List Child 8281-Inspector Districting Child 8400-Manage Inspection Child 8144-Inspection Results Supervisor Child 8147-Inspection Assignments Child 8241-Inspection New Inspection Child 8146-Inspection Route Sheet Child 8300-Inspections by Unit Number Solution All Access Inspection portlet Record (Building Permit) portlet > Inspection tab | Function IDs Reference | 829 8144-Inspection Results Supervisor Version 4.2 Description • Determines whether users have supervisory inspection scheduling privileges. When you set this FID to full access, users can schedule and modify inspections at any time. For example, if you set this FID to full access and your agency follows an inspection flow process, then users can schedule any inspection, regardless of its place within the inspection flow process. If you set this FID to no access and your agency follows an inspection flow process, then users cannot schedule inspections outside of their inspection flow order. • Enables users to edit inspection results. For example, suppose an inspector passed a water pipe inspection and shortly thereafter, an inspector discovered a leak or discovered another problem. This feature allows a supervisor to modify the result from the initial “Passed” result to “Failed.” Note: Inspection administrators must be aware of the effects of changing an inspection flow process after a specific inspection flow task has started. • Enables the Delete button in the Inspections portlet, and the Inspections tab of the record portlet, for users to remove an inspection. • Enables the Edit Flow button in the Inspections tab of the record portlet, for users to edit the daily side inspection flow by changing milestone value. Interdependency y Parent 8143-Inspection Scheduling Parent 8145-Inspection Results Solution All Access Inspections portlet > Manage Inspection menu > Schedule Inspections (Schedule Related Inspections, Reschedule Inspections) menu item Inspections portlet > Delete button Records portlet > Inspections tab > Delete button Records portlet > Inspections tab > Edit Flow button | Function IDs Reference | 830 8145-Inspection Results Version 4.2 Description • Enables the Result Inspection function in the Inspections portlet for users to enter inspection results. • Enables the Inspection Detail tab in the Inspections portlet for users to view, edit and update inspection details. Interdependency Child of #1 8144-Inspection Results Supervisors Child of #1 8462-Time Accounting on inspections Child of #1 8085-Inspection Email Notification Interoperation with #1 8400-Manage Inspection To enable users to access the Result Inspections function from the Manage Inspection drop-down menu, you must set FID 8400 to full access. Solution All Access Inspections portlet > Menu > Result item Inspections portlet > Manage Inspection menu > Result Inspections item Inspections portlet > Inspection Detail tab | Function IDs Reference | 831 8146-Inspection Route Sheet Version 4.2 Description Enables the Route Sheet button in the Inspections portlet for inspectors to create inspection route sheets and efficiently plan inspections with GIS. This feature helps inspectors minimize the time and distance they travel to complete inspections. Interdependency Parent 8143-Inspection Scheduling Child 8187-Inspection GIS Route Optimization Child 8496-Optimize Inspection Route Solution All Access Inspections portlet > Route Sheet | Function IDs Reference | 832 8147-Inspection Assignments Version 4.2 Description Enables the Assign and Statistics menu items in the Inspections portlet for users to assign an inspection to staff, and view the inspection statistics. Interdependency Parent 8143-Inspection Scheduling Solution All Access Inspections portlet > Menu > Assign item Inspections portlet > Menu > Statistics item | Function IDs Reference | 833 8148-Create From GIS Version 5 Description Enables the Create From GIS function in Civic Platform Classic for users to automatically create applications or inspections by GIS area or parcel. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Daily > Application > Create From GIS | Function IDs Reference | 834 8149-Inspection Guide Sheet Version 4.2 Description Enables the Guide Sheet tab for inspections, so users can enter the inspection results by completing the guidesheet items. Interdependency None Solution All Access Inspections portlet > Guide Sheet tab Calendar portlet > (After selecting an inspection) Guide Sheet tab Record portlet > (After selecting an inspection) Guide Sheet tab | Function IDs Reference | 835 8150-Find App (Custom) Version 5 Description Enables the Advanced Search link in the Find Application function in Civic Platform Classic. When users click the Advanced Search link, the Find Application - Search page displays the search fields as customized in the Find Application Profile administration function. Interdependency Interdependency 8068-Find App (simple search) Interdependency 8035-Find App . Solution All Access Classic Daily > Application > Find App > Advanced Search link (with FID 8068 enabled) Classic Daily > Application > Find App (Find Application - Search page) (with FID 8068 disabled) | Function IDs Reference | 836 8151-Messages Information about this item is unavailable at this time. | Function IDs Reference | 837 8152-WO/SR Group Update Version 4 Description • Enables the Assign menu item for records (such as service requests, work orders), so that users can assign such records to specific departments and to specific users. • Enables the Group Update menu item in the Work Orders portlet, for users to group update work orders. Interdependency Interoperation of #1 8034-New Application Solution All Access Record portlet > Menu > Assign menu item Record portlet > Record tab > Assign menu item Work Orders portlet > Group Update menu item | Function IDs Reference | 838 8153-ADS Document Upload (old) Obsolete. | Function IDs Reference | 839 8154-Application Hierarchy Version 4.1 Description Controls application hierarchy feature in Civic Platform Classic. The application hierarchy works must be like the Project Hierarchy functionality existed in the Civic Platform system. You can associate an application with multiple parent applications and child applications. Interdependency None Solution All Modules except superagency Access Classic Daily > Application > Hierarchy | Function IDs Reference | 840 8155-Department Manager Obsolete. | Function IDs Reference | 841 8157-Application Custom Header Information about this item is unavailable at this time. | Function IDs Reference | 842 8161-Properties Section Township Range Version 5 Description Enables the Section Township Range in Civic Platform Classic for users to configure. Interdependency None Solution Land Access Classic Daily > Property > Properties Section Township Range | Function IDs Reference | 843 8162-Application Limit Access by App Type Obsolete. | Function IDs Reference | 844 8163-Real Estate Work Request Information about this item is unavailable at this time. | Function IDs Reference | 845 8164-Real Estate Certification Package Information about this item is unavailable at this time. | Function IDs Reference | 846 8165-Real Estate Relocation Displace Information about this item is unavailable at this time. | Function IDs Reference | 847 8166-Real Estate Tract-Component Relationship Information about this item is unavailable at this time. | Function IDs Reference | 848 8167-ADS Document Delete (old) Obsolete. | Function IDs Reference | 849 8168-Agency Dynamic Menu Information about this item is unavailable at this time. | Function IDs Reference | 850 8169-Real Estate Service Request Information about this item is unavailable at this time. | Function IDs Reference | 851 8170-Real Estate Vendor Work Order Information about this item is unavailable at this time. | Function IDs Reference | 852 8171-Real Estate Tract-NFI Relationship Information about this item is unavailable at this time. | Function IDs Reference | 853 8172-Real Estate Department Financials Information about this item is unavailable at this time. | Function IDs Reference | 854 8173-Real Estate Project Financials Information about this item is unavailable at this time. | Function IDs Reference | 855 8174-Real Estate Component Financials Information about this item is unavailable at this time. | Function IDs Reference | 856 8175-GIS Objects Version 5.1 Description • Enables the Address Locator button in the Address tab, and the Address Detail tab under the Address tab of the record portlet, for users to locate an address in the GIS map for a record. • Enables the GIS button in the District tab under the Address tab of the record portlet, for users to locate an address in the GIS map. Interdependency Parent 8028-Addresses Interoperation 8401-GIS Address Locator Solution All Access Record portlet > Address tab > Address Locator button Record portlet > Address tab > Address Detail tab > Address Locator button Record portlet > Address tab > District tab > GIS button | Function IDs Reference | 857 8176-GIS Area Usage Version 5 Description Enables the Cancel From GIS function in Civic Platform Classic for users to cancel inspections by specifying GIS area. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Daily > Inspection > Cancel From GIS | Function IDs Reference | 858 8177-Report Management Version 5 Description Enables the Report menu item in the Address tab of the Record portlet, so users can view the reports for the selected addresses. Interdependency None Solution All Access Record portlet > Address tab > Menu > Report menu item | Function IDs Reference | 859 8178-Report Runner Information about this item is unavailable at this time. | Function IDs Reference | 860 8179-Report Scheduler Information about this item is unavailable at this time. | Function IDs Reference | 861 8180-Report Writer Information about this item is unavailable at this time. | Function IDs Reference | 862 8181-Report Object Writer Information about this item is unavailable at this time. | Function IDs Reference | 863 8182-GIS Proximity Alerts Version 5.1 Description Enables the Proximity Alerts function under Workflow, so users can configure the GIS proximity alerts for workflow tasks. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Daily > Workflow > Proximity Alerts | Function IDs Reference | 864 8183-Application App Spec Info Groups Obsolete. | Function IDs Reference | 865 8184-Set App Spec Info Version 6 Description Enables the App Spec Info Change in Civic Platform Classic for users to make relevant changes. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Daily > Set > App Spec Info Change | Function IDs Reference | 866 8185-Set Task Spec Info Version 6 Description Enables the Task Spec Info Change in Civic Platform Classic for users to make relevant changes. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Daily > Set > Task Spec Info Change | Function IDs Reference | 867 8186-Workflow Task Activation Version 4.1 Description Enables the Task Activation button in the Workflow tab of the Record portlet, so users can activate or deactivate tasks, or change optional tasks to required tasks. Interdependency Parent 8132-Workflow Solution All Access Record portlet > Workflow tab > Task Activation button | Function IDs Reference | 868 8187-Inspection GIS Route Optimization Version 5.1 Description Enables the Show Route Map button in an inspection guidesheet for inspectors to review the inspection route or reroute the inspection list using GIS functions. Interdependency Child 8146-Inspection Route Sheet Solution All Access Inspections portlet > Route Sheet button (and opens the Route Sheet portlet) > Show Route Map button | Function IDs Reference | 869 8188-SmartChart Display Version 5.1 Description • Enables the SmartCharts portlet (not SmartCharts 2.0) for users to view SmartCharts. • Enables the Edit button in the SmartCharts portlet (not SmartCharts 2.0) for users to organize the SmartCharts to display and hide. Interdependency Child Solution All Access SmartCharts portlet 8195-SmartChart Viewer | Function IDs Reference | 870 8189-Asset Data Management Version 5.1 Description • Enables the Assets portlet for users to perform asset management tasks. Enables users to access and manage assets across all solutions and modules in Civic Platform, Citizen Access, GIS, and Mobile Office. Main tasks include: • List, search, create, or delete assets • Look up assets and add them to work order • Look up assets and add them to PM schedules • Look up assets and associate them with addresses, parts, and records • Specify asset ratings, add conditions, documents, condition assessments • Link assets • Enables the Look Up button in the Assets tab of the Records portlet for users to look up assets and add them to records and work orders. • If the Assets section displays in the application intake form, enables the Search and Get Address buttons in the section for users to look up assets and associate them to the current record. Interdependency Child of #1 8402-Asset Associated Part Child of #1 8282-Asset Condition Child of #1 8262-Daily-Asset PM Schedule List Child of #1 8399-Asset Rating Child of #1 8294-Asset Document Look up Child of #1 8308-Asset Condition Assessment Management Child of #1 8201-Daily Asset Location Child of #1 8277-Asset Usage Tracking Child of #1 8290-Calculate Asset Depreciation Child of #1 8346-Parent Asset Dependency Flag Child of #1 8331-Create WO From Asset List Child of #1 8312-Asset Clone Child of #1 0332-Daily Cost Rate Definition Interoperation with #1 0197-Admin-PM Schedule Linked Asset Interoperation with #1 8412-Asset Group Update Interoperation with #1 0198-Admin-PM Schedule Skipped Asset Interoperation with #1 8203-Daily Record Asset Solution Accela Asset Management Access | Function IDs Reference | 871 Assets portlet Record portlet > New > (In the application intake form) Assets section | Function IDs Reference | 872 8190-Work Order Management Obsolete. | Function IDs Reference | 873 8191-Work Order Costing Version 5.1 Description Enables the Assignments and Costs tab in the Work Orders portlet for users to add and manage assignments and costs for work orders. Interdependency Child 8466-Daily Work Order Costing Group Definition Solution Accela Asset Management Access Work Orders portlet > Assignments and Costs tab | Function IDs Reference | 874 8192-Work Order Parts Version 5.1 Description Enables the Part tab in the Work Orders portlet for users to link parts to work orders and perform Issue and Void operations. Interdependency Child 8273-Parts Inventory Child 8402-Asset Associated Part Solution Accela Asset Management Access Work Orders portlet > Part tab | Function IDs Reference | 875 8193-Work Order Tools Obsolete. | Function IDs Reference | 876 8194-Work Order Scheduled Work Orders Obsolete. | Function IDs Reference | 877 8195-SmartChart Viewer Version 5.1 Description Enables the link at the SmartChart thumbnails for users to view the full-sized SmartCharts and edit a SmartChart detail. Interdependency Child 8188-SmartChart Display Solution All Access SmartCharts portlet > (After clicking a link at SmartChart thumbnails) Edit button Record portlet > Menu button > SmartCharts button > (After clicking a link at SmartChart thumbnails) Edit button | Function IDs Reference | 878 8196-SmartChart GIS Obsolete. | Function IDs Reference | 879 8197-Real Estate FDA Exceptions Information about this item is unavailable at this time. | Function IDs Reference | 880 8198-Tract Financials Summary Information about this item is unavailable at this time. | Function IDs Reference | 881 8201-Daily Asset Location Version 6.1.1 Description Enables the Address tab in the Assets portlet for users to add and manage asset addresses. Interdependency Parent Solution Accela Asset Management Access Assets portlet > Address tab 8189-Asset Data Management | Function IDs Reference | 882 8202-Daily Asset Relationship Obsolete. | Function IDs Reference | 883 8203-Daily Record Asset Version 6.1.1 Description Enables the Assets tab in the Records portlet for users to view and manage assets. Parent FID 8189 enables the Look Up button in the Assets tab. Interdependency Interoperation 8119-GIS Service Interoperation 8189-Asset Data Management Child 8412-Asset Group Update Solution Accela Asset Management Access Records portlet > Assets tab | Function IDs Reference | 884 8206-Daily-Work Order Close Version 6.1 Description Enables the Close menu button in the Work Orders portlet for users to close a work order. Interdependency None Solution Accela Asset Management Access Work Orders portlet > Menu button > Close button | Function IDs Reference | 885 8207-Workflow Ad Hoc Tasks - 5.2 Version 5.2 Description • Enables the New button in the Workflow tab of the record portlet, so users can create and save an ad hoc task for the record workflow. • Enables the Submit button in the ad hoc task edit form, for users to edit an existing ad hoc task and save the change. Interdependency Parent 8132-Workflow Solution All Access Record portlet > Workflow tab > New button Record portlet > Workflow tab > (Click the link at an ad hoc task) > Submit button | Function IDs Reference | 886 8208-Autopopulate APO Data from GIS Version 5.1 Description If you enable this FID, when users attach a GIS object to a record in the application intake form, the address, parcel, and owner (APO) objects that are associated with the GIS object automatically populates to the record. Interdependency This FID only works if you set NEW_SPEAR_FORM_ENABLE to Yes, ENABLE_AUTO_POPULATE_PARCEL_OWNER to Yes, and MULTIPLE_APO_GIS_SELECTION to NO. Solution All Access Record portlet > New > (In the application intake form) Address, Parcel, or Owner section | Function IDs Reference | 887 8209-Single Portlet Data Summary Version 5.2 Description • Enables the Application Detail tab in the Record portlet so users can view and can edit application details. • Enables the Look Up button in the Work Orders tab of the Assets portlet, for users to look up and associate work orders with assets. Interdependency None Solution All Access Record portlet > Detail tab Record portlet > Summary tab > (After clicking the Application Detail link) Detail tab Assets portlet > Work Order tab > Look Up button | Function IDs Reference | 888 8210-Workflow My Task List Obsolete. | Function IDs Reference | 889 8211-List Driven SmartChart Version 5.2 Description • Enables the SmartCharts button in the Record portlet. Users can click the button to view the SmartChart thumbnail, and further more to edit the SmartChart. • Enables the Chart button when users view the details of a rating type by clicking it in the Ratings tab of the Assets portlet. Interdependency Child 8195-SmartChart Viewer Parent of #2 8399-Asset Rating Solution All Access Record portlet > Menu button > SmartCharts button Assets portlet > Ratings tab > (After selecting a rating type) Chart button | Function IDs Reference | 890 8212-Upload EDMS Attachment Version 6.1.1 Description • Enables the New button in the Documents tab for users to upload an attachment to the document server for a record, inspection, or parcel. • Enables the Copy and Move button in the Document tab of the Parcels portlet, so users can move associated documents between genealogically related reference parcels. • Enables the Look Up button in the Documents tab for users to add documents to a record by looking up from the record associated contacts and licensed professionals. Interdependency Parent of #1 8214-View EDMS Attachment List Solution All Access Record (Inspections, Parcels, or Calendar) portlet > Documents tab > New button Parcels portlet > Documents tab > Copy, Move buttons Record portlet > Documents tab > Documents tab > Look Up button Record portlet > Application Intake Form > Document section > Look Up button | Function IDs Reference | 891 8213-Download EDMS Attachment Version Updated in 7.2.0 Description Enables the Download button in the Documents tab in the Record, Inspection, Asset Condition Assessment, Calendars and Parcels portlet, so users can click the link to download a document. Interdependency Parent 8214-View EDMS Attachment List Solution All Access Record (Inspection, Calendars, Asset Condition Assessment or Parcels) portlet > Documents tab > Download button | Function IDs Reference | 892 8214-View EDMS Attachment List Version 6.1.1 Description Enables the Documents tab for users to view and manage attachments for records, inspections, or parcels. Interdependency Child 8213-Download EDMS Attachment Child 8212-Upload EDMS Attachment Child 8240-Delete EDMS Attachment Child 8433-Document Permission Settings Child 8473-EDMS Document URL Link Solution All Access Record (Inspection, Calendars, Asset Condition Assessment or Parcels) portlet > Documents tab | Function IDs Reference | 893 8215-GIS Genealogy Version 5.2 Description Enables the GIS genealogy in Civic Platform Classic. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Daily > Property > GIS | Function IDs Reference | 894 8216-Citizen Fee Update Information about this item is unavailable at this time. | Function IDs Reference | 895 8217-Fees Credit Card Payment Information about this item is unavailable at this time. | Function IDs Reference | 896 8218-Citizen User Profile Join Organization Information about this item is unavailable at this time. | Function IDs Reference | 897 8219-Citizen User Profile Version 6 Description Enables the License tab in the PublicUser portlet for administrators to add, remove, and manage the licenses of a public user. Interdependency Parent 8224-Citizen Admin Supervisor Interoperation 8223-Citizen Admin Either FID 8223 or FID 8219 alone can enable the License tab. Solution All Access Setup portlet > System Tools > PublicUser portlet > License tab | Function IDs Reference | 898 8220-Citizen User Profile Agency Spec Info Information about this item is unavailable at this time. | Function IDs Reference | 899 8221-Citizen User Profile Organization Version 6 Description • Enables the Citizen User Organization portlet for users to view and manage citizen users. • Enables the Organization portlet for users to view, add and manage organizations. • • Organization owner can set a new owner (as primary) • Users can manage the organization contacts in the Contact List tab of the Organization portlet. • Users can delete, view, and edit organization addresses in the Organization Address tab of the Organization portlet. Enables the Look Up button in the Associated Public User tab of the Addresses portlet, so users can loop up and associate public users to an address. Interdependency Interdependency 8222-Citizen User Profile Organization Supervisor Solution All Access Citizen User Organization portlet Organization portlet Addresses portlet > Associated Public User tab > Look Up | Function IDs Reference | 900 8222-Citizen User Profile Organization Supervisor Version 6 Description Enables the Citizen User Organization portlet for users to create and manage citizen users. Interdependency Interdependency 8221-Citizen User Profile Organization Solution All Access Citizen User Organization portlet | Function IDs Reference | 901 8223-Citizen Admin Version 6 Description Enables the License tab in the PublicUser portlet for administrators to add, remove, and manage the licenses of a public user. Set this FID to read only to prevent changes to public users’ information from Civic Platform. Interdependency Interoperation 8219-Citizen User Profile Parent 8224-Citizen Admin Supervisor Either FID 8223 or FID 8219 alone can enable the License tab. Solution All Access Setup portlet > System Tools > PublicUser portlet > License tab | Function IDs Reference | 902 8224-Citizen Admin Supervisor Version 6 Description Enables the PublicUser portlet for administrators to manage public users, including: • View or create new public users • Enable or disable public user accounts in agencies • Associate public users with APO or contacts Set this FID to read only to prevent changes to public users’ information from Civic Platform. Interdependency Child 8223-Citizen Admin Child 8219-Citizen User Profile Solution All Access Setup portlet > System Tools > PublicUser portlet | Function IDs Reference | 903 8227-PermitsPlus Search Address Version 6.0.1 Description • Enables the Search P+ button in the Address tab of the Record tab, so users can look up a ‘PERMIT’ Plus address to a record. • Enables the Look up Tidemark address button in the Address tab of the Record tab, so users can look up a Tidemark address to a record. • Enables the Look up Kiva address button in the Address tab of the Record tab, so users can look up a Kiva address to a record. • Enables the Search P+, Look up Tidemark address, and Look up Kiva address buttons in the address, parcel and owner (APO) sections of the application intake form for users to associate the APOs from these sources to the new record. Interdependency Parent 8028-Addresses Solution All Access Record portlet > Address tab > Search P+, Look up Tidemark address, and Look up Kiva address buttons Record portlet > New > (In the application intake form) Search P+, Look up Tidemark address, and Look up Kiva address buttons | Function IDs Reference | 904 8228-Reports Link Version 6.1 Description Enables the ARW Reports function in Civic Platform Classic for users to view ARW reports. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Daily > Reports > ARW Reports | Function IDs Reference | 905 8229-Hearings (obsolete, replaced by 8483) Version 6.1 Description • Enables the Hearing tab in the record detail portlet for users to view, schedule or cancel hearings for an application. • Enables the Hearing section in the Summary tab of the record detail portlet. Interdependency None. Solution All Access Record portlet > Hearing tab Record portlet > Summary tab > Hearing section | Function IDs Reference | 906 8230-Search Applicant Obsolete. | Function IDs Reference | 907 8231-Set Current User Obsolete. | Function IDs Reference | 908 8232-Get Parcel And Owner Version 6.0.3 Description Enables the Get Parcel & Owner button in the Address section of the application intake form. When users enter an address and click the button, any parcel or owner associated to the address automatically populates in the parcel section and owner section. Interdependency None Solution All Access Record portlet > New button > Parcel section > Get Parcel & Owner button | Function IDs Reference | 909 8233-Search Parcel Obsolete. | Function IDs Reference | 910 8234-Get Address And Owner Version 6.0.3 Description Enables the Get Address & Owner button in the Parcel section of the application intake form. When users enter a parcel number and they click this button, any address or owner associated to the parcel number automatically populates in the address and owner sections. Interdependency None Solution All Access Record portlet > New button > Parcel section > Get Address & Owner button | Function IDs Reference | 911 8235-Search Owner Obsolete. | Function IDs Reference | 912 8236-Related CAPs-Search Version 6.1 Description Enables the Look Up button in the Related Records tab of the Record portlet for users to look up records and add some as related records to the current record. Interdependency None Solution All Access Record portlet > Related Records tab > Look Up button | Function IDs Reference | 913 8238-Payment History Version 6.1 Description Enables the Payment History tab in the record portlet for users to view the historical payments for a record. Interdependency None Solution All Access Record portlet > Payment History tab | Function IDs Reference | 914 8240-Delete EDMS Attachment Version 6.1.1 Description Enables the Delete button in the Documents tab for users to delete attachments from records, inspections, or parcels. Interdependency Parent 8214-View EDMS Attachment List Solution All Access Record (Inspection, Calendars, Asset Condition Assessment or Parcels) portlet > Documents tab > Delete button | Function IDs Reference | 915 8241-Inspection New Inspection Version 6.1 Description If you set FID 8400 to read only or no access, enables the New button in the Inspection portlet and the Inspection tab of the record details portlet, for users to create new inspections, or associate inspections to an application. If you set FID 8400 to full access, FID 8241 has no effect. Interdependency Parent 8143-Inspection Scheduling Interoperation 8400-Manage Inspection Solution All Access Inspection portlet > New button Record (Building Permit) portlet > Inspection tab > New button | Function IDs Reference | 916 8242-Workflow Calculate Percent Complete Information about this item is unavailable at this time. | Function IDs Reference | 917 8243-Daily Flow Diagram Version 6.1.1 Description Enables the My Navigation portlet for users to follow agency procedures with the visual aid of tasks configured by the agency administrator. Interdependency None Solution All Access My Navigation portlet | Function IDs Reference | 918 8244-Daily-Print Single CAP Detail Obsolete. | Function IDs Reference | 919 8249-Turn Off the Inspection Tab in CAP List Version 6.1.2 Description Disables the Inspection tab in the record detail portlet, even if you set FID 8143 to full access. Interdependency Interoperation 8143-Inspection Scheduling Only when you set FID 8149 to no access or read only, and you set FID 8143 to full access, does the Inspection tab in the record detail portlet display. Solution All Access Record (Building Permit) portlet > Inspection Tab | Function IDs Reference | 920 8250-Search My Tasks Obsolete. | Function IDs Reference | 921 8251-Cashier Session Version 6.2.1 Description Enables the Cashier Session portlet for users to take payments and record payment transactions in cashier sessions. Interdependency Child Solution All Access Cashier Session portlet 8259-Cashier Session supervisor | Function IDs Reference | 922 8253-Showing GIS X/Y Locator Version 6.1.1 Description Enables the X/Y GIS Locator button for record addresses in the Address tab of the Record tab, or the Address section in the application intake form, so users can select an address and view its X/Y locator in GIS. Interdependency None Solution All Access Record portlet > Address tab > X/Y GIS Locator button Record portlet > (When creating a new application) X/Y GIS Locator button in the Address section | Function IDs Reference | 923 8255-Update Inspection Required/Optional Property Version 6.1.2 Description Enables users to edit the Required/Optional field for each inspection type in the Inspection Schedule Inspections List in Civic Platform Classic. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Daily > Inspection > Scheduling > Required/Optional field for each inspection type in the Inspection Schedule - Inspections List | Function IDs Reference | 924 8259-Cashier Session Supervisor Version 4 Description Enables the Search button in the Cashier Session portlet for users to search sessions and close sessions opened by others. Optionally controls the Deposit Slip # and Deposit Date fields. Interdependency Parent 8251-Cashier Session Solution All Access Cashier Session portlet > Search button | Function IDs Reference | 925 8260-Change Due Obsolete. | Function IDs Reference | 926 8261-Open Cash Drawer Version 4 Description Enables the Open Cash Drawer button in the Cashier Session portlet, so users can open the cash drawer after a payment. Interdependency None Solution All Access Cashier Session portlet > Open Cash Drawer button | Function IDs Reference | 927 8262-Daily-Asset PM Schedule List Version 6.1 Description Enables the PM Schedules tab in the Assets portlet for users to view the PM Schedules created for the current asset. Interdependency Parent 8189-Asset Data Management Solution Accela Asset Management Access Assets portlet > PM Schedules tab | Function IDs Reference | 928 8264-Create from Model Version 6.1 Description Enables the Create From Model button for users to create a record based on the template of a model record. Interdependency Child 8074-Set Header Maintenance Solution All Access Record portlet > Create From Model button | Function IDs Reference | 929 8265-Model Maintenance Version 6.1 Description Enables the Model Maintenance portlet for users to create and maintain models based on which to create new applications. Interdependency None Solution All Access Model Maintenance portlet | Function IDs Reference | 930 8266-Check reference object condition Version 6.1 Description Enables the display of the condition status bar for a record, if you set the Display Condition Notice field to Yes for a reference object condition (such as address, parcel, and owner) associated with the record. Interdependency None Solution All Access Record portlet > Condition Status Bar | Function IDs Reference | 931 8267-Enable Payment by Trust Account Version 6.1.2 Description • Provides the Trust Account drop-down list for users to select for payments in the Payment tab of the Record portlet. • Provides the Trust Account option as a payment method when users pay in the Payment Processing portlet. Interdependency None Solution All Access Record portlet > Payment tab > Trust Account field Payment Processing portlet > Pay button > Trust Account option in the Payment Method field | Function IDs Reference | 932 8268-Display Option/Required of the Inspection Version 6.1.2 Description Displays the Required/Optional field for each inspection type in the Inspection Schedule - Inspections List in Civic Platform Classic. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Daily > Inspection > Scheduling > Required/Optional field for each inspection type in the Inspection Schedule - Inspections List | Function IDs Reference | 933 8269-Customize Content Version 6.1.3 Description Enables the Customize Content menu item in list portlets for users to customize how information displays in the list. Interdependency None Solution All Access List portlet (such as Record portlet, Professionals portlet, etc) > Menu button > Customize Content button | Function IDs Reference | 934 8270-App Spec Info Table Version 6.2 Description • Enables the App Specific Info Tables tab in the Record portlet, so users can manage the ASI tables for a record. • Enables the App Specific Info Tables section in the summary portlet for a record, so users can view the ASI tables for the record. Interdependency Child 8397-ASI Table Delete Solution All Access Record portlet > App Specific Info Tables tab | Function IDs Reference | 935 8271-Fees Recalculate Fees Version 6.2 Description Enables the ReCalc button in the Fee tab of the record portlet for users to recalculate the fees for the application after some modifications to the fees, for example, job value change. Interdependency Parent 8104-Assess Fees Solution All Access Record portlet > Fee tab > ReCalc button | Function IDs Reference | 936 8272-Application Condition History Version 6.2 Description Displays the Condition History tab when users click a condition in the Conditions tab of the Record portlet, for users to view the condition history. Interdependency None Solution All Access Record portlet > Condition tab > (After selecting a condition) Condition History tab | Function IDs Reference | 937 8273-Parts Inventory Version 6.2 Description • Enables the Part Inventory portlet for users to access the part inventory list, and perform part transactions. • Enables the Look Up button in the Part tab of the Work Orders portlet for users to search and select parts for a work order. Interdependency Child of #1 8275-Parts Supply Child of #1 8449-Part Transaction-Adjust Child of #1 8274-Part Transaction-Issue Child of #1 8447-Part Transaction-Receive Child of #1 8450-Part Transaction-Reserve Child of #1 8448-Part Transaction-Transfer Child of #1 8451-Part Transaction-Void Child of #1 8276-Parts Contact Parent of #2 8192-Work Order Parts Solution Accela Asset Management Access Part Inventory portlet Work Orders portlet > Part tab > Look Up button | Function IDs Reference | 938 8274-Part Transaction-Issue Version 7.0.5 Description Enables the Issue as a transaction type option in the Part Transaction tab of the Part Inventory portlet, so users can create or modify or void issue-type part transactions. Interdependency Parent 8273-Parts Inventory Solution Accela Asset Management Access Part Inventory portlet > Part Transaction tab > (New or modify) Issue as Transaction Type | Function IDs Reference | 939 8275-Parts Supply Version 6.2 Description Enables the Part Supply tab in the Part Inventory portlet for users to view the part supply list, which is the calculation result from part transactions. Interdependency Parent 8273-Parts Inventory Solution Accela Asset Management Access Part Inventory portlet > Part Supply tab | Function IDs Reference | 940 8276-Parts Contact Version 6.2 Description Enables the Part Contact tab in the Part Inventory portlet for users to look up contacts and add them as contacts for parts, or delete some contacts from parts. Interdependency Parent 8273-Parts Inventory Solution Accela Asset Management Access Part Inventory portlet > Part Contact tab | Function IDs Reference | 941 8277-Asset Usage Tracking Version 6.2 Description Enables the Usages tab in the Assets portlet for users to add and manage asset usages. Interdependency Parent Solution Accela Asset Management Access Assets portlet > Usages tab 8189-Asset Data Management | Function IDs Reference | 942 8278-PM Schedule Log Version 6.2 Description Enables the PM Schedule Log tab in the PM Schedules portlet for users to search and view the historical generations of work orders based on a PM schedule. Interdependency None Solution Accela Asset Management Access PM Schedules portlet > PM Schedule Log tab | Function IDs Reference | 943 8279-New Mechanism to Create Work Order Version 6.2 Description Enables the Create by Form button in the Work Orders portlet for users to create a single work order using a template. Interdependency None Solution Accela Asset Management Access Work Orders portlet > Create by Form button | Function IDs Reference | 944 8280-Linking Work Order to PM Schedule Version 6.2 Description Enables the PM Schedule tab in the Work Orders portlet for users to view and edit the PM schedule that generated the work order. Interdependency None Solution AMS Access Work Orders portlet > PM Schedule tab | Function IDs Reference | 945 8281-Inspector Districting Version 6.2 Description • • Enables the District tab in the Addresses and Parcels portlets, and also the Addresses and Parcels tabs in the Record portlet, for users to perform the following tasks: • Select and associate inspection districts with addresses • Select and associate inspection districts with parcels • Copy or move associated districts between genealogically related reference parcels Enables the Assign Inspector menu item in the Inspections portlet for users to assign an inspections to inspectors. Interdependency Parent of #1 8029-Parcels Parent of #2 8143-Inspection Scheduling Solution All Access Inspections portlet > Menu > Assign Inspector item Record portlet > Addresses tab > District tab Record portlet > Parcels tab > District tab Addresses portlet > District tab Parcels portlet > District tab | Function IDs Reference | 946 8282-Asset Condition Version 6.2 Description Enables the Condition tab in the Assets portlet for users to add and manage asset conditions. Interdependency Parent Solution Accela Asset Management Access Assets portlet > Condition tab 8189-Asset Data Management | Function IDs Reference | 947 8285-Show Cashier ID on Payment Version 6.1.2 Description • Displays the Cashier ID column in the Transactions list section in the Payment tab, and in the transaction details after users click a receipt ID in the transaction list. • Displays the Cashier ID column in the Payment History tab. Interdependency None Solution All Access Record portlet > Payment tab > Cashier ID column in the Transactions section Record portlet > Payment History tab > Cashier ID column | Function IDs Reference | 948 8286-Fees Print Receipt Summary Version 6.2 Description When you enable this FID, it enables customized receipt summaries, and it transforms the receipt ID field from static text to a hyperlink, which gives users easy access to the receipt summary. When you set this FID to full access, receipt ID numbers become hyperlinks. When clicked, the hyperlink opens the receipt summary for viewing and printing. If you set this FID to no access, receipt ID numbers remain standard numeric text. Interdependency None Solution All Access Credit Card/Check Transactions portlet > Search Transaction > Open a historical transaction Payment Processing portlet > History tab > Open a transaction > Print Receipt POS > Transaction > Receipt ID (hyperlink) Record portlet > Payment tab > Receipt ID (hyperlink) Set > Payment tab > Receipt ID (hyperlink) Set > Sets > Payment tab > Receipt ID (hyperlink) Trust Account portlet > Transactions tab > Receipt ID (hyperlink) | Function IDs Reference | 949 8287-Auto-Assign Inspection Version 6.2 Description Enables the Auto Assign function for users to assign inspections automatically to inspectors according to the inspection type configuration by the agency administrator. Interdependency Parent 8400-Manage Inspection Solution All Access Inspections portlet > Manage Inspection button > Schedule Inspections> (In the Schedule Inspections page) Auto Assign button Inspections portlet > Manage Inspection button > Reschedule Inspections > (In the Reschedule Inspections page) Auto Assign button Record portlet > Inspection tab > Manage Inspection button > Schedule Inspections> (In the Schedule Inspections page) Auto Assign button Record portlet > Inspection tab > Manage Inspection button > Reschedule Inspections > (In the Reschedule Inspections page) Auto Assign button Calendar portlet > Inspection Type calendars > Manage Inspection button > Schedule Inspections> (In the Schedule Inspections page) Auto Assign button Calendar portlet > Inspection Type calendars > Manage Inspection button > Reschedule Inspections> (In the Reschedule Inspections page) Auto Assign button | Function IDs Reference | 950 8288-Fees Point Of Sale Version 6.2 Description • • Enables the Point of Sale (POS) portlet for users to perform the following tasks: • Create POS transactions • Manage fee items and receive payments for a POS transaction, and generate receipts • View POS transaction details Allows users to add POS items into a payment list by clicking the Add POS Item button in the Payment Processing portlet. Interdependency Interoperation 8393-Payment Processing Interoperation 8417-Enable POS Child 8289-Fees Point of Sale Refunds Solution All Access Point of Sale portlet Payment Processing portlet > Add POS Item button | Function IDs Reference | 951 8289-Fees Point Of Sale Refunds Version 6.2 Description Enables the Refund button in the Payment tab of the Point of Sale portlet for users to refund a point of sale payment. Interdependency Parent 8288-Fees Point of Sale Solution All Access Point of Sale portlet > Payment tab > Refund button | Function IDs Reference | 952 8290-Calculate Asset Depreciation Version 6.2 Description • Enables the Group Depreciation menu button in the Assets portlet for users to select multiple assets and calculate their depreciation values one time. • Enables the Recalculate Value button in the Asset Detail tab of the Assets portlet for users to recalculate the asset value. • Enables the Depreciation History menu button in the Asset Detail tab of the Assets portlet for users to view the historical asset depreciation values. Interdependency Parent 8189-Asset Data Management Solution Accela Asset Management Access Assets portlet > Menu button > Group Depreciation button Assets portlet > Asset Detail tab > Recalculate Value button Assets portlet > Asset Detail tab > Menu button > Depreciation History button | Function IDs Reference | 953 8291-Jetspeed Console Customization Version 6.2 Description Enables the Console Options link in the Civic Platform console, so that users can customize the portlets displayed in the current console, My Console. Interdependency None Solution Console Options link Access Daily > Jetspeed Console | Function IDs Reference | 954 8292-Create Multiple Related CAPs Version 6.2 Description Enables the Clone Multi in the Related Records tab of the Record portlet to create multiple child records by cloning. Interdependency None Solution All Access Record portlet > Related Records tab > Clone Multi button | Function IDs Reference | 955 8293-Open New Related CAP in SPEAR Version 6.2 Description Enables the Clone Sgl in the Related Records tab of the Record portlet to create a single child record by cloning. Interdependency None Solution All Access Record portlet > Related Records tab > Clone Sgl button | Function IDs Reference | 956 8294-Asset Document Look up Version 6.3.2 Description Enables the Look Up button in the Documents tab of the Assets portlet, so users can look up documents in an asset. Interdependency Parent 8189-Asset Data Management Solution Accela Asset Management Access Assets portlet > Documents tab > Look Up button | Function IDs Reference | 957 8295-Real Estate Land Acquisition Summary Information about this item is unavailable at this time. | Function IDs Reference | 958 8296-Cash Drawer Information about this item is unavailable at this time. | Function IDs Reference | 959 8298-LocationQuery Information about this item is unavailable at this time. | Function IDs Reference | 960 8299-Daily-ODS Inspection Gaps Version 6.3.0 Description Enables the Select Record to Copy From in the Inspections portlet, or the Inspections tab of the record portlet, for users to copy an inspection. Interdependency None Solution Child 8035-Find App Access Inspections portlet > Inspection Detail tab > Select Record to Copy From button | Function IDs Reference | 961 8300-Inspections by Unit Number Version 6.3.0 Description Enables the Unit Nbr field for inspections (during scheduling or route sheet management), for users to enter the number of inspection type units required to complete the inspection. Interdependency Parent 8143-Inspection Scheduling Solution All Access Inspections portlet > Manage Inspection button > Schedule Inspections, Reschedule Inspections button Inspections portlet > Manage Inspection button > Schedule Inspections, Reschedule Inspections button Calendar portlet > Manage Inspection button > Schedule Inspections, Reschedule Inspections button Record portlet > Manage Inspection button > Schedule Inspections, Reschedule Inspections button Inspections portlet > Route Sheet button Calendar portlet > Route Sheet button | Function IDs Reference | 962 8301-Using Credit Card For Payment Version 6.3.0 Interdependency Civic Platform integrates with a third-party online payment service for payment processing. Description If the FID is full access, when a user makes a payment using the Credit Card payment method, Civic Platform requests the third-party online payment service to process the payment. Access Payment Processing portlet > Payment tab > Select the Credit Card payment method > Pay button Record portlet > Fee tab > Invoice & Pay > Select the Credit Card payment method > Save button Record portlet > Pay tab > Pay > Select the Credit Card payment method > Save button | Function IDs Reference | 963 8302-Using Check For Payment Version 6.3.0 Interdependency Civic Platform integrates with a third-party online payment service for payment processing. Description If the FID is full access, when a user makes a payment using the Check payment method, Civic Platform requests the third-party online payment service to process the payment. Access Payment Processing portlet > Payment tab > Select the Credit Card payment method > Pay button Record portlet > Fee tab > Invoice & Pay > Select the Credit Card payment method > Save button Record portlet > Pay tab > Pay > Select the Credit Card payment method > Save button | Function IDs Reference | 964 8303-Synchronize Function in APO Version 6.2.1 Description Enables the Synchronize button in the Address Detail tab under the Address tab of the Record portlet, so users can synchronize the current address information to the external APO source. Interdependency Parent 8028-Addresses Solution All Access Record portlet > Address tab > Address Detail tab > Synchronize button | Function IDs Reference | 965 8304-Search Credit Card/Check Transaction Version 6.3.0 Description Enables the Credit Card/Check Transactions Search portlet for users to search online payment history information. Interdependency None Solution All Access Credit Card/Check Transactions portlet | Function IDs Reference | 966 8305-Reports Portlet Version 6.3.0 Description Controls the Reports portlet for users to access the list of reports that are applicable to the user group they belong to. Interdependency None Solution All Access Reports portlet | Function IDs Reference | 967 8307-Reports Menu Version This FID was added in version 6.3.0 Description Enables the Reports menu button to display on the menu bar of the Records List portlet. Reports can be configured to display under this menu button, however the user must have the proper permissions to view the reports. Interdependency None Solution Building, Land Management Access Record (Building, Application) portlet > Reports menu button | Function IDs Reference | 968 8308-Asset Condition Assessment Management Version 6.3.0 Description • Enables the Condition Assessment tab in the Assets portlet for users to view the condition assessments associated with assets. • Enables the Asset Condition Assessment portlet for users to schedule, manage maintenance, and manage quality reviews for asset groups. • Enables the Asset Condition Assessment feature for users to access and manage asset condition assessments from Mobile Office. Interdependency Parent of #1 8189-Asset Data Management Child 8309-Asset Condition Assessment Observation Child 8310-Asset Condition Assessment Linked Work Order Solution Accela Asset Management Access Assets portlet > Condition Assessment tab Asset Condition Assessment portlet Mobile Office > Assessments tab Mobile Office > Assets tab > New Assessment button Mobile Office > Assets tab > Asset detail page > Actions fly-out menu > New Assessment button Mobile Office > Assets tab > Assessments tab | Function IDs Reference | 969 8309-Asset Condition Assessment Observation Version 6.3.0 Description Enables the Observation tab in the Asset Condition Assessment portlet for users to create, edit, and view asset condition assessment observations. Interdependency Parent 8308-Asset Condition Assessment Management Solution Accela Asset Management Access Asset Condition Assessment portlet > Observation tab | Function IDs Reference | 970 8310-Asset Condition Assessment Linked Work Order Version 6.3.0 Description Enables the Work Order tab in the Asset Condition Assessment portlet for users to create or associate a work order to an asset condition assessment. Interdependency Parent 8308-Asset Condition Assessment Management Solution Accela Asset Management Access Asset Condition Assessment portlet > Work Order tab | Function IDs Reference | 971 8312-Asset Clone Version 6.3.0 Description Enables the Clone button in the Asset Detail tab of the Assets portlet for users to clone an asset. Interdependency Parent 8189-Asset Data Management Solution Accela Asset Management Access Assets portlet > Asset Detail tab > Clone button | Function IDs Reference | 972 8313-Fee Item Note Version 6.2.1 Description Enables the Notes field for fee items in the Fee Calculator under Assess Fee function, so users can add notes for fee items. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Daily > Fee > Assess Fee > Notes field in Fee Calculator | Function IDs Reference | 973 8314-Adjusted column Version 6.2.1 Description Enables the Adjusted field for fee items in the Fee Calculator under Assess Fee function, so users can add adjustment value for fee items. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Daily > Fee > Assess Fee > Adjusted field in Fee Calculator | Function IDs Reference | 974 8315-Copy Inspection and Guide Sheet Version 6.3.1 Description Enables the Copy menu item in the Guide Sheet tab for users to copy a guidesheet from an inspection and apply it to another one. Interdependency Interoperation 8343-Copy Guide Sheet Solution All Access Inspections portlet > Guide Sheet tab > Copy button in the drop-down list of Menu Record portlet > Inspection tab > Guide Sheet tab > Copy button in the drop-down list of Menu | Function IDs Reference | 975 8317-Workflow Calendar Version 6.3.2 Description Displays the Workflow Calendar drop-down list for users to select and assign a workflow calendar to an ad hoc task or a workflow task. Interdependency None Solution All Access Record portlet > Workflow tab > New button > Workflow Calendar field Record portlet > Workflow tab > (After selecting a task) Assign button > Workflow Calendar field My Tasks portlet > Workflow Tasks tab > (After selecting a task) Assign button > Workflow Calendar field | Function IDs Reference | 976 8318-Adhoc and Workflow Together Version 6.3.2 Description • Enables the Adhoc Tasks Present button in the Workflow management page in Civic Platform Classic, so users can directly go to the Adhoc Task details from there. • Enables the Workflow Present button in the Adhoc management page in Civic Platform Classic, so users can directly go to the Workflow details from there. Interdependency None Solution All Access Classic Daily > Workflow > Workflow > (After selecting a task) Adhoc Tasks Present button Classic Daily > Workflow > Adhoc Task > (After selecting a task) Workflow Present button | Function IDs Reference | 977 8322-Attach GIS Object Version 6.4.0 Description Enables the GIS button in the Address, Parcel, Owner, and Associated GIS Features sections in the application intake form, so users can attach GIS objects to the application by searching in the GIS map viewer. Interdependency None Solution All Access Record portlet > New > (In the application intake form) GIS button in the Address, Parcel, Owner, and Associated GIS Features sections Record portlet > (After selecting a partial application) Validate button in the Address, Parcel, Owner, and Associated GIS Features sections | Function IDs Reference | 978 8323-Update Related Caps Version 6.3.2 Description Enables the Update Related Records in the Related Records tab of the Record portlet to update multiple related applications at one time. Interdependency None Solution All Access Record portlet > Related Records tab > Update Related Records button | Function IDs Reference | 979 8324-Create CAP-Validate Version 6.3.2 Description Enables the Validate button in the application intake form to assist users in validating the entry for the new application. Interdependency None Solution All Access Record portlet > New > (In the application intake form) Validate button Record portlet > (After selecting a partial application) Validate button | Function IDs Reference | 980 8325-Save Work in Progress of CAP Version 6.3.2 Description Enables the Save without Submit button, in the application intake form, for users to save an application without submitting it to the system. Civic Platform assigns an application number to the application saves the record as a partial application. You cannot arrange a workflow or schedule an inspection for the partial application. Interdependency None Solution All Access Record portlet > New > (In the application intake form) Save without Submit button Record portlet > (After selecting a partial application) Save without Submit button | Function IDs Reference | 981 8326-Fee Estimate Version 6.4.0 Description Enables the Estimate Fee button in the application intake form for users to assign a fee schedule to the application and then estimate the fees. Interdependency None Solution All Access Record portlet > New > (In the application intake form) Estimate Fee button Record portlet > (After selecting a partial application) Estimate Fee button | Function IDs Reference | 982 8327-Search Select Parcel Function Version 6.4.0 Description Enables the Search and Select button in the Parcel tab of the record portlet, so users can perform a parcel search, and if there is only one search result, directly add the result to the parcel list of the record. Interdependency Parent 8029-Parcels Solution All Access Record portlet > Parcel tab > Search and Select button | Function IDs Reference | 983 8329-App Spec Info Supervisor Version 6.4.1 Description Enables users as ASI supervisors, to edit ASI and ASI table fields configured as Supervisor Edit Only. Interdependency None Solution Parent 8073-App Spec Info Parent 8270-App Spec Info Table Access Record portlet > App Specific Info tab > “Supervisor Edit Only” Fields Record portlet > App Specific Info Table tab > “Supervisor Edit Only” Fields | Function IDs Reference | 984 8330-People Info Table Version 6.4.1 Description When users create a new licensed professional, displays the people info table fields for entry if users select a license type that associates with some people info table. Interdependency Parent 0008-Reference Licensed Professionals Solution All Access Licensed Professionals portlet > New > (Selecting a license type that associates with a people info table) Fields from the people info table in the Professional-New page Record portlet > Professionals tab > New > (Selecting a license type that associates with a people info table) Fields from the people info table in the Professional-New page | Function IDs Reference | 985 8331-Create WO From Asset List Version 6.4.1 Description Enables the New button in the Assets portlet for users to create new work orders to associate with the selected assets. Interdependency Parent 8189-Asset Data Management Solution Accela Asset Management Access Assets portlet > New button > Creates new record. | Function IDs Reference | 986 8332-Evidence Version 6.4.2 Description Enables the Evidence tab in the Record portlet for users to track the details, chain of custody and disposition of evidence for cases (records). Interdependency Child Solution All Access Record portlet > Evidence tab 8334-Evidence Supervisor | Function IDs Reference | 987 8333-Void Invoiced But Unpaid Fee Version 6.5 Description Enables the Void button in the Fee List tab of the Record portlet, so users can void an invoiced but unpaid fee. Interdependency Interdependency 8348-Void Paid Fee Interdependency 8366-Void Payment Always enable FID 8333 with FID 8348 if you want to void an application fee. Enable FID 8333 with FID 8366 if you want to void fees associated with Point of Sale transactions. Solution All Access Record portlet > Fee List tab > Void | Function IDs Reference | 988 8334-Evidence Supervisor Version 6.4.2 Description Enables supervisor permission for the current user, so users can track the chain of custody for evidence. For a user with normal permission the Chain of Custody field is read only. Interdependency Parent 8332-Evidence Solution All Access Record portlet > Evidence tab > Chain of Custody field | Function IDs Reference | 989 8335-Application Status Security Information about this item is unavailable at this time. | Function IDs Reference | 990 8336-Recalculate Production Units Version 6.4.1 Description Enables the Recalculate button in the Work Orders portlet for users to recalculate production unit function of work orders after the agency changes some of the default or estimated standard values for a work order type. Interdependency None Solution Accela Asset Management Access Work Orders portlet > Menu button > Recalculate button | Function IDs Reference | 991 8337-Production History Version 6.4.1 Description Enables the Production History tab in the Work Order portlet for users to track the production history of work orders. Interdependency None Solution Accela Asset Management Access Work Order portlet > Production History tab | Function IDs Reference | 992 8338-WO Task tab on Work Order Version 6.5.0 Description Enables the Work Order Task tab in the Work Orders portlet for users to manage tasks for work orders. Interdependency Child 8339-Maintenance WO Task on Work Order Solution All Access Work Orders portlet > Work Order Task tab | Function IDs Reference | 993 8339-Maintenance WO Task on Work Order Version 6.5.0 Description Enables the New, Look Up, and Delete buttons in the Work Order Task tab in the Work Orders portlet for users to create and manage tasks for work orders. Interdependency Parent 8338-WO Task tab on Work Order Solution All Access Work Orders portlet > Work Order Task tab > New, Look Up, and Delete buttons | Function IDs Reference | 994 8340-Application Comments Edit Version Updated in 7.2.0 Description • Enables users to edit an existing comment in the Comments tab of the Record portlet. • Enables users to edit an existing comment in the Record Comments field in inspection details. Interdependency Parent 8110-Application Comment Solution All Access Record portlet > Comments tab > (After clicking the link of a comment) Comment edit box Record portlet > Inspection tab > Inspection Details > Edit link besides the Record Comments field Inspections portlet > Manage Inspection button > Schedule/Reschedule Inspections > Edit link besides the Record Comments field Inspections portlet > Inspection Detail tab > Edit link besides the Record Comments field | Function IDs Reference | 995 8341-Auto Pay Version 6.5.0 Description Enables the Invoice & Pay button in the Fee tab of the Record portlet for users to automatically pay for fee items with the associated trust account. Interdependency Parent Child-Auto Create Trust Account Solution All Access Record portlet > Fee tab > Invoice & Pay | Function IDs Reference | 996 8342-Auto Create Trust Account Version 6.5.0 Description Enables users to create a trust account to pay for the fee items, when no associated trust account exists and users click the Invoice & Pay button in the Fee tab of the Record portlet. Interdependency Parent 8341-Auto Pay Solution All Access Record portlet > > Fee tab > Invoice & Pay button | Function IDs Reference | 997 8343-Copy Guide Sheet Version 6.5 Description Enables the Copy menu item in the Guide Sheet tab for users to copy a guidesheet from an inspection and apply it to another one. Interdependency Interoperation 8315-Copy Inspection and Guide Sheet Solution All Access Inspections portlet > Guide Sheet tab > Copy button in the drop-down list of Menu Record portlet > Inspection tab > Guide Sheet tab > Copy button in the drop-down list of Menu | Function IDs Reference | 998 8344-Carrying Over Failed Guide Sheet Items Version 6.5 Description When users reschedule a failed inspection, displays a dialog for users to select whether to carry over failed guidesheet items from the failed inspection to the rescheduled one. Interdependency Parent 8400-Manage Inspection Solution All Access Inspections portlet > Manage Inspection button > Reschedule Inspections Record portlet > Inspection tab > Manage Inspection button > Reschedule Inspections Calendar portlet > Inspection Type calendars > Manage Inspection button > Reschedule Inspections | Function IDs Reference | 999 8345-User Inspection Calendar Version 6.5 Description Enables the Inspection Calendar views in the Calendar portlet for users to manage inspection schedules in the inspection calendars. Interdependency None Solution All Access Calendar portlet > Calendar by Type tree node > Inspection Type tree node Calendar portlet > Calendar by Inspection Type tree node | Function IDs Reference | 1000 8346-Parent Asset Dependency Flag Version 6.5 Description Displays the Dependent Parent check box as an asset field. If users mark the check box, the parent asset is dependent on the current asset. When the current asset status changes, Civic Platform updates the parent asset status. Interdependency Parent 8189-Asset Data Management Solution All Access Assets portlet > Asset Detail tab > Dependent Parent check box (as an asset field) | Function IDs Reference | 1001 8347- User Event Calendar Version 6.5 Description Enables the Event Calendar views in the Calendar portlet for users to manage event schedules in the event calendars. Interdependency None Solution All Access Calendar portlet > Calendar by Type tree node > Event tree node | Function IDs Reference | 1002 8348-Void Paid Fee Version 6.5 Description Enables the Void button in the Fee List tab of the Record portlet, so users can void an invoiced and paid fee. Interdependency Interdependency 8333-Void Invoiced But Unpaid Fee Always enable FID 8333 with FID 8348 if you want to void an application fee. Solution All Access Record portlet > Fee tab > Void button | Function IDs Reference | 1003 8349-Parcel Set Detail Version 6.5 Description Enables the Parcels tab in the Set portlet for users to create and manage parcel sets. Interdependency Child 8351-Parcel Set Create CAPs Child 8352-Parcel Set Create Conditions Child 8353-Parcel Set Create Owners Child 8355-Parcel Set Execute Script Solution All Access Set portlet > Parcels tab | Function IDs Reference | 1004 8350-Edit Parcel Set Members Version 6.5 Description Enables the Set Member tab in the Parcels detail tabs of the Set portlet, so users can add set members for a parcel set. Interdependency Parent 8349-Parcel Set Detail Solution All Access Set portlet > Parcels tab > (After selecting a set) Set Member tab | Function IDs Reference | 1005 8351-Parcel Set Create CAPs Version 6.5 Description Enables the Create Records tab in the Parcels detail tabs of the Set portlet, so users can create records and record sets from a parcel set. Interdependency Parent 8349-Parcel Set Detail Solution All Access Set portlet > Parcels tab > (After selecting a set) Create Records tab | Function IDs Reference | 1006 8352-Parcel Set Create Conditions Version 6.5 Description Enables the Conditions tab in the Parcels detail tabs of the Set portlet, so users can apply conditions to a parcel set. Interdependency Parent 8349-Parcel Set Detail Solution All Access Set portlet > Parcels tab > (After selecting a set) Conditions tab | Function IDs Reference | 1007 8353-Parcel Set Create Owners Version 6.5 Description Enables the Owner tab in the Parcels detail tabs of the Set portlet, so users can add owners for a parcel set. Interdependency Parent 8349-Parcel Set Detail Solution All Access Set portlet > Parcels tab > (After selecting a set) Owner tab | Function IDs Reference | 1008 8355-Parcel Set Execute Script Version 6.5 Description Enables the Execute Script button in the Parcels detail tabs of the Set portlet, so users can run a preconfigured EMSE script on the set members of a set. Interdependency Parent 8349-Parcel Set Detail Solution All Access Set portlet > Parcels tab > Execute Script | Function IDs Reference | 1009 8356-Set Cloning Version 6.5 Description Enables the Clone button in the Records tab of the Set portlet for users to select a set and clone. Interdependency None Solution All Access Set portlet > Records tab > Clone button | Function IDs Reference | 1010 8357-Set Conditions Version 6.5 Description Enables the Condition tab in the records detail tabs of the Set portlet, so users can add conditions to a set. Civic Platform applies the conditions to the set members simultaneously. Interdependency Parent 8075-Set Detail Maintenance Solution All Access Set portlet > Records tab > (After selecting a set) Condition tab | Function IDs Reference | 1011 8358-Set Comments Version 6.5 Description Enables the Comment tab in the records detail tabs of the Set portlet, so users can add comments for a set. Interdependency Parent 8075-Set Detail Maintenance Solution All Access Set portlet > Records tab > (After selecting a set) Comment tab | Function IDs Reference | 1012 8359-Set Scripts Version 6.5 Description Enables the Execute Script button in the records detail tabs of the Set portlet, so users can run a preconfigured EMSE script on the set members of a set. Interdependency Parent Solution All Access 8075-Set Detail Maintenance | Function IDs Reference | 1013 8361-Set Licensed Professionals Version 6.5 Description Enables the Professionals tab in the records detail tabs of the Set portlet, so users can add and manage professionals for a set Interdependency Parent 8075-Set Detail Maintenance Solution All Access Set portlet > Records tab > (After selecting a set) Professionals tab | Function IDs Reference | 1014 8362-Set Owners Version 6.5 Description Enables the Owner tab in the records detail tabs of the Set portlet, so users can add and manage owners for a set. Interdependency Parent 8075-Set Detail Maintenance Solution All Access Set portlet > Records tab > (After selecting a set) Owner tab Set portlet > Records tab > Set detail tab > Execute Script button | Function IDs Reference | 1015 8363-Set Contacts Version 6.5 Description Enables the Contact tab in the records detail tabs of the Set portlet, so users can add and manage contacts for a set. Interdependency Parent 8075-Set Detail Maintenance Solution All Access Set portlet > Records tab > (After selecting a set) Condition tab | Function IDs Reference | 1016 8364-Set Status Change Version 6.5 Description Enables the Status tab in the records detail tabs of the Set portlet, so users can set a status for a set Interdependency Parent 8075-Set Detail Maintenance Solution All Access Set portlet > Records tab > (After selecting a set) Status tab | Function IDs Reference | 1017 8365- Inheritable editable Version 6.5 Description Enables the display of the Inheritable field as a standard Condition field, so users can set Yes or No for child records to inherit conditions from their parent. Interdependency None Solution All Access Record (Building, Application) portlet > Conditions tab > Inheritable field | Function IDs Reference | 1018 8366-Void Payment Version 6.5 Description Enables the Void button in the Fee List tab of the Record portlet, so users can void a point of sale fee. Interdependency Interdependency 8333-Void Invoiced But Unpaid Fee Enable FID 8333 with FID 8366 if you want to void fees associated with point of sale transactions. Solution All Access Record portlet > Fee List tab > Void | Function IDs Reference | 1019 8367-Manage Batch Invoice Version 6.5 Description Enables the Invoices portlet for users to group multiple invoices in a batch and process them together as one unit. Interdependency None Solution All Access Invoices Portlet | Function IDs Reference | 1020 8369-User Time Accounting Daily Version 6.6.0 Description • Enables the Time Accounting portlet for users to view and edit time accounting records • Assigns normal-user permission to the current user group in the Time Accounting portlet, so a user in the user group can view and edit the time accounting records created by himself/herself. Interdependency Child 8375-Time Accounting Administrator\ Child 8376-Time Accounting Supervisor Solution All Access Time Accounting portlet | Function IDs Reference | 1021 8370-Set of Sets Detail Version 6.7.0 Description Enables the Sets tab in the Set portlet for users to combine similar sets (for example, record sets) into a set of sets to facilitate convenient ways for batch analysis and processing. Interdependency Child 8373-Fee Analysis Child 8372-Set Analysis Child 8371-Set of Sets Members Child 8374-Set of Sets Payment Solution All Access Set portlet > Sets tab | Function IDs Reference | 1022 8371-Set of Sets Members Version 6.7.0 Description Enables the Set Member tab in the Sets detail tabs of the Set portlet for users to view and manage sets in a set of sets. Interdependency Parent 8370-Set of Sets Detail Solution All Access Set portlet > Sets tab > (After selecting a set) Set Member tab | Function IDs Reference | 1023 8372-Set Analysis Version 6.7.0 Description Enables the Set Analysis tab in the Sets detail tabs of the Set portlet. This tab allows users to view the fee status (including the total invoice balance and fees paid) related to all the record set members in a set of sets. Interdependency Parent 8370-Set of Sets Detail Solution All Access Set portlet > Sets tab > (After selecting a set) Set Analysis tab | Function IDs Reference | 1024 8373-Fee Analysis Version 6.7.0 Description Enables the Fee Analysis tab in the Sets detail tabs of the Set portlet. This tab allows users to view the fees (including the total record fees, payments, and balances due) related to all the record set members in a set of sets. Interdependency Parent 8370-Set of Sets Detail Solution All Access Set portlet > Sets tab > (After selecting a set) Fee Analysis tab | Function IDs Reference | 1025 8374-Set of Sets Payment Version 6.7.0 Description Enables the Payment tab in the Sets detail tabs of the Set portlet for users to process payments for a set of sets. Interdependency Parent 8370-Set of Sets Detail Child 8404-Void Payment Solution All Access Set portlet > Sets tab > (After selecting a set) Payment tab | Function IDs Reference | 1026 8375-Time Accounting Administrator Version 6.6.0 Description • Assigns administrative permission to the current user group in the Time Accounting portlet, so the users in the user group can view and edit any time accounting records for which any other user has access. • Enables the Lock flag in the time accounting details for the users to lock or unlock a time accounting record. Interdependency Parent Solution All Access Time Accounting portlet 8369-User Time Accounting Daily | Function IDs Reference | 1027 8376-Time Accounting Supervisor Version 6.6.0 Description • Assigns supervisory permission to the current user group in the Time Accounting portlet, so the user in the user group can view and edit any time accounting records created by users within their user group. • Enables the Lock flag in the time accounting details for the users to lock or unlock a time accounting record. Interdependency Parent Solution All Access Time Accounting portlet 8369-User Time Accounting Daily | Function IDs Reference | 1028 8377-Select From Multiple Inspection Groups Version 6.6.0 Description Enables the Inspection Group drop-down list in the Pending Inspections portlet, so users can select and create pending inspections from any inspection group. When you disable this FID, users can only select and create pending inspections from the inspection group associated with the application type. Interdependency None Solution All Access Calendar portlet > Calendar by Type tree node > Inspection Type tree node > Inspections tab | Function IDs Reference | 1029 8378-Address Set Detail Version 6.6.0 Description Enables the Addresses tab in the Set portlet for users to create and manage address sets. Interdependency Child Solution All Access Set portlet > Addresses tab 8379-Address Set Members | Function IDs Reference | 1030 8379-Address Set Members Version 6.6.0 Description Enables the Set Member tab in the Addresses detail tabs of the Set portlet, so users can add and manage addresses in an address set. Interdependency Parent 8378-Address Set Detail Solution All Access Set portlet > Addresses tab > (After selecting a set) Set Member tab | Function IDs Reference | 1031 8380-Address Set Comments Version 6.6.0 Description Enables the Comments tab in the Addresses detail tabs of the Set portlet, so users can add comments to an address set. Interdependency Parent 8378-Address Set Detail Solution All Access Set portlet > Addresses tab > (After selecting a set) Comments tab | Function IDs Reference | 1032 8381-Address Set Condition Version 6.6.0 Description Enables the Conditions tab in the Addresses detail tabs of the Set portlet, so users can apply conditions to an address set. Interdependency Parent 8378-Address Set Detail Solution All Access Set portlet > Addresses tab > (After selecting a set) Conditions tab | Function IDs Reference | 1033 8382-Address Set Execute Script Version 6.6.0 Description Enables the Execute Script button in the Addresses detail tabs of the Set portlet, so users can run a preconfigured EMSE script on the set members of a set. Interdependency Parent 8378-Address Set Detail Solution All Access Set portlet > Addresses tab > Execute Script button | Function IDs Reference | 1034 8383-Licensed Professional Set Detail Version 6.6.0 Description Enables the Licensed Professional tab in the Set portlet for users to create and manage licensed professional sets. Interdependency Child 8385-Licensed Professional Set Comments Child 8386-Licensed Professional Set Condition Child 8387-Licensed Professional Set Execute Script Child 8384-Licensed Professional Set Members Solution All Access Set portlet > Licensed Professional tab | Function IDs Reference | 1035 8384-Licensed Professional Set Members Version 6.6.0 Description Enables the Set Member tab in the Licensed Professional detail tabs of the Set portlet, so users can add set members for a licensed professional set. Interdependency Parent 8383-Licensed Professional Set Detail Solution All Access Set portlet > Licensed Professional tab > (After selecting a set) Set Member tab | Function IDs Reference | 1036 8385-Licensed Professional Set Comments Version 6.6.0 Description Enables the Comment tab in the Licensed Professional detail tabs of the Set portlet, so users can add comments for a licensed professional set. Interdependency Parent 8383-Licensed Professional Set Detail Solution All Access Set portlet > Licensed Professional tab > (After selecting a set) Comment tab | Function IDs Reference | 1037 8386-Licensed Professional Set Condition Version 6.6.0 Description Enables the Condition tab in the Licensed Professional detail tabs of the Set portlet, so users can add condition for a licensed professional set. Interdependency Parent 8383-Licensed Professional Set Detail Solution All Access Set portlet > Licensed Professional tab > (After selecting a set) Condition tab | Function IDs Reference | 1038 8387-Licensed Professional Set Execute Script Version 6.6.0 Description Enables the Execute Script button in the Licensed Professional detail tabs of the Set portlet, so users can run a pre-configured EMSE script on the set members of a set Interdependency Parent 8383-Licensed Professional Set Detail Solution All Access Set portlet > Licensed Professional tab > Execute Script | Function IDs Reference | 1039 8388-Reference Address Comments Version 6.6.0 Description Enables the Comments tab in the Addresses portlet for users to add and manage comments for an address. Interdependency Parent 0006-Reference Property Addresses Solution All Access Addresses portlet > Comments tab | Function IDs Reference | 1040 8389-Reference Licensed Professional Comments Version 6.6.0 Description Enables the Comments tab in the Licensed Professionals portlet for users to add and manage comments for a licensed professional. Interdependency Parent 0008-Reference Licensed Professionals Solution All Access Licensed Professionals portlet > Comments tab | Function IDs Reference | 1041 8390-CAP Type picker with Tree Version 6.6.0 Description If enabled, displays the record type picker besides the Record Type field in the Record New page, so users can click the picker and select the record type from the tree view. If disabled, displays the record type selection drop-down boxes, so users select the record type from the drop-down options. Interdependency None Solution All Access Record portlet > New button > Record Type field in the Record New page | Function IDs Reference | 1042 8391-Create Multiple CAPs for Parcels Version 6.6.0 Description Enables the “Create one Record for all Parcels” and “Create one Record for each Parcel” options in the Record New page, so users can create records based on their requirement. Interdependency None Solution All Access Record portlet > New button > “Create one Record for all Parcels” and “Create one Record for each Parcel” options in the Record New page | Function IDs Reference | 1043 8393-Payment Processing Version 6.6.0 Description • Enables the Payment tab and the Pay button in the Payment Processing portlet for users to process payments for records. • Enables the Add Renewals button in the Payment Processing portlet for users to add records for renewal. Interdependency Interoperation 8288-Fees Point Of Sale Child 8417-Enable POS Solution All Access Payment Processing portlet > Payment tab Payment Processing portlet > Pay button Payment Processing portlet > Add Renewals button | Function IDs Reference | 1044 8394-Payment History Version 6.6.0 Description Enables the History tab in the Payment Processing portlet for users to view transaction history. Interdependency None Solution All Access Payment Processing portlet > History tab | Function IDs Reference | 1045 8395-CAP Summary Version 6.6.0 Description Enable the Summary tab for records (applications), so users can click the Summary tab and view the application summary together with hyper links to application detail portlets. Interdependency Child Solution All Access Record portlet > Summary tab 8441-Initiated Product Info | Function IDs Reference | 1046 8397-ASI Table Delete Version 6.6.1 Description Enables the check box for the ASI table entries in the App Specific Info Tables tab of the Record portlet, so users can mark an ASI table entry and delete from a record. Interdependency Parent 8270-App Spec Info Table Solution All Access Record portlet > App Specific Info Tables tab > Check box (enabled) or each ASI table entry | Function IDs Reference | 1047 8398-Cap Renewal Version 6.6.0 Description Enable the Renewal tab in the Record portlet for users, including public users, to renew a record. Interdependency None Solution All Access Record portlet > Renewal tab | Function IDs Reference | 1048 8399-Asset Rating Version 6.6 Description • Enables the Ratings tab in the Assets portlet for users to create and manage ratings for an asset. • Enables the Ratings tab in the Asset Condition Assessment portlet for users to view and pre-calculate condition assessment ratings. Interdependency Parent 8189-Asset Data Management Child of #1 8211-List Driven SmartChart Solution All Access Assets portlet > Ratings tab Asset Condition Assessment portlet > Ratings tab | Function IDs Reference | 1049 8400-Manage Inspection Version 6.6.0 Description • Enables the Manage Inspection drop-down menu in the Inspections portlet or the Calendar portlet. The Manage Inspection menu comprises the following menu items: Schedule Inspections, Schedule Related Inspections, Reschedule Inspections, Result Inspections, Cancel Inspections, Display Inspections in ACA, and Hide Inspections in ACA. • Enables the Inspections section in the Summary tab of a record. Interdependency Parent of #2 8395-Cap Summary Parent of #1 8143-Inspection Scheduling Child of #1 8287-Auto-Assign Inspection Child of #1 8344-Carrying over failed Guide Sheet Items Interoperation of #1 8241-Inspection New Inspection Interoperation of #1 8145-Inspection Results Solution All Access Inspections portlet > Manage Inspection button Calendar portlet > Manage Inspection button Record portlet > Manage Inspection button Record portlet > Summary tab > Inspection section | Function IDs Reference | 1050 8401-GIS Address Locator Version 6.5.0 Description Enables the Address Locator button in the Address section when users create a new work order or when users view the summary form of a work order. Interdependency Interoperation 8175-GIS Objects Solution AMS Access Work Orders portlet > Record tab > Summary button > Address section in the summary form > Address Locator button Work Orders portlet > Create New button > Address section in the application intake form > Address Locator button | Function IDs Reference | 1051 8402-Asset Associated Part Version Updated in 7.2.0 Description • Enables the Associated Parts tab in the Assets portlet for users to look up parts and associate them with an asset. This user access control is applicable to both Civic Platform and Mobile Office users. • Enables the Standard Parts button in the Part tab of the Work Orders portlet, so users can add standard parts for a work order. Interdependency Parent of #1 8189-Asset Data Management Parent of #2 8192-Work Order Parts Solution All Access Assets portlet > Associated Parts tab Work Orders portlet > Part tab > Standard Parts button | Function IDs Reference | 1052 8403-Multi Agency Switch Version 6.7.0 Description Enables the Switch Agency drop-down field in the main console so users can toggle between multiple Agencies. The functionality differs a little between Civic Platform Vantage360 and Civic Platform Classic. The following descriptions summarize the differences: • • For Civic Platform Vantage360: • Full access: When set to Full-Access and you define the user as a Delegate User, an agency dropdown list displays in the Vantage360 console. The user can toggle between agencies by selecting an agency from this drop-down list. • Read only and no access: Users do not have privileges to switch between agencies. The Agency drop-down list does not display to users, even if you define them as a Delegate User. For Civic Platform Classic: • Full access: A Delegate User views an agency drop-down list in the upper area of Civic Platform. The user can toggle between agencies by selecting an agency from this drop-down list. • Read only and no access: The new multiple agency switch is not available. The user can only use the older existing switch logic, from FID 8098 Agency Switch, if enabled. Table 127: FID 8403 Multi-Agency Switch FID Setting Regular Super Agency User Delegate User from Super Agency Full Access set at both the Parent and Subagencies The user does not view the new Agency Switch drop-down list. You must assign user to a delegate user account at another agency. The new “Agency Switch” drop-down list Not Applicable. is available at the top of the super agency No Super Agency page. User toggles between agencies Access. to which they have access. User can perform regular user functions based on the delegate user permissions on the User ID at the sub-agency. Full Access set at Super Agency and Read Only set at the Sub-agency The user does not view the new Agency Switch drop-down list. You must assign user to a delegate user account at another agency. The new “Agency Switch” drop-down list is available at the top of the super agency page. User toggles between agencies to which they have access. User can only view information to which they have permissions set on the delegate User ID at the sub-agency. Full Access set at Super Agency and No Access set at the Sub-agency The user does not view the new Agency Switch drop-down list. You must assign user to a delegate user account at another agency. The new “Agency Switch” drop‑down list Not Applicable. is available at the top of the super agency No Super Agency page. The drop-down list populates the Access. agencies to which they have access. User does not have access to this sub-agency. The option disappears from the list of available agencies in the drop-down list. Read Only or No-Access set at Super Agency Not Applicable The new “Agency Switch” functionality is not available. Interdependency Regular Subagency User Not Applicable. No Super Agency Access. Not Applicable. No Super Agency Access. | Function IDs Reference | 1053 Civic Platform can enable the ability to toggle between agencies by either FID 8403 or FID 8098. The MultiAgency switch controlled by FID 8403 offers more functionality and overrides FID 8098 Agency Switch when you set both to Full-Access. Solution All Access Civic Platform Console > Switch Agency drop-down field | Function IDs Reference | 1054 8404-Void Payment Version 6.7.0 Description Enables the Void button in the Payment tab in the Sets detail tabs of the Set portlet for users to void payments for a set of sets. Interdependency Parent 8374-Set of Sets Payment Solution All Access Set portlet > Sets tab > (After selecting a set) Payment tab > Void button | Function IDs Reference | 1055 8405-Structure and Establishment Version 6.7.0 Description Enables the Structures & Establishments tab in the Record portlet for users to look up and add structures and establishments to a record. Interdependency None Solution All Access Structures & Establishments portlet | Function IDs Reference | 1056 8406-Edit Valuation Calculator Unit Cost Version 6.7.0 Description Set the Unit Cost field as editable in the Valuation Cal tab of the Record portlet for users to change the unit cost. Interdependency Child 8038-Valuation Calculation Solution All Access Record portlet > Valuation Calc tab > Unit Cost field | Function IDs Reference | 1057 8408-Edit Application Status History Version 7.0.0 Description Enables users to edit or delete the entries in the Status History tab of the Record portlet. FID 8408 includes the Record Status History audit log. Interdependency None Solution All Access Record portlet > Status History tab | Function IDs Reference | 1058 8409-Workflow Delete and Assign Version 7.0.0 Description Enables the Delete & Assign Workflow button in the Workflow History tab of the Record portlet, so users can delete and assign workflow. Interdependency None Solution All Access Record portlet > Workflow tab > Menu button > Delete & Assign Workflow button | Function IDs Reference | 1059 8410-Delete CAPs Version 7.0.0 Description • Enables the Delete button in the Record portlet for users to select and delete records from database. • Enables the Delete button on the application intake form for partial records. • Enables user to view a log of deleted records. The deleted records log displays the permit ID, permit type, any alternate IDs, record status, the person who deleted the record, and the date the record was deleted. | Function IDs Reference | 1060 Interdependency None Solution All Access Record portlet > Delete button Record portlet > Select a partial record > Delete button Record portlet > View Log > Deleted Record Log button | Function IDs Reference | 1061 8411-Cap Summary Version 7.0.0 Description Enables the application Summary button for users to open the application form and view/edit the application information. Interdependency None Solution All Access Record (Building, Application) Portlet > Detail tab > Summary button | Function IDs Reference | 1062 8412-Asset Group Update Version 7.0.0 Description Enables the Group Update menu button in the Assets portlet, the Assets tab of the Records portlet, and the Work Orders portlet so users can update multiple assets one time. Interdependency Parent 8189-Asset Data Management Parent 8203-Daily Record Asset Solution Accela Asset Management Access Assets portlet > Menu button > Group Update button Records portlet > Assets tab > Menu button > Group Update button | Function IDs Reference | 1063 8413-MyTask - Inspections Version 7.0.0 Description Enables the Inspections tab in the My Tasks portlet for users to manage inspections in the My Tasks portlet. Set to full access to enable the user group to view the Inspections tab in the My Tasks portlet so that users can search for, view, and manage inspections assigned to their user group. Set to no access to prevent the Inspections tab from displaying in the user’s My Tasks portlet. Interdependency None Solution Interdependency 8143-Inspection Scheduling Only when you enable FID 8413 and FID 8143, can users view the Inspections tab on the My Tasks portlet. Access My Tasks portlet > Inspections tab | Function IDs Reference | 1064 8414-Void Payment Version 7.0.0 Description Enables the Void tab in the Payment Processing portlet for users to void payments for one or multiple records. Interdependency None Solution All Access Payment Processing portlet > Void tab | Function IDs Reference | 1065 8415-Refund Payment Version 7.0.0 Description Enables the Refund tab in the Payment Processing portlet for users to refund one or multiple fee payments through the Payment Processing portlet. Interdependency None Solution All Access Payment Processing portlet > Refund tab | Function IDs Reference | 1066 8416-Invoices Management Version 7.0.0 Description Enables the Invoices tab in the Payment Processing portlet for users to invoice a payment. Interdependency None Solution All Access Payment Processing portlet > Invoices tab | Function IDs Reference | 1067 8417-Enable POS Version 7.0.0 Description Enables the Add POS Item button in the Payment Processing portlet for users to add POS items into a payment list. Interdependency Parent 8393-Payment Processing Interoperation 8288-Fees Point Of Sale Solution All Access Payment Processing portlet > Add POS Item button | Function IDs Reference | 1068 8418-Work Order Cost Distribution Version 7.0.0 Description • Enables the Distribution Costs button in various places in the Work Orders portlet for users to distribute the total cost for completing a work order by asset count, asset size, asset type, or by manual allocation. • Enables the Distribution History tab in the Work Orders portlet for users to view the cost distribution history of the work order. Interdependency None Solution Accela Asset Management Access Work Orders portlet > Assignments and Costs tab > Distribute Costs button Work Orders portlet > Parts tab > Distribute Costs button Work Orders portlet > Record tab > Menu button > Distribute Costs button Work Orders portlet > Summary tab > Menu button > Distribute Costs button Work Orders portlet > Distribution History tab | Function IDs Reference | 1069 8419-Delete Workflow History Version 7.0.0 Description Enables the Delete button in the Workflow History tab of the Record portlet, so users can delete workflow history records. Interdependency None Solution All Access Record portlet > Workflow History tab > Delete button | Function IDs Reference | 1070 8420-Daily Education Info Version 7.0.0 Description • Enables the Education section in the application intake form for users to add education information about records. • Enables the Education tab in the Record portlet for users to manage education for records. Interdependency Child 8421-Daily Delete Required Education Solution All Access Record portlet > Education tab Record portlet > New > (In the application intake form) Education section | Function IDs Reference | 1071 8421-Daily Delete Required Education Version 7.0.0 Description Enables the Delete button in the Education tab in the Record portlet or the application intake form, so users can delete some education information from records. Interdependency Parent 8420-Daily Education Info Solution All Access Record portlet > Education tab > Delete button Record portlet > New > (In the application intake form) Education section > Delete button | Function IDs Reference | 1072 8422-Random Audit History Version 7.0.0 Description Enables the Random Audit History tab in the Record portlet for users to view the random audits that include a record or a license. Interdependency None Solution All Access Record portlet > Random Audit History tab | Function IDs Reference | 1073 8423-Random audit set Version 7.0.0 Description Enables the Random Audit tab in the Set portlet for users to create and manage random audit sets. Interdependency None Solution All Access Set portlet > Random Audit tab | Function IDs Reference | 1074 8424-Re-generate/Delete Random Audit Set Version 7.0.0 Description • Enables the Delete button in the Random Audit detail tabs of the Set portlet, so users can delete a random audit set. • Together with FID 8426 (which assigns supervisor access right to the users), enables the Regenerate Audit button in the Set Member tab of the Random Audit detail tabs of the Set portlet, after users generate the audit set by clicking the Generate Audit button. Interdependency Interoperation 8426-Random Audit Supervisor Solution All Access Set portlet > Random Audit tab > Delete button Set portlet > Random Audit tab > Set Member tab > (After you click the Generate Audit button) Regenerate Audit button | Function IDs Reference | 1075 8425-Execute Script Version 7.0.0 Description Enables the Execute Script button in the Random Audit detail tabs of the Set portlet, so users can run a pre-configured EMSE script on the set members of a set. Interdependency None Solution All Access Set portlet > Random Audit tab > Record Audit Set/Inspection Audit Set > Set/Set Member tab | Function IDs Reference | 1076 8426-Random Audit Supervisor Version 7.0.0 Description Assigns supervisor access right to the users. Together with FID 8424, enables the Regenerate Audit button in the Set Member tab of the Random Audit detail tabs of the Set portlet, after users generate the audit set by clicking the Generate Audit button. Interdependency Interoperation 8424-Re-generate/Delete random audit set Solution All Access Set portlet > Random Audit tab > Set Member tab > (After you click the Generate Audit button) Regenerate Audit button | Function IDs Reference | 1077 8427-Claim or Release Task Assignment Version 6.7.0 Description Enables the Claim and Release buttons in the Workflow Tasks tab of the My Tasks portlet, so a user can assign (by clicking the Claim button) a workflow task to himself/herself, or release the claim (by clicking the Release button). Interdependency Interoperation 8132-Workflow Solution All Access My Tasks portlet > Workflow Tasks tab > Claim, Release buttons | Function IDs Reference | 1078 8428-Daily Continuing Education Info Version 7.0.0 Description • Enables the Continuing Education section in the application intake form for users to add continuing education information about records. • Enables the Continuing Education tab in the Record portlet for users to manage continuing education for records. Interdependency Child 8429-Daily Delete Required Continuing Education Solution All Access Record portlet > Continuing Education tab Record portlet > New > (In the application intake form) Continuing Education section | Function IDs Reference | 1079 8429-Daily Delete Required Continuing Education Version 7.0.0 Description Enables the Delete button in the Continuing Education tab in the Record portlet or the application intake form, so users can delete some continuing education information from records. Interdependency Parent 8428-Daily Continuing Education Info Solution All Access Record portlet > Continuing Education tab > Delete button Record portlet > New > (In the application intake form) Continuing Education section > Delete button | Function IDs Reference | 1080 8430-Daily Examination Info Version 7.0.0 Description • Enables the Examination section in the application intake form for users to add examination information about records. • Enables the Examination tab in the Record portlet for users to manage examination for records. Interdependency Child 8431-Daily Delete Required Examination Solution All Access Record portlet > Examination tab Record portlet > New > (In the application intake form) Examination section | Function IDs Reference | 1081 8431-Daily Delete Required Examination Version 7.0.0 Description Enables the Delete button in the Examination tab in the Record portlet or the application intake form, so users can delete some examinations from records. Interdependency Parent 8430-Daily Examination Info Solution All Access Record portlet > Examination tab > Delete button Record portlet > New > (In the application intake form) Examination section > Delete button | Function IDs Reference | 1082 8432-User Meeting Calendar Version 7.0.0 Description Enables the Meeting Calendar views in the Calendar portlet for users to manage meeting schedules in the meeting calendars. Interdependency None Solution All Access Calendar portlet > Calendar by Type tree node > Meeting tree node | Function IDs Reference | 1083 8433-Document Permission Settings Version 7.0.0 Description Enables the Assign button in the Documents tab in the Record portlet, so users can control which documents are available for public users to view or upload. Interdependency Parent 8214-View EDMS Attachment List Solution All Access Record portlet > Documents tab > Assign button | Function IDs Reference | 1084 8434-Global Search Version 7.0.0 Description Enables the Global Search function for users to perform a global search. Interdependency None Solution All Access Global Search box | Function IDs Reference | 1085 8435-Daily - Cashier - Pay More Version 6.7.0 Description Enables the Pay button in the Payment tab for users to process a payment from the record portlet. Interdependency Interoperation 8108-Cashier Payment Child 8445-Daily - Cashier - Pay More If you enable FID 8108, the Pay button always displays. If you set FID 8108 to read only or no access, the Pay button only displays when you enable FID 8435. Solution All Access Record portlet > Payment tab > Pay button | Function IDs Reference | 1086 8436-Daily - Cashier - Apply Version 6.7.0 Description Enables the Apply button in the Payment tab for users to apply payments from the record portlet. Interdependency Interoperation 8108-Cashier Payment If you enable FID 8108, the Apply button always displays. If you set FID 8108 to read only or no access, the Apply button only displays when you enable FID 8436. Solution All Access Record portlet > Payment tab > Apply button | Function IDs Reference | 1087 8437-Daily - Cashier - Refund Version 6.7.0 Description Enables the Refund button in the Payment tab for users to handle a full or partial refund of un-allocated payments from the record portlet. Interdependency Interoperation 8108-Cashier Payment If you enable FID 8108, the Refund button always displays. If you set FID 8108 to read only or no access, the Refund button only displays when you enable FID 8437. Solution All Access Record portlet > Payment tab > Refund button | Function IDs Reference | 1088 8438-Daily - Cashier - Void Version 6.7.0 Description Enables the Void button in the Payment tab for users to void payments directly from the application. Interdependency Interoperation 8108-Cashier Payment If you enable FID 8108, the Void button always displays. If you set FID 8108 to read only or no access, the Void button only displays when you enable FID 8438. Solution All Access Record portlet > Payment tab > Void button | Function IDs Reference | 1089 8439-Daily - Cashier - Generate Receipt Version 6.7.0 Description Enables the Generate Receipt button in the Payment tab for users to generate the receipt for a payment from the record portlet. Interdependency Interoperation 8108-Cashier Payment If you enable FID 8108, the Generate Receipt button always displays. If you set FID 8108 to read only or no access, the Generate Receipt button only displays when you enable FID 8439. Solution All Access Record portlet > Payment tab > Generate Receipt button | Function IDs Reference | 1090 8440-Daily - Cashier - Fund Transfer Version 6.7.0 Description Enables the Fund Transfer button in the Payment tab for users to transfer funds between trust accounts. Interdependency Interoperation 8108-Cashier Payment If you enable FID 8108, the Fund Transfer button always displays. If you set FID 8108 to read only or no access, the Fund Transfer button only displays when you enable FID 8440. Solution All Access Record portlet > Payment tab > Refund button | Function IDs Reference | 1091 8441-Initiated Product Info Version 7.0.0 Description Enables the Initiated by Product field in the Summary tab of the Record portlet. This field shows the product that created the record, such as Civic Platform Classic, Accela Vantage360, Citizen Access, Accela Wireless, or other Civic Platform applications. Interdependency Parent 8395-CAP Summary Solution All Access Record portlet > Summary tab > Initiated by Product field | Function IDs Reference | 1092 8442-Inspection History Audit Log Version 7.0.0 Description Enables the View Log button in the Inspections portlet for users to view the historical audit logs on inspections. Interdependency Interoperation 0307-Audit Logger Definition Solution All Access Inspections portlet > View Log button Inspections portlet > Inspection Detail tab > View Log button | Function IDs Reference | 1093 8443-Application Audit Log Version 7.0.0 Description Enables the Deleted Record Log under View Log button in the Record portlet, so users can view the record deletion logs. Interdependency None Solution All Access Record portlet > View Log button > Deleted Record Log button option | Function IDs Reference | 1094 8444-Application Status History Log Version 7.0.0 Description Enables the View Log button in the Application History tab of the Record portlet, so users can view the application status history. Interdependency None Solution All Access Record portlet > Application History tab > View Log button | Function IDs Reference | 1095 8445-Daily - Cashier - Pay More Version Cashier Description Enables the Pay More button in the Payment tab after users click the Pay button for a payment from the record portlet. Interdependency Interoperation 8108-Cashier Payment Parent 8435-Daily - Cashier - Pay More If you enable FID 8108, the Pay More button always displays. If you set FID 8108 to read only or no access, the Pay More button only displays when you enable FID 8445. Solution All Access Record portlet > Payment tab > Pay button > (In the payment details page) Pay More button | Function IDs Reference | 1096 8446-Disable Licensed Professionals Delete Version 6.7.0 Description Disables the Delete button in the Professionals tab of the Record portlet to forbid users from deleting licensed professionals from records. If you disable this FID, the Delete button displays. Interdependency Parent 8032-Licensed Professionals Solution All Access Record portlet > Professionals tab > Delete button | Function IDs Reference | 1097 8447-Part Transaction-Receive Version 7.0.5 Description Enables the Receive as a transaction type option in the Part Transaction tab of the Part Inventory portlet, so users can create or modify or void receive-type part transactions. Interdependency Parent 8273-Parts Inventory Solution Accela Asset Management Access Part Inventory portlet > Part Transaction tab > (New or modify) Receive as Transaction Type | Function IDs Reference | 1098 8448-Part Transaction-Transfer Version 7.0.5 Description Enables the Transfer as a transaction type option in the Part Transaction tab of the Part Inventory portlet, so users can create or modify or void transfer-type part transactions. Interdependency Parent 8273-Parts Inventory Solution Accela Asset Management Access Part Inventory portlet > Part Transaction tab > (New or modify) Transfer as Transaction Type | Function IDs Reference | 1099 8449-Part Transaction-Adjust Version 7.0.5 Description Enables the Adjust as a transaction type option in the Part Transaction tab of the Part Inventory portlet, so users can create or modify, or void adjust-type part transactions. Interdependency Parent 8273-Parts Inventory Solution Accela Asset Management Access Part Inventory portlet > Part Transaction tab > (New or modify) Adjust as Transaction Type | Function IDs Reference | 1100 8450-Part Transaction-Reserve Version 7.0.5 Description Enables the Reserve as a transaction type option in the Part Transaction tab of the Part Inventory portlet, so users can create or modify or void reserve-type part transactions. Interdependency Parent 8273-Parts Inventory Solution Accela Asset Management Access Part Inventory portlet > Part Transaction tab > (New or modify) Reserve as Transaction Type | Function IDs Reference | 1101 8451-Part Transaction-Void Version 7.0.5 Description Enables the Void button in the Part Transaction tab of the Part Inventory portlet, so users can select part transactions to void. Interdependency Parent 8273-Parts Inventory Solution Accela Asset Management Access Part Inventory portlet > Part Transaction tab > Void button | Function IDs Reference | 1102 8456-Fee Schedule Drop Down List Version 6.7.0 Description When users add fee items in the Fee tab of the Record portlet, enables the Fee Schedule drop-down list to provide fee schedule options not associated with the current record type. Interdependency None Solution All Access Record portlet > Fee tab > Add button > (In the fee item-add page) Fee Schedule selection field | Function IDs Reference | 1103 8457-Create Free Form Condition Version 7.0.5 Description Sets the Condition Name as editable in the Conditions tab, so users can add free-form (ad hoc) conditions in addition to standard conditions. Interdependency This FID works for all enable Conditions tabs. Solution All Access Record (Inspections, Addresses, Parcels, Owners, Assets, Contacts, Structure & Establishments) portlet > Condition tab | Function IDs Reference | 1104 8458-Complete Record and ASI Audit Version 7.0.5 Description Enables the record detail logs from the View Log button in the Record portlet, so users can view logs on record details, ASI, ASI tables, documents, and record conditions. Interdependency The Record/ASI/ASIT audit log type only works after super agency administrator enables the audit log option in the agency configuration. Child 0333-Condition List Audit Log Child 8468-Inspections List Guide Sheet Audit Log Child 8471-Document Audit Log Solution All Access Record portlet > View Log button > Record Details Log button option | Function IDs Reference | 1105 8459-Specific Record and ASI Audit Log Version 7.0.5 Description Enables the View Log button in the detail tab of the Record portlet, so users can view the record audit logs. Interdependency The Record/ASI/ASIT audit log type only works after super agency administrator enables the audit log option in the agency configuration. Solution All Access Record portlet > Record Detail tab > View Log button | Function IDs Reference | 1106 8460-Delete Related Records Version 7.1.0 Description Enables the Delete button in the Related Records tab of the Record portlet for users to delete related records from the current record. After enabling this FID, you cannot disassociate child records with prior parent associations. Interdependency None Solution All Access Record portlet > Related Records tab > Delete button | Function IDs Reference | 1107 8461-Show Work Order Cost Information Version 7.1.0 Description Displays the actual costs (instead of “***”) associated with the work orders in the cost-related columns in various places, such as the Cost, Unit Rate, Total Rate, and Total Cost columns. This FID setting is also applicable to Mobile Office. If you set this FID to full access or read only, Mobile Office displays actual values for the cost fields. The values include Total Cost, Unit Cost, Fix Cost, and Cost LTD. If you disable this FID and set it to no access, Mobile Office displays asterisks “***” for the cost fields. Interdependency FID 8484 Cost Item Permission works only if you set FID 8461 to full access or read only. Child 8484-Cost Item Permission Solution Accela Asset Management Mobile Office Access Work Orders portlet > Summary tab > Costing List section Work Orders portlet > Assignments and Costs tab Work Orders portlet > Distribution History tab Work Orders portlet > Assets Assets portlet > Asset Detail tab > Cost LTD field Assets portlet > Linked Assets tab > Cost LTD field Mobile Office > Records > Cost and Parts tab > Cost Summary list Mobile Office > Records > Cost and Parts tab > Cost subtab > Cost Items list Mobile Office > Records > Cost and Parts tab > Cost subtab > Cost Items list > Actions drop-down menu > Open button > Cost Detail pop-up window Mobile Office > Records > Cost and Parts tab > Cost subtab > Cost Items list > Add Cost button > Select Cost pop-up window Mobile Office > Records > Work Order Tasks tab > Work Order Tasks list Mobile Office > Records > Work Order Tasks tab > Work Order Tasks list > Actions drop-down menu > Open button > Edit Work Order Task pop-up window Mobile Office > Assets > Summary tab | Function IDs Reference | 1108 8462-Time Accounting on inspections Version 7.1.0 Description Enables the entry of time accounting data in the Resulting Inspections portlet, so users can select time accounting types and specify time accounting details for an inspection. Set on inspections to control whether users can access the time accounting entries on inspections from Civic Platform and Mobile Office. When set to full access, and after inspectors synchronize the inspection statuses from Mobile Office to Civic Platform, the Time Spent on Inspection section in the inspection detail page shows the time accounting records that inspectors created in Mobile Office. When set to read only, the Actions drop-down list does not display. Interdependency Parent 8145-Inspection Results Solution All Access Inspections portlet > Menu > Result item Inspections portlet > Manage Inspection menu > Result Inspections item | Function IDs Reference | 1109 8463-Payment Auto Allocation Version 7.1.0 Description Skips the payment allocation screen when users post a payment in the record payment tab that exactly matches the balance due on the account. Civic Platform automatically allocates the full payment to each fee item. Interdependency None Solution All Access Record portlet > Payment tab > Pay button | Function IDs Reference | 1110 8464-SSN and FEIN Mask Version 7.1.0 Description Masks the digits in the SSN and FEIN fields to protect the privacy for the person, such as licensed professional or contact. To apply the mask to the FEIN field, you must set the FID 8464 to full access. FID 8464 determines whether the SSN mask and FEIN mask apply to the SSN and FEIN fields. When you set the FID to full access, users can only view the masked data of the SSN and FEIN fields in the Civic Platform. Interdependency None Solution All Access Record portlet > Contact tab Record portlet > Professionals form Record portlet > Search button > Record search form Contacts portlet > Look Up, Search, Contact Detail tab Licensed Professionals portlet > Look Up, Search, Professional Detail tab Addresses portlet > Contact tab Trust Account portlet > Associated People tab | Function IDs Reference | 1111 8465-Deposit Trust Account During the payment Version 7.1.0 Description Enables the Trust Account Deposit button in the Payment tab of the Record portlet, so users can make a deposit into the associated trust account in the tab. Interdependency None Solution All Access Record portlet > Payment tab > Trust Account Deposit button | Function IDs Reference | 1112 8466-Daily Work Order Costing Group Definition Version 7.1.0 Description Enables the Cost Group Management button in the Assignments and Costs tab of the Work Orders portlet for users to create and manage cost groups. Interdependency Parent 8191-Work Order Costing Solution Accela Asset Management Access Work Orders portlet > Assignments and Costs tab > Cost Group Management button | Function IDs Reference | 1113 8467-Schedule Related Inspections Version 7.1.0 Description • Enables the Schedule Related Inspections in the Manage Inspection drop-down menu in the Inspections portlet or the Calendar portlet, so users can manually add related inspections to an inspection. • Enables the Related Inspection tab in the Inspections portlet for users to view and manage related inspections. Interdependency Parent 8400-Manage Inspection Solution All Access Inspections portlet > Manage Inspection button > Schedule Related Inspections button Inspections portlet > Manage Inspection button > Related Inspections button Calendar portlet > Manage Inspection button > Schedule Related Inspections button Record portlet > Manage Inspection button > Schedule Related Inspections button | Function IDs Reference | 1114 8468-Inspections List Guide Sheet Audit Log Version 7.1.0 Description • Controls whether the Guide Sheet Log button under the View Log menu is available on the Inspection list portlet. • Controls whether the Guide Sheet option is available as an audit type if users select to view the record details log after clicking the View Log button in the Record portlet. Interdependency The guidesheet audit log type only works after super agency administrator enables the audit log option in the agency configuration. Parent 8458-Complete Record and ASI Audit Solution All Access Record portlet > View Log button > Record Details Log button option > Guide Sheet option in Audit Type in the Audit Log page | Function IDs Reference | 1115 8469-Inspections Detail Guide Sheet Audit Log Version 7.1.0 Description Enables the View Log button in the Guide Sheet tab of the Inspection detail portlet for users to view audit logs on guide sheets. Interdependency The guidesheet audit log type only works after super agency administrator enables the audit log option in the agency configuration. Interoperation 0307-Audit Logger Definition Solution All Access Inspections portlet > Guide Sheet tab > View Log button | Function IDs Reference | 1116 8470-Time Accounting on Workflow Version 7.1.0 Description Enables the entry of time accounting data in the workflow tasks and ad hoc tasks from the Workflow tab of the Record portlet, so users can select time accounting types and specify time accounting details for a workflow task. Set to control whether users can access the Workflow portlet to locate time accounting records on workflow tasks, ad hoc tasks, workflow history, and workflow tasks. When set to full access, and an inspector synchronizes the inspection statuses from Mobile Office to Civic Platform, the Time Spent on the Task section in the workflow page shows the time accounting records that inspectors created in Mobile Office. Interdependency Parent 8132-Workflow Solution All Access Record portlet > Workflow tab > (After selecting a task in the task tree) Task Details | Function IDs Reference | 1117 8471-Document Audit Log Version 7.1.0 Description Enables the View Log button for the attachments to records or inspections, for users to view the audit logs on documents. Interdependency The document audit log type only works after super agency administrator enables the audit log option in the agency configuration. Parent 8458-Complete Record and ASI Audit Solution All Access Record portlet > View Log button > Record Details Log button option > Document option in Audit Type in the Audit Log page Record portlet > Document tab > View Log button Inspections portlet > Document tab > View Log button | Function IDs Reference | 1118 8472-Disable ADS Document View Button Version 7.0.5 Description Disables the View button in the Documents tab of the Record portlet for documents with ADS source. Interdependency Parent 8214-View EDMS Attachment List Solution All Access Record (Inspection, Calendars, Asset Condition Assessment or Parcels) portlet > Documents tab > (For documents with ADS source) View button | Function IDs Reference | 1119 8473-EDMS Document URL Link Version 7.2.0 Description Enables the download link at each document in the Documents tab, so users can click the download link to download a document. Interdependency Parent 8214-View EDMS Attachment List Solution All Access Record (Inspection, Calendars, Asset Condition Assessment or Parcels) portlet > Documents tab > Download link at a document | Function IDs Reference | 1120 8474-Check-in Permission Version 7.1.0 Description Enables the Check-In Revisions button in the Civic Platform add-on toolbar for Adobe Acrobat X Pro, so users can check in reviewed documents. Interdependency None Solution All Access Record (Inspection, Calendars, Asset Condition Assessment or Parcels) portlet > Documents tab > Review link > Check-In Revisions button in the Civic Platform add-on toolbar for Adobe Acrobat X Pro | Function IDs Reference | 1121 8475-Asset Audit Log Version 7.2.0 Description The FID enables users to view the asset audit logs of historical modifications to asset details, asset attributes and asset attribute tables. The logs record the actions performed such as added, updated, or deleted, and also record the field, relationship, the entity ID, log time, value, and operator information. Interdependency The asset audit log type only works after super agency administrator enables the audit log options in the agency configuration. Parent 8189-Asset Data Management Solution Accela Asset Management Access Assets portlet > View Log button > (In the Audit Type field of the Audit Log pop-up window) Asset option Assets portlet > Asset Detail > View Log | Function IDs Reference | 1122 8476-Examination Audit Log Version 7.2.0 Description Enables the View Log button for the examinations to records, for users to view the audit logs on examination information. Interdependency The examination audit log only works after super agency administrator enables the Examination audit log option in the agency configuration. Solution All Access Record portlet > Record secondary tab > View Log button | Function IDs Reference | 1123 8477-Document Review Permission Version 7.1.0 Description This FID controls whether users have permission to review documents or not. Interdependency You must enter other EDR functionality. You must install EDR. Solution All Access Record portlet > Document tab > Action Menu for a selected document > Review | Function IDs Reference | 1124 8478-Document Assign Permission Version 7.2.0 Description This FID controls whether users have permission to assign review tasks for documents. Interdependency You must enable other electronic document review (EDR) functionality. You must install EDR. Solution All Access Record portlet > Document tab > Action Menu for a selected document > Assign | Function IDs Reference | 1125 8479-Deactivate Contacts in Set Contacts Version 7.2.0 Description Enables the Deactivate button on the Contacts tab for a record set. Interdependency None Solution All Access Set portlet > Records tab > Contacts tab | Function IDs Reference | 1126 8480-Conditions of Approval Version 7.2.0 Description Enables the Conditions of Approval tab for a record, an inspection, and a record set. Interdependency None Solution All Access Record portlet > Select a record or open the Condition Notice window > Conditions of Approval tab Inspection portlet > Select a record or open the Condition Notice window > Conditions of Approval tab Set portlet > Records tab > Select a record > Conditions of Approval tab | Function IDs Reference | 1127 8481-Delete Conditions of Approval Version 7.2.0 Description Controls whether users can delete conditions of approval. Interdependency Parent 8480-Conditions of Approval Solution All Access Record portlet > Conditions of Approval tab Inspection portlet > Conditions of Approval tab Set portlet > Records tab > Conditions of Approval tab | Function IDs Reference | 1128 8482-Create a Set in Record List Version 7.3 Description Enable this FID to display the Create a Set button on the Record list portlet. With this button, users can create sets directly from the Record list portlet. Interdependency None Solution All Access Record list portlet > Create a Set button | Function IDs Reference | 1129 8483 Meetings Version 7.3 Description Controls access permission for the Record > Meeting tab. Note: FID 8047 & 8229 controlled access to this tab in prior version releases. Interdependency None Solution All Access Record portlet > Meeting tab | Function IDs Reference | 1130 8484-Cost Item Permission Version 7.2.0 Description Controls whether user permission defined in the Recipient tab for a cost item applies to Civic Platform. Interdependency Parent 8461-Show Work Order Cost Information Solution Accela Asset Management Access Setup portlet > Work Orders > Cost Item > Recipient tab | Function IDs Reference | 1131 8485-Daily Record Set List Version 7.3 Description Enable to display the Set secondary tab on the Record detail portlet. This tab displays a list of sets for which the current record is a member. Interdependency None Solution All Access Record portlet > Set tab | Function IDs Reference | 1132 8486-Compare Documents Version 7.2.0 Description Enable the Compare Documents button in the Documents tab on the Record detail portlet, and the Document Review Tasks tab on the My Tasks portlet. Interdependency None Solution All Access Record portlet > Documents tab > Manage Documents > Compare Documents button My Tasks portlet > Document Review Tasks > Compare Documents button | Function IDs Reference | 1133 8490-Record Contact Log Version 7.3 Description Enables the View Log button in the record contact portlet for users to view the historical audit logs on contacts. Interdependency N/A Solution All Access Record portlet > Contact tab > View Log button | Function IDs Reference | 1134 8491-Workflow History Log Version 7.3 Description Enables the View Log button in the workflow history portlet for users to view the workflow audit log. Interdependency N/A Solution All Access Record portlet > Workflow History tab > View Log button | Function IDs Reference | 1135 8492-Communication List Version 7.3 Description Controls whether the 360-degree communication viewer displays for daily users. Interdependency None Solution All Access Communication Manager portlet | Function IDs Reference | 1136 8493-Consolidated Record Activities Version 7.3 Description Controls whether the Consolidated Record Activities tab displays on records. Interdependency None Solution All Access Record portlet > Consolidated Record Activities tab | Function IDs Reference | 1137 8494-Record Communication List Version 7.3 Description Controls whether the Communication tab displays on records. Interdependency None Solution All Access Record portlet > Communication List tab | Function IDs Reference | 1138 8495-Show Inspection Submitted Location Version 7.2.6 Description Controls the display of the GIS button on the Inspections list portlet. When you set the FID to Full Access or Read Only, clicking the GIS button displays a drop-down menu with the Show Scheduled Location and Show Scheduled and Submitted Locations options. If a user selects the Show Scheduled Location option, the map viewer launches and then shows only the scheduled location for every inspection that the user selected from the Inspection list portlet. If the user selects the Show Scheduled and Submitted Locations option, the map viewer opens and shows both scheduled and inspected locations for every selected inspection with different map markers indicating the locations. When you set the FID to No Access, clicking the GIS button displays the map viewer that shows only the scheduled location for every selected inspection. Interdependency None Solution Civic Platform Access Inspections portlet | Function IDs Reference | 1139 8496-Optimize Inspection Route Version 7.2.6 Description Controls the display of the Order By button on the Inspection Route Sheet portlet. When you set this FID to Full Access or Read Only, the Order By button appears. When you set this FID to No Access, the Order By button is not available. Interdependency Parent 8146-Inspection Route Sheet Solution Civic Platform Access Inspections portlet > Route Sheet | Function IDs Reference | 1140 8497-Result Inspections by CSV Version 7.2.6 Description Controls the display of the Result Inspections button on the Documents tab for a licensed professional. Agency users can click the Result Inspections button to update a batch of inspection results according to the inspection result CSV file that a contract inspector or a self-certified inspector uploads from Citizen Access. Interdependency None Solution Civic Platform Access Licensed Professionals portlet > Documents tab | Function IDs Reference | 1141 8499-New Document from Scan Version 7.3.1 Description Controls the availability of the New from Scan button on the Documents tab. Interdependencies Users must install the Accela Document Scan client on their workstations. See Chapter 15, Accela Document Scan Installation, in the Civic Platform 7.3.1 Installation Guide for more information. Solution All Access Record portlet > Documents tab | Function IDs Reference | 1142 8500-Asset Condition Assessment Costing Version 7.3.1 Description Enables the Assignments and Costs tab in the Assets portlet for users to add and manage assignments and costs for asset condition assessments. Interdependency None Solution Accela Asset Management Access Assets portlet > Assignments and Costs tab | Function IDs Reference | 1143 8501-Display Desired Date Field Version 7.3.1.1 Description This FID controls whether users can view or edit the Desired Date and Desired Time fields when scheduling inspections. Interdependency None Solution Accela Land Management Access Inspections portlet > Manage Inspection > Schedule Inspection | Function IDs Reference | 1144 8502-Pending Inspection Version 7.3.3 Description This FID disables the Pending Inspection button on the Schedule Inspections form. Interdependency None Solution Accela Land Management Access Inspections portlet > Manage Inspections > Schedule Inspections | Function IDs Reference | 1145 8503-Attach Record Document to People Version 7.3.3 Description This FID enables users to attach documents in a record to a licensed professional or contact which is associated with the record. Interdependency Parent 8214-View EDMS Attachment List Access Record portlet > Documents tab > Manage Documents > Add to People button Record portlet > Application Intake Form > Document section > Also Attach To field | Function IDs Reference | 1146 8504-Document Checklist Version 7.3.3 Description This FID controls whether the Doc Review Checklists functionality is available for users to perform document reviews following the guidelines of the checklist. Interdependency You must enter other EDR functionality. You must install EDR. Solution All Access Record portlet > Document tab > Action Menu for a selected document > View Doc Info > Doc Review Checklists tab Record portlet > Document tab > Action Menu for a selected document > View Doc Info > Doc Review Tasks tab > Checklist sub-tab Record portlet > Documents tab > Review link > Open Checklists button in the Civic Platform add-on toolbar for Adobe Acrobat XI Pro | Function IDs Reference | 1147 8505-Document Review Comments Version 7.3.3 Description This FID controls whether users have permission to view or delete document review comments, and change the discipline or status of the comments in the Doc Review Comments tab. Interdependency You must enter other EDR functionality. You must install EDR. Solution All Access Record portlet > Document tab > Action Menu for a selected document > View Doc Info > Doc Review Comments tab | Function IDs Reference | 1148 8506-Internal User Version 8.0.0 Description This FID controls whether the Look Up Staff command is available in the Manage Contacts menu on the Contacts tab of a record. This command provides the ability to associate internal users to an application/ record as a contact. Interdependency You must enter other EDR functionality. You must install EDR. Solution All Access Record portlet > Contacts tab > Manage Contacts menu | Function IDs Reference | 1149 8508-Print Multiple Documents Version 9.0.0 Description This FID controls whether the Print option is available in the Manage Documents menu on the Documents tab of a record, parcel, contact, and licensed professional. This command provides the ability to print multiple documents. Solution All Access Record list > Documents tab > Manage Documents menu Parcel list > Documents tab > Manage Documents menu Contact list > Documents tab > Manage Documents menu Record list > Documents tab > Manage Documents menu Licensed Professional list > Documents tab > Manage Documents menu | Function IDs Reference | 1150 8509 - View Workflow Design Link FID 8509 controls whether or not the View Workflow Design link displays on the Workflow page of Civic Platform. This FID is applicable at the user group level, so it applies to all users in the group for which the FID is configured. To configure FID 8509 in your environment: 1. Log in to Civic Platform Classic Administration. 2. Choose Admin Tools > User Profile > User Group. Civic Platform displays the User Group—Search window. 3. Locate the user group for which you want to configure the FID. 4. Enter the group name and click Submit. Civic Platform displays the User Group - Edit window. 5. In your browser, do a search for 8509 to locate it on the page. 6. In the Function Name column, select FID 8509. Civic Platform changes the access level to Full. 7. Select the option that corresponds with the level of access that you want to grant to the user group. No Access The "View Workflow" link will NOT be visible to users in the user group for which you are configuring the FID. Full Access The "View Workflow" link will be visible to all users in the user group for which you are configuring the FID. Read Only The "View Workflow" link will be visible to all users in the user group for which you are configuring the FID. | Function IDs Reference | 1151 8. Click Save. | Function IDs Reference | 1152 8600 - PM Schedule Group Update FID 8600 controls whether or not the Group Update menu choice and functionality is available for Preventative Maintenance Schedules, so it applies to all users in the group for which the FID is configured. To configure FID 8600 in your environment: 1. Log in to Civic Platform Classic Administration. 2. Choose Admin Tools > User Profile > User Group. Civic Platform displays the User Group—Search window. 3. Locate the user group for which you want to configure the FID. 4. Enter the group name and click Submit. Civic Platform displays the User Group - Edit window. 5. In your browser, do a search for 8600 to locate it on the page. 6. In the Function Name column, select FID 8600. Civic Platform changes the access level to Full. 7. Select the option that corresponds with the level of access that you want to grant to the user group. No Access The "Group Update" menu choice will NOT be visible to users in the user group for which you are configuring the FID. Full Access The "Group Update" menu choice will be visible to all users in the user group for which you are configuring the FID. Read Only The "Group Update" menu choice will be visible to all users in the user group for which you are configuring the FID. 8. Click Save. | Function IDs Reference | 1153 8601 - Condition Assessments Group Update FID 8600 controls whether or not the Group Update menu choice and functionality is available for Condition Assessments, so it applies to all users in the group for which the FID is configured. To configure FID 8601 in your environment: 1. Log in to Civic Platform Classic Administration. 2. Choose Admin Tools > User Profile > User Group. Civic Platform displays the User Group—Search window. 3. Locate the user group for which you want to configure the FID. 4. Enter the group name and click Submit. Civic Platform displays the User Group - Edit window. 5. In your browser, do a search for 8601 to locate it on the page. 6. In the Function Name column, select FID 8601. Civic Platform changes the access level to Full. 7. Select the option that corresponds with the level of access that you want to grant to the user group. No Access The "Group Update" menu choice will NOT be visible to users in the user group for which you are configuring the FID. Full Access The "Group Update" menu choice will be visible to all users in the user group for which you are configuring the FID. Read Only The "Group Update" menu choice will be visible to all users in the user group for which you are configuring the FID. 8. Click Save. | Function IDs Reference | 1154 9999-Log Out Obsolete.
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf Linearized : No Author : documentation@accela.com Create Date : 2018:02:01 14:57:59-08:00 Modify Date : 2018:02:07 10:32:58-08:00 Has XFA : No XMP Toolkit : Adobe XMP Core 5.6-c015 84.159810, 2016/09/10-02:41:30 Format : application/pdf Title : Civic Platform Configuration Guide Language : en Date : 2018:02:01 14:57:59-08:00 Creator : documentation@accela.com Producer : Apache FOP Version 1.1 PDF Version : 1.4 Creator Tool : DITA Open Toolkit Metadata Date : 2018:02:07 10:32:58-08:00 Document ID : uuid:658cd30b-4399-4ffa-bca9-25c41f65e1b0 Instance ID : uuid:68431cea-223a-40be-ac0d-61f5a367b481 Page Layout : SinglePage Page Mode : UseOutlines Page Count : 1154 Profile CMM Type : Unknown (lcms) Profile Version : 2.1.0 Profile Class : Display Device Profile Color Space Data : RGB Profile Connection Space : XYZ Profile Date Time : 1998:02:09 06:49:00 Profile File Signature : acsp Primary Platform : Microsoft Corporation CMM Flags : Not Embedded, Independent Device Manufacturer : Hewlett-Packard Device Model : sRGB Device Attributes : Reflective, Glossy, Positive, Color Rendering Intent : Perceptual Connection Space Illuminant : 0.9642 1 0.82491 Profile Creator : Unknown (lcms) Profile ID : 0 Profile Copyright : Copyright (c) 1998 Hewlett-Packard Company Profile Description : sRGB IEC61966-2.1 Media White Point : 0.95045 1 1.08905 Media Black Point : 0 0 0 Red Matrix Column : 0.43607 0.22249 0.01392 Green Matrix Column : 0.38515 0.71687 0.09708 Blue Matrix Column : 0.14307 0.06061 0.7141 Device Mfg Desc : IEC http://www.iec.ch Device Model Desc : IEC 61966-2.1 Default RGB colour space - sRGB Viewing Cond Desc : Reference Viewing Condition in IEC61966-2.1 Viewing Cond Illuminant : 19.6445 20.3718 16.8089 Viewing Cond Surround : 3.92889 4.07439 3.36179 Viewing Cond Illuminant Type : D50 Luminance : 76.03647 80 87.12462 Measurement Observer : CIE 1931 Measurement Backing : 0 0 0 Measurement Geometry : Unknown Measurement Flare : 0.999% Measurement Illuminant : D65 Technology : Cathode Ray Tube Display Red Tone Reproduction Curve : (Binary data 2060 bytes, use -b option to extract) Green Tone Reproduction Curve : (Binary data 2060 bytes, use -b option to extract) Blue Tone Reproduction Curve : (Binary data 2060 bytes, use -b option to extract) Warning : [Minor] Ignored duplicate Info dictionaryEXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools